Test Bank For What is Psychology Foundations, Applications, and Integration 5th Edition by Ellen E.

Test Bank For

What is Psychology Foundations, Applications, and Integration 5th Edition by Ellen E. Pastorino, Susann M. Doyle-Portillo Copyright 2022 Chapter 1-14 Chapter_1_The_Science_of_Psychology 1. ​Psychology is defined as the ____. a. ​scientific study of why people do what they do

b. ​scientific study of behavior and mental processes

c. ​study of the unconscious determinants of personality d. ​study of mental illness and its treatment ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. ​Psychology is best described as a(n) ____. a. ​theory b. ​science

c. ​pseudoscience d. ​hypothesis

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 3. ​Which area of study is one of the American Psychological Association’s foundational areas of contemporary psychology? a. ​research design and statistical analysis b. ​psychodynamic theory c. ​history of psychology

d. ​developmental and social psychology ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. ​Psychologists attempt to understand behavior and mental processes by ____. a. ​using the scientific method

b. ​thinking deeply about the reasons for our behavior

c. ​using common sense to understand why we do what we do d. ​studying the behavior of people with mental illnesses ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. ​Which statement is the most accurate? a. ​We are either left-brain or right-brain thinkers. b. ​No new neurons develop after infancy.

c. ​Both legal and illegal drugs can cause brain damage. d. ​During sleep, the brain rests.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 6. ​Which statement is the most accurate? a. ​Genes are only active during prenatal development.

b. ​Stress can be caused by both good and bad life events. c. ​Our memory works like a video recorder.

d. ​People with schizophrenia have multiple personalities.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 7. ​A scientific theory is a(n) ____. a. ​opinion that has very limited supporting facts b. ​prediction of some future event

c. ​explanation of why and how a behavior occurs d. ​method for testing hypotheses

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. ​A common misconception that people have about psychology is that ____.

a. ​it involves the use of the scientific method

b. ​nearly all psychologists are involved in counseling

c. ​psychologists study behavior but ignore the underlying biology d. ​psychologists only study abnormal behavior ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. ​Many people have misconceptions about psychology. This fact suggests that psychology is ____. a. ​not a science b. ​merely a collection of random theories c. ​more than just common sense

d. ​rarely applicable to everyday life ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 10. ​Which statement is best classified as pseudopsychology? a. ​By visualizing that a cancerous tumor is dying, you can cure yourself of cancer without chemotherapy. b. ​Research published in professional journals shows that dogs can detect the scent of certain cancers.

c. ​A number of studies of childhood cancers show that there can be psychological effects long after successful treatment has ended. d. ​According to research, successful pain control for persons with terminal cancer is possible.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 11. ​What is a common myth about psychology? a. ​Psychology includes the study of the biological basis of behavior. b. ​Psychology studies both abnormal and normal development.

c. ​Psychological theories can be used to explain both normal and abnormal behavior. d. ​Psychology does not involve true experimental research because it cannot.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

12. ​What is the best example of a pseudopsychological finding? a. ​Studies show you a relationship between academic achievement and class attendance. b. ​Research suggests that we tend to be attracted to people who are similar to us. c. ​Surveys have found that men tend to report falling in love faster than women.

d. ​We use only 10% of our brains and therefore, nearly everyone is actually a genius.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Application 13. ​Who is engaging in critical thinking? a. ​Thomas, who typically develops a list of pros and cons for any important decision

b. ​Celeste, who relies on Consumer Reports for information about which product to purchase c. ​Dalton, weighs only expert opinions when making important decisions d. ​Maria, who goes with her gut when deciding which new car to buy

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 14. ​A scientific theory ____. a. ​is typically a gross oversimplification b. ​rarely has a basis in experimentation

c. ​provides a summary to guide thinking d. ​has no practical, real life importance ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. ​The process of analyzing and evaluating information and applying it to other situations is known as ____. a. ​critical thinking b. ​pseudopsychology

c. ​sensation and perception d. ​human factors research

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What Is Psychology?

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

16. ​One of the four goals of psychology is to ____. a. ​replicate b. ​observe

c. ​interpret d. ​predict

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. ​What list correctly states the four goals of psychology? a. ​observe, interpret, correlate, replicate b. ​monitor, survey, associate, experiment c. ​describe, predict, explain, control

d. ​extract, inventory, analyze, change ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. ​Therapists and sports psychologists use psychology in order to help people change their behavior. This is an example of which goal of psychology? a. ​description b. ​prediction c. ​explanation d. ​control

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 19. ​Dr. O’Neill is interviewing parents about how they discipline their children in an attempt to outline the difference between normal levels of punishment and abuse. Dr. O’Neill is attempting to satisfy which goal of psychology? a. ​describing behavior b. ​predicting behavior c. ​explaining behavior

d. ​controlling behavior

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 20. ​Dr. Haupt has discovered that often, abusive parents themselves had parents who used harsh physical punishment on them. Having discovered this will most likely allow Dr. Haupt to fulfill which goal of psychology? a. ​predicting behavior b. ​describing behavior c. ​controlling behavior d. ​explaining behavior

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 21. ​Psychology is considered a science because it ____. a. ​relies on technology to conduct research

b. ​uses a set of rules to gather and analyze information c. ​has generated a series of proven theories

d. ​conducts laboratory and basic research studies ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 22. ​The scientific method is used by ____. a. ​all scientists, including psychologists

b. ​the physical but not behavioral or social sciences c. ​experimental psychologists and scientists only d. ​medical scientists only

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. ​The first step of the scientific method is to ____. a. ​form a testable hypothesis b. ​analyze the data

c. ​choose a research method

d. ​make predictions about behavior ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. ​Which progression represents the correct sequence of steps in the scientific method? a. ​make predictions, form a hypothesis, choose a research strategy, conduct a study, analyze the data b. ​conduct a study, analyze the data, form a hypothesis, publish conclusions, obtain feedback

c. ​choose a research strategy, determine desired results, conduct a study, form a hypothesis, analyze data d. ​develop a theory, conduct an experiment to test the theory, analyze data, publish data ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. ​Psychologists usually attempt to determine whether or not data supports a hypothesis through the use of ____. a. ​intuition b. ​statistics c. ​reason

d. ​polygraphs ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. ​A hypothesis is ____. a. ​a statement describing the actual outcome of an experiment

b. ​the question that forms the foundation for a particular study

c. ​a statement describing what the researchers expect to find in a study d. ​a type of research method that involves experimentation

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. ​Dr. Abaee wants to use the scientific method. What is his first task? a. ​Develop a hypothesis. b. ​Propose a theory.

c. ​Design an experiment. d. ​Make predictions.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 28. ​In the scientific method, after making a prediction, the next step is to ____. a. ​conduct a study b. ​analyze the data

c. ​form a testable hypothesis d. ​develop a theory

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. ​Hypotheses can fall into one of two categories: ____. a. ​analytical and anecdotal b. ​accidental and purposeful

c. ​controllable and uncontrollable d. ​predictive and causal

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. ​Predictive hypotheses are used to address which two goals of psychology? a. ​understanding and predicting b. ​testing and controlling

c. ​describing and predicting

d. ​manipulating and controlling ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. ​Which statement illustrates a causal hypothesis? a. ​Students who get more sleep do better on tests.

b. ​The amount of alcohol consumed will influence the ability to walk a straight line.

c. ​There is a relationship between the number of hot dogs people eat and their rate of cancer. d. ​Shorter men tend to have higher incomes than taller men.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 32. ​In order to test causal hypotheses, the researcher must use ____. a. ​case studies b. ​experiments

c. ​naturalistic studies

d. ​correlational studies ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. ​Dr. Lowrey is testing the hypothesis that the more education a person has, the more money he or she will earn. Dr. Lowrey is testing a ____ hypothesis a. ​true b. ​causal c. ​predictive d. ​factual

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 34. ​Dr. Masood is conducting an experiment in which she is testing the effect of video game playing on the ability to think creatively. One group of children plays video games two hours a day for a week, another group of similar children plays video games for a total of two hours in a week, and a third group of children do not play video games at all. All three groups of children then take a test measuring their creativity. The hypothesis that Dr. Masood is testing is best described as a ____ hypothesis. a. ​predictive b. ​control c. ​causal

d. ​behavioral ANSWER: POINTS:

c 1

REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 35. ​Causal hypotheses are most closely associated with which goal of psychology? a. ​analysis b. ​prediction

c. ​explanation d. ​description

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 36. ​Causal hypotheses can only be tested when the researcher has the ability to ____ the main variables of the study. a. ​predict or assess b. ​control or manipulate

c. ​identify or understand d. ​estimate or measure

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. ​The hypothesis, “Having an efficient digestive system will lead to obesity in rats,” is an example of a(n) ____ hypothesis. a. ​predictive b. ​causal c. ​factual

d. ​untestable ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 38. ​Researchers use random sampling to obtain a(n) ____. a. ​population of interest b. ​experimental sample c. ​control group

d. ​representative sample

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. If you have to do a research project for your psychology class and you use your roommates and family members as participants, you are using a ____. a. ​sample of convenience b. ​control sample c. ​random sample

d. ​representative sample ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 40. ​Samples of convenience are ____. a. ​unacceptable in psychology b. ​not random

c. ​best for experiments

d. ​especially useful for causal hypotheses ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 41. ​When conducting their research, psychologists attempt to obtain a ____ that is representative of their ____. a. ​population of interest; sample b. ​sample; population of interest

c. ​control group; experimental group

d. ​experimental group; control group ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. ​Reactivity presents the biggest problem in ____. a. ​case studies b. ​experiments

c. ​archival studies

d. ​naturalistic observations ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 43. ​Naturalistic observations are predominantly used to achieve the goals of ____. a. ​prediction and control b. ​explanation and prediction c. ​description and prediction d. ​explanation and control

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. ​To minimize reactivity, researchers conducting naturalistic observations may ____. a. ​attempt to control the variable being studied b. ​inform the participants in the study about the hypotheses being tested c. ​debrief participants extensively

d. ​observe from a discrete distance or via a video feed ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 45. ​A case study involving a person with 53 different personalities, although valuable in some ways, is unlikely to be ____. a. ​accountable b. ​valid c. ​significant

d. ​generalizable ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 46. ​One of the biggest disadvantages of case studies is a lack of ____. a. ​depth and breadth of detail

b. ​generalizability

c. ​usefulness with rare conditions d. ​flexibility

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 47. ​What do naturalistic observations, case studies, and correlational studies all have in common? a. ​They are used to test causal hypotheses. b. ​They do not allow the researcher to control the main variables in the study. c. ​They are most likely to be used by biological psychologists. d. ​They are all non-scientific.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. ​Dr. Kushman is doing an in-depth study on one of his clients who has had a significant change in personality since being hit in the head by a foul ball at a baseball game. Dr. Kushman is conducting a ____. a. ​naturalistic observation b. ​survey c. ​case study

d. ​experiment ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 49. ​Surveys are often used to test ____ hypotheses. a. ​predictive b. ​causal

c. ​factual

d. ​experimental ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

50. ​A correlation coefficient is a number that indicates ____. a. ​the degree of causation between one variable and another b. ​the amount of difference between two pieces of data c. ​the strength of a relationship between two factors

d. ​whether a particular result is statistically significant or not ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. ​Which correlation coefficient would best fit a finding that as variable A increases, variable B increases almost to the same degree? a. ​+.80 b. ​-.20 c. ​+.20 d. ​-.80

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 52. ​Suppose that Dr. Poonnamalee finds a correlation of +.68 between the amount of humor professors use and the grades that students earn in their classes. What can he appropriately conclude from this finding? a. ​There is no meaningful relationship between these two variables. b. ​Greater use of humor is associated with higher grades. c. ​Greater use of humor is associated with lower grades.

d. ​Humor, or the lack of it, causes student grades to be higher or lower.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 53. ​Students who participate more hours in study groups tend to do better in their classes, as measured by their GPAs. This association would be an example of a ____. a. ​negative correlation b. ​positive correlation c. ​cause and effect relationship d. ​chance event ANSWER:

b

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 54. ​A negative correlation describes a relationship in which ____. a. ​one variable has no effect on another variable b. ​one variable decreases while another variable increases c. ​two variables increase together

d. ​two variables decrease together ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. ​Because researchers do not control the main variables in a correlational study, ____. a. ​the research is not considered to be scientific b. ​the data drawn from the study will be random occurrences

c. ​they are unable to determine which variable causes the other

d. ​they have a greater chance of discovering the real relationship between the variables ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 56. ​The two main features of an experiment are ____. a. ​hypothesis formation and data collection b. ​random assignment and control c. ​prediction and manipulation

d. ​data collection and statistical analysis ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. ​If a research study involves the manipulation of one of the main variables, the study is most likely a(n) ____. a. ​experiment b. ​case study

c. ​correlational study

d. ​naturalistic observation

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. ​The point of an experiment is to ____. a. ​observe what happens in a natural environment

b. ​ask predetermined questions and record the responses

c. ​determine if one variable is associated with another variable

d. ​manipulate one variable to see its effects on another variable ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 59. ​The independent variable is to the dependent variable as ____ is to ____. a. ​uncontrolled; controlled b. ​cause; effect

c. ​criterion; predictor d. ​outcome; input

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 60. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding the independent variable in an experiment? a. ​It is the variable that the experimenter manipulates. b. ​It is the effect that is a constant.

c. ​It is the effect in the experiment.

d. ​It is the variable that is allowed to vary on its own.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. ​The dependent variable ____. a. ​is the variable manipulated by the experimenter b. ​is the cause of the outcome

c. ​needs to be controlled by the experimenter d. ​shows the effect of the manipulation

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. ​Consider an experiment in which participants watch various types of TV programming and are then observed while playing a physical game to determine the number of aggressive acts they commit. In this example, the dependent variable would be the ____. a. ​gender of the participants b. ​game played by the participants c. ​type of TV programming watched

d. ​number of aggressive acts observed ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 63. ​Dr. Ikeda conducts an experiment on the effect of physical beauty on being hired for a job, and has both attractive and unattractive individuals apply for the same job. However, he fails to control for the possibility that the attractive applicants have better resumes. In this case, the quality of the resumes is considered a(n) ____. a. ​confounding variable b. ​dependent variable c. ​experimental variable d. ​independent variable

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 64. ​In ____, neither experimenters nor participants know whether the participant is in the experimental or control group. a. ​double-blind studies b. ​case studies

c. ​naturalistic observation d. ​survey research

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. ​The fact that many psychological studies are conducted using college students as participants is relevant when

considering ____. a. ​how important it is to obtain a college education b. ​the popularity of psychology as a major in college

c. ​if the results can be generalized to the rest of the population

d. ​if the scientific method was actually followed in the administration of the study ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 66. ​Dr. Bozzo wants to test the hypothesis that eating a high protein diet leads to greater weight loss than a high carbohydrate diet. Which type of research design would Dr. Bozzo be most likely to use? a. ​an experiment b. ​a survey c. ​naturalistic observation d. ​a correlational study

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 67. ​Confounding variables ____. a. ​are always controlled in correlational studies

b. ​can lead to alternative explanations for the results of a study c. ​are possible effects other than the one hypothesized d. ​are only of concern in case studies

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. ​To make sure that groups of participants in an experiment are not generally different from each other before the experiment begins, the experimenter ____. a. ​uses an objective observer to assign participants to groups b. ​uses random assignment to assign participants to groups c. ​assigns participants to groups by himself or herself without interference by anyone else d. ​assigns participants to groups on the basis of an unimportant trait such as hair color ANSWER: POINTS:

b 1

REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. ​In a random sample, ____. a. ​the independent variable is administered randomly to the participants in the study

b. ​participants are chosen to be included in the study based on personal characteristics c. ​participants are taken on a volunteer basis only

d. ​every member of the population has an equal chance of being a participant in the study ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. ​Random assignment is to ____ as random sampling is to ____. a. ​control of confounding variables; representative population b. ​representative population; control of confounding variables c. ​experiment; quasi-experiment d. ​quasi-experiment; experiment ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 71. ​The effect of confounding variables is greatly reduced through ____. a. ​random sampling b. ​utilizing several dependent variables c. ​conducting a quasi-experiment d. ​random assignment

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 72. ​Quasi-experiments are studies which ____. a. ​rely on surveys and naturalistic observations

b. ​involve random assignment, but no manipulation of the main variables c. ​involve random sampling, but no manipulation of the main variables

d. ​involve manipulation of the main variables, but no random assignment ANSWER:

d

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 73. ​What is an important disadvantage of experiments? a. ​Experiments do not do a good job of explaining the relationships between the variables studied.

b. ​Experiments require a great deal of technology to conduct, which makes them more expensive to conduct than other types of studies. c. ​Some experiments cannot be conducted because to do so would be unethical. d. ​The American Psychological Association requires that only those with doctoral degrees can conduct experiments, which means that many people cannot do them.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 74. ​In contrast to experiments, naturalistic observations are typically ____. a. ​more conclusive b. ​less artificial c. ​less random

d. ​more scientific ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 75. ​Dr. Townsend wants to test the hypothesis that being tall for your age predicts that you will be shy. Which of the following types of research would Dr. Townsend be least likely to use? a. ​an experiment b. ​a case study c. ​naturalistic observation d. ​a correlational study

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 76. ​Dr. Ford wants to test the hypothesis that room color can affect memory. To that end, he randomly assigns 10 students to a condition where they study a written passage while seated in a room that is painted a lilac color. The other 10 students study the passage while seated in an identical room that is painted bright orange. After both groups studied the passage for one hour, they are given a multiple-choice test over the material. Dr. Ford then calculates how many questions the students in both groups answer correctly. Dr. Ford’s study is an example of a(n) ____.

a. ​correlational study

b. ​naturalistic observation c. ​experiment d. ​case study

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 77. ​Dr. Ford wants to test the hypothesis that room color can affect memory. To that end, he randomly assigns 10 students to a condition where they study a written passage while seated in a room that is painted a lilac color. The other 10 students study the passage while seated in an identical room that is painted bright orange. After both groups studied the passage for one hour, they are given a multiple-choice test over the material. Dr. Ford then calculates how many questions the students in both groups answer correctly. In Dr. Ford’s study, the independent variable is ____. a. ​the people who studied the passage while seated in the lilac room b. ​the color of the room in which the students studied the passage c. ​the test scores of the students

d. ​whether or not the students were able to recall information about the passage ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 78. ​Dr. Ford wants to test the hypothesis that room color can affect memory. To that end, he randomly assigns 10 students to a condition where they study a written passage while seated in a room that is painted a lilac color. The other 10 students study the passage while seated in an identical room that is painted bright orange. After both groups studied the passage for one hour, they are given a multiple-choice test over the material. Dr. Ford then calculates how many questions the students in both groups answer correctly. In Dr. Ford’s study, a potential confounding variable is the ____. a. ​students’ test scores b. ​color of the room in which the students studied the passage c. ​age of the students

d. ​random assignment to groups ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 79. ​Dr. Ford wants to test the hypothesis that room color can affect memory. To that end, he randomly assigns 10 students to a condition where they study a written passage while seated in a room that is painted a lilac color. The other 10 students study the passage while seated in an identical room that is painted bright orange. After both groups studied the passage for one hour, they are given a multiple-choice test over the material. Dr. Ford then calculates how many questions the students answer correctly. He finds that students in the lilac-room condition score much better than the students in the orange-room condition. Based on this study, what can Dr. Ford conclude?

a. ​Room color predicts, but does not cause a change in, memory performance. b. ​Room color causes a change in memory performance. c. ​Students like cool colors better than warm ones. d. ​Warm colors make students angry.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 80. ​Problematic variables that can lead to alternative explanations for the results of a study are called ____ variables. a. ​independent b. ​confounding c. ​dependent

d. ​experimental ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 81. ​Lamont is a researcher at a university, who wants to do a study to determine if alcohol use predicts motor skill performance in college students. Before conducting this study, Lamont should have his study approved by the ____. a. ​faculty senate at his school b. ​company making the drink used in his study c. ​student government association at his school d. ​institutional review board at his school

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 82. ​Prior to participation in a psychological study at your college, you are given information that clarifies the obligations and responsibilities of both you and the researcher in the study. This fulfills the ethical requirement that all psychological studies include ____. a. ​informed consent b. ​debriefing c. ​confidentiality

d. ​complete disclosure of any deception ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 83. Which organization establishes the ethical guidelines for research conducted by psychologists? a. ​American Medical Foundation b. ​American Civil Liberties Union c. ​American Psychological Association d. ​Society of Psychological Scientists

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 84. ​In research, what is a fundamental principle of ethical practice? a. ​compensation to participants b. ​debriefing participants only if they are at risk c. ​research design by an institutional board d. ​informed consent

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 85. ​When may research participants withdraw from a study? a. ​Participants may withdraw at any time in a study.

b. ​Once participants have signed the informed consent, they must finish the study.

c. ​If participants have not completed more than half of the study, they may withdraw.

d. ​If participants compensate the researcher for time lost, they may withdraw from the study.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 86. ​Debriefing is ____. a. ​done with participants prior to their participation in a psychological study

b. ​the attempt to fully disclose the true purposes and nature of a psychological study c. ​the process of eliminating extra variables from a research study

d. ​the process of adding extra variables to a research study to improve generalizability ANSWER:

b

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 87. ​Assuming that Stanley Milgram’s obedience study was not ethical by today’s standards, at what point in the procedures established to ensure appropriate ethics would his study have been discontinued? a. ​immediately after informed consent was obtained b. ​immediately after debriefing occurred c. ​after the study, but before it was published

d. ​immediately after review by the Institutional Review Board ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 88. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding the use of deception in psychological research? a. ​Even if deception is used, researchers do not have an obligation to inform the participants. b. ​Deception is no longer allowed in any psychological research.

c. ​Deception is allowed as long as it is justifiable and participants are debriefed appropriately.

d. ​If deception is used, participants must be informed at least generally about it before they consent to participate.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. ​Suppose that immediately after participating in a psychological study, you are dismissed without any interaction with the experimenter or a representative. What element of ethical psychology research has probably been excluded? a. ​debriefing b. ​informed consent c. ​presentation of results d. ​socialization period

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 90. ​Bea is a researcher working in the area of human sexuality. She conducts a survey to determine how often the average person has sex. In doing this survey, Bea does not have her participants put their name on the survey. Rather, she assigns each participant a number. In doing this, Bea is upholding the ethical rule which states that participants have a right to ____. a. ​informed consent

b. ​confidentiality c. ​use deception d. ​debriefing

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 91. ​In the past, how might the involvement of women and minorities in psychological research be best characterized? a. ​Minorities were overly represented as participants. b. ​Women and minorities were neglected as participants in studies.

c. ​White males were studied more than women, but less than minorities. d. ​White males, women, and minorities were studied about the same.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 92. ​LaDonna is a researcher who studies the behavior of rats. LaDonna ____. a. ​does not have to worry about the ethics of her studies b. ​must obtain outside funding for her research

c. ​still has to follow the ethical guidelines set forth by the APA and federal government d. ​still must get informed consent

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 93. ​Dr. Honani is studying conceptual learning among monkeys. What ethical obligations does he have towards these primates? a. ​He must act ethically, but his research does not need to be reviewed. b. ​He must obtain informed consent, as primates are intelligent beings. c. ​He must pay attention to the primates' physical and psychological well-being.

d. ​Neither the APA nor the federal government provide ethical standards for animal research.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

94. ​Which statement is true about animal research and our understanding of psychological issues? a. ​Animal research has not informed our understanding of psychological issues because animals are so fundamentally different from humans. b. ​Animal research has informed our understanding of psychological issues because there are not any ethical guidelines restricting the study of animals. c. ​Animal research has informed our understanding of psychological issues and ethical guidelines protect the animal participants in such research. d. ​Animal research is not part of the science of psychology, which deals only with human behavior.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 95. ​What is a responsibility of a researcher who conducts psychological studies on animals? a. ​Allowing regular inspection by animal rights groups b. ​Formation of a group to rehome the animals when the research is complete c. ​Training the animals for a new home once the research is complete d. ​Justification of painful procedures used on the animals

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. ​What is meant by the phrase, “Psychology has a long past, but a short history”? a. ​Although many negative events have characterized psychology’s past, many positive events have occurred in recent years. b. ​People have always been interested in explaining behavior, but psychology did not become a science until relatively recently. c. ​Psychology has been a science for hundreds of years, but only recently has the general public become interested in it. d. ​Although psychology has existed as a science for a very long time, it is being overshadowed by more exact sciences and will not likely survive beyond the current century.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 97. ​The first American woman to earn a doctorate in psychology was ____. a. ​Margaret Washburn b. ​Karen Horney c. ​Anna Freud

d. ​Rosalie Rayner ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 98. ​Psychology is traditionally believed to have begun as a separate field of study in ____. a. ​1653 b. ​1776 c. ​1879 d. ​1928 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 99. ​The name most associated with the founding of the first psychology laboratory is ____. a. ​Ivan Pavlov b. ​James Watson

c. ​Sigmund Freud

d. ​Wilhelm Wundt ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 100. ​Wundt attempted to detail the ____. a. ​structure of our behaviors

b. ​function of our mental experiences c. ​function of our behaviors

d. ​structure of our mental experiences ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 101. ​Who is associated with the idea that personality was in part a reflection of the mix of chemicals in the body? a. ​Hippocrates b. ​Freud

c. ​Wundt

d. ​Titchener ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 102. ​The ancient Indian texts of knowledge, The Vedas, describe ____ as energy processing centers within the body that govern physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual health. a. ​tantrics b. ​ashtangas c. ​chakras

d. ​ayurvedas ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 103. ​Edward Titchener is most associated with ____. a. ​psychoanalysis b. ​introspection c. ​humanism

d. ​behaviorism ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 104. ​Psychologists who adopt a(n) ____ perspective look for a physical cause for a particular behavior. a. ​humanistic b. ​sociocultural c. ​biological

d. ​evolutionary ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 105. ​The field of science that investigates the relationships between the nervous system and behavior/mental processes is ____.

a. ​evolutionary psychology

b. ​psychodynamic psychology c. ​neuroscience d. ​behaviorism

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 106. ​John asserts that men are not predisposed to monogamy because having sex with lots of women increases the likelihood that they will successfully reproduce and transmit their genes to the next generation. John’s explanation is most consistent with ____ psychology. a. ​biological b. ​psychodynamic c. ​humanistic

d. ​evolutionary ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 107. ​Dr. Ali is a psychologist who believes that psychology should not attempt to understand the mind, but rather focus on understanding the observable actions that people and animals engage in. Dr. Ali’s point of view is most compatible with the approach to psychology known as ____. a. ​psychoanalytic theory b. ​behaviorism c. ​functionalism d. ​structuralism

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 108. ​Which statement would most likely have been made by William James? a. ​“To fully understand the human, one needs to examine unconscious motivations.”

b. ​“Rather than studying the elements of consciousness, psychology should study the function that consciousness serves.” c. ​“If psychology ever hopes to be truly scientific we must study the basic elements of mental experience.” d. ​“Human nature is primarily influenced by self-perception, and that should be the focus of psychology.”

ANSWER:

b

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 109. ​If Charles Darwin had been a psychologist, he would most likely have agreed with the views of ____. a. ​William James b. ​Wilhelm Wundt

c. ​Edward Titchener d. ​Carl Rogers

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 110. ​Wilhelm Wundt is to ____ as William James is to ____. a. ​functionalism; structuralism b. structuralism; functionalism c. ​science; pseudoscience

d. ​behavioral observation; introspection ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 111. ​Which statement is true with regard to the beginnings of scientific psychology? a. ​Wilhelm Wundt was primarily interested in studying conscious experience and mental processes.

b. ​John Watson used a process called introspection to examine the sensations and feelings of trained observers. c. ​William James established the first scientific laboratory in Germany to study mental processes.

d. ​Gilbert Haven Jones was primarily interested in the function that behaviors and thoughts serve for organisms.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 112. ​Who is most associated with psychoanalysis? a. ​Freud b. ​Pavlov

c. ​Watson

d. ​Skinner

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 113. ​Evolutionary psychology and functionalism are similar in that they both ____. a. ​are relatively new fields in psychology b. ​focus on abstractions with little ability to be applied in real settings c. ​focus on the ability of organisms to adapt to their environment

d. ​are older theories that have been replaced by newer theories in psychology ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 114. ​What school of psychology arose in the United States in the 1920s and is associated with the idea that, in order to be a true science, psychology had to move away from the study of the mind? a. ​environmentalism b. ​behaviorism c. ​structuralism d. ​humanism

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 115. ​Like Wilhelm Wundt’s structuralism, Sigmund Freud’s psychoanalytic theory emphasized ____. a. ​behavior b. ​self-determination c. ​mental processes

d. ​evolutionary processes ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 116. ​What psychological perspective refers to the assumptions about behavior originally conceived by Freud, as modified by his followers? a. ​humanistic b. ​eclectic

c. ​psychoanalytic

d. ​psychodynamic ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 117. ​Sigmund Freud’s ideas led to his formulation of ____ theory. a. ​humanistic b. ​psychoanalytic c. ​behavioral d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 118. ​Any object or event that is perceived by our senses is called a(n) ____. a. ​diathesis b. ​reinforcer c. ​stimulus

d. ​sensation ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 119. ​What happened to Little Albert? a. ​He was conditioned to be afraid of a white rat. b. ​He underwent extensive psychoanalysis. c. ​He learned to press a lever to get candy.

d. ​He suffered brain damage from a terrible accident.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 120. ​The dominant force in American psychology from the early 1920s until the 1960s was ____. a. ​psychoanalytic theory

b. ​structuralism c. ​humanism

d. ​behaviorism ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 121. ​Behaviorism emphasizes the study of ____. a. ​observable actions b. ​unconscious mental processes c. ​conscious mental processes

d. ​feelings of self-worth and potential ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 122. ​Your psychology teacher believes that for psychology to be truly scientific, it must focus on observable and measurable actions. Your teacher is most likely a ____. a. ​behaviorist b. ​humanist c. ​psychoanalytic theorist d. ​clinical psychologist

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 123. ​John Watson’s views were most influenced by research conducted by ____. a. ​Sigmund Freud b. ​B.F. Skinner c. ​Carl Rogers d. ​Ivan Pavlov

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

124. ​After pairing the sound of a bell with giving meat powder, Pavlov noticed that his dogs salivated ____. a. ​only when he did not give the meat powder b. ​after he gave the meat powder

c. ​before he gave the meat powder, when he rang the bell d. ​before he rang the bell, when he gave the meat powder

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 125. ​In contrast to John Watson, B.F. Skinner emphasized the importance of ____. a. ​thought b. ​feelings

c. ​consequences d. ​instincts

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 126. ​Discontent with behaviorism was at least partially responsible for the emergence of ____ in the 1960s. a. ​humanism b. ​psychoanalytic theory

c. ​the physiological perspective d. ​functionalism

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 127. ​The social movements in the U.S. in the 1960s and the rise of humanism at the same time in psychology were similar in their ____. a. ​emphasis on freedom of choice and self-determination b. ​rejection of government and all forms of social structure c. ​belief in the animalistic nature of humans

d. ​cceptance of the importance of social norms and prescribed codes of behavior ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

128. ​Two well-known humanists are ____. a. ​Sigmund Freud and Alfred Adler b. ​Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow c. ​John Watson and B.F. Skinner

d. ​Wilhelm Wundt and Edward Titchener ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 129. ​The humanistic perspective of the 1960s is to treating clients as the ____ perspective of the 1960s is to conducting memory research. a. ​sociocultural b. ​cognitive c. ​evolutionary

d. ​psychodynamic ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 130. ​As a therapist, Dr. Mark helps clients recognize their own inner potential to reach personal goals. Most likely, Dr. Mark is best described as a ____ therapist. a. ​psychodynamic b. ​sociocultural c. ​cognitive

d. ​humanistic ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 131. ​In a debate, which psychologist would argue most strongly that humans possess free will and the ability to change their own destiny? a. ​Sigmund Freud b. ​Ivan Pavlov c. ​Wilhelm Wundt d. ​Carl Rogers

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 132. ​Martin Seligman is most associated with which school of psychology? a. behaviorism b. ​psychodynamic psychology c. ​humanism

d. ​positive psychology ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 133. ​Which progression best represents the historical order in which these psychological perspectives developed? a. psychoanalytic theory, humanism, and structuralism b. ​structuralism, behaviorism, and humanism c. ​humanism, psychoanalytic theory, and cognitive psychology d. ​behaviorism, structuralism, and psychoanalytic theory

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 134. ​Which statement best represents the correct association between theorist and theory? a. ​Freud and humanism b. ​Watson and behaviorism

c. ​Pavlov and psychoanalytic theory d. ​Pavlov and psychoanalytic theory ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 135. ​Which psychological perspective is most likely to study memory, problem solving, and decision making? a. ​humanism b. ​psychodynamic theory c. ​behaviorism

d. ​cognitive psychology ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 136. ​Cognitive psychologists acknowledge that mental processes are not directly observable to the eye, but assert that they ____. a. ​are at least as important as unconscious processes b. ​can be inferred from performance data c. ​are still primarily the result of biological influences d. ​cannot be indirectly observed either

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 137. ​Which perspective would most likely describe anxiety as being related to chemicals in the body? a. ​psychodynamic b. ​behavioral

c. ​evolutionary d. ​biological

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 138. ​Your psychology professor studies processes like thought, memory, and knowledge. She is most likely what type of psychologist? a. ​psychoanalytic b. ​cognitive c. ​humanist

d. ​behaviorist ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 139. ​Which perspective emphasizes human strengths and how humans attain happiness?

a. ​functionalism

b. ​psychoanalysis

c. ​positive psychology

d. ​cognitive psychology ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 140. ​Of the following, who is a leader in the field of positive psychology? a. ​Ed Diener b. ​Carl Rogers

c. ​Abraham Maslow d. ​Max Wertheimer

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. ​A focus on genetics, chemical imbalances, and brain differences between humans characterizes the ____ perspective. a. ​sociocultural b. ​humanistic c. ​biological

d. ​behavioral ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 142. ​A psychologist from a biological perspective would most likely focus on the ____. a. ​environment b. ​self

c. ​brain

d. ​unconscious ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

143. ​The evolutionary perspective in psychology is most closely associated with the ____. a. ​humanistic perspective b. ​psychoanalytic perspective c. ​biological perspective

d. ​sociocultural perspective ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 144. ​A therapist who helps clients who are diagnosed with depression works on changing their perception of things that happen to them. Which perspective is she incorporating the most? a. ​behavioral b. ​cognitive c. ​sociocultural d. ​humanistic

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 145. ​The sociocultural perspective in psychology emphasizes the ____. a. ​role of society and culture in determining behavior

b. ​biological differences between people originating from different areas of the world c. ​instinctual tendencies common to all humanity

d. ​unconscious determinants of individual personality ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 146. ​The psychodynamic perspective is derived from ____ theory. a. ​psychoanalytic b. ​humanistic c. ​behavioral d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

147. ​Most psychologists take an eclectic approach in terms of the perspectives of psychology they use to explain behavior and mental processes. This means that they ____. a. ​rigidly follow one perspective b. ​integrate several perspectives c. ​reject the perspective that is currently most popular

d. ​focus on the perspective that best fits the majority of people ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 148. ​A therapist who sometimes uses a cognitive approach with clients who are depressed and a behavioral approach with those who have phobias would be most appropriately described as ____. a. ​inconsistent b. ​bidirectional c. ​eclectic

d. ​incompetent ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 149. ​The psychological perspective most likely to be interested in diversity between groups of individuals is the ____ perspective. a. ​psychodynamic b. ​cognitive c. ​biological

d. ​sociocultural ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 150. ​The sociocultural and behavioral perspectives are similar in that they both focus on ____. a. ​the self b. ​the environment

c. ​mental processes d. ​the unconscious

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 151. ​Viewing a traffic jam as a potential environmental threat to one’s survival most closely fits with which psychological approach? a. ​psychodynamic b. ​behavioral c. ​humanistic

d. ​evolutionary ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 152. ​Human factors psychologists are primarily interested in ____. a. ​the human capabilities as they apply to machines and systems to optimize performance b. ​understanding the dynamics of the workplace and how it affects employees c. ​people’s lifestyle choices and how they affect health d. ​how culture affects people’s attitudes and behavior

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. ​Cross-cultural psychologists primarily study the ____. a. ​physiological similarities between people of different races

b. ​causes of social problems such as drug abuse, child abuse, and teen pregnancy c. ​ways in which culture affects individual behavior

d. ​advantages and disadvantages of being raised in specific cultures ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 154. ​Experimental psychologists are most likely to conduct research on ____. a. ​sensation and perception b. ​emotional development

c. ​adjustment difficulties

d. ​people and their work environments ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 155. ​What is one difference between a developmental psychologist and a clinical psychologist? a. ​Clinical psychologists are more likely to do research. b. ​Developmental psychologists are more likely to have a Psy.D. degree. c. ​Clinical psychologists are more likely to be a therapist.

d. ​Developmental psychologists are more likely to only have a bachelor’s degree.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 156. ​Which area of focus would be of most interest to an industrial/organizational psychologist? a. ​the best strategy to convince the public to buy a product b. ​methods of increasing employee satisfaction

c. ​the most efficient machine to complete an automated task d. ​voter behavior in hotly contested elections

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 157. ​As opposed to educational psychologists, school psychologists are more likely to ____. a. ​develop teaching materials b. ​work at colleges or universities c. ​research how people learn

d. ​test and assess student abilities ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 158. ​A personality psychologist might have helped out in the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina by ____. a. ​conducting research to determine the biological effects of stress from the storm

b. ​offering therapy to those whose lives were disrupted by the storm

c. ​determining the characteristics of people who are least likely to adjust well

d. ​analyzing the storm’s effects on the development of children who experienced it ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 159. ​Which of the following psychologists is most likely a therapist? a. ​an educational psychologist b. ​a counseling psychologist

c. ​a developmental psychologist d. ​a forensic psychologist

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 160. ​Aisha wants to study how individuals interact with and influence each other. She should probably go into ____. a. ​social psychology b. ​developmental psychology c. ​cross-cultural psychology d. ​personality psychology

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 161. ​Which area is most likely to be the focus of an experimental psychologist? a. ​laboratory research to examine the effect of positive reinforcement on learning in rats b. ​observation of children to determine their rate of aggressive acts

c. ​research examining the effects of prolonged stress on the human body d. ​testing to develop a valid test of personality and its change over time

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 162. ​A social psychologist would be most interested in research information that showed ____.

a. ​the stages of cognitive and emotional development in children b. ​the best methods of testing personality

c. ​how individuals are influenced by others

d. ​the factors that lead some people to have better coping skills than others ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 163. ​Forensic psychologists ____. a. ​use psychic powers to help track down criminals

b. ​are lawyers who use psychology to help them win their legal cases c. ​conduct research on the interaction between humans and nature d. ​analyze crime statistics and evidence to create criminal profiles

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 164. ​What psychological perspective is most likely to view anxiety as product of unresolved feelings of hostility, guilt, anger, or sexual attraction experienced in childhood? a. ​behavioral b. ​sociocultural c. ​psychodynamic d. ​humanistic

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 165. ​Herb is a psychologist who works for a major food manufacturer. He helps the company by studying factors of the work environment, employees, and management that enhance or detract from productivity. Herb is most likely a(n) ____ psychologist. a. ​social b. ​industrial/organizational c. ​cross-cultural d. ​health ANSWER: POINTS:

b 1

REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 166. ​Susanne is a psychologist who studies love and romantic attraction. She is most likely a ____ psychologist. a. ​social b. ​cross-cultural c. ​personality d. ​biological

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 167. ​Dr. Kahlo is a psychologist who is studying parenting techniques in the U.S., Nigeria, Cuba, and Poland. She is interested in determining if fathers play a different role in child rearing in these countries. Dr. Kahlo is most likely a ____ psychologist. a. ​social b. ​personality c. ​developmental d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 168. ​Jermaine is a psychologist who works at a major urban hospital to develop stress management plans for people who have recently had open-heart surgery. Jermaine is most likely a ____ psychologist. a. ​clinical b. ​counseling c. ​health

d. ​forensic ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 169. ​Dr. Zigrang is a psychologist, studying how children’s ability to do mathematics changes between the ages of 4 and 12. Dr. Zigrang is most likely a(n) ____ psychologist. a. ​psychobiological b. ​developmental c. ​counseling

d. ​industrial/organizational ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 170. ​Liam is a psychologist who helps athletes get the most out of their athletic potential by focusing on their internal motivation and relationships with teammates. Most likely, Liam is a(n) ____ psychologist. a. ​sports b. ​personality c. ​athletic d. ​clinical ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 171. ​Dr. Green is a psychologist working for a major steel manufacturing company. Dr. Green advises the company on how best to motivate its employees to be productive and follow safety regulations in its plants. Dr. Green is most likely a(n) ____ psychologist. a. ​industrial/organizational b. ​forensic c. ​health

d. ​counseling ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 172. ​Compared to a clinical psychologist, a counseling psychologist is more likely to ____. a. ​prescribe medicine b. ​have earned an M.D. degree

c. ​provide therapy to people with life adjustment problems d. ​see clients who have serious mental health disorders

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 173. ​The material in the textbook on gender and ethnicity in the field of psychology suggests that ____.

a. ​although minorities and women have been involved in psychology for many years, they are still underrepresented in many areas of the field b. ​unlike other fields where women and minorities are outnumbered, in psychology, women and minorities outnumber men and Caucasians c. ​while men outnumber women earning doctorates in psychology, Caucasians outnumber minorities d. ​while minorities outnumber Caucasians within the ranks of employment in psychology, men outnumber women ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 174. ​Research that demonstrated that Black children often preferred playing with a White doll than a Black doll was cited in Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, in which the Supreme Court ruled that segregation of public schools was unconstitutional. Who conducted this research? a. ​Martin Seligman and Ed Diener b. ​Kenneth Clark and Mamie Phipps Clark c. ​Abraham Maslow and Carl Rogers d. ​Abraham Maslow and Carl Rogers ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 175. ​The first female president of the American Psychological Association was ____. a. ​Karen Horney b. ​Mary Calkins

c. ​Elizabeth Loftus d. ​Anna Freud

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 176. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding women and/or ethnic minorities in the field of psychology? a. ​Women did not make any significant contributions to the field of psychology until the last 50 years.

b. ​Ethnic minorities did not make any significant contributions to the field of psychology until the last 50 years.

c. ​Although ethnic minorities made significant contributions in psychology from the very beginning, women did not make any contributions until the last 50 years. d. ​Both women and ethnic minorities made significant contributions to the field of psychology from the early years of its history.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 177. ​The first African American to earn a doctorate in psychology was ____. a. ​Francis Sumner b. ​Gilbert Haven Jones c. ​Kenneth Clark d. ​Inez Prosser

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 178. ​Who conducted important research on color vision in the 1920s? a. ​Karen Horney b. ​Christine Ladd-Franklin c. ​Francis Sumner d. ​Inez Prosser

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 179. ​Who was the first African American woman to be awarded a doctorate in psychology? a. ​Karen Horney b. ​Christine Ladd-Franklin c. ​Francis Sumner d. ​Inez Prosser

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 180. ​The Ph.D. in psychology focuses more on ____, while the Psy.D. concentrates more on ____. a. ​clinical training; research b. ​psychological assessment; experimentation c. ​research; clinical training

d. ​therapy; research ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 181. ​You are advising a friend on her career choice. She says that she wants to be a psychologist. Knowing this, you should advise your friend that the highest level of degree that she will likely need to earn is a(n) ____ degree. a. ​associate’s b. ​bachelor’s c. ​master’s d. ​doctoral

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 182. ​A person with a bachelor’s degree in psychology would most likely be excluded from ____. a. ​providing social services b. ​rendering independent psychotherapy c. ​serving as a research assistant d. ​working in public relations

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 183. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding psychiatrists? a. ​Psychiatrists typically obtain a Ph.D. degree.

b. ​Psychiatrist and clinical psychologist are two names for the same profession. c. ​Psychiatrists do not counsel their clients.

d. ​Psychiatrists can prescribe medications to their clients.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 184. ​Whose research focused on environmental and cultural factors that influence personality development? a. ​Karen Horney

b. ​Christine Ladd-Franklin c. ​Francis Sumner d. ​Inez Prosser

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 185. ​Who is the known as the father of African American psychology? a. ​Karen Horney b. ​Christine Ladd-Franklin c. ​Francis Sumner d. ​Inez Prosser

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 186. ​Examine three misconceptions people commonly hold about psychology. Refute these misconceptions based on what you have learned about what psychology is, and how psychologists actually engage in studying the human experience.

ANSWER: Answers will vary. People often think that psychologists are solely focused on helping people through counseling and diagnosing mental illness. A number of people also believe that psychology is based largely on how one feels about things. Many people assume that psychology is just good, old-fashioned common sense. Actually, psychology, is a field of study which focuses on a wide variety of human behavior and mental processes, including; learning, emotions, social influences, and the brain—just to name a few. Psychology strives to look beyond mere personal experience through the use of research strategies and the scientific method—just as all sciences do. Lastly, while psychology certainly does validate so-called “common sense” beliefs, psychology also examines events and experiences which go against commonly held beliefs.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 What is Psychology?

KEYWORDS: Bloom's: Understand 187. ​List the four goals of psychology and provide an example of each one.

ANSWER: Though psychologists study and emphasize different aspects of behavior, they all share similar goals.

The main goals of psychology and psychological research are as follows:    

To describe behavior To predict behavior To explain behavior To control or change behavior

Examples will vary.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

188. ​Describe the steps involved in the scientific method.

ANSWER: 1. Define and describe the issue to be studied. You might hypothesize that college students who buy pitchers of beer tend to drink more than college students who purchase bottles of beer (a prediction). You study previous research in scientific journals on alcohol consumption.

2. Form a testable hypothesis. Students who buy pitchers of beer tend to drink more than students who buy beer in bottles. This hypothesis must be phrased in a way that can be objectively measured—that is, in such a way that another person can test the same hypothesis to verify or replicate your results.

3. Choose an appropriate research strategy. You choose a group of people to observe (college students) and a research method that allows you to mea- sure objectively how much beer students who buy pitchers drink versus how much beer students who buy bottles drink. You decide where your study will be conducted. Will it be in the environment where the behavior naturally occurs (such as the local college bar) or in a laboratory (a more controlled setting)?

You decide who you will use as participants. Will you use animals or humans? If using humans, how will they be selected? If using animals, what species will you use?

4. Conduct the study to test your hypothesis. Run the study and collect the data based on the decisions in steps 1–3.

5. Analyze the data to support or reject your hypothesis. Researchers usually analyze their data using statistics. If the results do not support your hypothesis, you can revise the hypothesis or pose a new one. If the results do support your hypothesis, you can replicate your study (do the same one again) to increase your confidence that your findings support your hypothesis or make additional predictions and test them. Geller, Russ, and Altomari (1986) actually included this prediction in a larger study on beer drinking among college students and found support for the hypothesis that buying pitchers was associated with consuming larger amounts of beer.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 189. ​Describe one major advantage and one major disadvantage of experimental research designs.

ANSWER: ​Experiments have several advantages. First, it is only through experimentation that we can approach two of the goals of psychology: explaining and changing behavior. An experiment is the only research method that enables us to determine cause- and-effect relationships. This advantage makes interpreting research results less ambiguous. In an experiment, we attempt to eliminate any confounding variables through experimenter control and random assignment of participants to groups. These techniques enable us to draw clearer conclusions from research results. ​ Experiments also have disadvantages. First, experiments do not address the first two goals of psychology: describing and predicting behavior. These are often the first steps in understanding behavior, and naturalistic observation, surveys, and correlational studies are quite useful for doing this.

Second, in an attempt to control confounding variables, experiments conducted in laboratory settings may create an artificial atmosphere. It is then difficult to know whether the same result would occur in a more natural setting. This may be another reason to conduct naturalistic observations or correlational studies. Third, sometimes employing the experimental method is simply not possible for ethical or practical reasons.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 190. ​Describe two research methods utilized by psychologists, including an example of each.

ANSWER: ​Naturalistic observations

are research studies that are conducted in the environment in which the behavior typically occurs. While naturalistic observation can provide a picture of behavior as it normally occurs, researchers need to consider the influence of reactivity. ​ A case study is an in-depth observation of one participant. The participant may be a person, an animal, or even a setting such as a business or a school. As with naturalistic observation, in case studies researchers do not control any variables but merely record or relate their observations. Case studies provide in-depth information on rare and unusual conditions that we might not otherwise be able to study. ​ Often, psychologists want to study a whole group of people but in less depth. Surveys can accomplish this task by asking a large group of people about their attitudes, beliefs, and/or behaviors. A large group of people can quickly respond to questions or statements in their homes, online, over the phone, or out in public. ​ Correlational studies test the relationship, or correlation, between two or more variables—television watching and violent behavior, or depression and gender, for example. The researcher does not control variables but rather measures them to see whether any reliable relationship exists between them. ​ Although several types of research methods are used to test predictive hypotheses, only one research method can test a causal hypothesis: the experiment. Two main features characterize an experiment.

First, the variables in the study are controlled or manipulated. Second, participants are randomly assigned to the conditions of the study. When these two conditions have been met, causal conclusions may be drawn. ​ A quasi-experiment is in some ways like an experiment. The researcher manipulates the independent variable and sets the other conditions to be the same for both groups. However, the second requirement for an experiment—randomly assigning participants to conditions—has not been met.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 191. ​Describe a real example of each of the following: a negative correlation, a positive correlation, and a zero correlation.

ANSWER: ​The sign before the correlation coefficient tells us how the variables relate to one another. A positive correlation means that as one variable increases, the other variable also tends to increase; or as one variable decreases, the other variable tends to decrease. In both cases, the variables are changing in the same direction. An example of a positive correlation is perceived stress and blood pressure. As perceived stress increases, so does one’s blood pressure. In a negative correlation, as one variable increases, the other variable tends to decrease in what is referred to as an inverse relationship. Notice that the variables are changing in opposite directions. An example of a negative correlation is video game playing and school competence. The more time children spend playing video games, the poorer their competence is at school. A zero correlation would indicate there is no systematic relationship between two variables.

For example, there is likely no systematic relationship between the number of hours a college student spends studying and his or her height.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 192. ​Suppose you were interested in studying how the color of a room might affect student performance on exams.

Describe the experiment you would design to investigate this, and be sure to indicate what the independent and dependent variables are in the study you chose, and how you might deal with the problem of confounding variables.

ANSWER: ​Answers will vary. To understand the effect of room color on student test performance, I would recruit a

group of students from a large class to take their midterm exam in different rooms in smaller groups. If the class originally had about 50 students, I would assign groups of 25 students to take their exams in rooms that were either a warm (red) or cool (blue) color. I would then compare the performance of these two groups (warm versus cool room color) on the exam scores. The independent variable in this experiment is the color of the room in which the exam takes place (red or blue). The dependent variable in this experiment is the exam score. Of course, it is possible that students in the “warm” room might naturally be better test takers or students than those in the “cool” room—or vice versa, which would present another explanation for any results. To minimize the effect of such confounding variables I would randomly assign students to conditions so that students’ preferences, skills, and so forth would (hopefully) be evenly distributed across the two groups.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 The Science of Psychology: Goals, Hypotheses, and Methods KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 193. ​Describe the procedures that psychological researchers use to ensure the ethical treatment of human participants.

ANSWER: ​Generally, psychologists affiliated with universities and colleges cannot conduct research unless their research proposal has passed review by an institutional review Board (IRB). The function of the IRB is to ensure that the research study being proposed conforms to a set of ethical standards or guidelines. ​ Another fundamental principle of ethical practice in research is informed consent. Researchers inform potential participants of any risks during the in- formed consent process, wherein the researcher establishes a clear and fair agreement with research participants prior to their participation in the research study (APA, 2002). This agreement clarifies the obligations and responsibilities of the participants and the researchers. ​ Prospective participants are also informed that they may withdraw from participation in the study at any time, and they are informed of any available treatment alternatives. In addition, the researcher agrees to maintain confidentiality. Personal information about participants obtained by the researcher during the course of the investigation cannot be shared with others unless explicitly agreed to in advance by the participant or as required by law or court order. ​ It is not always possible to fully inform participants of the details of the research, as it may change their behavior. For this reason, psychologists sometimes use deception in their research. If participants have been deceived in any way during the course of a study, the researcher is obligated to debrief participants after the experiment ends. Debriefing consists of full disclosure by the researcher to inform participants of the true purpose of the research. Any misconceptions that the participant may hold about the nature of the research must be removed at this time.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 194. ​Place yourself in the place of a member of an Institutional Review Board (IRB). What would you be looking for in a research proposal from a psychologist?

ANSWER: ​Answers will vary. One of the most important points the research proposal needs to address is informed consent. Potential participants require a general idea of the study, any aspect which might influence their decision to participate, issues of compensation, and an assessment of risks for participating. Participants also require notification of their rights to withdraw from the study at any time for any reason. The issue of confidentiality must be addressed in an explicitly agreed upon manner. If deception is proposed, a process for debriefing must be provided to the IRB. For non-human subjects, animals must be treated in a manner which allows for comfort, care, and health. Any discomfort, pain, illness, etc. must be shown to be vitally necessary to the research with no other alternative available. Animal participants with the capacity for higher-order psychological capacity must be cared for in a manner which protects their

psychological health.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 Ethical Principles of Psychological Research KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 195. ​Today, psychology is defined as the study of mental processes and behavior. How have the works of early schools of thought (e.g., Wilhelm Wundt's structuralism, William James’s functionalism, Sigmund Freud’s psychoanalysis, and John Watson’s behaviorism) contributed to today’s definition of psychology?

ANSWER: ​Answers will vary. Wundt emphasized studying the conscious areas of the mind which allowed for the exploration of mental processes, such as sensations and perceptions; elements he thought when put together would explain mental processes. Freud was also interested in studying mental processes, but he believed the key to understanding the human mind lay in understanding the unconscious, which he believed could be explored through the techniques of psychoanalysis. On the other hand, William James, was interested in comprehending how specific behaviors helped an organism adapt to its surroundings and was very interested in studying the functional impact of behavior. John Watson believed that only observable stimuli and responses constituted the proper study for psychology. Thus, Wundt and Freud helped to further the understanding of mental process, while James and Watson contributed to our further understanding of external, public behaviors. Together the two main divisions of mental processes and behavior came to represent the domain of psychology.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 196. ​Compare and contrast the psychoanalytic perspective and the behavioral perspective.

ANSWER: ​Freud’s focus on the unconscious was unique and led to his formulation of psychoanalytic theory.

According to this theory, humans are similar to animals in that they possess basic sexual and aggressive instincts that motivate behavior. However, unlike animals, humans can reason and think, especially as they mature. In childhood we learn to use these conscious reasoning abilities to deal with and to suppress our basic sexual and aggressive desires so that we can be viewed approvingly by others. For Freud, the conflict between the conscious reasoning part of the mind and the unconscious instinctual one was key to understanding human behavior. ​ In the 1920s, in the United States, a growing number of psychologists believed that in order for psychology to be taken seriously as a “true” science, it must focus on observable behavior and not on the mind, a school of thought referred to as behaviorism. You can’t see the mind or what a person thinks; you can only see what a person does. Behaviorists believed that only overt, observable behaviors could truly be measured consistently from person to person. One of the most vocal proponents of this school of thought was American psychologist John B. Watson (1878–1958).

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. ​Briefly describe the beginning of scientific psychology, including who was involved, what was studied, and the nature of the studies.

ANSWER: ​Traditionally, psychology’s birth is linked with the first psychology laboratory, which was established by Wilhelm Wundt in 1879 at the University of Leipzig, in Germany. Wundt (1832–1920), wanted to know what conscious thought processes enable us to experience the external world. In particular, Wundt attempted to detail the structure of our mental experiences. Wundt’s view that mental experiences were created by different elements is referred to as structuralism, a term coined not by Wundt but by his student Edward Titchener.

​ To identify the structure of thought, British psychologist Titchener (1867–1927) used a process known as introspection, a self-observation technique. Trained observers were presented with an event and asked to describe their mental processes. The observations were repeated many times. From these introspections, Titchener identified three basic elements of all conscious experiences: sensations, images, and feelings.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 198. ​Explain the typical process needed to become a psychologist. Describe the educational requirements, training, and possible work environments of a psychologist. Be sure to mention at least two different degrees that lead to being considered a psychologist.

ANSWER: ​Answers will vary. The degree level for most psychologists is a doctorate. The doctorate is generally either a Ph.D. (Doctor of Philosophy) in psychology; or, a Psy.D. (Doctor of Psychology). The Ph.D. usually concentrates more on research, while the Psy.D. centers around clinical training. Either of these degrees requires 5-7 years of additional study after obtaining a bachelor’s degree. All psychologists are trained in research and statistics. Some psychologists work in assessing and treating individuals for adjustment problems and mental health disorders. Other psychologists engage in research and teaching and do not counsel or otherwise treat people. Psychologists work in schools, businesses, government, hospitals and other places—including self-employment.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 199. ​Describe two specialty areas of psychology, including the kinds of behavior that would interest them the most.

ANSWER: ​Answers will vary, but may include two from the following:

​ Biopsychology: Researches the biological processes that underlie behavior, including genetic, biochemical, and nervous system functioning. ​ Clinical psychology: Researches, assesses, and treats children, adolescents, and adults who are experiencing difficulty in functioning or who have a serious mental health disorder such as schizophrenia. ​ Cognitive psychology: Studies mental processes such as decision making, problem solving, language, and memory. ​ Community psychology: Seeks to understand and enhance the quality of life for individuals, communities, and society. Focuses on early intervention in and prevention of individual and community problems. ​ Counseling psychology: Researches, assesses, and treats children, adolescents, and adults who are experiencing adjustment difficulties. ​ Cross-cultural psychology: Investigates cultural similarities and differences in psychological traits and behaviors. ​ Developmental psychology: Researches how we develop physically, cognitively, socially, and emotionally over the life span. ​

Educational psychology: Researches how people learn and how variables in an educational environment influence learning. May develop materials and strategies to enhance learning. ​ Environmental psychology: Examines the relationship between environments and human behavior.

Focuses on designing, managing, protecting, and/or restoring the environment to enhance behavior. Also studies environmental attitudes, perceptions, and values to promote environmentally appropriate behavior. ​ Experimental psychology: Conducts research on sensation, perception, learning, motivation, and emotion. ​ Forensic psychology: Works with mental health issues within the context of the legal system. May study a certain type of criminal behavior such as rape or murder, or may be asked to determine a person’s competence to stand trial. ​ Health psychology: Researches ways to promote health and prevent illness. May be concerned with issues such as diet and nutrition, exercise, and lifestyle choices that influence health. ​ Human factors psychology: Researches human capabilities as they apply to the design, operation, and maintenance of machines, systems, and environments to achieve optimal performance (for example, designing the most effective configuration of control knobs in airplane cockpits for pilots). ​ Industrial/ organizational (I/O) psychology: Examines the relationship between people and their work environments. May study issues such as increasing job satisfaction or decreasing employee absenteeism, or focus on understanding the dynamics of workplace behavior, such as leadership styles or gender differences in management styles. ​ Personality psychology: Researches how people differ in their individual traits, how people develop personality, whether personality traits can be changed, and how these qualities can be measured. ​ Positive psychology: Seeks to discover and promote those factors that contribute to happiness, positive emotions, and well-being. ​ School psychology: Assesses students’ psychoeducational abilities (academic achievement, intelligence, cognitive processing) and shares test results with teachers and parents to help them make decisions regarding the best educational placement for students. ​ Social psychology: Researches how our beliefs, feelings, and behaviors are influenced by others, whether in the classroom, on an elevator, on the beach, on a jury, or at a football game. ​ Sports psychology: Investigates the mental and emotional aspects of physical performance.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 200. ​Compare and contrast the humanistic perspective and the behavioral perspective.

ANSWER: ​Psychologists may adopt a behavioral perspective that focuses on external causes of behavior. It looks at how stimuli in our environment and/or the re- wards and punishments we receive influence our behavior and mental processes. This approach suggests that behavior is learned and is influenced by other people and events. For example, if a student studies and then aces an exam, that reward may encourage her to study again the next time. If she only gets an average score, merely passing the test may not be rewarding enough to encourage the student to study for future exams.

​ Psychologists who adopt a humanistic perspective explain behavior as stemming from your choices and free will. These choices are influenced by your self-concept (how you think of yourself) and by your self-esteem (how you feel about yourself). This view of the self and these feelings toward the self will lead you to choose certain behaviors over others. For example, if you see yourself as a low achiever in school, you may be less likely to take challenging courses or to apply yourself in the courses that you do take.

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Psychology in the Modern World: Foundations and Growth KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Chapter_2_Neuroscience

1. ​Which brain structure is involved in the formation of myelin? a. ​neurons b. ​glia cells

c. ​dendrites d. ​synapses

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 2. ​Reflexive activity, such as jerking your hand away from a hot stove, is governed by the ____. a. ​rescue system b. ​endocrine system c. ​nervous system

d. ​parasympathetic system ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. ​The action of tying your shoes is most likely to involve the ____ system. a. ​endocrine b. ​endocrine c. ​nervous

d. ​parasympathetic ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. ​The information-carrying cells of the nervous system are called ____. a. ​neurons b. ​glia cells

c. hormones d. ​glands ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. ​Glia cells ____. a. ​form myelin

b. ​direct the activity of hormones

c. ​provide very little benefit to the brain

d. ​can occasionally function as neurotransmitters ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. ​Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding neurons and glia cells in the adult human brain? a. ​Neurons are far more numerous than glia cells. b. ​Neurons are more concentrated in the brainstem than glia cells. c. ​Neurons and glia cells are about the same in number. d. ​Neurons are far less numerous than glia cells.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. ​Myelin ____. a. ​is a type of neurotransmitter

b. ​disrupts neurological activity

c. ​is produced by the action potential d. ​speeds up neural signals

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. ​Symptoms of multiple sclerosis include ____. a. ​difficulty with voluntary movement b. ​abnormally rapid reflexes c. ​hypersensitivity to pain

d. ​exceptionally acute hearing ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. ​Without glia cells, your brain would ____. a. ​experience no change in function

b. ​be forced to communicate more often through the endocrine system c. ​repair itself more rapidly than normal in the case of an injury

d. ​send information more slowly ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. ​Which disease is associated with myelin loss, causing neural impulses to travel around in the brain without reaching to their destinations? a. ​depression b. ​Multiple Sclerosis c. ​Parkinson’s disease

d. ​Alzheimer’s disease ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. ​Francisco has a disease that is destroying the myelin on his neurons. What effect will this disease most likely have on Francisco? a. ​His brain and spinal cord will completely cease to function. b. ​His will be paralyzed on one side of his body but not the other. c. ​His neural signals will slow down. d. ​His neural signals will speed up.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 12. ​The part of the neuron that receives signals from other neurons is the ____. a. ​axon b. ​dendrite

c. ​cell body

d. ​synaptic cleft ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. ​Dr. Adelman is biological psychologist who is most interested in studying the part of the neuron that receives input from other neurons. He is most likely to focus on which of the following? a. ​myelin b. ​axon bulbs c. ​dendrites

d. ​glia ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 14. ​Within a single neuron, dendrites are ____ and axon bulbs are ____. a. ​active in communication; active in cell metabolism b. ​myelinated; unmyelinated

c. ​at the beginning; at the end d. ​much smaller; much larger

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. ​A neuron’s axon ____. a. ​is nearly always less than two millimeters in length

b. ​is usually completely covered in myelin from end-to-end c. ​can either by myelinated or unmyelinated

d. ​usually ends in one “bulb,” which physically connects to the next neuron ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. ​Axons on neurons in the brain are typically ____. a. ​longer than those in the peripheral nervous system

b. ​shorter than those in the peripheral nervous system

c. ​about the same size as those in the peripheral nervous system

d. ​extremely variable in length, with some being very long and others very short ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. ​The junction between adjoining neurons is called the ____. a. ​synapse b. ​myelin sheath

c. ​dendrite space d. ​cellular gap ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. ​The vesicles at the end of an axon contain ____. a. ​sodium (Na+) ions b. ​neurotransmitters c. ​myelin d. ​DNA

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. ​Axons are necessary for neurons to be able to ____. a. ​receive neural impulses from other neurons b. ​duplicate themselves

c. ​direct the development of the neuron

d. ​send neural impulses to other neurons ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 20. ​A neuron’s DNA exists within its ____. a. ​cell body b. ​dendrites c. ​axon

d. ​axon bulb ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. ​If your neurosurgeon were able to take a neuron out of your brain and examine it, she would most likely find that ____. a. ​its axon would be very short b. ​it would have two cell bodies c. ​it would have more than one axon

d. ​its cell body would not have any dendrites attached to it ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

22. ​The branchlike structures on the heads of neurons that receive signals from other neurons are called ____. a. ​dendrites b. ​myelin sheaths c. ​axon hillocks d. ​synapses

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 23. ​Each neuron in the brain can potentially synapse with up to ____ other neuron(s). a. ​1 b. ​10

c. ​1,000

d. ​10,000 ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. ​If you wanted to trace the flow of information through a single neuron, you would have to start at the____, go through the ____, and end at the ____. a. ​dendrites; medulla; dendrites b. ​axon hillock; axon bulb; dendrites c. ​dendrites; axon; axon bulb

d. ​axon bulb; brain stem; dendrites ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. ​If you needed to explain to your friend what the synapse is, what would you say? a. ​A synapse is the part of the neuron that receives incoming signals and initiates the action potential. b. ​A synapse is the tiny gap between the axon bulb of one neuron and the dendrites of another. c. ​A synapse is the insulation on the outside of the neuron.

d. ​A synapse is the structure on axons that stores and releases neurotransmitters.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 26. ​When your teacher is attempting to describe a postsynaptic neuron, she is essentially talking about a neuron that ____.

a. ​is myelinated

b. ​is unmyelinated

c. ​receives input from another neuron d. ​sends messages to another neuron

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 27. ​A synapse is essentially a(n) ____. a. ​gap b. ​wire

c. ​chemical

d. ​electrical charge ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 28. ​Receptor sites for communication among neurons exist on ____. a. ​sodium ions b. ​neurotransmitters c. ​dendrites d. ​myelin

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. ​Neurotransmitters are most analogous to ____. a. ​managers making decisions b. ​mail carriers delivering mail

c. ​receptionists taking phone calls

d. ​doctors helping to repair physical problems ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 30. ​There are many more neural connections in the brain than the number of neurons because ____. a. ​each neuron can synapse with many other neurons b. ​neural connections also occur between glia cells

c. ​all that is needed for a neural connection is two different types of brain material d. ​any two neurons can communicate in both directions across the same synapse ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 31. ​Which statement is most correct about the complexity of neurological processes in the brain? a. ​Neurological processes are actually very simple, with just a few activities happening one right after another repeatedly. b. ​Neurological processes are not understood at all, given our current knowledge base. c. ​Neurological processes are totally understood now that we have the technology to observe them. d. ​Neurological processes are very complex, with many activities happening at the same time.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 32. ​Unlike the electricity that powers lights, the body’s electrochemical energy relies upon ____. a. ​ions b. ​alternating current c. ​direct current d. ​electrons

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 33. ​If Clark had no ions in his nervous system, ____. a. ​his action potentials would be faster b. ​his action potentials would be slower

c. ​he would not be able to generate any action potentials

d. ​he would be able to move, but he would not be able to think ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 34. ​If Mary’s neurons were never able to achieve a resting potential more positive than -70 millivolts, ____. a. ​her action potentials would be very slow b. ​she would not be able to generate any action potentials c. ​her action potentials would be very inconsistent

d. ​she would be able to move, but she would not be able to think

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 35. ​Which of the following is TRUE regarding the resting potential of a neuron? a. ​In mammals it is about –20 millivolts.

b. ​During its resting state, all ionized particles can move freely into and out of the neuron. c. ​The potential is maintained by high concentrations of magnesium outside the neuron. d. ​It can also be referred to as a polarized state.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 36. ​Which of the following axon membrane potentials represents the greatest amount of polarization? a. ​-70 millivolts b. ​-45 millivolts c. ​0 millivolts d. ​5 millivolts ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. ​When the inside of the axon has a greater negative charge than the outside, it is safe to conclude that ____. a. ​an action potential is not being generated in that part of the axon b. ​the axon is depolarized

c. ​there is an especially large concentration of Na+ ions inside the axon d. ​an action potential is being generated in that part of the axon

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. ​The action potential is directly created when ____. a. ​vesicles in the axon release neurotransmitters b. ​myelin is produced by the cell body

c. ​sodium (Na+) ions flood into the axon d. ​DNA is released into the synapse

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

39. ​You are a neurosurgeon performing surgery on a 50-year-old man. When you insert an electrode into the axon of one of his neurons while it is not receiving or sending information, what voltage should you record with your instruments? a. ​55mv b. ​-55mv c. ​70mv

d. ​-70mv ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 40. ​When neurotransmitters bind with receptor sites, what is the essential event that eventually causes the postsynaptic neuron to generate an action potential? a. ​the creation of myelin sheathing b. ​the flooding of sodium (Na+) into the cell c. ​the removal of anions from the cell

d. ​the generation of electrical current in the dendrites ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. ​-70 millivolts is to ____ as –55 millivolts is to ____. a. ​resting potential; threshold of excitation b. ​threshold of excitation; resting potential

c. ​home electrical capacity; the body’s electrical capacity

d. ​the body’s electrical capacity; home electrical capacity ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 42. ​An action potential is a ____. a. ​chemical imbalance b. ​possible activity

c. ​reflex movement d. ​neural impulse

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

43. ​Which phrase best describes how the action potential occurs? a. ​“all or none” b. ​“slow but sure”

c. ​“speed equals intensity”

d. ​“all for one, and one for all” ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 44. ​As one of Wilbur’s neurons fires an action potential, the charge inside the neuron becomes ____. a. ​negative b. ​positive c. ​stable

d. ​unpredictable ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 45. ​In mammals, the threshold of excitation is about ____. a. ​55mv b. ​-70mv c. ​-55mv d. ​70mv

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. ​Potassium ions (K+) will continue to leave the neuron until the neuron's ____. a. ​resting potential is depleted b. ​threshold of excitation is stimulated again c. ​resting potential is restored d. ​resting potential is positive

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 47. ​Why is it important for potassium ions (K+) to move out of the axon once an action potential has been fired?

a. ​Because their continued presence would be damaging to the tissues of the axon b. ​So that the neuron will have the ability to generate another action potential

c. ​Because of the required binding with potassium (K+) to activate the refractory period d. ​In order to create a more negative charge outside rather than inside the neuron ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 48. ​The refractory period is the ____. a. ​time it takes to fire an action potential

b. ​period of time that neurotransmitters are active within the synapse

c. ​time during which a neuron is restoring its resting potential after an action potential has been fired

d. ​the total period of time it takes for a neuron to receive information from one neuron and transmit it to another one ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. ​If after firing once, Michal’s neurons did not return to their resting potential, her neurons would be ____. a. ​unable to fire again b. ​able to fire more rapidly than normal c. ​seriously damaged from lack of rest d. ​totally normal

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 50. ​The refractory period occurs ____. a. ​during the night when our neurons are at rest

b. ​only when inhibitory neurotransmitters are released c. ​between action potentials

d. ​as the cell begins to depolarize ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. ​Once an action potential reaches the end of the axon, how does the information usually get to the next neuron? a. ​The action potential jumps across the synaptic cleft to the next neuron in the form of an electrical impulse. b. ​Myelin acts as a bridge to transport it across the synaptic cleft.​

c. ​Potassium ions (K+) move back and forth between neurons to carry the information across.

d. ​Vesicles at the end of the axon release neurotransmitters which float across the synaptic cleft to the next neuron.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. ​When neurotransmitters are being released by a presynaptic neuron into the synapse, it is because ____. a. ​the neuron is in a refractory period b. ​there is a large concentration of Na+ ions outside of the presynaptic axon c. ​action potentials have occurred in the postsynaptic neuron d. ​action potentials have occurred in the presynaptic neuron

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 53. ​How do neurotransmitters “communicate” with postsynaptic neurons? a. ​Like a “key fitting into a lock,” they bind with corresponding receptor sites on dendrites of the neuron. b. ​Like “water over a dam,” they build up until they flood into the next neuron through sheer force.

c. ​Like a “hot knife through butter,” they easily penetrate right into the cell body through the dendrites.

d. ​Like “throwing darts,” they are propelled across the synapse and communicate with the neuron wherever they land.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 54. ​An axon that has a –55mv electric potential across its membrane ____. a. ​probably does not have any myelin sheathing b. ​is going to fire an action potential

c. ​has a very large concentration of Na+ ions inside the axon d. ​has just released several neurotransmitters

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. ​If you were to inject sodium (Na+) into a neuron in a rat’s brain, what effect would it have on the neuron? a. ​It would make the neuron more likely to fire an action potential. b. ​It would make the neuron less likely to fire an action potential. c. ​It would prevent the neuron from firing action potentials.

d. ​It would make the neuron fire action potentials that travel more slowly than normal.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 56. ​A neuron firing an action potential is most like a person ____. a. ​driving a car b. ​playing basketball c. ​firing a gun

d. ​running down the road ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 57. ​Excitation causes a postsynaptic cell to ____. a. ​become more negative in its resting potential b. ​become more positive in its resting potential

c. ​move further away from the threshold of an action potential d. ​become more neutral in its resting potential

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. ​Rick is given a medication that makes his neurons more positive in their resting potential. What effect will this most likely have on Rick’s nervous system? a. ​He will have more excitation in his nervous system. b. ​He will have more inhibition in his nervous system. c. ​He will have less excitation in his nervous system.

d. ​This drug will not affect the functioning of Rick’s nervous system.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 59. ​Suppose you take a drug that indirectly causes potassium (K+) to leave your postsynaptic neurons. What effect would the drug have? a. ​excitatory b. ​inhibitory c. ​hallucinogenic d. ​sedative

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 60. ​Suppose you have a neurological problem that could be fixed by increasing the likelihood that your neurons will fire action potentials. Your doctor may prescribe a drug that has what type of effect? a. ​impulsive b. ​binding c. ​excitatory d. ​inhibitory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 61. Marta is injected with a drug that prevents sodium (Na+) from entering into neurons in the part of the brain that controls the movement of the arms. What effect will this drug most likely have on Marta?​ a. ​She will more her arms spasmodically. b. ​She will not be able to move her arms.

c. ​Her arms will be numb, but she will be able to move them. d. ​She will likely go into a coma.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 62. ​Suppose you take a drug that causes neurons in your brain to stop firing. What effects with the drug have? a. ​excitatory b. ​stimulating c. ​inhibitory

d. ​stabilizing ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. ​Inhibition occurs when ____. a. ​sodium ions (Na+) flood into the axon of a neuron

b. ​the resting potential of a postsynaptic neuron is moved closer to –55 millivolts

c. ​a neurotransmitter makes a postsynaptic neuron less likely to fire an action potential d. ​a neurotransmitter makes a presynaptic neuron more likely to fire

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. ​Elena is given a drug that moves the resting potential of her neurons to -90mv. What effect will this likely have on Elena? a. ​It will take less stimulation to get her neurons to fire action potentials. b. ​It will take more stimulation to get her neurons to fire action potentials. c. ​It will be impossible to get her neurons to fire action potentials. d. ​Her neurons will begin to fire action potentials at random.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 65. ​If you were to remove potassium ions (K+) from inside of a neuron, the net effect on the neuron would be ____. a. excitation b. ​inhibition c. ​the firing of an action potential d. ​rapid neuronal death

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 66. ​Melanie is given an injection of a drug that increases inhibition in her brain. The net effect of this drug will most likely be ____. a. ​neuronal death b. ​more action potentials in her brain c. ​fewer action potentials in her brain

d. ​more rapid firing of action potentials ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 67. ​Reuptake is essential to normal neurological function because it ensures that the ____. a. ​electrical current stays within the synapse b. ​right amount of excitation and inhibition occurs

c. ​speed of action potentials is always at the highest level d. ​neuron never enters a resting phase ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 68. ​Moving your arm requires ____. a. ​inhibition only b. ​excitation only

c. ​neither inhibition, nor excitation d. ​both inhibition and excitation

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding the processes of excitation and inhibition? a. ​In order for the body to work normally, neurotransmitters should usually be excitatory. b. ​In order for the body to work normally, neurotransmitters should usually be inhibitory.

c. ​Both inhibitory and excitatory processes are necessary for normal neurological activity. d. ​Neither excitatory nor inhibitory processes are good for normal neurological activity.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 70. ​Reuptake describes the ____. a. ​recycling and returning of neurotransmitters to the presynaptic neuron

b. ​movement of ions back outside the axon after the action potential has been fired

c. ​process of neurons stretching and then retracting as they communicate with neighboring neurons d. ​shrinking of myelin on the axons of neurons

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 71. ​Prozac inhibits the reuptake of the neurotransmitter serotonin. When you take Prozac, the effect of this drug will be to ____. a. ​reduce the action of serotonin in the brain b. ​increase the time serotonin spends in the synapses of the brain c. ​prevent the release of serotonin in the synapses of the brain

d. ​prevent the absorption of serotonin in the post-synaptic neuron ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

72. ​The nucleus of a neuron is contained in the ____. a. ​cell body b. ​axons

c. ​dendrites

d. ​myelin sheath ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 73. ​Current estimates suggest we have around ____ neurons in our brain a. ​800 million b. ​6 billion

c. ​46 billion d. ​86 billion ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 74. ​Synapses occur ____. a. ​at any place along a dendrite

b. ​only at the head of a dendrite

c. ​only at the tail of a dendriteonly at the tail of a dendriteonly at the tail of a dendrite d. ​only at gaps in the myelin sheath

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 75. ​Charged particles that play an important role in the firing of action potentials in the nervous system are called ____. a. ​hormones b. ​transmitters c. ​ions

d. ​precursors ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 76. ​The potential difference at which a neuron will fire an action potential is called the ____.

a. ​excitatory potential

b. ​least noticeable difference c. ​potentiation trigger

d. ​threshold of excitation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 77. ​Each type of neurotransmitter has a specific ____, and each type of receptor site has a specific ____. a. ​configuration; molecular shape b. ​molecular shape; configuration

c. ​inhibitory potential; excitatory potential

d. ​excitatory potential; inhibitory potential ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 78. ​When a neurotransmitter makes the postsynaptic cell more positive inside, ____ has occurred. a. ​inhibition b. ​excitation

c. ​transformation d. ​substitution

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 79. ​If your teacher required you to learn the names and functions of all the neurotransmitters that researchers have identified, you would have to learn about ____ neurotransmitters. a. ​fewer than 50 b. ​50 to 75 c. ​76 to 100

d. ​more than 100 ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 80. ​The first neurotransmitter discovered was ____. epinephrine a. ​acetylcholine

b. ​dopamine c. ​serotonin

d. ​epinephrine ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 81. ​Dr. Bush specializes in the study of hormones and neurotransmitters. His research would show that ____. a. ​some hormones behave like neurotransmitters b. ​hormones never behave like neurotransmitters

c. ​hormones and neurotransmitters are actually the same thing d. ​hormones do not affect neurological activity

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 82. ​If you are currently taking a drug that affects your behavior, most likely, it is affecting the ____. a. ​speed or your action potentials b. ​strength of your action potentials

c. ​number of new neurons your brain produces d. ​activity occurring within your synapses

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 83. ​Most psychoactive drugs taken by humans primarily affect the ____. a. ​movement of ions across the membrane of the axon b. ​activity of neurotransmitters in the synapse c. ​development of myelin around the axon

d. ​creation or death of neurons in the brain ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 84. ​Alzheimer’s patients are often prescribed medications that are designed to improve awareness and memory. The neurotransmitter most likely affected by these drugs is ____. a. ​testosterone b. ​GABA c. ​acetylcholine

d. ​adrenaline ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 85. ​One of the reasons that your grandfather with Alzheimer’s disease has memory problems might be a(n) ____. a. ​increased supply of serotonin in his brain b. ​decreased supply of Na+ around his neurons

c. ​decreased supply of acetylcholine in his brain d. ​increased supply of myelin around his axons

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 86. ​Alzheimer’s disease has been associated with loss of neurons that produce ____. a. ​dopamine b. ​endorphins

c. ​acetylcholine d. ​GABA

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 87. ​Hedda takes a drug that increases the amount of acetylcholine in her brain. Hedda is most likely taking this drug for which condition? a. ​multiple sclerosis b. ​Alzheimer’s disease c. ​Parkinson’s disease d. ​Schizophrenia

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 88. ​Acetylcholine is thought to play a role in ____. a. ​muscle contraction b. ​pain

c. ​depression

d. ​motivation

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. ​The fact that most of us gain pleasure from eating and sexual activity is at least partially due to the effects of neurotransmitters. Which neurotransmitter is the most likely source of this pleasure? a. ​epinephrine b. ​glutamate c. ​endorphins d. ​dopamine

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 90. ​Treating a patient with Parkinson’s disease with a drug that increases dopamine activity too greatly could lead to symptoms of ____. a. ​depression b. ​autism c. ​schizophrenia d. ​paralysis

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 91. ​Treating a patient with schizophrenia with a drug that decreases dopamine activity too greatly could lead to symptoms of ____. a. ​Parkinson’s disease b. ​autism c. ​anxiety

d. ​dissociative identity disorder ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 92. ​Parkinson’s disease is to ____ as schizophrenia is to ____. a. ​small amounts of serotonin; small amounts of acetylcholine b. ​small amounts of dopamine; large amounts of dopamine c. ​large amounts of serotonin; small amounts of serotonin

d. ​large amounts of acetylcholine; large amounts of dopamine

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 93. ​A person with schizophrenia who takes a drug that increases brain levels of dopamine will most likely ____. a. ​experience reduced symptoms b. ​experience increased symptoms c. ​become depressed

d. ​exhibit the symptoms of Parkinson’s disease ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 94. ​George has a disease that is associated with a lack of dopamine-producing neurons in his brain. George most likely has ____. a. ​multiple sclerosis b. ​cancer c. ​Parkinson’s disease

d. ​Alzheimer’s disease ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 95. ​Emilio is taking a drug for his Parkinson’s disease. What effect would you expect this drug to have on Emilio’s brain? a. ​increase dopamine levels b. ​increase serotonin levels

c. ​increase acetylcholine levels d. ​increase endorphin levels

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 96. ​One of the side effects of taking too much medication for Parkinson’s disease would most likely be ____. a. ​depression b. ​hyperactivity

c. ​hallucinations d. ​mania

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

97. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding dopamine? a. ​High levels of dopamine are related with symptoms of autism.

b. ​Low levels of dopamine are related with symptoms of Parkinson’s disease. c. ​Dopamine makes activities like sex and eating less pleasurable. d. ​Dopamine was the first neurotransmitter to be discovered.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 98. ​Those who are prescribed Prozac are presumed to have ____ in their brain. a. ​high levels of GABA b. ​low levels of acetylcholine c. ​high levels of dopamine d. ​low levels of serotonin

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 99. ​Which neurotransmitter is the primary target of drugs, such as Prozac, that are used to treat depression? a. ​norepinephrine b. ​serotonin

c. ​dopamine

d. ​acetylcholine ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 100. Many sedative medications such as Valium and phenobarbital exert their effects by acting on ____.​ a. ​glutamate b. ​endorphins c. ​dopamine d. ​GABA

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 101. ​The chief inhibitory neurotransmitter in the brain is ____, and the chief excitatory neurotransmitter is ____.

a. ​GABA; glutamate

b. ​epinephrine; norepinephrine c. ​serotonin; dopamine

d. ​acetylcholine; GABA ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 102. ​The symptoms of depression that may follow heavy use of MDMA (ecstasy) may result from depleted levels of ____. a. ​dopamine b. ​serotonin c. GABA​

d. ​glutamate ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 103. ​The chief excitatory neurotransmitter in the brain is ____. a. ​serotonin b. ​dopamine c. ​GABA

d. ​glutamate ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 104. ​Juan, a nine-year-old boy, was in an accident and suffered a brain injury. Which neurotransmitter will most likely most help Juan recover functioning after injury? a. ​acetylcholine b. ​serotonin c. ​glutamate

d. ​norepinephrine ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 105. ​A person may be prescribed Valium in order to ____ activity. a. ​increase dopamine

b. ​increase GABA

c. ​decrease serotonin

d. ​decrease glutamate ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 106. ​Your college roommate likes to binge drink on Saturday nights. After one particularly bad weekend, she becomes concerned about the effects of so much alcohol on her brain. Knowing that you are studying the brain in psychology, she asks you to explain the effects of alcohol on the brain. You should tell her that alcohol affects the function of the neurotransmitter ____. a. ​acetylcholine b. ​dopamine c. ​GABA

d. ​norepinephrine ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 107. ​Dr. Hebda injects a large dose of the neurotransmitter glutamate into the brain of a living rat. What effect would this most likely have on the rat? a. ​The rat will become much more intelligent. b. ​The rat will experience the death of many neurons. c. ​The rat will become very hungry.

d. ​The rat will exhibit symptoms of schizophrenia.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 108. ​If you were to insert an electrode at random into the brain, the odds are that the neuron you would hit would be one that uses the neurotransmitter ____. a. ​glutamate b. ​serotonin c. ​acetylcholine d. ​endorphin

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 109. ​Which of the following is primarily an inhibitory neurotransmitter?

a. ​acetylcholine

b. ​norepinephrine c. ​glutamate d. ​GABA

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 110. ​Which of the following is primarily an excitatory neurotransmitter? a. ​glutamate b. ​serotonin

c. ​dopamine d. ​GABA

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 111. ​Endorphins ____. a. ​are a type of neurotransmitter that block pain messages b. ​facilitate and increase the activity of dopamine

c. ​create the sense of fatigue and pain felt when the body is stressed d. ​are associated with cell death following brain injury

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 112. ​If you have just completed a vigorous physical workout, your central nervous system is most likely to have ____. a. ​decreased levels of dopamine b. ​decreased levels of serotonin

c. ​increased levels of endorphins d. ​increased levels of GABA

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 113. Based on the available research, which statement is TRUE? a. ​Exercise increases endorphin release. b. ​Chocolate is the only food that causes endorphin release in the brain.

c. It takes about 45 minutes to release endorphins after consuming fatty foods.

d. ​Endorphins increase sensitivity to pain when an injury has occurred.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 114. The two main divisions of the nervous system are the ____ and the ____. a. brain; spinal cord b. ​muscles; organs c. ​parasympathetic nervous system; sympathetic nervous system d. ​central nervous system; peripheral nervous system

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 115. The central nervous system includes the ____. a. sympathetic & parasympathetic systems b. brain and spinal cord c. internal organs and muscles d. somatic and autonomic systems ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 116. The branch of the nervous system that includes neurons that run between the brain and the muscles AND between the brain and the internal organs is the ____. a. ​central nervous system b. ​peripheral nervous system c. somatic nervous system d. ​autonomic nervous system

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 117. Motor neurons are to ____ as sensory neurons are to ____. a. ​outward; inward b. ​inward; outward c. ​inhibitory; excitatory d. ​excitatory; inhibitory

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

118. On the dance floor, when you want to make an impressive dance move, information is sent through your ____ neurons to make your muscles respond appropriately. a. ​parasympathetic b. motor c. sensory d. autonomic ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 119. Which of the following is a component of the autonomic nervous system? a. the sympathetic nervous system b. the central nervous system c. the peripheral nervous system d. ​the somatic nervous system ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 120. When making a drive to the basket in a basketball game, your ____ nervous system sends signals to your muscles to coordinate your movements. a. somatic b. ​sympathetic c. parasympathetic d. ​autonomic

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 121. When you reach out and accidentally touch a hot stove, information is sent through ____ neurons to tell your central nervous system that it is hot. a. ​sympathetic b. ​autonomic c. ​sensory d. motor

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 122. The autonomic nervous system allows us to ____.

a. walk and talk b. ​remember important events

c. ​reason logically about difficult concepts d. ​breath without having to think about it

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 123. The autonomic nervous system involves neurons that control ____. a. the sensory systems b. skeletal muscles c. internal organs d. ​the cortex of the brain ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 124. The parasympathetic nervous system ____. a. is a branch of the somatic nervous system b. is a branch of the somatic nervous system c. ​helps return heart rate, blood pressure, and respiration to normal levels d. ​governs voluntary motor actions

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 125. After cheering wildly at an exciting football game your body may begin to relax on the way home. This relaxation reflects activity of the ____ nervous system. a. ​parasympathetic b. sympathetic c. ​somatic d. voluntary

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 126. Which of the following includes the sympathetic nervous system? a. ​the parasympathetic nervous system b. ​the somatic nervous system c. ​the autonomic nervous system

d. none of these ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 127. You have just witnessed a car accident. Your heart rate and respiration rate are likely to be elevated due to ____ nervous system activity. a. ​somatic b. ​parasympathetic c. ​iconic

d. sympathetic ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 128. The sympathetic nervous system activates a(n) ____ response, and the parasympathetic nervous system activates a(n) ____ response. a. stress; calming b. calming; stress c. ​involuntary; voluntary d. ​voluntary; involuntary

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 129. Kiesha was driving in her car when a tractor-trailer pulled out in front of her and almost caused an accident. Which branch of Kiesha’s nervous system would be most responsible for the functioning of her internal organs during this crisis? a. somatic b. sympathetic c. ​parasympathetic d. ​endocrine

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 130. Which of the following is part of the hindbrain? a. medulla b. ​reticular formation c. ​cerebral cortex d. ​limbic system

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 131. Whereas the hindbrain is the ____ part of the brain, the forebrain is the ____ part of the brain. a. emotional; physical b. physical; life-sustaining c. ​intellectual; emotional d. primitive; intellectual

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 132. The medulla is responsible for ____. a. decision making b. biological drives such as hunger and thirst c. voluntary movement d. ​heartbeat and respiration ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 133. The pons is part of the ____. a. forebrain b. ​midbrain c. hindbrain d. spinal cord

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 134. The medulla and the pons are both ____. a. part of the midbrain b. crucial to life c. ​responsible for arm and leg movement d. involved in higher cognitive function

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 135. Tan was in a diving accident. He hit his head on some rocks and suffered severe damage to his brainstem. In particular, he damaged his medulla. Knowing what you know about the brain, what effect will this injury most likely have

on Tan? a. He will have difficulty balancing his body. b. ​He will have problems with his short-term memory. c. He will have problems with his vision. d. He will have problems sustaining life.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 136. Of the following, alcohol primarily impairs the functioning of the ____. a. hypothalamus b. ​cerebellum c. ​thalamus

d. ​amygdala ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 137. A person whose cerebellum is damaged would most likely experience problems with ____. a. ​breathing b. thinking c. physical coordination d. consciousness ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 138. ​Which part of the brain plays an important role in sleep, attention, and consciousness? a. ​limbic system b. ​cerebellum

c. ​hippocampus

d. ​reticular formation ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 139. ​The medulla is to ____ as the reticular formation is to ____. a. ​muscle movement; emotion b. ​judgment; vision

c. ​breathing; arousal

d. ​pleasure drives; aggression ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 140. ​Which brain structure is part of the forebrain? a. ​medulla b. ​pons

c. ​cerebellum d. ​amygdala

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. ​Contrary to the structures of the hindbrain and the midbrain, most structures of the forebrain are ____. a. ​duplicated in right and left hemispheres b. ​largely made up of neurons and glia

c. ​not able to communicate with each other d. ​not part of the central nervous system

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 142. Recent research has indicated that the amygdala may play a role in how we ____.​ a. ​perceive and respond to emotion-evoking stimuli b. ​process and remember Understand information, such as names and dates c. ​develop a tolerance for addictive substances

d. ​move from various states of consciousness, such as from wakefulness to sleep ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 143. ​Recent research has shown that persons with autism spectrum disorders experience abnormal activity in the ____. a. ​medulla b. ​cerebellum c. ​pons

d. ​amygdala ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 144. ​Suppose that you are unable to remember any of the events or episodes of your life. This may be because of damage to your ____. a. ​frontal lobe b. ​occipital lobe c. ​hippocampus d. ​septum

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 145. In the case of S.M. reported in your textbook, S.M. has not experienced which emotion during her adult life?​ a. ​anger b. ​curiosity c. ​fear

d. ​happiness ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 146. ​Based on the case of H.M., the hippocampus appears to be important in ____. a. ​experiencing pleasurable sensations b. ​sustaining life

c. ​making logical judgments

d. ​forming memories for events ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 147. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding the case of H.M. presented in the textbook? a. ​The surgery to reduce his epileptic seizures destroyed his hypothalamus. b. ​His brain lesions led to an inability to remember the faces of family members. c. ​He was almost completely unable to learn new motor skills. d. ​His memory for events prior to the surgery remained intact.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

148. ​Based on the research conducted with London taxi drivers and bus drivers, we can conclude that ____. a. ​the taxi drivers’ larger hippocampi caused them to be able to remember complicated routes

b. ​memorizing maps increased the size of bus drivers’ hippocampi but not those of taxi drivers because bus drivers must drive consistent routes c. ​portions of the hippocampus enlarged as the taxi drivers memorized complicated maps

d. ​except in cases of abnormal functioning, there is no relationship between the hippocampus and spatial memory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 149. ​Research presented in the textbook suggests that the hippocampus plays a role in which of the following? a. ​memory and stress b. ​pleasure and pain c. ​hunger and thirst d. ​surprise and fear

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 150. ​The thalamus is to ____ as the hypothalamus is to ____. a. ​sensation; perception b. ​sensation; homeostasis c. ​pleasure; movement d. ​emotion; intellect

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 151. ​Most of the input from our senses travels through the ____ on the way to the appropriate part of the cortex for further processing. a. ​hypothalamus b. ​pons c. ​thalamus

d. ​hippocampus ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

152. ​Suppose your body is having difficulty maintaining homeostasis in temperature, thirst, or hunger. This may be due to damage to your ____. a. ​hypothalamus b. ​hippocampus c. ​pons

d. ​thalamus ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 153. ​The hypothalamus ____. a. ​maintains vegetative functions like breathing b. ​helps to maintain homeostasis in the body c. ​is critical to memory function d. ​is a sensory relay system

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 154. ​The structure in the brain that plays the biggest role in physiological motivation is the ____. a. ​hippocampus b. ​hypothalamus c. ​amygdala d. ​thalamus

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 155. ​The most convoluted and folded cortex would belong to which animal? a. ​human b. ​dog c. ​cat d. ​rat

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 156. ​Which part of the brain forms the outside covering of the hemispheres? a. ​the forebrain

b. ​the corpus callosum

c. ​the anterior commissure d. ​the cortex

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 157. ​Which structure is a lobe of the cortex? a. ​frontal b. ​ventral c. ​medial d. ​central

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 158. ​The lobes of the brain tend to be wired contralaterally, which means that ____. a. ​the major pathways run at right angles to each other b. ​the corpus callosum runs from the front to the back

c. ​each hemisphere governs the opposite side of the body

d. ​both sides work together in most intellectual and behavioral tasks ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 159. ​You may not want to spend money to attend a seminar on becoming more of a right-brain thinker in light of recent research. What do these findings indicate? a. ​All important thinking actually occurs in the left hemisphere. b. ​The right hemisphere is more resistant than the left hemisphere to change. c. ​The right hemisphere is actually the verbal side, and the left hemisphere is the creative side. d. ​Both sides work together in most intellectual and behavioral tasks.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 160. ​Although both hemispheres of the cortex work together, the left hemisphere seems to be more active during ____ processing, while the right hemisphere seems to be more active during ____. a. ​emotional; intellectual b. ​linguistic; spatial

c. ​intellectual; emotional d. ​spatial; linguistic

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 161. ​Broca’s area is located in the ____ lobe of the cortex. a. ​right temporal b. ​left frontal

c. ​right frontal

d. ​left temporal ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 162. ​Damage to Wernicke’s area typically leads to an inability to ____. a. ​recognize faces b. ​perceive visual stimuli

c. ​understand spoken language d. ​regulate emotional behavior

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 163. ​Wernicke’s area is to ____ as Broca’s area is to ____. a. ​sensing touch; responding to touch b. ​seeing; hearing

c. ​understanding speech; producing speech

d. ​emotional processing; intellectual processing ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 164. ​Due to untreated high blood pressure, Namir suffered a small stroke. While in rehab, his occupational therapist asked if he wanted to go to the supermarket—but, Namir heard “Do usen’t go the markest else some?” Where might Namir’s brain injury be located? a. ​limbic system b. ​Broca’s area c. ​Wernicke’s area

d. ​somatosensory cortex ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 165. ​Research about the corpus callosum suggests that ____. a. ​the corpus callosum of females is far less active than that of males, resulting in greater lateralization b. ​differences observed between males and females may be related more to brain size than to sex

c. ​certain regions of the corpus callosum tend to be larger in males, resulting in systematic differences in information processing d. ​male-female differences in the corpus callosum vary by culture, suggesting a role for development ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 166. ​Suppose a person’s brain is examined and found to be smaller and have a larger number of connections between hemispheres than average. This means that the person is more likely to be ____ than ____. a. ​female; male b. ​intelligent; unintelligent c. ​young; old

d. ​uneducated; educated ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 167. ​Michael Gazzaniga’s split-brain patients ____. a. ​were unable to name objects they saw in their left visual field

b. ​could not determine the direction of sounds in the environment c. ​had difficulty determining body position

d. ​gradually developed two separate personalities ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 168. ​A person who undergoes split-brain surgery is most likely to do so in an effort to treat ____. a. ​muscular dystrophy b. ​epilepsy

c. ​schizophrenia

d. ​dissociative identity disorder

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 169. ​When information is received only in the right hemisphere of a split-brain patient, the patient is ____. a. ​able to verbally describe the information, but cannot draw a picture of it b. ​unable to understand the information

c. ​unable to verbally describe the information

d. ​unable to draw a picture of the information​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 170. ​Motor-sensory cortex areas comprise about ____ of the cortex, and association cortex areas comprise about ____ of the cortex. a. ​75%; 25% b. ​25%; 75% c. ​40%; 60% d. ​60%; 40% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 171. ​The motor cortex is located in the ____ lobe of the cortex. a. ​parietal b. ​occipital

c. ​temporal d. ​frontal

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 172. ​Based on the experience of Phineas Gage, who had a metal rod accidentally shot through part of his head, it appears that the ____. a. ​occipital lobe regulates visual perception b. ​occipital lobe regulates the sense of touch and temperature c. ​frontal lobe regulates judgment and emotional response d. ​frontal lobe regulates motor control

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 173. ​As we age, blood flow to the brain declines particularly in the ____. a. ​occipital lobe b. ​prefrontal cortex c. ​limbic system

d. ​left frontal lobe ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 174. ​The somatosensory cortex serves as the leading edge of the ____ lobe. a. ​temporal b. ​parietal

c. ​occipital

d. ​motor cortex ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 175. ​Another name for the back part of the occipital lobe is the ____. a. ​visual cortex b. ​motor cortex c. ​homunculus

d. ​corpus callosum ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 176. ​Pavia slips and falls in the bathroom and bangs her head on the tile floor. She begins to see “stars” and flashes of light, indicating some activation of brain cells in the ____. a. ​reticular formation b. ​parietal lobe c. ​frontal lobe

d. ​occipital lobe ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

177. ​The temporal lobes are particularly important in the processing of ____ and ____. a. ​memory; emotions b. ​vision; hearing

c. ​hearing; speech comprehension d. ​emotions; thoughts

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 178. ​Which brain imaging techniques allow for the observation of structure but do not allow observation of brain activity? a. ​PET scan and fMRI scan b. ​EEG and fMRI scan

c. ​MRI scan and fMRI scan d. ​CAT scan and MRI scan

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 179. ​Suppose your neurosurgeon wants get a good picture of your brain in action. What technique is she most likely to use? a. ​CAT scan b. ​MRI scan c. ​X-ray

d. ​PET scan ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 180. ​EEGs are useful for measuring ____. a. ​electrical activity in large areas of the brain b. ​the structure and size of brain organs

c. ​neurotransmitter activity between neurons in the nervous system d. ​blood flow in the central nervous system

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

181. ​MODIFIED. Researchers wish to know which part of a rat’s brain is most active as the rat listens to music. Which of the following technologies is most likely to be useful to the researchers in this situation? a. ​a CAT scan b. ​a MRI c. ​a PET scan d. ​an X-ray

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 182. ​The use of brain pacemakers to treat depression is associated with which technology for studying the brain? a. ​CAT scans b. ​PET scans c. ​fMRI

d. ​brain stimulation ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 183. ​Suppose you want to track which neurons in the brain are active at a given moment. Which technique would you use? a. ​CAT scan b. ​brain stimulation c. ​fMRI d. ​EEG

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 184. ​Jean-Paul is a skilled meditator. As a result, he might be expected to have a larger ____. a. ​hippocampus b. ​amygdala c. ​thalamus d. ​pineal

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 185. ​In contrast to the endocrine system, the nervous system ____.

a. ​is faster acting

b. ​is purely chemical in nature

c. ​produces longer-lasting changes

d. ​is not responsible for reflexive behavior ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 186. ​The two major communication systems within the body are the nervous system and the ____ system. a. ​limbic b. ​sympathetic c. ​endocrine d. ​cortical

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 187. ​The nervous system is to ____ as the endocrine system is to ____. a. ​growth and development; sleep and hunger b. ​sleep and hunger; growth and development c. ​prolonged; brief

d. ​fast acting; slow acting ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 188. ​In terms of working together, the nervous system and the endocrine system ____. a. ​always work independently from each other b. ​often work together to influence biological activity c. ​work together only during reflex activity

d. ​never work together to influence biological activity ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 189. ​When we are motivated to engage in sexual activity, hormones of the ____ system may play a large role in this motivation. a. ​endocrine b. ​limbic

c. ​nervous

d. ​somatic nervous ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 190. ​In the nervous system information is passed through the body’s ____, while in the endocrine system information is passed through the body’s ____. a. ​glia; neurons b. ​bloodstream; neurons c. ​neurons; bloodstream d. ​neurons; glia

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 191. ​Two hours after Halle was almost hit by a car, her body is still feeling the effects of this scare. These residual effects are most likely due to the function of Halle’s ____ system. a. ​nervous b. ​endocrinecirculatory c. ​circulatory d. ​digestive

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 192. ​The structure in the brain that connects the endocrine system and the nervous system is the ____. a. ​hippocampus b. ​hypothalamus c. ​amygdala d. ​thalamus

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 193. ​Hormones in the endocrine system ____. a. ​have a shorter-lasting effect than neurotransmitters in the nervous system b. ​exert a quicker effect than neurotransmitters in the nervous system

c. ​are regulated by the hippocampus, which is part of the nervous system

d. ​are primarily released by special organs in the body in response to signals from the pituitary gland ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 194. ​The sex hormones called estrogens are produced by the ____, while the sex hormones called androgens are produced by the ____. a. ​adrenal glands; thyroid glands b. ​thyroid glands; adrenal glands c. ​testes; ovaries d. ​ovaries; testes ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 195. ​When the sympathetic nervous system is active, the ____ releases epinephrine and norepinephrine into the bloodstream helping to increase respiration, heart rate, and blood pressure. a. ​thyroid gland b. ​adrenal medulla c. ​pituitary gland d. ​striate cortex

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 196. ​Which progression represents the correct sequence for secretion of hormones? a. ​hypothalamus, pituitary gland, endocrine glands, organs of the body b. ​endocrine glands, hypothalamus, organs of the body, pituitary gland

c. ​pituitary gland, organs of the body, hypothalamus, endocrine glands d. ​organs of the body, endocrine glands, pituitary gland, hypothalamus ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. ​organs of the body, endocrine glands, pituitary gland, hypothalamus organs of the body, endocrine glands, pituitary gland, hypothalamus a. ​thyroid b. ​adrenal c. ​pituitary

d. ​pineal ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 198. ​Blood sugar levels in the body are regulated by which part of the endocrine system? a. ​pancreas b. ​thyroid gland c. ​gonads

d. ​adrenal cortex ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 199. ​Jonna’s immune system seems to be compromised. Her doctor has determined that the problem lies in her endocrine system. Which part of Jonna’s endocrine system is most likely related to her poor immune system functioning? a. ​adrenal medulla b. ​adrenal cortex c. ​pituitary gland d. ​thyroid gland

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 200. ​Which gland plays a role in sexual maturation? a. ​pineal gland​ b. ​adrenal gland c. ​pancreas d. ​thyroid

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 201. ​Describe the basic processes involved in the transmission of information from the beginning of one neuron the beginning of the next neuron.

ANSWER: ​When a neuron is at rest, meaning it is not actively conducting a signal, there is an imbalance in the types of ions found inside and outside the cell walls of the neuron. When a neuron receives input from other neurons, these incoming signals enter at the dendrites and travel across the cell body to the axon.

These signals can make the inside of the cell more positive or more negative. If the incoming signals make the inside of the neuron more positive, the inside of the neuron may become positive enough to

reach the neuron’s threshold of excitation and the neuron fires off an action potential. When the action potential reaches the axon bulb of the presynaptic (sending) neuron, it causes the release of neurotransmitters into the synapse. The neurotransmitter molecules float in the fluid-filled synapse.

Some of them will quickly drift across the synapse and come into contact with the tulip-shaped receptor sites lined up on the dendrites of the postsynaptic (receiving) neuron.

REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 202. ​Describe how one neuron communicates with another neuron in the brain.

ANSWER: Stimulation is received from other neurons through the dendrites. If there is enough stimulation for the receiving neuron to reach its threshold of excitation, an action potential begins, which conveys the information with a ripple effect along the length of the axon until it reaches the neuron’s axonal bulbs.

Stimulation of vesicles in the axon bulbs causes the release of neurotransmitters which conveys the signal to the postsynaptic neuron.​ REFERENCES: 2.1 Billions of Neurons: Communication in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 203. ​Identify three different types of neurotransmitters and describe their typical effects in the brain.

ANSWER: Answers will vary. ​ Neurotransmitter Functions Acetylcholine Excites skeletal muscles; inhibits heart action; memory Dopamine Movement; learning; attention; motivation andreward Serotonin Sleep; arousal; mood; eating; pain perception Norepinephrine Sleep; arousal; mood GABA Chief inhibitor; regulates arousal Glutamate Chief excitatory neurotransmitter; many diverse functions Endorphins Suppression of pain; eating; cardiovascular functioning REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 204. ​Describe three different physical or psychological disorders and the neurotransmitter systems that appear to be involved.

ANSWER: Answers will vary. ​ Neurotransmitter Related Diseases & Clinical Conditions Acetylcholine Alzheimer’s disease Dopamine Parkinson’s disease; schizophrenia; substance abuse Serotonin Depression; obsessive compulsive disorder and other anxiety disorders; eating disorders; chronic pain Norepinephrine Depression and other mood disorders GABA Some anxiety disorders; some seizure disorders Glutamate Neural death following head injuries Endorphins Depression REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 205. ​There has been a mix up in two patient’s prescriptions and each has received the other person’s medication. Sheryl, who is diagnosed with Parkinson’s disease, has accidentally been given a medication that decreases dopamine levels.

Guillermo, diagnosed with schizophrenia, is given a medication that increases dopamine levels. Fortunately, the error is caught in time and Sheryl and Guillermo are given the correct medication before they take a dose. Hypothetically, describe what might have happened if Sheryl and Guillermo had indeed taken the wrong medicines.

ANSWER: Parkinson’s disease is a neurological disorder marked by a significant decrease in the dopamine produced by the b This decrease in dopamine results in a variety of neuromuscular impairments. If Sheryl had been given a medicati further decreased levels of dopamine, we would expect her symptoms to become even worse. In contrast, schizoph is thought to be in part due to an excess of dopamine in the brain. If Guillermo had been given a medication that increased the availability of dopamine, then symptoms of schizophrenia (such as hallucinations, delusions, bizarre behavior, etc.) might well have increased.​ REFERENCES: 2.2 Neurotransmitters: Chemical Messengers in the Brain KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 206. ​Describe the similarities and differences between the nervous and endocrine systems.

ANSWER: ​The nervous system is an electrochemical system of communication within the body that uses cells called neurons to convey information. The endocrine is a chemical system of communication in the body that uses chemical messengers, called hormones, to affect organ function and behavior.

REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 207. ​Compare the neurotransmitter system and the endocrine system as means of conveying information throughout the body.

ANSWER: The neurotransmitter system, consisting of both excitatory and inhibitory elements, transmits information rapidly through means of various neurotransmitters. The hormonal system transmits information less rapidly, but with effects that last longer. Thus, neurotransmitters and hormones provide a complimentary communication system which is capable of both rapid and more long-lasting responses as the occasion demands.​ REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 208. ​Describe the basic structure of the nervous system (including its subsystems) in the human body.

ANSWER: ​At the broadest level, the nervous system is divided into the brain and spinal cord, known as the central nervous system (CNS), and the remaining components of the nervous system, referred to collectively as the peripheral nervous system (PNS). The peripheral nervous system is further divided into the somatic nervous system and the autonomic nervous system. The latter is divided into the sympathetic nervous system and the parasympathetic nervous system.

REFERENCES: 2.3 The Structure of the Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 209. ​Describe the basic structure of the brain, starting with the locations of the hindbrain, midbrain, and forebrain and then listing their important components.

ANSWER: The hindbrain sits directly above the spinal cord and is named for its position at the bottom of the brain.

The hindbrain is the most “primitive” part of the brain, involved in the most basic life-sustaining functions. The hindbrain makes up a good portion of the brainstem, a series of brain structures that are essential for life. The hindbrain consists of three structures: the medulla, the pons, and the cerebellum. ​ The forebrain resides in the top part of the skull and regulates complex mental processes such as thinking and emotional control. It is the largest region of the brain and includes structures that regulate many emotional, motivational, and cognitive processes. The structures of the limbic system govern emotional and motivational processes, and other forebrain structures govern sensory processing and motivation.

The wrinkled and folded external surface of the brain, the cerebral cortex, governs high-level processes such as cognition and language. ​ Between the hindbrain and the forebrain is the midbrain, which acts as a connection between the more basic functions of the hindbrain and the complex mental processes of the forebrain. Without the midbrain, the hindbrain could not supply the forebrain with the neural impulses it needs to remain active and to keep us conscious. For psychologists, one of the most interesting midbrain structures is the reticular formation.

REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 210. ​Describe the effect of having a split brain. What would happen if information were given only to the right or the left hemisphere?

ANSWER: Working with split-brain people, researchers have a chance to study the functioning of each hemisphere independent of the other. For example, split-brain research helped researchers conclude that the left hemisphere enables us to produce speech. Researcher Michael Gazzaniga (1967) briefly flashed pictures of familiar objects to the right and left visual fields of split-brain people and asked them to identify the objects. When an object is briefly presented to the right peripheral field of vision, the resulting visual information is sent directly to the left hemisphere of the brain. Because Broca’s area is in the left hemisphere for most people, Gazzaniga found that the average split-brain person could verbally identify the object. ​ But what about an object presented to the person’s left peripheral field of vision? When an object is briefly shown on the far left side, the resulting visual information is sent directly to the right hemisphere of the brain. Recall that most people do not have a Broca’s area in their right hemisphere. In a normal brain, the information travels from the right hemisphere across the corpus callosum to the language centers in the left hemisphere. However, in split-brain individuals, this cannot happen. Without the corpus callosum, Gazzaniga’s split-brain could not transmit the knowledge of what they were seeing to the language centers in their left hemisphere. The right brain knew what the objects were, but it could not inform the “speaking” left brain! Predictably, the split-brain people were unable to name the objects they saw in their left visual fields. Interestingly, in this situation, split- brain people were able to point to the objects in a drawing—provided they used their left hand (which is controlled by the right brain).

Split-brain research has helped us begin to sort out the relative contributions that the right and left hemispheres make to everyday cognitive processes.

REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 211. ​Describe the specialization of function in the four lobes of the brain.

ANSWER: Much of the frontal lobe is association cortex. We know more about the association areas of the frontal lobe than any other lobes. Broca’s area in the association area of the left frontal lobe is, as previously mentioned, involved in the production of speech. It also appears that the frontal lobe association areas play a role in cognitive processes such as attention, problem solving, judgment, the planning and executing of behavior, and certain aspects of personality. At the back of the frontal lobe (behind the prefrontal cortex) lies the motor cortex or primary motor area, a narrow band of cortex that allows us to execute motor movements. The motor cortex on the right side of the brain affects movement on the left side of the body, and vice versa. Additionally, specific points along the motor cortex correspond to particular points on the body. ​ As with the frontal lobe, much of the parietal lobe is association cortex, but we know much less about the specific functions of these association areas. We do know that the motor-sensory areas of the parietal lobe play a role in sensation. A thin strip of the parietal lobe affects our sense of touch, pressure, and pain. This strip, called the somatosensory cortex, or primary somatosensory area, lies directly behind the motor cortex, along the leading edge of the parietal lobe.

​ The occipital lobe of the brain is located at the very back of the skull, above the cerebellum. Much of the occipital lobe is dedicated to processing visual information. The visual cortex, or primary visual area, of the occipital lobe is composed of layers of tissue that contain long axonal fibers. An action potential is stimulated in specialized cells of the visual cortex when our eyes receive specific types of visual stimuli from the outside world. For instance, some cells begin to fire only when we see lines, and other cells fire only when we see circular shapes. Like a computer, our brain integrates all the incoming neural impulses from these specialized cells in the visual cortex to enable us to perceive what we are viewing. ​ The temporal lobe is in front of the occipital lobe and just below the parietal and frontal lobes—roughly behind our ears inside the skull. Not surprisingly, one of the major functions of the temporal lobe is the processing of auditory information, or hearing. The temporal lobe area devoted to hearing is the auditory cortex, or primary auditory area, located on the upper edge of the temporal lobe. In addition to the auditory cortex, the left temporal lobe of most people contains Wernicke’s area, which is responsible for the comprehension of speech.

REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 212. Describe the techniques that scientists use to image or study the brain.​ ANSWER: Technique Description Computerized Axial Multiple X-ray beams are passed through the Tomography (CAT Scan) brain from different angles. A computer then analyzes the X-rays that exit the head and uses this information to build a very detailed picture of the brain and its structures. CAT scans can be used to diagnose tumors, strokes, certain diseases, and the structural features of the brain.

Magnetic Resonance A magnetic field is used to excite the atoms in Imaging (MRI) the body, and the energy emitted by these atoms is used to construct a highly detailed computer-generated picture of the brain’s structure.

Positron Emission Radioactive glucose (the brain’s fuel source) Tomography (PET Scan) is injected into the bloodstream. The computer measures which areas of the brain are consuming the most glucose, meaning that they are most active.

Functional MRI (fMRI) Uses MRI technology to track which neurons in the brain are most active at a given moment by examining the energy released by hemoglobin molecules in the bloodstream.

Electroencephalography Measures changes in electrical voltage at (EEG) points along the scalp and yields information on gross patterns of brain activation.

Brain Stimulation By stimulating specific areas of the brain, researchers can see what effect this stimulation has on behavior. Doctors also use this technology to treat conditions such as depression. By implanting brain “pacemakers,” doctors can stimulate areas of the brain that are not functioning properly.

REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Aspect Measured Brain structures

Brain structures

Areas of activity in the brain

Areas of activity in the brain; brain structures Patterns of electrical activity in the lobes of the brain Cognitive and behavioral reactions to stimulation of brain locations

213. ​How do the structures of the hindbrain differ in function from the cortex?

ANSWER: ​The “primitive” brain consists of those structures which make up the hindbrain: medulla, pons, and cerebellum. The medulla allows for the preservation of such basic functions as heart rate, breathing; and such automatic functions as sneezing, coughing, and swallowing. The pons also helps in respiration, as well as dreaming, and sensory processing. The cerebellum aids in such functions as balance, muscle coordination, and motor-skill memory. Without the primitive side of our brain, some of the most basic life-support and neural processes would cease. In contrast, the most advanced portion of the brain is the forebrain. This area consists of the frontal, temporal, parietal, and occipital lobes. There are also locations within the forebrain of further specialization such as Broca’s area, and Wernicke’s area for language, and the motor/sensory cortexes. The various forebrain regions allow for further development of higher functions such as problem-solving, speech, reading, vision, etc.

REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 214. ​What advantages do magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and positron emission tomography (PET scan) offer in studying the brain?

ANSWER: ​The MRI uses a magnetic field to create a computer-generated image of the brain. This allows physicians and psychologists to study the brain’s structure in great detail. The PET scan uses radioactive glucose to gauge which areas are most active. The PET scan allows psychologists and physicians to see how the brain is working by showing which areas consume the most radioactive glucose.

REFERENCES: 2.4 The Brain and Spine: The Central Nervous System KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 215. ​Describe how the endocrine system provides a communication pathway.

ANSWER: ​The endocrine system is a chemical system of communication that relies on the action of specialized organs called endocrine glands that are located throughout the body. When stimulated, endocrine glands release chemicals called hormones into the bloodstream. These hormones circulate through the bloodstream until they reach other organs in the body. Our internal organs are equipped with special receptor sites to accept these hormones. The endocrine system is considerably slower than the nervous system in relaying messages because it relies on blood circulating through the veins and arteries of the cardiovascular system to transport hormones throughout the body. The stimulation created by hormones, however, tends to last longer than the stimulation caused by action potentials at the synapse.

REFERENCES: 2.5 The Endocrine System: Hormones and Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Chapter_3_Sensation_and_Perception

1. ​Which term is more directly associated with perception than sensation? a. ​visual b. ​gustatory

c. ​interpretation d. ​auditory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 2. ​Psychophysicists study ____. a. ​the physical basis for mental illness

b. ​the relationship between the mind and body c. ​how the mind interprets sensory stimuli

d. ​how nature interacts with nurture to influence development ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. ​A psychophysicist would be most interested in which research question? a. ​What are the causes of schizophrenia? b. ​What makes the different notes of a musical piece sound different? c. ​What happens in the brain while we are sleeping?

d. ​What stages of development best characterize childhood?

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 4. ​The absolute threshold is defined as the minimum ____. a. ​intensity of a stimulus to be detected 50% of the time

b. ​intensity of a stimulus to be detected 100% of the time

c. ​change in stimulus intensity to be detected 50% of the time

d. ​change in stimulus intensity to be detected 100% of the time ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. ​Which statement about absolute thresholds is TRUE? a. ​Absolute thresholds vary according to the person and the situation.

b. ​The absolute threshold is the minimum change in stimulus intensity that can be detected. c. ​The absolute threshold reflects both sensation but not perception.

d. ​Absolute thresholds are extremely unpredictable for any sense other than vision or hearing.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. ​If you expect to hear a sound, you may have a better ability to hear it. This would be an example of how ____ can change. a. ​Weber’s law b. ​the just noticeable difference c. ​the absolute threshold d. ​the law of prägnanz

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 7. ​The absolute threshold tends to ____. a. ​be the same for everybody b. ​vary from person to person

c. ​vary more from time to time than from person to person d. ​be quite a bit different for males than for females

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 8. ​Weber’s law is most closely associated with ____. a. ​sensory deprivation b. ​the just noticeable difference c. ​the absolute threshold d. ​sensory reduction

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 9. ​Which law explains how much louder a tone would need to get before you would notice a difference? a. ​the Young-Helmholtz law b. ​Occam’s law c. ​Weber’s law

d. ​frequency theory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. ​Dr. Lau is doing an experiment in which he wishes to determine the lowest concentration of salt that customers will be able to taste in a new soup product. In this experiment, Dr. Lau is interested in measuring the customer’s ____. a. ​top-down perceptual processing b. ​difference threshold c. ​absolute threshold for taste

d. ​just noticeable difference for salt ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 11. The Zena perfume company wants to improve their top-selling fragrance, Rosy, by making it smell even rosier. They hire Dr. Franks to determine the minimum amount of rose oil that they will have to add to the formula to ensure that customers will be able to tell a difference in the improved fragrance. The Zena company wants Dr. Franks to find the customer’s ____.​ a. ​absolute threshold b. ​perceptual inconsistency

c. ​just noticeable difference d. ​Helmholtz’s law

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 12. ​According to Weber’s law, we should be best able to notice an additional teaspoon of salt in our soup when the soup ____. a. ​was originally very salty b. ​was originally moderately salty c. ​was originally slightly salty d. ​originally had no salt in it

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 13. ​Researchers at the Smell Good Company want to make their home air freshener smell even better to customers. What principle will the researchers use to determine the amount of additional fragrance needed for customers to just notice the improvement?

a. ​Helmholtz’s law

b. ​perceptual inconsistency c. ​Weber’s law

d. ​Young’s law ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 14. ​In the 1950s, James Vicary reported that he had been able to manipulate sales for popcorn and Coca-Cola by flashing subliminal messages during the showing of a movie in a public theatre. How has his work stood the test of the time? a. ​Poorly, because his claim was fabricated b. ​Fairly well, although the effect does not appear to be as strong as Vicary reported c. ​Quite well, and effects consistent with Vicary’s reports are the norm

d. ​Extremely well, and the effects appear to be even stronger than Vicary reported ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. ​If you are exposed to a television advertisement containing subliminal messages, the probability is very high that ____. a. ​the advertisement will be more persuasive than one without the subliminal messages b. ​you would feel strongly directed to purchase the product, even if you did not especially like the product c. ​the advertisement would have no more effect on you than the same advertisement without subliminal messages d. ​the advertisement would be retained in your unconscious memory longer than an advertisement without subliminal messages

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. ​Extrasensory perception is also known as ____. a. ​psi b. ​jnd c. ​absolute threshold

d. ​subliminal sensations ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

17. ​Most research on extrasensory perception has shown that it is ____. a. ​a strong force needing further study b. ​not supported by scientific investigation

c. ​supported as much as it has not been supported

d. ​a weak force, but its existence is well supported by research ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. ​The Ganzfeld procedure is used to determine ____. a. ​extrasensory perception (ESP) b. ​subliminal perception

c. ​just noticeable difference (jnd) d. ​absolute threshold

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. ​Qamar is participating in a study on ESP in which he is supposed to telepathically receive one of two images that another participant views on a computer screen. If he performs like most other research participants in other studies, about how well will he do at receiving these images? a. ​He will likely guess correctly approximately 90% of the time. b. ​He will likely guess correctly approximately 75% of the time. c. ​He will likely guess correctly approximately 50% of the time. d. ​He will likely guess correctly approximately 25% of the time.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 20. ​In 2011, which psychologist reported finding experimental evidence for the existence of ESP, although the work has been characterized as methodologically flawed and incorrectly analyzed? a. ​Bem b. ​Ganzfeld c. ​Kosslyn d. ​Weber

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

21. ​If your friend is wearing a red shirt, you are able to detect the shirt’s redness because ____. a. ​all other colors of light are being absorbed by the shirt

b. ​the height of the light wave coming from the shirt is shorter than all other colors of light c. ​the light coming from the shirt is low in saturation

d. ​it is the only color of light that is absorbed by the shirt ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 22. ​When the color purple is reflected off a hat, what can we say is happening to the light waves? a. ​Purple light waves are being absorbed by the hat. b. ​The purple from ultraviolet light waves is being reflected from the hat. c. ​Purple light waves are being reflected from the hat.

d. ​The purple from ultraviolet light waves is being absorbed by the hat.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 23. ​The wavelength of light determines its ____, and the amplitude of light determines its ____. a. ​shape; hue b. ​hue; brightness

c. ​brightness; shape d. ​brightness; hue

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. You are working for a computer manufacturer where you are trying to develop new monitors that can project a wider range of colors. In working on this task, you need to keep in mind that the visible spectrum of light for humans is ____.​ a. ​200nm-800nm b. ​165nm-876nm c. ​360nm-750nm d. ​360nm-875nm ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 25. ​Certain animals may be able to see you in the dark better than you can see them because ____. a. ​animals have a unique ability called presbyopia

b. ​their corneas allow more light in

c. ​they can sense a wider range of the electromagnetic spectrum than you d. ​they are more likely to have a large number of cones ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. ​Unlike humans, certain animals can see infrared and/or ultraviolet rays because of their ____. a. ​sensitivity to a wider range of electromagnetic energy b. ​greater number of infrared and/or ultraviolet detectors

c. ​ability to open their pupils wider to allow more incoming light d. ​increased number or cones

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 27. ​Saturation of light is to ____ as amplitude of light is to ____. a. ​brightness; color b. ​purity; hue

c. ​density; clarity

d. ​purity; brightness ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. ​When painting your house, you end up choosing a bright color over a dim color. You can be sure that the electromagnetic energy coming from the brighter color is characterized by ____ than the light from the dim color. a. ​taller peaks b. ​a greater distance between peaks c. ​shorter peaks

d. ​a smaller distance between peaks ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 29. ​Herb, an artist who works with colored lights, likes to work with saturated colors in his work. What does this mean? a. ​He uses muted colors of light. b. ​He uses pure colors of light.

c. ​He mixes different colors together.

d. ​He uses very bright lights.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 30. ​Lena is studying the properties of light in a laboratory. If she increases the amplitude of the light waves she is studying, what effect will this have on her perception of the light? a. ​The light will be brighter. b. ​The light will be dimmer. c. ​The hue of the light will be more red-toned.

d. ​The hue of the light will be more blue-toned.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 31. Both the lens and the cornea of the eye have a primary function of ____.​ a. ​detecting colors b. ​bending light

c. ​letting in appropriate amounts of light

d. ​protecting the eye against foreign objects ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. ​Which structure is part of the sensation process occurring in vision? a. ​cochlea b. ​cornea c. ​stapes

d. ​papilla ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. ​Jamal is preparing to clean his oven when he accidentally sprays himself in the eyes with oven cleaner. The caustic chemical damages the outside covering of his eyes where the light enters. Jamal has most likely injured his ____. a. ​iris b. ​lens c. ​cornea d. ​fovea

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 34. ​Concha damaged her corneas in a car accident. What effect will this injury most likely have on her vision? a. ​Her vision will be unaffected. b. ​She will not be able to see clearly. c. ​She will be colorblind. d. ​She will be blind.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 35. ​Which part of the eye is a supporting structure that does not play a role in vision? a. ​iris b. ​lens

c. ​sclera

d. ​cornea ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 36. Just as the iris controls the size of the pupil, ____ control the shape of the lens.​ a. ​the sclera b. ​the cornea

c. ​vision strands

d. ​ciliary muscles ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. ​When the lens of the eye is adjusted to focus on near and far objects, this is called ____. a. ​compensation b. ​accommodation c. ​assimilation d. ​closure

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

38. ​Which pregression describes the correct sequence of structures involved in vision? a. ​lens, cornea, sclera b. ​cornea, rods, retina

c. ​retina, cornea, sclera d. ​cornea, lens, retina

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. Which statement is TRUE regarding the retina?​ a. ​Light passes through other layers of transparent cells before reaching rods and cones on the back side of the retina where processing begins. b. ​The retina consists only of rods and cones.

c. ​Light hits and is absorbed by the first layer of cells called bipolar, and then the information is passed through other cells on the way to the rods and cones. d. ​The retina consists of rods and cones, the basilar membrane, the sclera, and borderline cells.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. ​Rods and cones send visual information to the optic nerve through which type of cell? a. ​bipolar b. ​bicameral

c. ​Merkel’s cells d. ​Pacinian cells

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. As information is passed from the rods and cones through the horizontal, bipolar, amacrine, and ganglion cells on the way to the optic nerve, ____.​ a. ​the information is being consolidated into a summary of the original visual information b. ​there are a greater numbers of cells at each successive level

c. ​the information is passed on in the form of light, not being converted into action potentials until the optic nerve d. ​the information is being processed and visual perception occurs ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 42. A laboratory study may help you to determine the location of your visual blind spot, but you will not notice it outside of the laboratory because ____.​ a. ​it is in the front of your visual field b. ​it is located at the fovea of your eye

c. ​it only happens in a laboratory setting

d. ​you have two eyes that see slightly different views of the world ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 43. If your retina contained only rods, you would be unable to ____.​ a. ​see anything b. ​see color

c. ​see shape

d. ​see in bright light ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. Which statement is TRUE regarding rods?​ a. ​They are more numerous than cones in the human eye. b. ​They require more light than cones to be activated.

c. ​They are more densely concentrated in the center of the retina. d. ​They transmit information about color to the brain.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. ​Beatrice was born without cone cells in her retina. What effect will this most likely have on her vision? a. ​Her vision will be unaffected. b. ​She will be colorblind.

c. ​She will be unable to see out of the side of her eyes. d. ​She will be completely blind.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

46. While driving at night, you are most likely to have trouble perceiving ____.​ a. ​shapes b. ​lines

c. ​curves d. ​colors

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 47. The human eye has about ____.​ a. ​the same number of rods and cones b. ​five times more cones than rods

c. ​twenty times more rods than cones

d. ​one-hundred times more cones than rods ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. Rods are to the____ of the retina as cones are to the ____ of the retina.​ a. ​periphery; center b. ​right side; the left side c. ​center; periphery

d. ​left side; right side ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 49. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding cones? a. ​They require less light than rods to be activated.

b. ​They are most densely concentrated in the periphery of the retina.

c. ​The process they follow to convert light into neural messages is different than the process followed by rods. d. ​They are less numerous than rods in the human eye.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. It is the middle of the day and you are outside in the bright sunlight. In order to give you the best possibility of seeing the colors and detail of a large flower in your garden, you should ____.​

a. ​look directly at it

b. ​look to the right side of it c. ​look to the left side of it d. ​close one eye

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 51. ​The fovea ____. a. ​contains only rods

b. ​is important for detecting form and shape

c. ​is located in the center of the retina, directly behind the pupil d. ​is located in the periphery of the retina

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. ​The fovea is to ____ as the periphery of the retina is to ____. a. ​rods; cones b. ​cones; rods

c. ​near vision; far vision d. ​far vision; near vision ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 53. You are trying to detect the expression on your roommate’s face as you talk with her late at night with the light turned off. What is the best approach?​ a. ​Close your eyes and imagine what her expression might be. b. ​Look at her out of the corner of your eye. c. ​Look directly at her.

d. ​Close one eye and look directly at her.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 54. You are trying to see the color of your ink pen while taking lecture notes in a darkened auditorium. Where should you hold the ink pen to have the greatest chance of perceiving its color?​ a. ​to the right side of your head

b. ​to the left side of your head c. ​to either side of your head

d. ​directly in front of your face ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 55. ​The best color vision is in the ____. a. ​area just outside of the center of the retina b. ​periphery of the retina c. ​fovea

d. ​cochlea ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. Not being able to accurately detect the colors of objects seen in your peripheral vision is best explained by ____.​ a. ​differences in the distribution of rods and cones in different parts of the retina b. ​difficulties in paying attention to items that are not in the center of the visual field c. ​differences in the number of ganglion, amacrine, bipolar, and horizontal cells d. ​the smaller number of receptor cells in the periphery of the retina ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 57. When photopigments of the eye split apart, ____.​ a. ​color vision is lost b. ​sensation is occurring

c. ​the person becomes farsighted d. ​accommodation is occurring

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 58. ​Photopigments are found in ____. a. ​the sclera b. ​only cones

c. ​the cochlea

d. ​both rods and cones ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. In contrast to light adaptation, dark adaptation involves ____.​ a. ​building up photopigments b. ​the process of splitting apart photopigments c. ​the activation of cones

d. ​accommodation by the lens ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. ​Adaptation to light ____. a. ​can be painful at times

b. ​happens faster than adaptation to dark

c. ​occurs when the cornea bends to allow less light d. ​involves building up photopigments

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. Bernice returns to the darkened theater after visiting the concession stand and finds that she cannot see well enough to find her seat. What is she experiencing?​ a. ​temporary blindness b. ​light adaptation c. ​dark adaptation

d. ​an abundance of ganglion cells in her retina ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 62. While you are posing for a picture, the camera’s flash goes off and you feel a momentary sense of pain in your eyes.

This is most likely a result of ____.​ a. ​the sudden breakdown of large amounts of photopigments b. ​a relatively common example of synesthesia in which light is transduced as touch c. ​a large increase in the speed of the action potentials being fired

d. ​rods, cones, horizontal, bipolar, amacrine, and ganglion cells firing all at the same time

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 63. If the photopigment levels in your eyes are extremely high, it is most likely a result of ____.​ a. ​not eating enough carrots b. ​being exposed to bright lights for a long time c. ​being in a dark room for a long time d. ​normal age-associated changes

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. Dark adaptation ____ than light adaptation.​ a. ​creates more pain

b. ​involves more breakdown of photopigment c. ​requires faster action potentials d. ​takes longer

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. Jack is sound asleep when his wife suddenly turns on the bedroom light and awakens him. Upon opening his eyes, Jack temporarily finds the bright light painful because ____.​ a. ​light adaptation has not yet occurred b. ​dark adaptation has not yet occurred

c. ​he does not have enough photopigment in his retina yet

d. ​photopigment storage has rapidly accelerated because of the light ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 66. The primary colors of light are ____.​ a. ​red, green, and yellow b. ​blue, yellow, and red c. ​green, red, and blue

d. ​green, blue, and yellow ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 67. All colors of light are some combination of ____ light.​ a. ​red, green, and yellow b. ​blue, yellow, and red c. ​green, red, and blue

d. ​green, blue, and yellow ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. The primary colors of paint are ____.​ a. ​red, yellow, and blue b. ​blue, yellow, and green c. ​red, green, and yellow d. ​purple, red, and blue

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. ​When all the primary colors of light are mixed, we see ____. a. ​brown b. ​black c. ​grey

d. ​white ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. ​The trichromatic theory states that ____. a. ​three different types of cones detect the three different primary colors of light b. ​humans really only perceive three different colors

c. ​cells in the retina can send information to the brain about two colors, but only one at a time

d. ​the three major types of cells in our visual system are: red/green, blue/yellow, and black/white cells ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

71. ​Which theory of color vision appears to explain instances of color blindness best? a. ​frequency theory b. ​volley theory

c. ​trichromatic theory

d. ​opponent-process theory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 72. An individual suffering from red-green color blindness is most likely missing ____.​ a. ​horizontal cells b. ​ganglion cells c. ​bipolar cells

d. ​red and/or green cones ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 73. Which type of color blindness is particularly common?​ a. ​black-white b. ​red-green

c. ​blue-yellow d. ​red-yellow

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 74. The trichromatic theory has difficulty explaining ____.​ a. ​color blindness b. ​the ability to see yellow c. ​color mixing

d. ​negative afterimages ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 75. Which person is most likely to suffer from red-green colorblindness?​ a. ​David, who is 24

b. ​Sally, who is 3

c. ​Juanita, who is 15 d. ​Felicia, who is 95

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 76. ​The ability to sense the color yellow can be explained by ____. a. ​trichromatic theory only b. ​opponent-process theory only

c. ​both trichromatic and opponent-process theory

d. ​neither trichromatic nor opponent-process theory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 77. ​The opponent-process theory states that ____. a. ​light is converted into neural impulses very differently depending upon its color

b. ​cells in the visual system are sensitive to two colors of light, but not at the same time

c. ​there are three different types of receptor cells corresponding with the three primary colors of light

d. ​color is determined as different receptor cells compete with each other to fire the most neural impulses to the brain ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 78. ​After staring at a particular color for a long period of time and then looking at a white background, a negative afterimage occurs because the ____. a. ​cones that were not used as much to sense the particular color are well-rested and therefore respond more readily to the white background b. ​well-rested rods take over the task of sensation, thus distorting the color that is sensed

c. ​parts of the cells that continually responded to the color are worn out and therefore don’t respond as readily to the white background d. ​parts of the cells that continually respond to white are worn out and therefore don’t respond as readily to the white background

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 79. ​The opponent-process theory would predict that after staring at a blue dot for 60 seconds, and then looking at a blank

white paper, you would report seeing a ____ afterimage. a. ​green b. ​red

c. ​black

d. ​yellow ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 80. ​The opponent-process theory would predict that after staring at a red dot for 60 seconds, and then looking at a blank white paper, you would report seeing a ____ afterimage. a. ​green b. ​red c. ​black

d. ​yellow ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 81. ​Trichromatic theory is to ____ as opponent-process theory is to____. a. ​cones; ganglion cells b. ​ganglion cells; cones c. ​rods; cones d. ​cones; rods ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 82. Which statement is TRUE regarding the theories of color vision?​ a. ​The trichromatic theory has been shown to provide the best explanation.

b. ​The opponent-process theory has been shown to provide the best explanation.

c. ​Both the trichromatic theory and the opponent-process theory have been shown to be invalid.

d. ​Both the trichromatic theory and the opponent-process theory have been shown to explain many aspects of color vision.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 83. ​Stephan is a surgeon. After 10 hours of looking into a surgical incision, he looks up at the white walls of the operating

room and sees pinkish flashes of light. What is Stephan experiencing? a. ​fatigue of his red cones b. ​fatigue of his green cones c. ​negative afterimage

d. ​fatigue of afterimages ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 84. The optic chiasm is where ____.​ a. ​compensation occurs for vision

b. ​the optic nerve from each eye crosses over to the other side of the brain c. ​the optic nerve leaves the surface of the retina

d. ​the optic nerve enters the visual cortex of the brain ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 85. ​The optic nerve is composed of ____. a. ​bipolar cells b. ​horizontal cells c. ​ganglion cells

d. ​amacrine cells ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 86. Which progression represents the correct pathway for visual information?​ a. ​retina, thalamus, optic chiasm, visual cortex b. ​retina, hypothalamus, visual cortex, temporal lobe c. ​retina, optic chiasm, thalamus, visual cortex

d. ​retina, feature detectors, optic chiasm, visual cortex ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 87. ​Which type of sensory information travels from the retina through the thalamus to the visual cortex? a. ​visual b. ​auditory

c. ​taste

d. ​smell ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 88. ​Cells known as feature detectors respond to specific ____ stimuli. a. ​auditory b. ​visual c. ​touch

d. ​taste or smell ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. Which visual skill do males tend to perform better than females?​ a. ​being able to see the slight difference between two different colors b. ​accurately processing facial expressions c. ​analyzing spatial aspects of objects

d. ​discriminating objects from other objects ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 90. According to recent research, your mother is most likely to be better than your father at what type of visual skill?​ a. ​visualizing what the back of something might look like without actually seeing it b. ​being able to see the slight difference between two different colors

c. ​following the activity of a person performing a series of quick motions

d. ​recognizing familiar shapes and images in an abstract environment, such as clouds and stars ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 91. ​Based on the different visual abilities of males and females, which activity would most likely be performed better by a female? a. ​detecting the movement of branches in a tree b. ​determining the depth of a storage container c. ​judging how far away a baby is from its parent

d. ​determining which fruits on a tree are the ripe ones

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 92. ​A visual stimulus is to ____ as an auditory stimulus is to ____. a. ​sine waves; tympanic energy b. ​electromagnetic energy; compressed air c. ​frequency waves; volley waves

d. ​neurolinguistic energy; gustatory energy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 93. ​Gloria is working with a sound generator. If she decreases the amplitude of the sound waves being generated, what effect will it have? a. ​The pitch will get higher. b. ​The pitch will get lower. c. ​The sound will get louder.

d. ​The sound will get quieter.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 94. ​When your music teacher asks that you increase the decibels in a particular part of your performance, he is specifically requesting an increase in ____. a. ​pitch b. ​speed c. ​clarity

d. ​loudness ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 95. The frequency of a sound wave corresponds to its ____.​ a. ​loudness b. ​clarity

c. ​harmony d. ​pitch

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. The average human can hear sounds within the range of ____.​ a. ​-100 to 1000 Hz b. ​0 to 10,000 Hz c. ​0 to 10,000 Hz

d. ​100 to 100,000 Hz ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 97. Which individual is MOST likely to be able to perceive a tone of 20,000 Hz? a. ​Louis, a 29 year-old landscaper b. ​Lana, a 25 year-old librarian c. ​Ernesto, a 62 year-old airline mechanic d. ​Barbara, a 66-year-old nurse

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 98. Listening to very loud music for a prolonged period of time can cause deafness due to damage to the ____.​ a. ​eardrum b. ​middle ear

c. ​oval window d. ​hair cells

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 99. Prolonged exposure to ____ would be most likely to cause hearing loss?​ a. ​15 dB sounds b. ​150 dB sounds

c. ​10,000 Hz sounds d. ​5000 Hz sounds

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

100. ​Lennart is suffering from hearing loss after years of working in a noisy environment. His ability to hear ____ sounds is most likely to be affected. a. ​100 hz tone b. ​1,000 hz tone c. ​5,000 hz tone

d. ​20,000 hz tone ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 101. ​Your grandparents have age or noise-related hearing loss. As a result, they will have the most difficulty hearing ____. a. ​low frequency sounds b. ​middle frequency sounds c. ​high frequency sounds

d. ​sounds from all frequencies ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 102. ​If you want to protect your hearing, what is the maximum length and loudness you can listen to your personal listening device each day? a. ​2 hours at 60% of maximum volume b. ​all day at 50% of maximum volume c. ​60 minutes at 60% of maximum volume d. ​80 minutes at 80% of maximum volume ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 103. ​Research on age and hearing loss indicates that ____. a. ​individuals from later generations are at greater risk for hearing loss b. ​individuals from later generations are at less risk for hearing loss

c. ​individuals from later generations are at the same risk for hearing loss as individuals from earlier generations d. ​individuals born after 2000 are at the greatest risk for hearing loss ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

104. ​Which progression represents a correct sequence in the sense of hearing? a. ​eardrum, pinna, oval window, vestibular canal b. ​auditory canal, vestibular canal, eardrum

c. ​eardrum, oval window, basilar membrane, hair cells

d. ​pinna, basilar membrane, cochlea, tympanic membrane ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 105. ​Sound traveling from the outer ear through the inner ear is primarily facilitated through the process of ____. a. ​neurotransmitter secretion b. ​vibration

c. ​chemical breakdown d. ​pressure

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 106. Where does sound get converted into neural impulses?​ a. ​vestibular canal b. ​tympanic duct c. ​cochlear duct

d. ​auditory canal ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 107. ​Which structure is part of the middle ear? a. ​cochlea b. ​eardrum

c. ​auditory canal d. ​anvil

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 108. ​The role of the pinna in hearing is ____.

a. ​to transmit vibrations to the auditory cortex b. ​to gather sound waves

c. ​to convert sound waves into electrochemical energy

d. ​nothing, as the pinna has no practical hearing function ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 109. ​Which structure is part of the inner ear? a. ​stirrup b. ​eardrum c. ​cochlea

d. ​auditory canal ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 110. ​The hammer, anvil, and stirrup are located in the ____. a. ​inner ear b. ​outer ear

c. ​middle ear d. ​cochlea

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 111. Earrings are worn on the _____ of the ear.​ a. ​pinna b. ​anvil

c. ​tympanic membrane d. ​cochlea

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 112. Geoff’s doctor told him that an infection in his middle ear is the cause of his deafness. Which part(s) of the ear are likely affected by this infection?​ a. ​the ear canal b. ​the cochlea

c. ​the anvil, hammer, and stirrup

d. ​the cochlea, anvil, hammer, and stirrup ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 113. Auditory pathways in the brain take information ____.​ a. ​to the right side of the brain only b. ​to the left side of the brain only

c. ​from the left ear to the left side of the brain and from the right ear to the right side of the brain d. ​from both ears to both sides of the brain

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 114. ​Which analogy best describes the volley theory of pitch perception? a. ​one soldier firing a gun that does not need to be reloaded b. ​groups of soldiers each firing their guns in quick succession

c. ​one soldier firing a gun and reloading very quickly when needed d. ​groups of soldiers each firing a different type of gun ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 115. ​Hermann von Helmholtz is credited with which two explanations for visual and auditory perception? a. ​opponent-process theory and volley theory b. ​horizontal theory and pitch theory

c. ​trichromatic theory and place theory d. ​cone theory and basilar theory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 116. ​Which theory of pitch perception best explains old age hearing loss? a. ​opponent-process theory b. ​frequency theory c. ​volley theory d. ​place theory

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 117. ​Place theory proposes that ____. a. ​the source of a sound determines its frequency

b. ​sounds of different frequencies excite different areas of the basilar membrane

c. ​the overall context of individual sounds causes the brain to interpret pitch differently

d. ​high pitch sounds are converted by the middle ear and lower pitched sounds by the inner ear ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 118. Place theory has a difficult time explaining ____.​ a. ​complex tones b. ​low pitches

c. ​high pitches d. ​pure tones

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 119. ​Place theory, frequency theory, duplicity theory, and volley theory, have all been provided as explanations for ____ perception. a. ​color b. ​odor c. ​pitch d. ​taste

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 120. Which theory would have the most difficulty in explaining how we hear high pitch sounds?​ a. ​place b. ​volley

c. ​duplicity

d. ​frequency ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 121. Duplicity theory of pitch perception combines ____.​ a. ​volley theory and place theory b. ​opponent-process theory and volley theory c. ​frequency theory and volley theory

d. ​place theory and opponent-process theory ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 122. ​The chemical senses are ____. a. ​vision and audition b. ​gustation and audition

c. ​olfaction and gustation d. ​touch and vision

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 123. Umami is often described as ____.​ a. ​salty b. ​bitter c. ​sour

d. ​meaty ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 124. Which flavor is often associated with nature’s poisons?​ a. ​salty b. ​sweet c. ​sour

d. ​bitter ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

125. ​If you like the taste of Asian food, you may be especially sensitive to a “fifth taste” called ____. a. ​umami b. ​cumin

c. ​tsunami d. ​acidic

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 126. ​The parts of the tongue that perform the same function as rods and cones of the eye are the ____. a. ​basilar membranes b. ​Pacinian corpuscles c. ​taste buds d. ​papillae

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 127. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding taste buds? a. ​Eating hot food can kill taste buds.

b. ​Taste buds are the visible bumps on the tongue.

c. ​Most people have between 5,000 and 10,000 taste buds. d. ​Taste buds are densest in the center of the tongue.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 128. ​Gustation is to ____, as olfaction is to ____. a. ​touch; taste b. ​audition; vision c. ​smell; audition d. ​taste; smell

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 129. ​Similar to the blind spot in the retina, the tongue has a “blind spot” in the ____ of the tongue. a. ​back

b. ​center

c. ​right side d. ​left side

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 130. ​In order to best taste the sweetness of a piece of candy, you would be advised to keep the candy on the ____ of the tongue. a. ​back b. ​front c. ​middle d. ​side

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 131. ​If you put your favorite food in your mouth but cannot taste it momentarily, it is most likely because the food is on the ____ of the tongue. a. ​back b. ​front c. ​middle d. ​side

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 132. ​Pedro was having dinner at his favorite Chinese restaurant when he took a sip of scalding hot wonton soup and burned his tongue. As a result of this injury, Pedro is most likely to experience ____. a. ​an inability to taste salty tastes b. ​an inability to taste umami c. ​permanent taste loss for all flavors d. ​temporary taste loss for all flavors

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 133. ​Most taste sensations are sent to ____. a. ​the somatosensory cortex

b. ​the substantia nigra c. ​the taste cortex d. ​Broca’s area

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 134. ​Which sequence is correct for taste sensations traveling from the tongue to the brain? a. ​taste buds, cerebellum, thalamus, frontal lobe b. ​taste buds, thalamus, taste chiasm, parietal lobe

c. ​taste buds, amygdala, hypothalamus, temporal lobe d. ​taste buds, medulla, thalamus, parietal lobe

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 135. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding the sense of taste? a. ​Taste preferences are influenced by biological factors only.

b. ​Taste preferences are influenced by learning experiences only.

c. ​Taste preferences are influenced by learning experiences, except in the case of biological disease or pathology. d. ​Taste preferences are influenced by both biological factors and learning experiences.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 136. Ginny’s grandmother often does not have much appetite. She complains that food just doesn’t taste good anymore, even though she is preparing it the same way she always has. What could Ginny suggest to help her grandmother’s appetite improve?​ a. ​Decrease the intensity of the flavor of the foods so as to not upset Grandma’s stomach. b. ​Increase the intensity of the flavor of foods through use of herbs, spices, and aromatics. c. ​Use umami and decrease consumption of bitter flavors. d. ​Make sure all food is served warm.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 137. Which of the following is TRUE regarding the sense of taste?​ a. ​Foods a mother eats can affect the flavor of her breast milk, which can affect her infant’s later taste preferences.

b. ​Being exposed to a wide variety of flavors in infancy rarely affects later taste preferences. c. ​The ability to be a supertaster and taste flavors others cannot taste is learned. d. ​People who do not have a good sense of taste are often very underweight.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 138. Which statement regarding supertasters is true?​ a. ​Supertasters have larger than average taste buds. b. ​Supertasters eat a wider variety of foods.

c. ​Female supertasters eat less fat and more fruit. d. ​Supertasters may avoid foods that are bitter.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 139. Which statement is TRUE regarding the sense of smell?​ a. ​Humans have the ability to detect about 500 different scents. b. ​Humans can identify by name about 300 different scents.

c. ​We smell something when volatile chemicals evaporate and the remaining molecules get inhaled. d. ​We smell something when chemicals in the air interact with chemicals given off by the nose.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 140. ​Scientists today have the least understanding of which of the five senses? a. ​vision b. ​smell c. ​taste

d. ​touch ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. ​The lock-and-key theory proposes that ____ are stimulated by ____, much like neurotransmitters that fit into receptor sites on the post-synaptic neuron. a. ​olfactory receptors; odor molecules b. ​taste buds; flavors c. ​touch receptors; touch

d. ​hair cells; sounds ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 142. ​The lock-and-key theory proposes that ____. a. ​specific taste molecules have the power to excite specific receptors on the tongue

b. ​taste sensation occurs when specific molecules split apart to create a chemical chain reaction on the tongue c. ​smell sensation occurs when specific molecules split apart to create a chemical chain reaction in the nose d. ​specific odor molecules have the power to excite specific receptors in the nose

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 143. ​Humans can detect about ____ different scents. a. ​10,000 b. ​50,000

c. ​100,000 d. ​500,000 ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 144. ​Humans can identify about ____ by name. a. ​10,000 b. ​50,000

c. ​100,000 d. ​500,000 ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 145. ​You and a friend are trying out different colognes to determine which one to purchase. You find that a particular cologne reminds you of your dog coming in from the rain. Your reaction is most directly due to your ____. a. ​kinesthetic sense b. ​Pacinian sense c. ​vomeronasal sense d. ​limbic system

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 146. ​Some researchers believe that humans, like animals, have an ability to give off and respond to chemicals that can affect certain aspects of sexual behavior. These chemicals are called ____. a. ​vasoconstrictors b. ​flehmen c. ​pheromones d. ​albumin

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 147. ​In humans, exposure to pheromones has been found to ____. a. ​affect behaviors related to reproduction b. ​affect male but not female physiological function

c. ​affect physiological but not psychological functioning d. ​have virtually no effect on behavior

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 148. ​Which statement about human olfaction is the most accurate? a. ​It is unclear whether the human vomeronasal sense is separate from olfaction. b. ​The human olfactory bulb is located just above the occipital lobe.

c. ​Cranial nerve II plays an important in the processing of pheromones.

d. ​At least some people have vomeronasal organs in the roof of their mouths.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 149. ​Compared to men who sniffed pure saline, men who sniffed a woman’s tears (while the woman was not present) ____. a. ​were less aggressive b. ​were more aggressive c. ​experienced increased testosterone levels

d. ​experienced decreased testosterone levels ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 150. ​The ability to sense the position of our body parts in space and in relation to one another is called ____. a. ​the vestibular sense b. ​Merkel’s sense c. ​gustation

d. ​kinesthesis ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 151. Our sense of balance is also called ____.​ a. ​the vestibular sense b. ​Merkel’s sense c. ​gustation

d. ​kinesthesis ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 152. ​Which structure is important to the vestibular sense? a. ​Jacobson’s organs b. ​Merkel’s disks

c. ​Pacinian corpuscles d. ​semicircular canals

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. ​Which structure is important to the sense of touch? a. ​Krause’s end bulbs b. ​Merkel’s disks

c. ​Pacinian corpuscles d. ​free nerve endings

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

154. ​Which structure is important to the sense of pressure? a. ​Krause’s end bulbs b. ​Merkel’s disks

c. ​Pacinian corpuscles d. ​free nerve endings

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 155. ​Which structure is important to the sense of pain? a. ​Krause’s end bulbs b. ​Merkel’s disks

c. ​Pacinian corpuscles d. ​free nerve endings

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 156. ​The inner layer of our skin is called the ____. a. ​ectodermis b. ​mesodermis c. ​epidermis d. ​dermis

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 157. The outer layer of our skin is called the ____.​ a. ​ectodermis b. ​mesodermis c. ​epidermis d. ​dermis

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 158. ​Pressure on the skin pushes against the touch receptors and causes a change in the ____. a. ​axonal membrane’s permeability to positive ions

b. ​axonal membrane’s permeability to negative ions

c. ​dendrite membrane’s permeability to positive ions

d. ​dendrite membrane’s permeability to negative ions ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 159. ​Neural impulses from touch travel first to the ____. a. ​cerebellum b. ​thalamus

c. ​spinal cord

d. ​somatosensory cortex ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 160. ​Even if your eyes are closed as you perform flips on a trampoline, you can sense the position of your body primarily because of your ____. a. ​pheromone sense b. ​telekinetic sense c. ​kinesthetic sense

d. ​clairvoyant sense ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 161. ​Our kinesthetic sense gathers its primary information from ____, whereas our vestibular sense gathers its primary information from ____. a. ​the olfactory bulb; the basilar membrane b. ​muscles; semicircular canals c. ​the inner ear; the skin d. ​the tongue; the eyes

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 162. ​When you travel in the car you have a tendency to experience motion sickness. This is most likely because you are especially sensitive to changes in your ____. a. ​vestibular system

b. ​retribution cortex

c. ​kinesthetic system d. ​motion cortex

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 163. ​David wants to be a professional figure skater. Which sense will be most essential in David’s career choice? a. ​hearing b. ​taste

c. ​smell

d. ​kinesthesis ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 164. Perception is defined as the ____.​ a. ​interpretation of sensory information

b. ​transduction of environmental stimuli

c. ​conversion of electromagnetic energy into electrochemical energy d. ​process of encoding experiences

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 165. While our experiences do not greatly influence the processes involved in ____, they can greatly influence the processes involved in ____.​ a. ​sensation; perception b. ​perception; sensation

c. ​transduction; action potentials

d. ​action potentials; transduction ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 166. ​Using your previous experiences to perceive something is ____, while relying only upon the immediate stimulus properties to perceive something is ____. a. ​common sense; scientific b. ​bottom-up processing; top-down processing

c. ​scientific; common sense

d. ​top-down processing; bottom-up processing ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 167. Emanuel is reading a letter from his mother. Unfortunately, she has poor handwriting and never closes the tops of her letters. Which perceptual process best explains why Emanuel is easily able to read his mother’s letters?​ a. ​top-down perceptual processing b. ​bottom-up perceptual processing c. ​similarity

d. ​size constancy ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 168. ​Bottom-up processing is to ____ as top-down processing is to ____. a. ​properties of the stimulus; prior knowledge b. ​non-scientific reasoning; scientific reasoning c. ​vision; audition

d. ​Gestalt psychology; cognitive psychology ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 169. ​In which of the following situations would you be most likely to rely heavily on top-down perceptual processing to correctly perceive the situation? a. ​when working a jigsaw puzzle depicting three kittens in a basket b. ​when seeing an object that is completely unlike anything you have seen before c. ​when viewing an untitled, abstract sculpture in a museum

d. ​when listening to a new piece of instrumental, abstract jazz ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 170. ​Dave was driving down the highway when he saw something up ahead in the road. At first he thought it was an animal, but it turned out to be a ladder. Dave’s initial perception of the animal is most likely due to ____. a. ​bottom-up perceptual processing b. ​top-down perceptual processing

c. ​closure

d. ​good-continuation ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 171. ​In which situation would you be most likely to rely heavily on bottom-up perceptual processing to perceive the situation? a. ​when viewing an abstract painting called, Untitled III b. ​when reading a handwritten letter from your best friend c. ​when watching your favorite television show

d. ​when having a conversation with your best friends ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 172. ​You perceive a table a remaining rectangular when you walk around it because of ____. a. ​perceptual closure b. ​shape constancy

c. ​bottom-up processing d. ​motion parallax

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 173. ​Which principle allows Averi to continue to perceive her friend as being the same height even though as her friend walks away from Averi, the image she casts on Averi’s retina is smaller? a. ​bottom-up processing b. ​closure c. ​perceptual constancy d. ​motion parallax

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 174. ​The principle of size constancy helps us to ____. a. ​understand that ultimately all objects are the same size to our sense organs

b. ​sense that objects in our environment typically stay the same size from moment to moment

c. ​perceive that objects in our environment typically stay the same size from moment to moment

d. ​use our sense organs to correct distorted perceptions about our environment ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 175. ​A blue fabric swatch appears blue whether you hold it up to a bright light or a dim light because of ____. a. ​color constancy b. ​brightness constancy c. ​cognitive constancy d. ​object constancy

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 176. ​Which perceptual effect is a binocular depth cue? a. ​relative size b. ​linear perspective c. ​retinal disparity d. ​interposition

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 177. ​Binocular depth cues rely on ____. a. ​retinal disparity b. ​the splitting of photopigments c. ​closure

d. ​feature detection ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 178. ​Five-year-old Tyra is drawing and she wants to show that the house is further away than the tree in her picture. To do this, Tyra draws the house smaller than the tree. Tyra is using which depth cue(s) in her picture? a. ​binocular depth cues b. ​retinal disparity c. ​height on the horizon d. ​relative size

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 179. ​When painting on a canvas, artists use ____ to create a depth perspective. a. ​monocular cues b. ​binocular cues

c. ​both monocular and binocular cues

d. ​neither monocular, nor binocular cues ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 180. Which psychologist would most likely agree with the statement, “The whole is greater than the sum of its parts”?​ a. ​behavioral psychologists b. ​Gestalt psychologists

c. ​humanistic psychologists

d. ​psychodynamic psychologists ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 181. ​When Cheryl looks across the room, she sees part of her husband, but the couch is in front of him, obscuring her view of his legs. Cheryl understands that this means that her husband is more distant from her than the couch is. Cheryl is using the depth cue of ____. a. ​relative size b. ​interposition c. ​texture gradient

d. ​linear perspective ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 182. ​Which statement would a Gestalt psychologist most likely agree with? a. ​“When it comes to psychology, sensation’s the thing.”

b. ​“The ultimate factor separating humans from other animals is the ability to contemplate existence.” c. ​“The whole is greater than the sum of its parts.” d. ​“If I think I am conscious, I am conscious.”

ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 183. ​Grouping people together on the basis of an observable characteristic such as height illustrates the Gestalt principle of ____. a. ​proximity b. ​similarity c. ​closure

d. ​good continuation ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 184. ​When you arrive at a party, you immediately notice that there are three different groups of people: one around the punch bowl, one by the front door, and one near the back door. Perceiving the partygoers in this way is an example of the principle of ____. a. ​closure b. ​good continuation c. ​proximity

d. ​figure-ground ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 185. When your attention is focused on the items on your desk rather than the desk itself, you are making a distinction that relies on the Gestalt principle of ____.​ a. ​proximity b. ​closure

c. ​figure-ground

d. ​good continuation ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 186. ​Military personnel wearing camouflage clothing in order to blend into the surrounding environment are hoping that this strategy will cause the enemy to be fooled by the principle called ____. a. ​proximity b. ​closure c. ​interposition

d. ​good continuation

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 187. ​The Gestalt principle of good continuation states that we ____. a. ​fill in missing pieces of information to make an object complete b. ​group together stimuli that are close to each other

c. ​group together stimuli that are similar to each other

d. ​perceive stimuli that follow each other as being part of an ongoing pattern ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 188. ​If your psychology teacher conducts research on specific neurons in the occipital lobe to determine when they fire in response to specific shapes of line orientations, he is most likely a(n) ____. a. ​feature detection theorist b. ​Gestalt psychologist c. ​opponent-process theorist

d. ​stimulus-response psychologist ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 189. ​Feature detection theory states that ____. a. ​our visual cortex has specialized cells that fire only in response to specific stimuli

b. ​only stimuli that have specific features will cause our sensory systems to detect them

c. ​stimuli with the most distinctive features will be the ones most likely to catch our attention

d. ​our brains default to top-down processing once we have detected the key features of a situation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 190. Tom is looking out the window at an airport boarding gate. He sees a number of 747s and interprets the smaller ones as being further away than the larger ones. Tom is using ____.​ a. ​relative size b. ​interposition

c. ​texture gradient

d. ​linear perspective ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 191. Joan looking at a large field of flowers. Up close she can see individual flowers, but in the distance, they seem to blur together. Joan is using the depth cue of ____.​ a. ​relative size b. ​interposition

c. ​texture gradient

d. ​linear perspective ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 192. ​Mischel is looking down a long, straight road and notices that, in the distance, the edges of the road appear to get closer together. Mischel is observing ____. a. ​relative size b. ​interposition c. ​texture gradient

d. ​linear perspective ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 193. Maria is on the viewing deck of a very tall building and she notices that objects in the distance appear hazy in comparison to objects that are close. Maria is using the depth cue of ____.​ a. ​aerial perspective b. ​motion parallax c. ​texture gradient

d. ​linear perspective ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 194. ​Andre is looking out the window of a train speeding across the outskirts of a city. He notices that buildings close to the train appear to be moving faster than those in the distance as the train passes them. Andre is using the depth cue of ____. a. ​aerial perspective b. ​motion parallax c. ​texture gradient

d. ​linear perspective

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 195. ​Top-down processing can lead to perceptual errors because ____. a. ​the part of the brain involved in this type of processing does not operate at the highest level of logical thought b. ​our expectations can strongly influence what we perceive

c. ​it is based on concrete thinking rather than abstract thinking

d. ​there is typically no background information to support such processing ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 196. ​The moon illusion is an example of a perceptual error due to ____. a. ​the curvature of the earth b. ​size constancy and perceived distance c. ​bottom-up processing d. ​closure and similarity

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 197. ​The moon looks larger on the horizon than when it is directly overhead because ____. a. ​it is many miles further away when directly overhead than when on the horizon b. ​the curvature of the earth makes it appear that way

c. ​our eyes are fooled by the binocular cues indicating the moon’s distance from us d. ​there are no interposition cues to indicate distance when the moon is overhead ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 198. ​The moon illusion disappears if you ____. a. ​close one eye while looking at the moon

b. ​concentrate very hard on all the other items in between you and the horizon moon c. ​view bend over and look at the moon upside down, between your legs

d. ​view the horizon moon through a filtered lens designed to reduce glare ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

199. ​The Ponzo illusion occurs when ____. a. ​a line with arrows extending away from the line appears longer than when the arrows extend inward b. ​an image that is further away appears smaller than an equal size image that appears closer. c. ​lines of equal length that lie across converging lines appear to be unequal in length

d. ​a circular pattern of lines and geometric shapes appears to move when gaze shifts from the center to the outside of the image ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 200. The moon illusion, the Ponzo illusion, and the Müller-Lyer illusion have all been explained by errors due to ____. a. ​shape constancy b. ​bottom-up processing c. ​binocular cues d. ​size constancy

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 201. ​You are driving down the highway on a moonlit night. In which of the following settings would you be most likely to experience the moon-illusion? a. ​on the open prairie, where the land is flat and there are no trees or buildings b. ​on the open flat desert where there are only short cacti and sagebrush growing c. ​in the hills of North Georgia where there are tall pine trees and the terrain is mountainous d. ​while sailing in open water, with nothing but the moon and stars visible ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 202. ​If you lived your entire life in an environment without the straight lines and walls of rectangular buildings, you probably would be less susceptible than a city dweller to the perceptual error involved in the ____. a. ​Müller -Lyer illusion b. ​moon illusion c. ​ESP illusion

d. ​Ponzo illusion ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

203. You are an interior designer. Which illusion are you most likely to encounter in your work?​ a. ​the moon illusion b. ​the Ponzo illusion

c. ​the Müller-Lyer illusion

d. ​the interposition illusion ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 204. ​The “carpentered world” has the greatest influence on the ____. a. ​moon illusion b. ​Müller -Lyer illusion c. ​Ponzo illusion d. ​Ames illusion

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 205. ​Which individual is least likely to experience the Müller-Lyer illusion? a. ​Wilma, from New York City, USA b. ​Pablo, from Mexico City, Mexico c. ​Josef, from Berlin, Germany

d. ​Ooljee, from a remote Brazilian rain forest.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 206. ​Describe the concept of absolute threshold.

ANSWER: ​Absolute threshold is defined as the minimum intensity of a stimulus that can be detected 50% of the time. This 50% mark is used because the level of the stimulus required for it to just be perceived varies from trial to trial and from person to person during an experiment.

REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. Suppose an ice cream manufacturer commissioned Dr. Mandisa, a flavor chemist, to develop an enhancement to their product line. The company wishes to improve Luscious Lemon Vanilla Vanity. What psychophysical concepts might Dr. Mandisa employ?​ ANSWER: ​Dr. Mandisa could choose to improve the lemon or the vanilla flavor. By examining the difference threshold, she could establish the minimum change needed so that either the lemon or the vanilla could be detected 50% of the time. Using Weber’s law, the additional amounts of vanilla and lemon needed to produce a just noticeable difference (jnd) could be calculated. With this knowledge about the flavors, Dr.

Mandisa could then provide company executives with data needed to arrive for possible production decisions.

REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 208. Terry will not go to see movies in a theater because he is sure that subliminal messages displayed on the screen saying “Eat More Popcorn” or “Drink Dr. Pepper” will trigger an eating binge and he will break both his budget and diet.

Persuade Terry that it is safe to go to a movie.​ ANSWER: ​While a study in the 1950s purported to increase concession sales by nearly 20%, further research did not support so-called subliminal messages. At least two studies revealed the 1950 study was not even a true experiment. Subsequent research as late as 2007 has failed to yield convincing results of the power of subliminal messages to persuade people.

REFERENCES: 3.1 Measuring Sensation and Perception: Psychophysics KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Critical Thinking 209. ​Describe the similarities and differences between rods and cones.

ANSWER: ​Rods are the light-sensitive cells of the retina that pick up any type of light energy and convert it to neural signals. Cones are the cells of the retina that are sensitive to specific colors of light and send information to the brain concerning the colors we are seeing.

REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 210. ​Compare and contrast the trichromatic and opponent-process theories of color vision.

ANSWER: ​The trichromatic theory is the idea that color vision is made possible by the presence of three different types of cones in the retina that react respectively to red, green, or blue light. The opponent process theory refers to the idea that we have dual-action cells beyond the level of the retina that signal the brain when we see one of a pair of colors.

REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 211. ​Give two ways women are better than men in their visual processing abilities. Describe two ways men are superior to women in visual processing. Explain why these differences might be advantageous for survival and/or functioning.

ANSWER: ​Women tend to be better at using many colors, and women also are better at processing facial expressions more accurately than men. Men are better at visually processing movement and spatial information. Women, by being able to discern more colors might be better at gathering crops (telling ripe from unripe) or matching colors for decoration or coordinating elements for dressing. Men could use superior movement and spatial processing in hunting, sports, or fixing/constructing things. However, these differences between women and men should not be taken as all exclusive; in addition, cultural factors help to shape respective abilities between women and men.

REFERENCES: 3.2 Vision: Seeing the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 212. Explain the relationship between the physical properties of sound and the psychological experience of sound.​ ANSWER: ​A cycle includes the peak of the wave and the valley that immediately follows it. Counting the number of cycles in a given time frame allows us to determine the frequency of a sound wave. Traditionally, the frequency of sound waves is measured in hertz (Hz), or the number of cycles completed per second. A sound wave with a frequency of 1,000 Hz would complete 1,000 cycles per second. The frequency of a sound wave corresponds to the pitch of the sound we perceive: the higher the frequency, the higher the

pitch. ​ The loudness of the sound we hear, measured in decibels (dB), corresponds to the amplitude of a sound wave. The higher the amplitude, the more pressure is exerted on the eardrum, and the louder the sound is.

REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 213. ​Both Esmerelda and Oz are in their 60s, and find themselves arguing about how loud Oz is turning up the TV these days. A number of their friends remark that similar disagreements are happening in their own homes. What factors might contribute to this seeming epidemic of hearing loss amidst our aging population?

ANSWER: Hearing loss often has its origins in events years earlier. Exposure to loud sounds, particularly over a protracted period of time, can lead to hearing loss, particularly for high pitches. Thus, amplified music at concerts, working around noisy machinery, and loud sounds such as firing guns in hunting or target practice, can result in damage to hearing if exposure to these damaging elements does not include hearing protection.​ REFERENCES: 3.3 Hearing: Listening to the World KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 214. Identify and describe the two senses that make up our body senses.​ ANSWER: ​Kinesthesis is the ability to sense the position of our body parts in space and in relation to one another.

Another important body sense is our sense of balance, or vestibular sense. The vestibular system uses input from the semicircular canals and the vestibular sacs of the inner ear to keep us balanced.

REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 215. ​Describe the chemical senses and how they differ from other sensory modalities.

ANSWER: ​Smell and taste are called chemical senses because they require that certain chemicals come into direct contact with our sense organs. Vision and hearing don’t require such direct contact; we can perceive visual and auditory stimuli at a distance. But for taste, or gustation, to occur, certain chemicals in foods and other substances must be dis- solved in our saliva and come into direct contact with the sense organ commonly known as the tongue. For smell, chemicals in the nearby air—from food or other substances—must come into contact with cells in the nasal cavity.

REFERENCES: 3.4 The Other Senses: Taste, Smell, Touch, and the Body Senses KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 216. ​Explain how binocular depth cues function to create depth perception.

ANSWER: Binocular depth cues rely on information from both eyes— specifically, information based on retinal disparity. Retinal disparity refers to the fact that, because our eyes are set a few centimeters apart, each eye sees a slightly different view of the world. Retinal disparity is greatest for objects that are close to us and less for objects that are distant. Thus, the amount of retinal disparity we experience is a function of the distance from which we view an object. Our brain uses the amount of retinal disparity we experience to calculate how far the object is from us, enabling us to perceive depth in the world.

REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 217. Describe and give examples of each of the Gestalt principles of perceptual organization.​ ANSWER: ​Figure–ground: A Gestalt principle of perception that states that when we perceive a stimulus, we visually pull the figure part of the stimulus forward while visually pushing backward the background, or

ground, part of the stimulus. ​ Closure: A Gestalt principle of perception that states that when we look at a stimulus, we tend to see it as a closed shape rather than lines. ​ Proximity: A Gestalt principle of perception that states that we tend to group close objects together during perception. ​ Similarity: A Gestalt principle of perception that states that we tend to group like objects together during perception. ​ Good continuation: A Gestalt principle of perception that states that we have a preference for perceiving stimuli that seem to follow one another as part of a continuing pattern.

REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. Describe how an artist can create the perception of depth on a flat canvas.​ ANSWER: ​There are at least five ways an artist can convey depth on a flat canvas. First, he or she may use the cues of relative size and interposition. Relative size involves painting or drawing objects that are farther away smaller than objects that are intended to seem near. Interposition involves having nearer objects partially hide objects intended to appear farther away from the viewer. The artist should place the objects that are to appear more distant higher on the horizon and nearer objects should be placed lower on the canvas.

Distant objects in the picture should have less detail than objects that are to be perceived as closer. This cue is known as a texture gradient. Finally, the artist may choose to use converging lines to show linear perspective on the flat canvas as well.

REFERENCES: 3.5 Perception: The Interpretation of Sensory Information KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 219. Explain the role of top-down processing in perceptual errors.​ ANSWER: ​Because of top down processing, it can take us longer to accurately perceive objects when they are not in the context we expect them to be or are otherwise different from our experience and expectations.

REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 220. ​Describe the moon illusion and explain why it occurs.

ANSWER: ​Have you ever noticed that the moon appears to be much larger as it rises over the horizon than when it is directly overhead? Many people think it is because the Earth is closer to the moon when it is at the horizon, but this is not true. Scientists are still trying to determine the ex- act cause of the moon illusion (see Kim, 2012). A leading theory, the apparent distance theory, argues that the answer lies in our brain’s attempt to correct for what it thinks is a mistake in perception. The moon projects the same size image on our retina when it is on the horizon as it does when it is directly overhead. But when the moon is on the horizon, many interposition cues, such as trees and buildings that stand between the moon and us, indicate distance to our brain. When we view the moon directly overhead, however, there are no interposition cues to indicate distance (Jones & Wilson, 2009). Consequently, our brain thinks the moon is farther away when it is on the horizon. The logic involved is this: If the moon is farther away on the horizon, but it still projects the same size image on the retina as the moon overhead, then the moon on the horizon must actually be bigger than the moon overhead. The brain tries to “fix” the inconsistency by inflating our perception of the size of the moon on the horizon (Kaufman & Rock, 1989). Curiously, you can undo the moon illusion by facing away from the moon, bending over, and looking at the moon from between your legs. In this position, the brain does not try to fix the inconsistency, and the illusion disappears.

REFERENCES: 3.6 The Accuracy of Perception KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Chapter_4_Consciousness

1. ​“The thoughts, feelings, and aroused states of which we are aware” is the definition of ____. a. ​subliminal perception b. ​consciousness c. ​intelligence d. ​hypnosis

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. ​If you were deprived of sleep for a couple of nights, you would most likely ____. a. ​develop schizophrenia b. ​begin to not feel tired anymore

c. ​experience microsleeps until you could get a longer night’s sleep d. ​suffer serious cardiovascular problems

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 3. ​A microsleep is ____. a. ​a nap that lasts about 10-15 minutes

b. ​a short segment of sleep examined randomly by technicians in a sleep lab c. ​a device designed to facilitate sleep in those suffering from insomnia

d. ​a 3-15 second burst of sleep occurring in the midst of a wakeful activity ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. ​Gustavo often experiences brief episodes of sleep while he is in his psychology class. These brief episodes are called ____. a. ​microsleeps b. ​macrosleeps c. ​circadian rhythms d. ​sleep spindles

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

5. ​Which statement is TRUE about the effects of sleep? a. ​Sleep does not aid in the processing of memories that have already been encoded. b. ​The body’s immunity to disease can be decreased through sleep. c. ​Sleep can aid in physical growth.

d. ​Listening to tapes of something you want to learn while sleeping can facilitate learning.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. ​What is one function of sleep? a. ​Sleep can cure mental illness. b. ​Sleep prevents Alzheimer’s.

c. ​Sleep increases your immunity to disease. d. ​Sleep inhibits the formation of memories.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. ​You have gotten much less than your normal amount of sleep in the last week of the semester in order to complete your coursework. It is likely that your immune system responses will ____. a. ​not be reduced, as it takes a couple of weeks of partial sleep deprivation for an effect to occur b. ​be reduced c. ​be increased

d. ​be affected, making it more difficult to overcome existing sicknesses, but not reducing your vulnerability to a new virus ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 8. ​Your body’s immune system response can be reduced ____. a. ​with just a few nights of sleep deprivation, but recovery will take more than a month of normal sleep

b. ​only after a month or more of sleep deprivation, but recovery will only occur after only a few nights of normal sleep c. ​with just a few nights of sleep deprivation, and recovery can occur with just a few nights of normal sleep d. ​only after a month or more of sleep deprivation, and recovery will occur only after a month or more of normal sleep

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

9. ​Ivana has spent the last several nights studying for midterm exams. She has not been sleeping as much as usual. Which of the following is Ivana most likely to experience due to her reduced hours of sleep? a. ​increased body growth b. ​increased alertness c. ​increased susceptibility to cold and flu viruses d. ​increased problem solving ability

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 10. ​In order for sleep to benefit your memory, ____. a. ​the information you want to remember must be well-encoded before you go to sleep b. ​your sleep must not consist of long periods of deep sleep

c. ​you should clear your mind and not do any strenuous mental work for at least an hour before bed d. ​the amount of sleep you get should not exceed more than five or six hours ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 11. ​Michelle has three young children and sleeps an average of five hours a night. Which of the following is Michelle most likely to experience? a. ​A person who does not get enough sleep is most likely to ____. b. ​have difficulties succeeding in school and work c. ​have a decreased immune response d. ​become mentally ill

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 12. ​A person who does not get enough sleep is most likely to ____. a. ​have difficulties succeeding in school and work b. ​have a decreased immune response c. ​be very productive

d. ​become mentally ill ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 13. ​When you are sleep-deprived, you are likely to become less sensitive to a neurotransmitter that helps to keep you alert

during the day. Which neurotransmitter is this? a. ​serotonin b. ​GABA

c. ​dopamine

d. ​norepinephrine ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. ​Your friend is trying to convince you that a good night of sleep will help you remember the school material you studied the day before. Research on this topic suggests that your friend is ____. a. ​wrong b. ​right c. ​partially right, in that sleep aids long-term memory, but not short-term memory d. ​partially right, in that sleep aids short-term memory, but not long-term memory ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 15. ​Research suggests that sleeping at night and being active during the day ____. a. ​is contrary to the theory of natural selection b. ​is contrary to the theory of natural selection

c. ​may have evolved as a necessary behavior for humans

d. ​may have evolved as a necessary behavior for all animals ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 16. ​A newborn infant needs about ____. a. ​four times the amount of sleep of an adult

b. ​three times the amount of sleep of an adult c. ​two times the amount of sleep of an adult d. ​the same amount of sleep as an adult

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. ​The average American adult needs ____ hours of sleep a night, and actually averages about ____ hours. a. ​six; five

b. ​seven; six

c. ​eight; seven d. ​nine; eight

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. ​From infancy through adulthood, the need for sleep ____. a. ​decreases b. ​increases

c. ​stays the same

d. ​stays the same until adulthood, at which time it decreases ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. ​Which individual would you expect to sleep the most in a week? a. ​your 80-year-old grandmother b. ​your mother

c. ​your teenaged sister

d. ​your 3-year-old sister ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 20. ​Because genetics appear to influence one’s need for sleep, it would be expected that ____. a. ​identical twins would be more similar in their sleep needs than fraternal twins b. ​fraternal twins would be more similar in their sleep needs than identical twins c. ​individuals raised in the same home would have similar sleep needs

d. ​individuals raised in the same culture would have similar sleep needs ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 21. ​If a male and female were raised with different expectations and lifestyles with regard to sleeping patterns, it would be expected that ____. a. ​they would both still have the same need for sleep b. ​they would each have a different need for sleep c. ​the male would have a greater need for sleep than the female

d. ​the female would have a greater need for sleep than the male ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 22. ​Compared to fraternal twins, identical twins have been found to ____. a. ​need more sleep b. ​need less sleep

c. ​have more similar sleep needs d. ​have less similar sleep needs

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. ​Research suggests that being a “night owl” versus being an “early bird” is ____. a. ​influenced by environment only b. ​influenced by genetics only

c. ​influenced by genetics and environment

d. ​an artificial distinction since there is no such thing as a “night owl” or “early bird” ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. ​If you lived in a cave with no cues to indicate time, your circadian rhythms would gradually conform to a ____ hour day. a. ​21 b. ​25 c. ​27 d. ​29 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. ​Circadian rhythms are ____. a. ​changes in bodily processes that occur on a predictable daily basis

b. ​biological energy waves that randomly affect your ability to function c. ​a method of birth control

d. ​the stages we go through as we sleep

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. ​When you follow your body’s natural sleep-wake cycle, you are following your body’s ____. a. ​suprachiasmatic nucleus b. ​substantia nigra c. ​temporal lobe

d. ​pituitary gland ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 27. ​The reason why you might get tired and sleepy as the sun goes down is because your body is releasing ____ into your bloodstream. a. ​cortisol b. ​melatonin c. ​GABA

d. ​oxytocin ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 28. ​The suprachiasmatic nucleus is ____. a. ​the pleasure center in the brain where most addictions arise

b. ​the part of the brain that is left in charge when a person is hypnotized

c. ​the point through which all sensory systems send their impulses to the cortex of the brain d. ​our internal clock influencing sleep and wakefulness

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. ​The suprachiasmatic nucleus directs your circadian rhythms primarily in response to ____. a. ​sleep b. ​food c. ​light

d. ​noise ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

30. ​Melatonin is known as the “Dracula hormone” because it ____. a. ​carries a side effect of protruding teeth b. ​is released at night

c. ​makes the blood “sweeter” due to its chemical similarity with glucose d. ​disguises itself as dopamine in the central nervous system ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 31. ​Melatonin tends to make you ____. a. ​sleepy b. ​hungry c. ​alert

d. ​constipated ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. ​Teenagers generally want to stay up later in the evening and sleep longer in the morning than children do. This may be due to____. a. ​increased amounts of norepinephrine in the central nervous system b. ​decreased autonomic nervous system activity c. ​the effects of marijuana

d. ​changes in melatonin secretion ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 33. ​On average, resetting your circadian rhythms when traveling takes about ____ for each hour of time change. a. ​four hours b. ​one day

c. ​three days d. ​four days

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

34. Jet lag is primarily a result of ____.​ a. ​sleep deprivation

b. ​being in an airplane for a long period of time c. ​disrupted circadian rhythms d. ​culture shock

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 35. ​Which worker is most likely going to have the greatest difficulty with disruptions in their circadian rhythms? a. ​John, who works from 3PM to midnight five nights a week b. ​Joan, who works from midnight to 8AM five nights a week c. ​Bill, who works from 8 AM to 4 PM seven days a week

d. ​Becky, who works from midnight to 8 AM on the weekends and 8 AM to 4 PM on Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 36. ​The key element of shift work that leads to negative effects seems to be ____. a. ​the constant changing of work hours b. ​a lack of sleep

c. ​a schedule that is inconsistent with most others

d. ​difficulty finding time for intimate relationships ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 37. ​Kevin has volunteered to be a participant in a study on sleep. In studying Kevin’s brain activity while he is sleeping, the researcher will most likely use a(n) ____. a. ​EKG b. ​EEG c. ​EMG d. ​MRI

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 38. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding our sleep patterns?

a. ​REM sleep consists of four stages, and non-REM sleep consists of one stage. b. ​Both REM sleep and non-REM sleep consists of four stages.

c. ​REM sleep consists of one stage, and non-REM sleep consists of four stages. d. ​Both REM sleep and non-REM sleep consist of one stage.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. ​Which represents the correct match between brain wave patterns and stage of sleep? a. ​alpha waves – deep sleep b. ​beta waves – awake and alert

c. ​theta waves – awake but relaxed d. ​delta waves – light sleep

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. ​As you relax in preparation to sleep (but, before you sleep), your brain waves will typically change from ____. a. ​beta to alpha b. ​theta to delta

c. ​alpha to delta d. ​beta to theta

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. ​When we first fall asleep, we enter into ____. a. ​REM sleep b. ​dream sleep

c. ​non-REM sleep d. ​delta sleep

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. ​Japhet is lying in bed. He is relaxed, but he is not yet asleep. Japhet’s brain is most likely producing ____. a. ​REM waves b. ​beta waves

c. ​alpha waves d. ​delta waves

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 43. ​Which sleep stage is characterized by theta brain waves and typically lasts from one to seven minutes? a. ​stage I b. ​stage II

c. ​stage III

d. ​stage IV ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. ​From which stage of sleep is it most difficult to be awakened? a. ​stage I b. ​stage II

c. ​stage III

d. ​stage IV ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. ​Brenda is asleep and her brain is producing slow and large brain waves. Brenda is most likely in which stage of sleep? a. ​stage I b. ​stage II

c. ​stage IV d. ​REM

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 46. ​If you have been asleep for about 50 minutes and are in a deep sleep such that when awakened you are disoriented, you have most likely been experiencing ____. a. ​REM sleep b. ​stage II sleep c. ​stage III sleep

d. ​stage IV sleep

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 47. ​Which of the following represents the correct association? a. ​stage IV sleep – vivid and easily recalled dreams b. ​stage II sleep – deep sleep

c. ​stage I sleep – falling or floating sensations

d. ​REM sleep – reduced heart rate and respiration ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 48. ​Sleep spindles occur during ____ sleep. a. ​REM b. ​non-REM stage I

c. ​non-REM stage II

d. ​non-REM stage III ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. ​What happens during stage IV sleep? a. ​Growth hormone is secreted. b. ​The body is essentially paralyzed. c. ​The brain is very active.

d. ​New memories are formed.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. ​During sleep, if your muscles are extremely relaxed but your brain activity is similar to a waking state, you are most likely in ____. a. ​stage IV sleep b. ​REM sleep c. ​stage I sleep

d. ​stage III sleep ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. ​Samaire is in REM sleep. Her brain waves most closely resemble ____. a. ​waking state brain waves b. ​stage 2 brain waves c. ​stage 3 brain waves d. ​stage 4 brain waves ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 52. ​Assuming uninterrupted sleep, after experiencing stage IV sleep, the next stage would be ____. a. ​REM sleep b. ​non-REM stage I

c. ​non-REM stage II

d. ​non-REM stage III ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. ​If Lebron, who is asleep and dreaming, and Kobe, who is awake, were both given brain scans, what would you expect their scans to look like? a. ​Lebron’s would be more active than Kobe’s. b. ​Kobe’s would be more active than Lebron’s. c. ​Both scans would be similar with a large amount of activity.

d. ​Both scans would be similar with a small amount of activity.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 54. ​Gisela is a participant in a study on sleep. She is easily awakened by the researcher and reports that she was dreaming. Gisela was most likely in ____. a. ​stage I sleep b. ​stage II sleep c. ​stage IV sleep d. ​REM sleep

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

55. ​Joseph suffers from REM behavior disorder. This means that ____. a. ​during waking hours, he sometimes suddenly falls into REM sleep

b. ​his body is not experiencing the muscle paralysis that normally accompanies REM sleep c. ​his body becomes temporarily paralyzed whenever he enters REM sleep

d. ​his behavior while awake is highly impulsive and unpredictable due to extreme REM deprivation ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 56. ​A person who thrashes about while in REM sleep would most likely be diagnosed with ____. a. ​insomnia b. ​narcolepsy

c. ​REM behavior disorder d. ​sleep apnea

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 57. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding sleep stages? a. ​Dreaming can occur in all stages.

b. ​As the night progresses, we spend more time in stage IV sleep and less time in REM sleep. c. ​We typically spend four hours a night in REM sleep. d. ​A kind of body paralysis occurs in stage IV sleep.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. ​What is one difference between REM sleep and non-REM sleep? a. ​Dreams occur only in non-REM sleep. b. ​Dreams occur only in REM sleep.

c. ​Dreams in non-REM sleep are more easily recalled. d. ​Dreams in REM sleep are more easily recalled.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. ​If you miss a night of sleep, the next time you sleep, you are likely to experience ____.

a. ​a decrease in dreaming b. ​REM rebound

c. ​REM behavior disorder

d. ​an increase in stage I sleep ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. ​When a person experiences REM rebound, the likely cause is ____. a. ​a change in diet b. ​a lack of exercise c. ​mental illness

d. ​REM deprivation ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. ​Which dream theme tends to be universal? a. ​elements of nature, such as bodies of water, clouds, and animals b. ​basic needs, such as sex, aggression, and death

c. ​time related objects, such as clocks, calendars, and agendas

d. ​characteristics of success, such as money, fame, and possessions ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. ​When Freud said that dreams are “the royal road to the unconscious,” he meant that ____. a. ​dreams typically reflect the dreamers desire to have status, wealth, and power similar to that of a noble person b. ​if you want to understand the meaning of a person’s dreams you need to understand how the unconscious works c. ​dreams are a good indication of the wholesome and positive desires and qualities of the dreamer

d. ​knowing someone’s dreams will give you insight into the person’s thoughts and emotions that may not even be understood by the person ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 63. ​Freud would be most likely to agree with which statement? a. ​Dreams are important clues to the content of our unconscious.

b. ​Dreams have no psychological meaning.

c. ​Dreams allow us to dump useless information.

d. ​Dreams are the brain’s attempt to make sense of random neural activity.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 64. ​Tony dreams that he is being chased by a pack of she-wolves into a mountain cave. Tony’s therapist believes that Tony’s dream reflects his unconscious fear of women. The therapist is highlighting the ____ of Tony’s dream. a. ​manifest content b. ​latent content c. ​memory content

d. ​activation synthesis ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 65. ​Mischa believes that dreaming is a way to deal with daily problems and issues. Mischa is endorsing which dream theory? a. the continuity hypothesis​ b. ​Freud’s theory c. memory theory​

d. activation-synthesis theory​ ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 66. ​When Oliver awakens, he remembers dreaming of being in an orphanage with no food to eat. According to Freud, what is the manifest content of dream? a. ​The orphanage and lack of food represent Oliver’s repressed sexuality. b. ​Oliver is trying to cope with feelings of insecurity. c. ​Oliver recalls being in an orphanage with no food to eat.

d. ​Oliver’s dream has no manifest content, only latent content.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 67. ​Bailey studies all day on Sunday for her psychology final on Monday. When she wakes up Monday morning, she reports many intense and vivid dreams. Bailey’s experience most supports which theory on dreaming?

a. ​coping theory

b. ​memory theory c. ​Freud’s theory

d. ​activation-synthesis theory ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 68. ​The idea that dreams are a way to consolidate what we have learned comes from ____. a. ​continuity theory b. ​activation-synthesis theory c. ​memory theory

d. ​threat simulation theory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. ​Which theory proposes that dreaming is a way to rehearse responses to events that endanger our survival? a. ​mental consolidation theory b. ​activation-synthesis theory c. ​danger evocation theory d. ​threat simulation theory

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. ​The activation-synthesis theory of dreaming suggests that ____. a. ​dreaming designed to cope with stresses and concerns in the individual b. ​dreams are a reflection of a person’s deep unconscious concerns c. ​dreams have absolutely no meaning

d. ​dreams represent the brain’s attempt to create meaning from random neural impulses ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 71. ​Activation-synthesis theorists propose that dreams ____. a. ​can provide us with some insight into ourselves b. ​have rich hidden meaning

c. ​have no meaning at all

d. ​are largely unrelated to everyday life ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 72. ​Which of the following best summarizes the current views in psychology on the meaning of dreams? a. ​Dreams definitely have meaning and can be helpful in understanding the hidden nature of individuals. b. ​Dreams definitely do not have meaning, but are merely a by-product of brain activity.

c. ​Dreams with people in them have meaning, but dreams without people have no meaning. d. ​Scientists do not really know whether or not dreams generally have any special meaning.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 73. ​Which statement is consistent with the Freudian theory of dreaming? a. ​Dreams serve no significant purpose. b. ​Dreams are a way of coping with daily problems and issues. c. ​Dreams serve as a way to consolidate memories.

d. ​Dreams are the brain’s attempt to make sense of random neural impulses.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 74. ​Taylor believes that dreams are the brain’s attempt to make sense of random neural activity. Taylor is endorsing which theory of dreaming? a. ​coping theory b. ​Freud’s theory c. ​memory theory

d. ​activation-synthesis theory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 75. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding the frequency of sleep disorders in the U.S.? a. ​Sleep disorders are very rare.

b. ​Sleep disorders are not common, but many people have serious problems with sleep. c. ​Almost everyone will suffer from a sleep disorder at some point in his or her life.

d. ​At this time, sleep disorders are so ill-defined by science, the frequency is unknown.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 76. ​The most commonly reported sleep disorder is ____. a. ​sleep apnea b. ​insomnia c. ​enuresis

d. ​narcolepsy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 77. ​You are having trouble getting to sleep and staying asleep at night and you are wondering if you should try some sleeping pills that you have seen advertised. What would the experts tell you about sleeping pills? a. ​They may help you sleep, but they can also cause cancer, so they should be avoided. b. ​They can disrupt your REM sleep, so they should be avoided. c. ​They will help you relax, so you should try them.

d. ​They facilitate your natural sleep cycle, so you should try them.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 78. ​Which of the following would be recommended for a person experiencing insomnia? a. ​Use sleeping pills to relax the mind and body. b. ​Use the bed for sleeping only.

c. ​Try going to bed at different times to see which time works best. d. ​Take naps during the day to catch up on sleep.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 79. ​Which of the following would be recommended for a person experiencing insomnia? a. ​watching TV in bed so you won’t get upset about not falling asleep b. ​keeping a regular sleep schedule, even on weekends and holidays c. ​taking an early afternoon nap to avoid going to bed too early d. ​exercising strenuously just before bedtime ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 80. ​What type of therapy is indicated for people with insomnia? a. ​psychoanalytic b. ​humanistic

c. ​cognitive-behavioral d. ​eclectic

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 81. ​If you suddenly fall into REM sleep during alert times of the day, you may be diagnosed with ____. a. ​insomnia b. ​sleep apnea c. ​narcolepsy

d. ​REM behavior disorder ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 82. ​Individuals with narcolepsy ____. a. ​experience sudden episodes of REM sleep during alert times of the day

b. ​stop breathing during sleep and then often emit loud noises while trying to get oxygen c. ​get up and walk around the house while in a deep sleep

d. ​experience difficulty going to sleep or remaining asleep through the night ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 83. ​The cause of narcolepsy is thought to stem from ____. a. ​sleep deprivation b. ​prolonged stress over a long period of time c. ​poor diet

d. ​a loss of neurons in the hypothalamus ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

84. ​In contrast to insomnia, narcolepsy is ____. a. ​not treated with drugs b. ​rare

c. ​a true sleep disorder

d. ​more common in older men ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 85. ​A loss of neurons responsible for producing ____ may be the cause of narcolepsy. a. ​hypocretin b. ​modafinil c. ​cataplexy

d. ​neuropeptide Y ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 86. ​Sudden infant death syndrome has been associated with ____. a. ​night terrors b. ​narcolepsy

c. ​sleep apnea d. ​enuresis

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 87. ​Someone who emits loud snores periodically during the night may be diagnosed with ____. a. ​enuresis b. ​sleep apnea c. ​insomnia

d. ​narcolepsy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 88. ​An individual who has been given a nasal mask, which blows air into the nose while sleeping, is probably being treated for ____. a. ​narcolepsy

b. ​insomnia

c. ​somnambulism d. ​sleep apnea

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. ​When a person is sleepwalking, you can be fairly confident that he/she is ____. a. ​acting out his/her dreams b. ​technically asleep c. ​faking it

d. ​mentally ill ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 90. ​Night terrors are different from nightmares in that ____. a. ​nightmares occur more often in children and night terrors occur more often in adults

b. ​nightmares typically occur during REM sleep and night terrors typically occur during deep sleep c. ​nightmares are not easily recalled in the morning but night terrors are often vividly recalled

d. ​the causes of nightmares are not easily understood, while night terrors are clearly a result of stress ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 91. ​Which child is most typical of a person diagnosed with enuresis? a. ​a three-year-old female b. ​a three-year-old male c. ​a six-year-old female d. ​a six-year-old male

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 92. ​What do sleep apnea and enuresis have in common? a. ​They are both more common in males than females.

b. ​They are both more common in adults than children. c. ​They are both caused by obesity.

d. ​They both tend to be outgrown with time.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 93. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding quality of sleep and ethnicity? a. ​There are no known ethnic differences in sleeping problems.

b. ​African Americans report lower sleep quality than European Americans. c. ​Sleep apnea does not exist among Hispanics and American Indians.

d. ​European Americans report taking longer to get to sleep than other groups.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 94. ​Sleep disorders affect ____ of children and adolescents. a. ​5% to 10% b. ​10% to 25% c. ​25% to 40% d. ​40% to 60% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 95. ​Medications that influence ____ functioning can lessen the discomfort of restless leg syndrome. a. ​epinephrine b. ​norepinephrine c. ​dopamine d. ​serotonin

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. ​Who has the greatest risk of sudden infant death syndrome? a. ​Kris, a nine-month-old white male b. ​Maria, a six-month-old Hispanic female c. ​Lara, a one-month-old white female

d. ​John, a four-month-old African American male ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 97. ​Restless leg syndrome may be associated with low levels of ____ in the brain. a. ​iron b. ​calcium

c. ​magnesium d. ​sodium

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 98. ​In the U.S., about ___ of children experience night terrors. a. ​1% to 6% b. ​7% to 12%

c. ​13% to 18% d. ​19% to 24% ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 99. ​Enuresis is diagnosed when a child who is at least ____ wets his or her bed or pajamas at least ____ over a three month period. a. ​four years old; three times a week b. ​five years old; two times a week c. ​six years old; one time a week

d. ​seven years old; two times a month ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 100. Which disorder is a common sleep movement disorder in which a person has unpleasant sensations in the legs and an irresistible urge to move them to relieve the pain? a. ​periodic limb movement in sleep b. ​cataplexy c. ​sleep apnea

d. ​restless leg syndrome ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

101. ​Alcohol-related car accidents cost about ____ each year in the United States. a. ​$21 billion b. ​$31 billion c. ​$41 billion d. ​$51 billion ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 102. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding REM sleep? a. ​Some studies have shown that REM-deprived people have improved concentration. b. ​There is a possible link between REM sleep and memory processing.

c. ​REM sleep tends to clutter the brain with trivial or non-important information.

d. ​REM deprived people are twice as likely to be mentally ill as non-REM deprived people.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 103. ​If you are not getting enough sleep, you are most likely having reduced ____ sleep. a. ​REM b. ​stage I

c. ​stage III

d. ​stage IV ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 104. ​We spend about ____ of our total sleep time each night in REM sleep. a. ​10% b. ​20% c. ​40% d. ​60% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 105. ​People living in climates where snow is commonplace will be most likely to dream about ____.

a. ​snow b. ​rain

c. ​beaches and hot weather d. ​clouds

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 106. ​According to Freud, when you wake up and recall dreaming about taking a test in your psychology class, you are recalling the ____ of the dream. a. ​manifest content b. ​superficial content c. ​latent content

d. ​meaningful content ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 107. ​You dream about a monster chasing you and you realize later that the monster symbolizes the research paper that you have due in one of your classes. According to Freud, this interpretation of your dream is called the ____. a. ​manifest content b. ​Freudian content c. ​latent content d. ​true content

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 108. ​Manifest content is to ____ as latent content is to ____. a. ​activation-synthesis; psychoanalytic b. ​recall; interpretation c. ​true; false

d. ​biological; psychological ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 109. ​The term “latent content” is most closely associated with the ____ theory of dreaming. a. ​Freudian

b. ​mental housekeeping c. ​threat simulation

d. ​activation-synthesis ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 110. ​While under hypnosis, a person is ____. a. ​asleep b. ​asleep, but only in stage I c. ​asleep, and in REM d. ​not asleep

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 111. ​Hypnosis is described as a ____ a. ​state of mind that leads a person to do whatever the hypnotist wants. b. ​sleep-like trance characterized by extreme focus.

c. ​method used to create a heightened state of suggestibility. d. ​method for overcoming an individual’s free will ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 112. ​Russ has been hypnotized. An EEG of his brain would show an increase in ____. a. ​beta waves b. ​delta waves

c. ​alpha waves d. ​theta waves

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 113. ​If you were hypnotized, you should expect that you would ____. a. ​be hyper-aware of your surroundings b. ​not be in control of your body c. ​be very relaxed

d. ​show an increase in beta brain waves ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 114. ​Which of the following individuals is most likely to have low hypnotic suggestibility? a. ​Takwa, who wants to be hypnotized b. ​Raul, who believes hypnosis will work for him c. ​Lara, who has a vivid imagination

d. ​Dennis, who does not want to be hypnotized ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 115. ​The main factor in determining whether or not a person can be hypnotized is the ____. a. ​person’s desire to be hypnotized b. ​skill of the hypnotist

c. ​intelligence of the person d. ​gender of the person

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 116. ​Which statement is TRUE about hypnosis? a. ​Everyone can be hypnotized.

b. ​Most adults are extremely difficult to hypnotize. c. ​You cannot be hypnotized against your will.

d. ​Those with very limited imagination are the easiest to hypnotize.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 117. ​A difference between the dissociation theory and the response set theory of hypnosis is that dissociation theory claims that ____. a. ​hypnotized people lose consciousness, while response set theory claims that they remain conscious b. ​hypnosis is an altered state of consciousness, while response set theory claims it is not an altered state c. ​hypnotized people are acting out a social role, while response set theory claims they are dividing their consciousness into two states d. ​hypnosis shuts down one’s sense of morality, while response set theory claims that it leaves one’s sense of

morality intact ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 118. ​The response set theory of hypnosis asserts that ____. a. ​true hypnosis occurs only when the person behaves differently than normal

b. ​hypnotists must use a definite set of instructions in order for hypnosis to be effective c. ​people can be hypnotized only when they are aware of the attempt

d. ​hypnosis is merely a willingness to respond in accordance with to suggestions ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 119. ​Dr. Chapman believes that hypnosis is not an altered state of consciousness but rather a condition in which people behave as they believe a hypnotized person would. Dr. Chapman endorses the ____ theory of hypnosis. a. ​response set b. ​dissociation c. ​hidden actor d. ​humanistic

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 120. ​If you are hypnotized in order to achieve pain relief, you should expect that hypnosis would ____. a. ​block the sensation of pain b. ​not be very effective in reducing pain c. ​change the perception of pain

d. ​work for minor but not major pain ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 121. ​A person addicted to cigarettes who wants to quit smoking should know that hypnosis ____. a. ​is the most effective treatment available b. ​is more effective than behavioral treatments

c. ​is no more effective than any other available treatment d. ​actually tends to make addictions stronger

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 122. ​Eve was a witness to an armed robbery in a local convenience store, but she cannot recall much of the incident. She is considering undergoing hypnosis to see if she can recover her memory for the event. Can hypnosis help Eve recover these lost memories? a. ​Yes, hypnosis is very effective in enhancing memory. b. ​Yes, it is possible that hypnosis may help Eve recover some memories, but she also may recall untrue events. c. ​No, hypnosis only helps males and not females recover lost memories.

d. ​No, hypnosis under these circumstances is never permissible because the only thing people remember is untrue events.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 123. ​Michael wants to use hypnosis to help him swim faster. What should you tell him research reveals about hypnosis being used in this way? a. ​Hypnosis cannot enhance physical performance at all. b. ​Hypnosis can enhance physical performance for older adults, but not for younger athletes. c. ​Hypnosis can enhance physical performance through promoting a relaxed state, but these benefits can also be realized in other ways. d. ​Hypnosis creates superhuman performance potential that cannot be realized in other ways.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 124. ​For which of the following individuals is hypnosis likely to be most effective if all were to have a high susceptibility to hypnosis? a. ​Sherman, who wants to quit smoking b. ​Jan, who wants to quit drinking alcohol c. ​Maya, who has arthritis and wants to relieve pain

d. ​Andrea, who wants to recover lost memories from childhood ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 125. ​For which of the following individuals is hypnosis likely to be least effective? a. ​Esther, who has migraine headaches and wants to relieve pain b. ​Nimesh, who wants to decrease his anxiety

c. ​Mandy, who is in therapy and under a great deal of stress

d. ​Carl, who wants to quit smoking ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 126. ​Hypnosis has been found effective for which one of the following? a. ​curing addictions b. ​relieving anxiety

c. ​reliving early childhood memories

d. ​achieving astonishing physical strength ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 127. ​Psychoactive drugs are substances that ____. a. ​influence the brain without affecting behavior

b. ​influence the brain and thereby affect behavior c. ​affect behavior without influencing the brain

d. ​neither influence the brain nor affect behavior, ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 128. ​The three most widely used psychoactive drugs in U.S. society are ____. a. ​cocaine, marijuana, and heroin b. ​alcohol, marijuana, and nicotine c. ​heroin, caffeine, and alcohol

d. ​alcohol, nicotine, and caffeine ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 129. ​The effects of amphetamines are similar to the effects of cocaine, but are ____. a. ​more rapid and more intense b. ​shorter lasting and more energizing c. ​less rapid and more depressing d. ​less intense and longer lasting ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 130. ​The most abused form of amphetamines is ____. a. ​PCP b. ​methamphetamine c. ​marijuana d. ​cocaine

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 131. ​Julio takes a drug that makes him feel euphoric, mentally alert, and able to accomplish almost anything. Julio most likely has taken ____. a. ​alcohol b. ​morphine c. ​an amphetamine d. ​Valium

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 132. ​Increased self-confidence, feelings of love, and emotional openness are most associated with the effects of ____. a. ​Ecstasy b. ​marijuana c. ​heroin

d. ​alcohol ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 133. ​Romero takes a drug that enhances his mood, increases his energy, and seems to heighten all of his senses. Romero most likely has taken ____. a. ​alcohol b. ​MDMA (Ecstasy) c. ​nicotine d. ​valium

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

134. ​Nicotine is a(n) ____ whereas marijuana is a(n) ____. a. ​depressant; opiate b. ​stimulant; hallucinogen

c. ​hallucinogen; depressant d. ​opiate; stimulant

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 135. ​Rebecca takes a drug that makes her feel good and experience vivid sensations and time distortions. It also slows her reaction time and impairs her peripheral vision. Rebecca most likely has taken ____. a. ​nicotine b. ​cocaine c. ​marijuana d. ​PCP

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 136. ​Which statement is TRUE of marijuana? a. ​Marijuana is a stimulant drug.

b. ​Marijuana cigarettes are less carcinogenic than nicotine cigarettes. c. ​Marijuana is the most widely used illegal substance in the U.S.

d. ​Research has clearly shown that marijuana use can lead to dependence.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 137. ​THC binds to a neurotransmitter called ____. a. ​serotonin b. ​adenosine c. ​dopamine

d. ​anandamide ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

138. ​PCP creates feelings of ____. a. ​relaxation and tranquility

b. ​strength and invulnerability c. ​euphoria and pleasure

d. ​lethargy and depression ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 139. ​What do PCP and LSD have in common? a. ​They share the distinction of being the most widely used illicit drugs. b. ​They both can lead to obesity. c. ​They are both hallucinogens.

d. ​They both create a high degree of dependence.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 140. ​The drug that has the greatest ability to alter perceptions is ____. a. ​methamphetamine b. ​lysergic acid diethylamide c. ​heroin

d. ​marijuana ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. ​Many of the drugs discussed in the textbook are similar in that ____. a. ​they alter states of consciousness b. ​they have short-term, but not long-term effects

c. ​they have depressant effects at low doses, but stimulant effects at high doses d. ​they can all induce withdrawal symptoms ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 142. ​Substance use in the United States is lowest among which racial group? a. ​American Indian

b. ​multiracial

c. ​Alaskan Native d. ​Asian

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 143. ​Which statement is TRUE about drug use in the United States? a. ​The drugs used most often are illegal drugs.

b. ​Nearly half of those over the age of 12 have admitted to trying an illegal substance. c. ​Illicit drug use is most common among those between the ages of 12 and 18. d. ​Drug abuse is more common among females than males.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 144. ​Nonmedical use of prescription drugs in the United States is ____. a. ​declining b. ​fairly level over the past decade c. ​increasing

d. ​increasing among males but not females ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 145. ​Compared to using street drugs, nonmedical use of prescription drugs is ____. a. ​much safer b. ​less addictive

c. ​less likely to produce side effects d. ​equally risky

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 146. ​When you develop tolerance for a drug, you need ____. a. ​the drug in order to maintain normal physical functioning

b. ​the drug in order to maintain desired emotional and psychological states c. ​more of the drug to produce its desired effects

d. ​less of the drug to produce its desired effects ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 147. ​If the usual amount of a drug no longer provides the effects that it once did, ____ has developed. a. ​addiction b. ​tolerance

c. ​substance dependence d. ​trauma dependence

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 148. ​Su Fen relaxes after work by having a glass of wine. Su Fen now drinks several glasses of wine to achieve the same effect, thus demonstrating ____. a. ​tolerance b. ​withdrawal c. ​intoxication

d. ​sensitization ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 149. ​The margin of safety refers to the ____. a. ​distinction between drugs that are dangerous to the brain and those that are not b. ​amount of a drug you can take before it becomes illegal

c. ​difference between substance dependence and addiction

d. ​difference between a drug dosage that intoxicates the user and a drug dosage that is toxic ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 150. ​When a drug’s margin of safety is very narrow, it is safe to say that ____. a. ​the drug is very safe in many different doses b. ​the drug is a psychoactive drug

c. ​the person has developed a high degree of tolerance for the drug d. ​withdrawal symptoms have become very extreme

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 151. ​With the development of tolerance to a substance, what happens to the margin of safety? a. ​The margin of safety begins to widen slowly. b. ​The margin of safety begins to narrow.

c. ​The margin of safety begins to widen rapidly.

d. ​The user maintains a low-level dose of the substance.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 152. ​When a person begins showing withdrawal symptoms after stopping the usage of a drug, it is a sign the person has developed ____. a. ​substance dependence b. ​a small margin of safety for the drug c. ​tolerance for the drug

d. ​a large margin of safety for the drug ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding substance dependence? a. ​All drugs produce the same withdrawal symptoms. b. ​Withdrawal symptoms involve only physical effects.

c. ​Withdrawal symptoms involve only behavioral effects.

d. ​Withdrawal symptoms may involve both physical and behavioral effects.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 154. ​Psychoactive drugs typically exert their effects by interfering with ____. a. ​neurotransmitters b. ​hormones c. ​body fats

d. ​amino acids ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

155. ​Simone has just stopped using a drug on which she is dependent. Which statement is most likely to occur? a. ​substance abuse b. ​withdrawal

c. ​intoxication d. ​overdose

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 156. ​Mark has been drinking alcohol for six months. Each time he drinks he needs more and more alcohol to achieve the same buzz, which demonstrates ____. If he does not drink, Mark is nauseous and shakes, which is evidence of ____. a. ​substance dependence; tolerance b. ​withdrawal; intoxication c. ​tolerance; overdose

d. ​tolerance; withdrawal ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 157. ​Psychoactive drugs may affect nervous system activity by ____. a. ​blocking the reuptake of neurotransmitters b. ​exhibiting a placebo effect c. ​being stored in body fat

d. ​altering hormone metabolism ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 158. ​How are the effects of drugs influenced by psychological factors? a. ​If you believe a drug will not affect you, it probably will not.

b. ​When taken by mentally ill people, drugs usually have different effects than they would in mentally healthy people. c. ​People who expect a drug to influence them in a particular way are more likely to change their behavior to fit the expectation. d. ​The effects of drugs are influenced by psychological factors only in people who are already addicted.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

159. ​Which of the following is TRUE regarding the influence of social factors on the effects of drugs? a. ​People who believe they are getting alcoholic drinks but are getting plain drinks will not behave as though they are getting drunk. b. ​People who believe that alcohol will help them handle stress are more likely to develop alcohol-related problems. c. ​In countries where alcohol use is not socially accepted, fewer people drink but the rate of alcohol abuse is higher. d. ​In countries where alcohol is well-accepted as a part of daily life, alcoholism is almost nonexistent.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 160. ​Regarding substance use, compared to a person living in the U.S., a person living in China is ____. a. ​less likely to drink alcohol b. ​more likely to drink alcohol

c. ​less likely to be affected by psychological factors associated with drug use

d. ​more likely to be affected by psychological factors associated with drug use ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 161. ​In the U.S., psychological factors influence ____. a. ​the incidence of drug use, but not the effects of the drugs on the users

b. ​both the incidence of drug use and the effects of the drugs on the users c. ​the effects of the drugs on the users, but not the incidence of drug use

d. ​neither the incidence of drug use nor the effects of the drugs on the users ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 162. ​Which of the following individuals would be most likely to abuse alcohol? a. ​a Korean female b. ​a Korean male

c. ​a Chinese female d. ​a Chinese male

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

163. ​Alcohol is a(n) ____. a. ​stimulant, because it causes a feeling of “well-being” b. ​hallucinogen, because it distorts reality

c. ​depressant, because it slows down nervous system activity d. ​opiate, because it reduces feelings of pain ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 164. ​Alcohol is to ____ as caffeine is to ____. a. ​depressant; opiate b. ​depressant; stimulant

c. ​stimulant; hallucinogen d. ​stimulant; opiate

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 165. ​If you are relaxed after drinking alcohol, it is most likely because of alcohol’s effect on ____. a. ​oxytocin b. ​epinephrine c. ​cortisol d. ​GABA

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 166. ​The deaths of Anna Nicole Smith and Heath Ledger were attributed to overdoses of ____. a. ​depressants b. ​opiates

c. ​stimulants

d. ​hallucinogens ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 167. ​Your partner who is under the influence of alcohol may act more sexually aggressive than normal because ____.

a. ​alcohol increases sexual arousal

b. ​your partner is likely experiencing the effects of Korsakoff’s syndrome c. ​of the hallucinogenic effects of alcohol

d. ​alcohol causes us to shed our inhibitions about things we normally would not do ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 168. ​A person with Korsakoff’s syndrome ____. a. ​is probably allergic to alcohol b. ​is suffering from vitamin deficiencies

c. ​probably has reversible memory deficits d. ​is almost certainly female

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 169. ​When police conduct field sobriety tests to determine motor coordination, they are indirectly testing the effects of alcohol on ____. a. ​the temporal lobe b. ​the brain stem c. ​serotonin

d. ​dopamine ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 170. ​Which statement is TRUE about the effects of alcohol? a. ​Alcohol may reduce sexual inhibitions and also improve sexual performance. b. ​Chronic alcoholism can lead to memory loss from malnourishment.

c. ​Alcohol does not cross the placenta, thus having no effect on the fetus.

d. ​Alcohol can speeds up reflexes and reaction time but makes actions less coordinated.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 171. ​A woman who drinks alcohol excessively while pregnant may give birth to a child with fetal alcohol syndrome. If so, what are the likely effects on the child? a. ​decreased intellectual functioning

b. ​missing teeth

c. ​delayed sexual development d. ​addiction to alcohol

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 172. ​Higher levels of tolerance for alcohol are ____. a. ​more likely in females than males b. ​associated with a greater risk of alcoholism c. ​more likely in Asians than Americans

d. ​associated with lower risk of alcoholism ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 173. ​A logical conclusion from the information presented in the textbook regarding ethnicity and alcohol would be that ____. a. ​ethnic groups which experience facial flushing from drinking alcohol are more likely to become abusers of alcohol b. ​the ethnic differences that exist in the consumption of alcohol in the United States are primarily due to genetic differences c. ​the ethnic differences that exist in the consumption of alcohol in the United States are not primarily due to genetic differences d. ​there are no significant differences in the consumption of alcohol across ethnic groups in the U.S. ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 174. ​Based on all the statistics and information provided in the textbook on the effects of alcohol, it could be concluded that ____. a. ​alcohol itself is not a primary source of problems b. ​alcohol primarily affects those who consume it and not those who do not c. ​alcohol primarily affects those in the lower socioeconomic classes d. ​alcohol exerts large effects on a large number of people ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 175. ​In high doses and combined with alcohol, barbiturates and sedatives ____.

a. ​promote relaxation

b. ​primarily influence norepinephrine c. ​can lead to unconsciousness

d. ​increase heart rate and breathing ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 176. ​Rohypnol (“Roofies”) has been used as a date rape drug because of its ____ effects. a. ​hallucinogenic b. ​stimulant

c. ​depressant

d. ​pain-killing ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 177. ​Which drug taken in combination with alcohol is most likely to be lethal due to their combined depressant effects? a. ​marijuana b. ​valium c. ​LSD

d. ​cocaine ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 178. ​In the U.S., alcohol-impaired driving is highest for people aged ____ years. a. ​16 to 25 b. ​26 to 35 c. ​36 to 45 d. ​46 to 55 ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 179. ​Nearly ____ of U.S. traffic deaths are alcohol-related. a. ​21% b. ​26%

c. ​31% d. ​36% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 180. ​Unlike barbiturates, opiate drugs ____. a. ​do not lead to addiction

b. ​act on pain-inhibiting neurotransmitters c. ​are not prescribed by physicians

d. ​do not affect the central nervous system ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 181. ​Morphine and codeine are two examples of drugs that exert their effects by ____. a. ​blocking reuptake of neurotransmitters b. ​mimicking the properties of neurotransmitters c. ​destroying neurotransmitters

d. ​increasing production of neurotransmitters ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 182. ​Which of the following is an opiate drug? a. ​Valium b. ​heroin

c. ​cocaine

d. ​Rohypnol ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 183. ​Opiates primarily tend to ____. a. ​cause distortions in perception

b. ​speed up central nervous system activity c. ​depress the cerebral cortex

d. ​block pain and produce a feeling of pleasure

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 184. ​Physical withdrawal symptoms from opiate use ____. a. ​are often life threatening b. ​typically include convulsions

c. ​usually last four to seven days d. ​are often quite minor

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 185. ​Frances was recently in a roller coaster accident and was admitted to a hospital for multiple fractures. Which type of drug is most likely to be prescribed to alleviate Frances’ pain? a. ​a barbiturate b. ​an opiate c. ​a stimulant

d. ​a hallucinogen ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 186. ​Janelle is experiencing the following withdrawal symptoms: sweating, chills, headaches, diarrhea, and intense stomach cramps. Janelle is most likely withdrawing from ____. a. ​heroin b. ​an amphetamine c. ​alcohol

d. ​cocaine ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 187. ​Which type of drugs has a medical use and is therefore prescribed by doctors? a. ​LSD b. ​Ecstasy c. ​PCP

d. ​Oxycodone

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 188. ​Why is methadone used as a treatment for heroin addiction? a. ​It creates fewer withdrawal symptoms and a less intense high. b. ​It creates neither a physical, nor a psychological dependence.

c. ​It creates dependence, but leads to no other negative effects for the user.

d. ​It does not lead to increased tolerance and therefore leaves a larger margin of safety.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 189. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding caffeine? a. ​It can lead to dependence.

b. ​It appears to have no important effects on prenatal development. c. ​It interferes with problem solving, even in low doses. d. ​It slows down reaction time, even in low doses.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 190. ​Caffeine is considered a psychoactive drug because it ____. a. ​is illegal for minors b. ​affects the brain and behavior

c. ​only has effects on the body when ingested

d. ​was so listed by the Federal Drug Administration ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 191. ​David drinks two cups of coffee before leaving for a four-hour drive to visit a friend. What effect will the coffee have on David’s behavior? a. ​decreased attention while driving b. ​increased alertness while driving c. ​increased irritability with other drivers on the road d. ​increased intelligence

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

192. ​Nicotine is a ____. a. ​depressant b. ​stimulant

c. ​barbiturate

d. ​hallucinogen ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 193. ​The most preventable cause of death in the U.S. is the use of ____. a. ​alcohol b. ​caffeine c. ​tobacco d. ​heroin

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 194. ​Combining alcohol and energy drinks is ____. a. ​helpful because the increased alertness helps off-set the depressant influence of alcohol b. ​fairly safe, although it can lead to dependence like any other drugs

c. ​not safe because the caffeine may allow the person to consume more alcohol d. ​not safe because it can lead to convulsions ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 195. ​Rich is a 35-year old smoker. Most likely, he began smoking ____. a. ​when he was 25 b. ​before the age of 18

c. ​around the age of 21

d. ​within the last two years ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 196. ​Which statement is TRUE about nicotine and smoking?

a. ​Nicotine is far less addictive than it was once thought to be. b. ​Nicotine elevates levels of dopamine, producing pleasure. c. ​Most adult smokers started smoking after the age of 21.

d. ​Even in low doses, nicotine impairs attention and memory.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. ​Cocaine is regarded as particularly dangerous because it ____. a. ​reduces feelings of pain b. ​produces powerful and positive hallucinations c. ​depresses central nervous system functioning d. ​reaches the brain very quickly

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 198. ​Cocaine primarily exerts its effects by ____. a. ​promoting the production of serotonin b. ​mimicking endorphins

c. ​blocking the reuptake of dopamine d. ​destroying GABA

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 199. ​Nicotine, heroin, and cocaine all elevate ____ levels. a. ​endorphin b. ​serotonin

c. ​dopamine d. ​GABA

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 200. ​Recent research suggests that the effects in childhood of prenatal exposure to cocaine are ____. a. ​much worse than researchers originally anticipated b. ​not substantial enough to cause concern

c. ​more dependent upon home environment than the cocaine exposure itself d. ​mostly dependent upon the other genetic vulnerabilities in the child ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 201. ​Westley takes an extremely large dose of cocaine on his first try of this substance. Westley is most likely to experience which of the following? a. ​increased alertness, decreased hunger, and euphoria b. ​extreme tiredness and depression c. ​stomach cramps and diarrhea

d. ​paranoia, seizures, and potentially cardiac arrest ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 202. ​In 2012, approximately ____ of high school seniors reported smoking cigarettes in the past month. a. ​11% b. ​14% c. ​17% d. ​20% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 203. ​Past year use of marijuana is highest among ____. a. ​12 to 17 year-olds b. ​17 to 24 year-olds c. ​24 to 30 year-olds d. ​30 to 45 year-olds ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 204. ​Although MDMA increases the activity of several neurotransmitters in the brain, it is the ____ pathway that has received the most attention. a. ​dopamine b. ​serotonin c. ​acetylcholine

d. ​GABA ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 205. ​MDMA is being investigated for its use in the treatment of ____. a. ​cancer b. ​ADHD c. ​PTSD

d. ​seizures ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 206. ​The effects of bath salts are unpredictable because they ____. a. ​affect so many neurotransmitter systems b. ​are extremely potent

c. ​there is no consistency in what they contain

d. ​people may take them in different ways, ingesting, injecting, or inhaling them ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. ​What drug not only blocks the reuptake of dopamine but also increases the release of dopamine? a. ​marijuana b. ​bath salts c. ​LSD

d. ​MDMA ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 208. ​What percentage of people in the U.S., age 12 and older, have tried MDMA at least once? a. ​2% b. ​4% c. ​6% d. ​8% ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 209. ​The use of LSD is associated with ____. a. ​hallucinogen persisting perception disorder b. ​sudden cardiac death

c. ​dangerously low blood pressure

d. ​excessive appetite, especially for sweets ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 210. ​About ____ of U.S. residents over the age of 12 years have tried LSD. a. ​9% b. ​12% c. ​15% d. ​18% ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 211. ​PCP inhibits the neurotransmitter ____, which is involved in the perception of pain, responses to the environment, and memory. a. ​dopamine b. ​serotonin c. ​acetylcholine d. ​glutamate

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 212. ​Long-term use of marijuana ____. a. ​has no known adverse effects

b. ​has long-lasting cognitive effects

c. ​is often associated with malnutrition d. ​increases risk of heart disease

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

213. ​Withdrawal from marijuana ____. a. ​is often quite severe

b. ​does not occur, since it is not addictive c. ​may include irritability and anxiety

d. ​can include life-threatening seizures ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 214. ​Bath salts contain ____. a. ​amphetamine b. ​synthetic marijuana c. ​benzodiazepines d. ​cathinones

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 215. ​Name the five stages of sleep.

ANSWER: Stage I sleep is a light sleep and is characterized by theta waves. During this stage, your breathing and heart rate slow down. You may experience sensations such as falling or floating. You can easily awaken from stage I sleep, which typically lasts from 1 to 7 minutes. ​ Stage II sleep is characterized by sleep spindles and lasts approximately 20 minutes. Sleep spindles are a pattern of slower theta waves sporadically disrupted by bursts of electrical activity. During stage II sleep, breathing, muscle tension, heart rate, and body temperature continue to decrease. You are clearly asleep and not easily awakened. Research suggests that stage II sleep spindles help us process both simple and complex motor skills that we have learned. ​ Stages III and IV sleep are referred to as slow-wave sleep. In stage III sleep, you begin showing delta brain-wave patterns. Delta waves are large, slow brain waves. When a consistent pattern of delta waves emerges, you have entered stage IV sleep. Stage IV sleep is referred to as deep sleep. The body is extremely relaxed. Heart rate, respiration, body temperature, and blood flow to the brain are reduced.

Growth hormone is secreted. It is difficult to awaken people from deep sleep. When they are awakened, they may be disoriented or confused. It is believed that during this deep sleep, body maintenance and restoration occur ​ After approximately 30–40 minutes of slow-wave sleep, your brain and body start to speed up again.

You cycle back through stage II of non-REM sleep and then enter REM (rapid-eye-movement) sleep.

REM sleep is a very active stage. Your breathing rate increases, and your heart beats irregularly. Blood flow increases to the genital area and may cause erections in males. However, your muscle tone significantly decreases, leaving the muscles extremely relaxed and essentially paralyzed. REM sleep is intimately connected to dreaming. Although you can dream in some form in all sleep stages, dreams during REM sleep are more easily recalled. More than 80% of people awakened from REM sleep report dreaming.

​ REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 216. ​Describe several positive effects of sleep.

ANSWER:  ​Sleep restores body tissues and facilitates body growth.  Sleep increases immunity to disease.  Sleep keeps your mind alert.  Sleep enhances your mood.  Sleep is intimately connected to learning and memory.

REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 217. ​Describe a dream, identifying both the manifest content and a possible latent content of the dream.

ANSWER: ​Examples will vary. Manifest content, according to Freud, is what the dreamer recalls on awakening.

Latent content is the symbolic meaning of a dream.

REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. ​Describe three different theories psychologists have proposed to explain dreaming.

ANSWER: One of the most controversial and best-known theories of dreaming is Sigmund Freud’s. In his Interpretation of Dreams, Freud called dreams “the royal road to the unconscious.” According to Freud, dreams allow us to express fears and sexual and aggressive desires without the censorship of our conscious thought processes. Having straightforward dreams about these “unacceptable” desires would cause us anxiety. Instead, we dream in symbols that represent our unconscious desires. ​ The threat simulation theory (TST) suggests an evolutionary function of dreams. TST proposes that dreaming is essentially an ancient biological defense mechanism that allows us to experience potentially threatening situations so that we can rehearse our responses to these events. Although studies do show that childhood trauma or recurrent dreams are associated with a greater number of threatening dream events, not all of our dreams involve themes of survival. ​ A biologically based theory is the activation-synthesis theory (Hobson & McCarley, 1977), which suggests that dreaming is just a consequence of the highly aroused brain during REM sleep, when the brain shows activation of millions of random neural impulses. The cortex of the brain attempts to create meaning out of these neural impulses by synthesizing them into familiar images or stories based on our stored memories. These images and stories may reflect our past, our emotions, our personal perspectives, and information accessed during waking. ​ REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 219. ​Evania has just started her medical internship. She is required to work clinic hours from 8:00 AM - 4 P.M., and every third night she is on-call after clinic hours from 4:00 PM - 8:00 PM. When she finishes on-call, she then goes right on to her clinic duties, sometimes working more than 30 hours straight. Describe some of the effects that Evania's on-call tour of duty might have upon her sleep and performance.

ANSWER: ​Evania has to be careful about becoming less alert, more prone to mental mistakes, being more accident prone, and vulnerable to illnesses. To the extent that her sleep is diminished she may experience more fatigue and tiredness, as well as more trouble with learning and memory. In addition, changes in mood,

such as irritability may impair her bedside manner.

REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 220. ​Describe the sleep cycle from start to finish.

ANSWER: Over roughly a 90-minute period, we go through a sleep cycle that consists of four non-REM (rapid eye movement) stages and a stage of REM sleep. These non-REM stages start with stage I sleep, which is marked by theta brain waves and a slowing of breathing and heart rate. This first stage is one where we can easily be awakened from, and often report a sense of floating or falling. After stage I, we enter stage II, which displays even further slowing of heart rate, breathing, and decreasing of body temperature as well as brain wave patterns that include sleep spindles. Stage III sleep is a brief transitional stage into stage IV, or, deep sleep in which the brain shows delta waves. In stage IV it is difficult to be awakened.

We then revisit stages II and III of non-REM before entering a brief period of REM sleep. REM sleep is a very active state of sleep in which brain waves actually look like we are awake. It is in REM sleep that we experience most of our dreaming, though our body itself is paralyzed and we experience increases in respiration and heart rate.​ REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 221. ​Explain two types of sleep disorders, how they can impact a person, and what can be done to reduce their effects.

ANSWER: ​The most common sleep disorder is insomnia, which is difficulty getting to sleep or staying asleep.

Insomnia can rob people of energy, cause negative moods, reduce mental abilities, and render people more vulnerable to illnesses. Insomnia can be approached with both non-drug and sleep-inducing medications. Non-drug means include establishing a regular sleep-wake time, avoiding activities other than sleep in bed, avoiding stimulants such as caffeine or alcohol, and engaging in modest exercise earlier in the day. Sleep enhancing medications may also be prescribed by a physician, though people must be careful of side effects and the risk of developing dependency. Another sleep disorder is sleep apnea, a disorder in which a person stops breathing for periods while they sleep. These sleep interruptions can lead to concentration problems, irritability, and fatigue. A CPAP (Continuous Positive Airway Pressure) device can help with enhancing breathing. Surgery is another possibility for treating sleep apnea.

REFERENCES: 4.1 Sleep, Dreaming, and Circadian Rhythm KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 222. ​Describe some of the possible effects on a person under hypnosis, and some of the effects that are not thought to be possible.

ANSWER:  Relieving pain: One of the best documented uses for hypnosis is pain relief.  Curing addictions. Posthypnotic suggestions have proven less successful for treating addictions or self-control behaviors, even in people with a high susceptibility to hypnosis.  Enhancing physical performance. Hypnosis does not create superhuman capacities. However, being in a relaxed state such as hypnosis can enhance physical performance.  Decreasing anxiety and enhancing psychotherapy. Hypnosis has proven useful in decreasing fears and anxieties for people with a high susceptibility to hypnosis  Enhancing or recovering memory. One of the most controversial applications of hypnosis has been in the area of memory enhancement. Research in this area has focused on two key issues: age regression and recovered memories. Age regression refers to a person’s reliving earlier childhood experiences. Numerous studies on age regression demonstrate that under hypnosis, adults act the way they expect children to behave. A recovered memory is one in which a person recalls forgotten traumatic events or information, such as events from a crime scene or from one’s childhood. Being in a relaxed state may facilitate recall under certain circumstances.

However, research reveals that hypnotized people may also recall untrue events.

REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 223. ​Compare and contrast the dissociation theory and the response set theory of hypnosis.

ANSWER: Ernest Hilgard’s (1977, 1992) neodissociation theory suggests that hypnosis is truly an altered state of consciousness: a person feels, perceives, and behaves differently than in a conscious state. To dissociate means to split or break apart. Hilgard maintains that under hypnosis, your consciousness divides into two states. One level of your consciousness voluntarily agrees to behave ac- cording to the suggestions of the hypnotist. However, at the same time, a hidden observer state exists. This hidden observer is aware of all that is happening. ​ Another view, the response set theory of hypnosis (Kirsch, 2000; Kirsch & Lynn, 1997; Lynn, 1997), asserts that hypnosis is not an altered state of consciousness. Rather, hypnosis is merely a willingness to respond appropriately to suggestions. Several studies do support that people’s response expectancies influence their responsiveness to hypnosis.

REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 224. ​How would the dissociative theory of hypnosis and the response set theory of hypnosis account for the successful implementation of hypnotic pain relief suggestions?

ANSWER: ​Sample Answer - The dissociation theory of hypnosis proposes that under hypnosis, consciousness alters into two states: one that is a suggestible state and the other state a hidden observer. The response set theory of hypnosis maintains hypnosis is not an altered state of consciousness, but rather a state of willing participation. Regarding pain relief, hypnosis is thought to change the personal perception of pain and/or have people distract themselves from pain by focusing on things which are painfree/pleasing. According to dissociation theory, pain-relief would come from splitting into a suggestible distracting/relaxing stage while maintaining a more distant awareness. Response set theory maintains pain-relief results from going along with the hypnotists suggestions and there is no actual alteration of the conscious mind.

REFERENCES: 4.2 Hypnosis KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 225. ​Define tolerance and substance dependence, and describe how they are related.

ANSWER: Tolerance is a condition in which, after repeated use, more of a drug is needed to achieve the same effect. However, as tolerance develops, the difference between a safe dose and a potentially harmful dose, called the margin of safety, narrows. ​ Substance dependence is a condition in which a person needs a drug in order to maintain normal functioning. Typically, dependence is evident when the person stops using the drug and experiences withdrawal symptoms. Withdrawal symptoms may include physical symptoms such as vomiting, shaking, sweating, physical pain, hallucinations, or headaches.

REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 226. ​Describe the role of psychological factors in the effects of drugs on users.

ANSWER: Exposure to stress or trauma increases a person’s vulnerability to drug dependence. Learning, specifically classical conditioning can also play a role. Environmental stimuli such as where a drug is taken or whether drug paraphernalia are present become associated with drug taking and later trigger the

craving for the drug sensation. Even cognitions play a role in a drug’s effects. If you expect a drug to alter your behavior in a particular way, you are more likely to change your behavior to fit your expectations.​ REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 227. ​Explain the risks associated with mixing energy drinks with alcohol.

ANSWER: Ingesting alcohol and energy drinks together decreases one’s awareness of alcohol’s impairment. In other words, people are more likely to perceive that they are not as intoxicated as they are. Yet motor coordination, reaction time, and driving performance are still impaired. Consuming energy drinks and alcohol also negatively influences cognitive functioning. Moreover, the stimulant effects of the caffeine keep the person awake longer—a “wide-awake” drunk—which may allow him or her to consume even greater quantities of alcohol, increasing the chances of alcohol-related accidents, injuries, risk-taking behavior, and alcohol dependence. Yet, caffeine may not be the sole reason for the excessive intoxication. It is possible that energy drinks and alcohol provide a novel context and unusual cues for drinking that enhances the alcohol’s effect.​ REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 228. ​Describe the different types of drugs belonging to the hallucinogen category including their unique characteristics.

ANSWER: ​Hallucinogens are drugs that interfere with brain functioning by simultaneously exciting and inhibiting the nervous system. These contrasting effects often cause distortions in perception, or hallucinations.

Hallucinogenic substances include marijuana, synthetic marijuana, PCP, and LSD.   

Marijuana: Relaxation, altered perceptions, sleep problems, paranoia, amotivation Synthetic marijuana: Adverse side effects of synthetic THC include extreme paranoia, hallucinations, heart palpitations, racing thoughts, and seizures PCP: Euphoria, unpredictable moods, hostilityLSD: Altered perceptions, distortion of senses, panic reactions, flashback effects​

REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 229. ​Compare and contrast nicotine with amphetamines.

ANSWER: ​Sample Answer - Both nicotine and amphetamines are stimulants. Both increase the alertness in people, giving a sense of more energy, honing concentration, and elevating heart rate and blood pressure. Both substances can develop dependency and withdrawal symptoms. Amphetamines and nicotine both exert their effects through the dopamine system. Amphetamines both block reuptake and increase release of dopamine, while nicotine does not provide this “dual action.” Because of this, the use of amphetamines can be more damaging to the central nervous system than the use of nicotine. Amphetamines are available only with a physician’s prescription, while nicotine is a legal substance. Both substances can cause health difficulties: for nicotine, in larger doses it can cause vomiting, diarrhea, sweating, and dizziness; amphetamine abuse can lead to psychosis, strokes, and cardiovascular problems.

REFERENCES: 4.3 Psychoactive Drugs KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Chapter_5_Motivation_and_Emotion

1. ​The tendency to desire and seek out positive outcomes and avoid negative ones would best be considered a(n) ____. a. ​emotion b. ​thought c. ​motive

d. ​instinct ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. ​Jameel has a desire to learn as much about psychology as he can. Psychologists would call this desire a(n) ____. a. ​emotion b. ​thought c. ​motive

d. ​instinct ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 3. ​Wanting to get a college education is an example of a(n) ____. a. ​emotion b. ​motive

c. ​hunger

d. ​dutifulness ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 4. ​Motivation is best be defined as a(n) ____. a. ​biological drive to avoid hunger, thirst, and sexual deprivation b. ​learned tendency to seek out rewards

c. ​innate need for arousal and stimulation

d. ​tendency to desire or seek out positive outcomes and avoid negative ones ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. ​Suppose you lost the ability to be motivated in every way. What would likely happen to you?

a. ​Nothing much. You would be fine.

b. ​You would be happier and free of stress. c. ​You would sleep all the time.

d. ​You would be unable to take care of your basic needs.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 6. ​Innate impulses from within a person that direct or motivate behavior are called ____. a. ​instincts b. ​emotions

c. ​secondary drives d. ​ideas

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. ​One criticism of William James’s theory of instincts is that ____ seems to be eligible for inclusion in the list of possible instincts. a. ​very few behaviors b. ​almost every behavior c. ​only biological-related behaviors d. ​only social behaviors

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 8. ​Instinct theory as an explanation of motivation would best be considered a ____ theory. a. ​sociological b. ​learning

c. ​biological d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 9. ​The earliest theory to explain human motivation was ____. a. ​drive theory b. ​arousal theory

c. ​incentive theory d. ​instinct theory

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. Which theorist proposed that human motivation was best explained by biological instincts?​ a. ​Abraham Maslow b. ​John Watson

c. ​William James

d. ​Wilhelm Wundt ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. ​Hannah is a psychologist who believes that motives are innate tendencies that direct our behavior. Hannah’s belief is most compatible with which theory of motivation? a. ​drive-reduction theory b. ​instinct theory c. ​Maslow’s hierarchy of needs

d. ​incentive theories of motivation ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 12. ​Helena works for a fast food restaurant, and for the last three months, she has been named the employee of the month.

In psychological terms, Helena appears to have a great deal of ____ to succeed at her job. a. ​insight b. ​motivation c. ​hunger

d. ​dutifulness ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 13. ​The drive theory of motivation states that drives are ____. a. ​innate instincts that push us toward specific behaviors b. ​negative states that we are motivated to reduce

c. ​positive states that we are motivated to increase

d. ​learned reactions stemming from social incentives ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 14. ____ drives are to biology as ____ drives are to learning.​ a. ​Primary; secondary b. ​Secondary; primary

c. ​Homeostatic; primary d. ​Primary; homeostatic

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. ​The motivation to engage in sexual activity is typically accompanied by a desire to increase, rather than decrease, sexual arousal. Which theory of motivation would have the greatest difficulty explaining this desire? a. ​drive theory b. ​incentive theory c. ​cognitive theory d. ​arousal theory

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 16. ​The need for ____ is a secondary drive. a. ​food b. ​water

c. ​money

d. ​warmth ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. ​What is the correct sequence of events according to drive reduction theory? a. ​need, behavior, and drive b. ​drive, need, and behavior c. ​need, drive, and behavior

d. ​behavior, drive, and need

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 18. ​The concept of homeostasis is most closely associated with ____. a. ​arousal theory b. ​incentive theory c. ​primary drives

d. ​secondary drives ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 19. ​Dr. Williams is a psychologist who believes that motivation is produced when we feel an uncomfortable internal state that pushes us to find a way to feel better. Dr. Williams’ belief is most compatible with which theory of motivation? a. ​drive-reduction theory b. ​instinct theory

c. ​Maslow’s hierarchy of needs

d. ​incentive theories of motivation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 20. ​Our motivation to sleep can be explained by drive theory because it seems to ____. a. ​stem from an innate instinct b. ​occur in response to learned incentives

c. ​correspond with a need to increase nervous system arousal d. ​involve a negative feedback loop

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 21. ​Which item is the best analogy to a primary drive? a. ​a toaster b. ​a computer

c. ​a thermostat d. ​a TV ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 22. ​When you do not drink any fluids for several hours, your body sends information to your brain, causing you to be motivated to drink. This process is best explained by ____. a. ​instinct theory b. ​incentive theory c. ​drive-reduction theory d. ​arousal theory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 23. ​Feeling the urge to go to the bathroom is a good example of ____. a. ​a secondary drive b. ​a primary drive

c. ​Maslow’s highest level of the hierarchy d. ​Maslow’s second level of the hierarchy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 24. ​Those who view motivation as a drive distinguish between primary drives, which are ____, and secondary drives, which are ____. a. ​important; unimportant b. ​biological; learned c. ​cognitive; emotional

d. ​fulfilled by ourselves; fulfilled by the actions of others ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 25. ​The concept of drive reduction best explains ____ drives. a. ​learned b. ​secondary

c. ​instinctual d. ​primary

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

26. The fact that we sometimes eat when we are not hungry in the biological sense of requiring more energy is a problem for the ____ theory of motivation.​ a. ​drive-reduction b. ​arousal

c. ​incentive d. ​classical

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 27. ​Maintaining bodily processes at a state of equilibrium is known as achieving ____. a. ​homeostasis b. ​homogeneity c. ​arousal

d. ​impulse control ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. Negative feedback loops help to ____.​ a. ​dampen down the tendency for change b. ​promote instability

c. ​increase the tendency for change d. ​limit negative emotions

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 29. ​Secondary drives ____. a. ​are learned

b. ​need to be met in order to survive c. ​are innate

d. ​are biological ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

30. ​Drive reduction theorists developed the notion of secondary drives to help explain ____. a. ​behaviors that are not directly related to survival b. ​thrill-seeking behaviors c. ​the desire to procreate

d. ​behaviors that are innate, but not necessary for survival ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 31. Which statement is TRUE with regard to secondary drives?​ a. ​They are more important to human survival than primary drives. b. ​They fall under the arousal theory of motivation.

c. ​They are explained quite adequately by the drive reduction theories of motivation. d. ​They tend to be expressed quite differently across individuals.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. ​Drive theory and arousal theory both suggest that motivation has its roots in ____. a. ​learning b. ​mental processes c. ​emotions d. ​biology

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 33. ​The arousal theory of motivation would have the easiest time explaining why a person would ____. a. ​ride a roller-coaster b. ​eat a meal

c. ​study hard for a test d. ​drink water

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 34. According to arousal theory, those who engage in physical activities that are extremely risky or dangerous are ____.​ a. ​attempting to reduce physical tension

b. ​seeking high levels of physiological arousal c. ​fulfilling an instinctual need

d. ​satisfying a social desire to compete with others ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. ​Arousal theories of motivation state that ____. a. ​arousal drives us toward engaging in survival-related behaviors b. ​we all seek to maintain an optimal level of arousal c. ​we are all motivated to maximize our arousal

d. ​arousal drives are driven by society, not the individual ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 36. ​Most people perform best when arousal is ____. a. ​absent b. ​low

c. ​moderate d. ​high

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. ​The idea that people perform best when arousal is moderate is captured by the ____. a. ​James-Lange theory b. ​Schachter-Singer law

c. ​Yerkes-Dodson curve

d. ​self-determination model ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. Karl is batting in a championship baseball game with the bases loaded, two outs, and the winning run on third base with the crowd screaming. Karl is anxious and sweating. According to arousal theory, he is likely to show ____.​ a. ​underarousal b. ​overarousal c. ​no arousal

d. ​optimal arousal ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 39. Rick loves to ski, surf, race cars, and engage in extreme sports. Rick’s optimum level of arousal is likely found in ____.​ a. ​highly arousing situations b. ​moderately arousing activities c. ​mildly arousing activities d. ​non-arousing situations

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 40. ​Guillermo feels best when he is sitting in a Japanese garden feeding the koi in the ponds. Knowing what you know about arousal and motivation, at what level of arousal will Guillermo most likely perform his best? a. ​a level of arousal that is below average b. ​a level of arousal that is highly above average c. ​an average level of arousal

d. ​an above average level of arousal ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 41. Sheena loves to bungee jump, drive fast, and go to parties. According to arousal theory, Sheena is probably a(n) ____.​ a. ​sensation-seeker b. ​individual who has trouble achieving homeostasis c. ​person who lacks impulse control d. ​self-actualized woman

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 42. Your motivation to study hard in school in order to get good grades and prepare for a career would be best explained by ____.​ a. ​self-determination theory b. ​drive theory

c. ​arousal theory

d. ​instinct theory ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 43. Autonomous motivation is analogous to the term ____ while controlled motivation is analogous to the term ____.​ a. ​extrinsic; intrinsic b. ​intrinsic; extrinsic

c. ​negative feedback; positive feedback d. ​positive feedback; negative feedback

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 44. ​Incentive theories of motivation differentiate between intrinsic motivation, which comes from ____ sources, and extrinsic motivation, which comes from ____ sources. a. ​biological; environmental b. ​primary; secondary c. ​cognitive; emotional d. ​internal; external

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 45. Doing a job well because you get to experience a sense of pride in your accomplishments is a good example of ____ motivation. a. ​extrinsic b. ​arousal c. ​intrinsic d. ​drive

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 46. Working hard to improve your basketball skills in order to be selected to the all-star team is a good example of ____ motivation.​ a. ​arousal b. ​extrinsic c. ​drive

d. ​primary ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 47. Which theorist developed a hierarchy of needs to explain the different priorities we may assign to aspects of human motivation?​ a. ​Abraham Maslow b. ​Carl Rogers

c. ​Sigmund Freud d. ​B.F. Skinner

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. Which sequence represents the correct order in Abraham Maslow’s hierarchy of needs?​ a. ​safety, cognitive, aesthetic, physiological, esteem, belongingness, self-actualization, transcendence

b. ​self-actualization, safety, aesthetic, esteem, cognitive, belongingness, transcendence, physiological c. ​physiological, safety, belongingness, esteem, cognitive, aesthetic, self-actualization, transcendence

d. ​belongingness, transcendence, esteem, cognitive, self-actualization, aesthetic, safety, physiological ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. Abraham Maslow believed that after satisfying our basic physiological and security needs, we can begin to work on our ____ needs.​ a. ​biological b. ​cognitive c. ​safety

d. ​belonging ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. The most accurate way to view Maslow’s hierarchy of needs is in the form of a ____.​ a. ​circle b. ​pyramid c. ​square d. line

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. According to Maslow, which need is the MOST basic?​ a. ​self-actualization b. ​esteem

c. ​cognitive d. ​aesthetic

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. Abraham Maslow believed that after satisfying our esteem and cognitive needs, we can begin to work on our ____ needs.​ a. ​belonging b. ​aesthetic c. ​safety

d. ​security ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. A person who strives to do his or her best at whatever challenge they are faced with would most likely be fulfilling Maslow’s ____ needs.​ a. ​achievement b. ​competency

c. ​self-actualization d. ​integrity

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 54. Research on Maslow’s hierarchy of needs has ____.​ a. ​provided support for the view that lower needs must be fulfilled before attention can be given to higher order needs b. ​provided support for the view that as lower needs are satisfied, higher order needs are automatically addressed c. ​not provided much support for its major hypotheses

d. ​provided support for the idea of a hierarchy but failed to confirm the existence of the needs he proposed

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. Contrary to Maslow’s beliefs about motivation, ____.​ a. ​there appears to be only three different types of motives b. ​emotions seem to be separate and distinct from motives

c. ​most motives occur along with other motives and not in isolation to each other

d. ​people often seek to fulfill “higher” needs while depriving themselves of “lower” needs ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 56. ​The pursuit of self-actualization while depriving oneself of love ____. a. ​would be inconsistent with Maslow’s hierarchy of needs b. ​is impossible according to most motivation theorists c. ​is one of the most common causes of depression

d. ​would provide evidence for the incentive theory of motivation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 57. Advertisers could effectively use Maslow’s theory by ____.​ a. ​using flashy images to sell products b. ​taking the needs of the audience into account c. ​appealing to the emotions of the audience d. ​making their ads memorable, but subtle ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 58. Compared to the average person, the late Mother Teresa was probably more motivated by ____.​ a. ​belongingness needs b. ​love needs

c. ​physiological needs

d. ​self-actualization needs ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

59. ​You are giving a presentation to your sales department about Abraham Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, when someone asks you if there is much scientific support for this theory. What is the best response to this question? a. ​“Yes, the majority of studies support this theory.” b. ​“Maybe; there is limited scientific support for this theory.” c. ​“No, study has ever shown support for this theory.”

d. ​“No, this theory has not been tested yet by researchers.”

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 60. ​Abraham Maslow believed that after satisfying our belongingness and esteem needs, we can begin to work on our ____ needs. a. ​biological b. ​emotional c. ​safety

d. ​cognitive ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. ​Young children are not known for their interest in cleaning their rooms. Which child is likely to do the best job? a. ​Joanne, whose parents throw away any toys she leaves on the floor b. ​Austin, who gets paid five dollars a week to keep his room clean

c. ​Jason, who from a very young age seemed to take pride in keeping his room neat and clean d. ​Demetra, whose parents withhold her allowance if her room is not kept clean ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 62. ​Whose behavior contradicts Maslow’s hierarchy? a. ​Merrit, who skips lunch for a week so he can afford to take his partner to a concert b. ​Frank, who makes sure his necessities, such as rent and food, are paid for first

c. ​Scarlet, who, after a period of poverty, declares that she will never be hungry again

d. ​Abbie, who is jobless and spends a lot of time thinking about how she will eat her next meal ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

63. Whose behavior is consistent with someone who is striving for self-actualization?​ a. ​Marty, who grew up very poor and even now that she is successful, still feels the need to stockpile food so she will not go hungry b. ​Grace, who feels lonely at her new job and makes a point of being friendly to everyone c. ​Victor, who, after a successful career as an engineer, travels to impoverished areas to help develop safe drinking water supplies d. ​Ralph, who is saving every spare dollar so he can buy a house

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 64. ​Self-motivation is also called ____ motivation. a. ​extrinsic b. ​incentivized

c. ​autonomous d. ​external

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. ​According to self-determination theory, people need to feel ____. a. ​competent, autonomous, and related b. ​safe, happy, and productive

c. ​fulfilled, respected, and loved

d. ​Important, influential, and safe ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. ​The goal of hunger is ____. a. ​to motivate us to pay attention b. ​a secondary motive

c. ​to maintain homeostasis

d. ​based on a positive feedback loop ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

67. ​Hunger is described well by drive theories of motivation because hunger ____. a. ​helps maintain homeostasis in the body b. ​is a secondary motive c. ​is instinctual

d. ​is influenced by learning and cultural factors ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 68. According to drive theory, we should not feel hungry when ____.​ a. ​we are more tired than hungry b. ​we have adequate fuel and nutrients in our bodies c. ​we are highly aroused

d. ​our minds are engaged in challenging tasks ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 69. You are giving a lecture on negative feedback loops to a group of high school students. Which analogy for negative feedback would be most effective in your lecture?​ a. ​a stick of dynamite—you light the fuse and then it explodes b. ​a runaway train, picking up speed as it travels downhill until it derails and crashes c. ​scratching a mosquito bite and having it itch more and more

d. ​the gas gauge on a car—it monitors the amount of gas and warns you when you are almost out ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 70. A furnace set at 72 degrees is a good analogy for which bodily process?​ a. ​an instinct b. ​a negative feedback loop c. ​the endocrine system d. ​an emotion

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 71. Like a thermostat, our brain turns hunger on and off in order to maintain ____ in our body.​ a. ​arousal

b. ​competition

c. ​homeostasis d. ​relaxation

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 72. ​If you are hungry, your body’s awareness of that motivation was made possible through a(n) ____ loop. a. ​centrifugal b. ​endless

c. ​one-way

d. ​negative feedback ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 73. ​A set point refers to ____. a. ​the weight that the body naturally seeks to maintain

b. ​ideal body weight for one’s age, gender, and body type

c. ​the number of calories needed to maintain one’s weight d. ​the weight an individual would prefer to have ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 74. ​The fact that homeostasis regulates hunger has led psychologists to conclude that the ____. a. ​body is more likely to guard against obesity than starvation b. ​body naturally attempts to maintain a set point of weight

c. ​weight of most people will fluctuate dramatically across their lifetime d. ​stomach must be the ultimate source of all hunger ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 75. Having a set point may explain why we ____.​ a. ​obsess over weight b. ​tend to regain pounds that have been lost c. ​cannot agree on what a healthy weight is

d. ​have societal pressure to be thin ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 76. What statement about the mechanism of hunger and satiety is true?​ a. ​Neuropeptide Y plays a powerful role in signaling satiety.

b. ​The small intestines release the hormone cholecystokinin, which encourages us to eat. c. ​Fat cells release leptin, which travels to the brain to signal the need to eat. d. ​The ventromedial hypothalamus plays a role in satiety.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 77. ​Ghrelin is a(n) ____. a. ​neurotransmitter released by the brain to stimulate hunger

b. ​enzyme that breaks down neurotransmitters in the brain to signal a feeling of being full c. ​hormone secreted by the stomach to stimulate hunger

d. ​neurotransmitter found in the liver which signals a feeling of being full ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 78. The release of ghrelin ____.​ a. ​increases hunger b. ​decreases hunger

c. ​has no effect on hunger

d. ​occurs only in the presence of disease ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 79. ​Which substance tends to be associated with feeling hungry when it is at a high level in our body? a. ​CCK b. ​ghrelin

c. ​glucose d. ​leptin ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 80. What happens when the stomach walls distend to accommodate food?​ a. ​We become hungry. b. ​Signals are sent to the brain to turn off hunger.

c. ​The set point moves upward leading to an increased likelihood of gaining weight. d. ​The release of CCK is suppressed.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 81. Research has shown that hunger is most likely regulated by ____. a. ​the quantity of the food we eat only b. ​the quality of the food we eat only c. ​both the quality and the quantity of food we eat

d. ​neither the quality, nor the quantity of the food we eat ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 82. Research has shown that when we eat a highly nutritious meal, even if it is not a large amount, we will ____. a. ​still be motivated to eat because our stomach is not full b. ​be less motivated to eat, even if our stomach is not full c. ​secrete large amounts of ghrelin d. ​stop secreting CCK

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 83. When you feel full after eating a big meal, it is likely that your stomach ____.​ a. ​is contracting enough to inhibit further eating

b. ​has sent information to your brain about the calories in the food you have eaten c. ​has sent dopamine neurotransmitters to your brain to contribute to that feeling

d. ​is reflexively causing you to feel less hungry, without the brain’s involvement ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

84. The hormone insulin ____.​ a. ​stops feelings of hunger b. ​is made by the liver

c. ​is produced by the pancreas

d. ​has no short-term effect on feelings of hunger ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 85. The hormone CCK ____.​ a. ​stimulates eating

b. ​affects hunger more directly than insulin c. ​is produced by the pancreas d. ​is produced by the liver

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 86. People who have had their stomachs removed ____.​ a. ​still become hungry b. ​cannot eat high calorie foods c. ​cannot eat low calorie foods d. ​do not become hungry

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 87. If you have just eaten a large meal, it is likely that your ____ is actively monitoring the amount of glucose and glycogen in your body and helping to turn on or off your hunger.​ a. ​stomach b. ​hippocampus c. ​duodenum d. ​liver

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 88. A liver that is not working properly is most likely to have what effect?​ a. ​CCK will not be secreted into the bloodstream.

b. ​Body levels of glucose and glycogen will not be appropriately monitored. c. ​Body levels of insulin will not be appropriately monitored. d. ​Leptin will not be secreted into the bloodstream.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. ​The conversion of glycogen to glucose is associated with ____. a. ​feeling satiated or full b. ​feeling hungry

c. ​stomach walls that are distended d. ​increased levels of CCK

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 90. The liver sends signals to the brain to turn hunger on or off depending upon the body’s level(s) of ____.​ a. ​CCK b. ​insulin and leptin

c. ​glucose and glycogen d. ​leptin

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 91. Insulin can contribute to the feeling of hunger by ____.​ a. ​causing less leptin to be secreted b. ​decreasing the amount of CCK in our body

c. ​facilitating the removal of glucose from our bloodstream d. ​stimulating the release of neuropeptide Y ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 92. Which substance, when at high levels in our body, tends to be associated with feeling hungry?​ a. ​CCK b. ​insulin

c. ​glucose

d. ​leptin ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 93. Shen was injured in an accident. At the hospital, he was given an IV with glucose. What effect would this IV likely have on Shen’s level of hunger?​ a. ​It should have no effect. b. ​It should increase his hunger.

c. ​It should decrease his hunger.

d. ​It should cause his hunger level to fluctuate unpredictably.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 94. CCK is secreted by the ____ in response to eating.​ a. ​hypothalamus b. ​liver

c. ​fat cells

d. ​intestines ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 95. CCK is secreted by the small intestines in response to ____.​ a. ​eating b. ​not eating

c. ​high levels of insulin d. ​low levels of leptin

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. The liver regulates hunger by monitoring the balance of ____.​ a. ​glucose and glycogen b. ​leptin and glucose c. ​insulin and CCK

d. ​ghrelin and glucagon

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 97. High leptin levels in the brain are most associated with ____.​ a. ​increased CCK levels b. ​increased glucose levels

c. ​low levels of stored fat in the body

d. ​high levels of stored fat in the body ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 98. ​Research on mice who were bred to be genetically fat showed that when they were injected with leptin, ____. a. ​they could no longer absorb glucose into their cells b. ​their set point increased c. ​they lost weight

d. ​their hunger could not be satisfied ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 99. ​Leptin is secreted by the ____ and appears to ____ hunger. a. ​hypothalamus; increase b. ​liver; increase

c. ​fat cells; decrease

d. ​intestines; decrease ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 100. Yanna takes a drug that reduces her brain’s sensitivity to leptin. What will be the likely effect of this drug?​ a. ​Yanna will gain weight. b. ​Yanna will lose weight.

c. ​Yanna will become anorexic. d. ​Yanna will not be affected.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

101. Leptin is to ____ as CCK is to ____.​ a. ​hypothalamus; stomach b. ​liver; fat cells

c. ​fat cells; intestines

d. ​intestines; hypothalamus ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 102. ​Ghrelin is to ____ as leptin is to ____. a. ​hypothalamus; stomach b. ​liver; hypothalamus c. ​fat cells; intestines d. ​stomach; fat cells

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 103. Release of ____ triggers eating.​ a. ​ghrelin b. ​CCK

c. ​leptin

d. ​GABA ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 104. Hal is given a drug that disables his brain’s glucoreceptors. This drug will likely have what effect?​ a. ​Hal will lose his appetite. b. ​Hal will be slightly more hungry than usual. c. ​Hal will become extremely hungry. d. ​Hal’s hunger will not be affected.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 105. Neuropeptide Y exerts his strongest effect ____. a. ​on the lateral hypothalamus

b. ​on the ventromedial hypothalamus

c. ​outside of the lateral hypothalamus d. ​on the thalamus

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 106. Neuropeptide Y is ____. a. ​the most powerful known stimulant of hunger b. ​the most powerful known hunger suppressant c. ​a moderately powerful stimulant of hunger d. ​a moderately powerful hunger suppressant ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 107. Which statement is TRUE regarding the hypothalamus and eating? a. ​Damage to a rat’s lateral hypothalamus causes the rat to gain weight from then onward. b. ​Damage to a rat’s lateral hypothalamus appears to shift its set point upward. c. ​Damage to a rat’s ventromedial hypothalamus appears to shift its set point downward. d. ​Damage to a rat’s ventromedial hypothalamus appears to shift its set point upward.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 108. ​A rat whose lateral hypothalamus was destroyed would be expected to ____. a. ​starve to death b. ​eat, but never to the point of obesity

c. ​eat continuously until it died from obesity

d. ​increase eating substantially and then level off ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 109. Your beloved cat was injured in a fall from a tree. Afterwards, your cat seems to be ravenous all the time and gains a great deal of weight. Which part of your cat was most likely injured in the fall?​ a. ​the tongue b. ​the ventromedial hypothalamus c. ​the lateral hypothalamus

d. ​the thalamus ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 110. The fact that Mahatma Gandhi was motivated to go on very long hunger strikes suggests that ____.​ a. ​his ventromedial hypothalamus was damaged b. ​a smaller stomach contributes to faster satiation

c. ​body levels of leptin are significant factors in hunger regulation d. ​hunger is influenced by many factors other than biology ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 111. ​Becoming hungry when we smell our neighbor’s barbecue illustrates the role that ____ play(s) in hunger motivation. a. ​the hypothalamus b. ​external factors c. ​insulin

d. ​hormones ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 112. ​Intuitive eating occurs in response to ____. a. ​physiological signals in the body b. ​cultural traditions

c. ​learned eating habits and situational cues d. ​emotional states

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 113. Intuitive eating tends to be associated with ____, whereas eating in response to emotions and situational cues tends to be associated with ____.​ a. ​lower body mass; average body mass b. ​higher body mass; lower body mass

c. ​higher body mass; no change in body mass d. more hunger; less hunger

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 114. Nearly ____ of Americans are obese.​ a. ​one-tenth b. ​one-fifth

c. ​one-third d. ​one-half

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 115. ​In adults, obesity is defined as having a ____. a. ​weight of over 200 pounds b. ​BMI of 30 or more

c. ​weight of over 150 pounds d. ​BMI of 20 or more

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 116. Your friend Tyrone has a BMI of 32. Tyrone would be considered to be ____.​ a. ​underweight b. ​average weight c. ​overweight d. ​obese

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 117. ​Which is the most accurate statement about emotional eating and weight gain? a. ​Emotional eating is not involved in general weight gain for most people, but being emotionally distressed has been shown to be a general cause of obesity. b. ​Emotional distress such as depression has been shown to be a significant cause of weight gain and obesity.

c. ​Emotional eating may be involved in weight gain for some, but emotional distress has not been shown to be a general cause of obesity. d. ​Emotional distress such as general anxiety disorder has been shown to be a significant cause of weight gain and obesity.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 118. Regarding the causes of obesity, scientists would agree that the causes are ____.​ a. ​almost always biological factors b. ​almost always psychological factors c. ​almost always cultural factors

d. ​a combination of biological, psychological, and cultural factors ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 119. What were the findings in a study of ethnic Hawaiians who had taken on a traditional American diet, and then were given their native diet? a. ​No change in health was observed even after one year. b. ​Significant improvements in health occurred after only 21 days. c. ​Significant improvements in health occurred but only after a year on the native diet. d. ​Significant deterioration in health occurred almost immediately.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 120. ​One of the reasons that diets often do not work is that dieting ____. a. ​increases the body’s level of leptin, which tends to increase hunger

b. ​causes CCK to be secreted earlier and the hypothalamus to become overworked

c. ​shuts down the endocrine system, making it easier to gain weight from less food d. ​leads to hunger and decreases the rate at which our bodies burn energy ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 121. ​The fact that our body’s metabolic rate decreases when we decrease our intake of calories suggests that ____. a. ​it is easier to lose weight than to gain weight b. ​our hunger motivation is designed to keep us from starvation c. ​our set point can be very easily changed

d. ​hunger works according to a positive feedback loop rather than a negative feedback loop ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

122. Frederic goes on a very strict diet and loses 75 pounds. Six months after ending his diet, Frederic is back to his original weight of 260 pounds. Frederic’s experience is most consistent with having a(n) ____.​ a. ​inefficient digestive system b. ​high metabolic rate

c. ​set point of 260 lbs.

d. ​tendency to engage in emotional eating ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 123. ​In a study, dieters and non-dieters were given a drink and told that it was either high in calories or low in calories.

Afterwards, all participants were given an opportunity to eat as much ice cream as they wanted. The results showed that ____. a. ​non-dieters who were told that the drink was low in calories ate more ice cream than other non-dieters who were told that the drink was high in calories b. ​non-dieters who were told that the drink was low in calories ate more ice cream than non-dieters who were told that the drink was low in calories c. ​dieters who were told that the drink was high in calories ate more ice cream than other dieters who were told the drink was low in calories d. ​dieters who were told that the drink was low in calories ate more ice cream than dieters who were told that the drink was high in calories ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 124. Research on dieters who break their diets suggests that ____. a. ​the idea of restraint in food intake goes out the door once they have already indulged b. ​an extreme sense of guilt leads them to forego food much longer than they otherwise would

c. ​having consumed the calories, attempts are usually made to burn them off, such as through increased exercise d. ​they are usually able to get back on the diet within the next day or so

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 125. ​People who are on diets ____. a. ​have a tendency to go off the diet when they experience either happy or sad emotions

b. ​have a tendency to go off the diet when they experience happy emotions, but not sad emotions c. ​have a tendency to go off the diet when they experience sad emotions, but not happy emotions d. ​are not greatly influenced to change their eating habits in response to emotional experiences

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 126. ​The two most important elements of a weight loss program are ____. a. ​consumption of a diet low in carbs and high in proteins b. ​permanent changes in eating behavior and exercise

c. ​reduction of calories and increase in water consumption d. ​regular meals and no snacking

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 127. ​Exercise is important in any weight loss program because it ____. a. ​increases blood-insulin levels and decreases blood-glucose levels b. ​suppresses hunger through body fatigue

c. ​decreases the number of fat cells in the body

d. ​counteracts the body’s tendency to decrease metabolism ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 128. ​To achieve and maintain long-term weight loss, those who have had gastric bypass surgery ____. a. ​need to change their diet, but lifestyle changes are not necessary b. ​need to change their lifestyle, but diet changes are not necessary c. ​must make significant changes in both diet and lifestyle d. ​do not need to change much of their daily habits ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 129. ​Research regarding the attitudes of Americans toward those who are overweight has ____. a. ​not been conducted on a large enough scale to know whether a prejudice exists b. ​shown that overweight people are viewed more favorably than normal weight people c. ​shown that weight does not influence the views we hold about others

d. ​shown that overweight people are viewed less favorably than normal weight people ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

130. ​Based on information provided in the textbook, prejudice against those who are overweight ____. a. ​is a universal phenomenon b. ​varies from culture to culture

c. ​exists in the U.S., but is generally non-existent elsewhere d. ​exists in most of the world, but not as much in the U.S. ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 131. ​Madeline comes home from school each day and eats a half gallon of ice cream and a dozen donuts and then purges the food through vomiting. Then she does not eat at all until the next afternoon, when she repeats this ritual. Despite her normal weight, Madeline is likely suffering from ____. a. ​anorexia nervosa b. ​bulimia nervosa c. ​purging

d. ​anorexia and bulimia nervosa ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 132. What is a common characteristic of a person with bulimia?​ a. ​male b. ​mid- to late 20s

c. ​average to slightly above average weight d. ​usually binges with others

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 133. An American woman has a roughly ____ chance of developing bulimia in her lifetime. a. ​1% b. ​5% c. ​10% d. ​15% ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

134. ​Jennifer is a young woman who suffers from an eating disorder in which she is extremely underweight and yet perceives herself as “fat.” Jennifer is most likely suffering from ____. a. ​binge eating disorder b. ​anorexia nervosa c. ​bulimia nervosa d. ​pica

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 135. What is a common characteristic of a person with anorexia?​ a. ​lower socioeconomic class b. ​male

c. ​living in a developing country d. ​perfectionism

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 136. ​Tiffany keeps herself on a very strict diet. Each day, she eats no more than 1,000 calories. She also runs and exercises for at least three hours each day. As a result, Tiffany weighs 90 pounds, despite her height of 5’ 10”. Tiffany is most likely suffering from ____. a. ​anorexia nervosa b. ​bulimia nervosa c. ​purging

d. ​anorexia and bulimia nervosa ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 137. What is a characteristic that people with bulimia and anorexia typically share?​ a. ​history of morbid obesity b. ​being female

c. ​very low weight d. ​low income

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

138. Anorexia is more common in cultures where ____.​ a. ​food is scarce b. ​the poverty level is high

c. ​there is extreme pressure to be thin d. ​the education level is lower

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 139. ​According to research studies, if you had an identical twin who suffered from anorexia nervosa, you are ____. a. ​less likely to be anorexic than if you had a fraternal twin who was anorexic b. ​just as likely to be anorexic as you would be if you had a fraternal twin who was anorexic c. ​more likely to be anorexic than if you had a fraternal twin who was anorexic d. ​just as likely to be anorexic as anyone else in the population ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 140. Research suggests that both anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa may result from ____.​ a. ​primarily biological factors b. ​primarily psychological factors c. ​primarily cultural factors

d. ​a complex mix of biological, psychological, and cultural factors ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. Wendy suffers from anorexia. Which characteristic is Wendy most likely to have?​ a. ​optimism b. ​extroversion c. ​narcissism

d. ​perfectionism ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 142. Of the following, which is the more common eating disorder? a. ​starvation

b. ​binge-eating disorder c. ​anorexia nervosa d. ​bulimia nervosa

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 143. ​Tamara tends to consume very large quantities of food, but does not compensate for the increased calories in any way. Tamara most likely meets the criteria for ____. a. ​anorexia nervosa b. ​bulimia nervosa c. ​binge eating disorder

d. ​bulimia nervosa and binge eating disorder ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 144. ​What percent of the population seeking professional treatment for weight control may have binge-eating disorder? a. ​10% b. ​30% c. ​50% d. ​70% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 145. Which substance facilitates the movement of glucose from the blood into our cells, where it is metabolized?​ a. ​CCK b. ​leptin

c. ​insulin

d. ​peptide Y ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 146. When fat cells release leptin into the bloodstream, it travels to the brain, where it is picked up by receptors near the ____.​ a. ​cerebellum b. ​pineal

c. ​spinal cord d. ​ventricles

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 147. Foods that cause a rapid increase in blood sugar ____.​ a. ​do not keep our hunger satisfied for very long b. ​are called low glycemic foods c. ​fill us up quickly

d. ​are generally very helpful for weight loss ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 148. Researchers are currently investigating the role that the neurotransmitter ____ plays in mediating leptin action in the brain.​ a. ​acetylcholine b. ​serotonin

c. ​dopamine

d. ​endorphin ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 149. Recent research suggests that chronic challenges to the hunger-regulating centers of the brain can disrupt its ability to sense and respond to ____.​ a. ​insulin b. ​leptin c. ​CCK

d. ​neuropeptide Y ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 150. In many cultures, food and feasting are an integral part of cultural customs, resulting in ____ eating.​ a. ​nonintuitive b. ​intuitive

c. ​nutritive

d. ​non-nutritive ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 151. ​For every male with anorexia, there are approximately ____ females with the disorder. a. ​two b. ​five c. ​10 d. ​20 ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 152. A critical difference between bulimia and binge eating disorder is that those with bulimia ____.​ a. ​use recurrent inappropriate compensatory behaviors in order to prevent weight gain, while those with binge eating disorder do not b. ​eat an amount of food that is “definitely” larger than what most individuals would eat in a similar period of time under similar circumstances, while those with binge eating disorder eat an amount that is “somewhat” larger c. ​the behavior occurs at least once a week for three months, while it occurs at least twice a week for two months for those with binge eating disorder d. ​are very upset by their eating disorder while those with binge eating disorder are not ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. About ____ of 18 to 29 year olds consider homosexuality acceptable, compared to about ____ of those who are 65 or older.​ a. ​50%; 35% b. ​65%; 40% c. ​75%; 45% d. ​90%; 50% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 154. The collection of personality traits that your society typically associates with either males or females is called ____. a. ​sexuality b. ​sexual orientation

c. ​sexual preference d. ​gender

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 155. Sexual desire is influenced by ____.​ a. ​largely biological factors b. ​mostly psychological processes c. ​largely cultural influences

d. ​biology, learning experiences, and cultural expectations ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 156. Research on the role of estrogen on women’s sexual desire shows that as estrogen levels drop, women ____.​ a. ​experience a loss of sexual desire b. ​may or may not have a loss of sexual desire c. ​have an increase in sexual desires

d. ​have a decrease in sexual responsiveness ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 157. The physical desire to have sex is called ____.​ a. ​thanatos b. ​progestrus c. ​libido d. ​estrus ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 158. The period in which females tend to be most receptive to male attempts to mate is known as ____.​ a. ​estrus b. ​libido

c. ​menstruation d. ​resolution

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 159. In both men and women, sexual desire is influenced by ____. a. ​GnRH b. ​estrogens c. ​testosterone d. ​dopamine

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 160. ​Which hormone is most closely associated with bonding? a. ​oxytocin b. ​dopamine

c. ​testosterone d. ​ghrelin

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 161. ​One study found which aroma to evoke the greatest sexual response in males? a. ​pumpkin pie b. ​candy-coated licorice c. ​cucumbers

d. ​baby powder ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 162. ​Areas of the body that are particularly responsive to touch are called ____. a. ​erogenous zones b. ​libidinous areas c. ​erotic zones

d. ​sexual centers ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

163. Research on the number of sexual partners taken by age 24 indicates that which generation of women may be at the highest risk for HIV and other sexually transmitted infections?​ a. ​The Silent Generation b. ​Boomers

c. ​Generation X d. ​Millennials

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 164. Millennials report ____.​ a. ​the highest levels of masturbation compared to other generations b. ​the lowest levels of masturbation compared to other generations c. ​average levels of masturbation compared to other generations

d. ​both the highest and lowest levels of masturbation compared to other generations ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 165. The correct successive phases of human sexual responses are ____.​ a. ​plateau, excitement, orgasm, and resolution b. ​excitement, plateau, orgasm, and resolution c. ​plateau, orgasm, plateau, and resolution

d. ​excitement, orgasm, resolution, and plateau ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 166. During the ____ phase, excitement peaks and remains somewhat constant.​ a. ​excitement b. ​plateau

c. ​orgasm

d. ​resolution ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

167. Compared to men, the resolution phase of women’s sexual response cycle ____. a. ​has less variability b. ​is marked by a greater period of refraction c. ​has more variability d. ​is nearly the same

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 168. Modern research has estimated the rate of homosexuality at up to ____for males and up to ____ for females.​ a. ​1%; 2% b. ​10%; 20% c. ​6%; 4%

d. ​1%; 10% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 169. Which statement is true? ​ a. ​The APA regards homosexuality as a mental disorder.

b. ​As of 2014, the U.S. federal government affords the same rights to same-sex couples as opposite-sex couples. c. ​Gays and lesbians have the same legal protection under United States law as other minorities. d. ​The children of gay and lesbian parents show adjustment and developmental problems.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 170. The Matthew Shepard Act ____.​ a. ​established the right of same-sex marriages in the United States

b. ​introduced federal law in the United States against hate crimes based on sexual orientation c. ​officially recognized homosexuality as not being a mental disorder

d. ​provided for United States recognition of same-sex marriages granted in foreign countries ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 171. ​One study of 190 societies across the world found that approximately ____ of these accepted homosexuality. a. ​one-quarter b. ​one-third

c. ​one-half

d. ​two-thirds ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 172. Approximately ____ of gay, lesbian, and bisexual youth report having experienced verbal abuse.​ a. ​60% b. ​70% c. ​80% d. ​90% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 173. Disgust is an example of a(n) ____.​ a. ​cognition b. ​emotion

c. ​motivation d. ​intuition

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 174. Emotions are best described as ____. a. ​evaluative thoughts about the situation b. ​facial expressions coupled with affective responses

c. ​complex reactions to some internal or external event d. ​inevitable, biologically-determined responses

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 175. The James-Lange theory of emotion suggested that if you are angry, _____.​ a. ​you can easily change your emotion into “happy” by cognitively restructuring your perception of the environment b. ​you would know it by the unique pattern of physiological arousal that is experienced c. ​your environment is the primary cause of making you feel that emotion

d. ​your anger will cause your body to become physiologically aroused and your behavior to become agitated

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 176. ​What is one of the three major criticisms of the James-Lange theory voiced by Walter Cannon? a. ​Cognitive interpretation of physiological arousal can change the experience of emotion, thus suggesting that thought processes are more important in emotions than is physiology. b. ​Physiological arousal varies more from emotion to emotion than the theory supposes. c. ​Emotional response appears to occur in an entirely separate part of the brain than physiological arousal.

d. ​The artificial creation of physiological arousal does not necessarily lead to the experience of specific emotions, indicating that the arousal does not cause the emotion.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Thinking Critically 177. ​Contrary to the Cannon-Bard theory of emotion, the James-Lange theory maintains that emotion originates in the ____. a. ​body b. ​environment c. ​brain

d. ​mind ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 178. If research were to show that individuals whose bodies are incapable of becoming physiologically aroused are still capable of experiencing emotion, which theory would have the greatest difficulty explaining that result?​ a. ​cognitive-mediational theory b. ​Cannon-Bard theory c. ​incentive theory

d. ​James-Lange theory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 179. ​Drew is almost hit by a car while riding his bike. As a result, his heart is pounding, and he is sweaty and shaking.

According to the James-Lange theory of emotion, Drew’s emotion is the result of ____. a. ​the complex interaction of physiological arousal and cognitive thoughts he experienced after the accident b. ​his subjective psychological reaction to the accident c. ​the pattern of physiological arousal in his body that was caused by the accident

d. ​his cognitive interpretation of the arousal he experienced after the accident ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 180. The Cannon-Bard theory of emotion differs from the James-Lange theory on the question of whether or not ____.​ a. ​anger and disgust are two separate emotions b. ​physiological arousal causes emotion

c. ​emotion and motivation are two separate processes d. ​emotions can be learned

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 181. According to Walter Cannon, if you experienced a very traumatic event, your emotional reaction of fear would originate in your ____.​ a. ​body b. ​brain

c. ​body then your brain d. ​viscera

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 182. Even though the James-Lange theory of emotion was criticized by Walter Cannon many years ago, more recent research suggests that ____.​ a. ​some emotions do indeed involve different bodily reactions b. ​the environment actually does play the largest role in internal emotions c. ​emotions commonly occur before we feel our heart pounding d. ​emotions can be greatly influenced by cognitive distortions ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 183. According to current research, if you were to make and hold the facial expression associated with surprise for several seconds, your body would ____.​ a. ​not undergo any change in physiological arousal at all b. ​begin to produce arousal that would be identical to arousal produced in response to other types of facial expressions and their accompanying emotions

c. ​begin to produce arousal that would be unique to that emotion

d. ​begin to produce arousal that would be different from the arousal experienced in response to a frown, but not different from the arousal experienced in response to a smile ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 184. ​Recent research has shown the James-Lange theory to be at least partially correct about the unique physiological arousal states associated with emotions. This finding would not have been possible when the theory was developed because ____. a. ​the technology to measure minute changes in arousal did not exist b. ​it would not have been ethical to conduct the research considering the cultural views at the time c. ​psychology did not study the physiological basis for behavior until the 1960s

d. ​our understanding of emotions at that time was so primitive that the research could not have been conceived ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 185. ​At some point in your life you may have been a little discouraged and had someone tell you, “Smile, it will make you feel better.” Such a statement reflects the concept and research behind the ____. a. ​Cannon-Bard theory b. ​cognitive-mediational theory c. ​Lazarus-Schachter theory

d. ​facial feedback hypothesis ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 186. ​If you make yourself smile while reading your psychology textbook, research on the facial feedback hypothesis predicts that you will probably ____. a. ​begin to feel embarrassed b. ​have more negative feelings about psychology c. ​have more positive feelings about psychology

d. ​not experience any change in your feelings about psychology ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 187. ​Research on the facial feedback hypothesis has shown that ____. a. ​smiles change blood flow to the brain and decrease brain temperature

b. ​smiles change blood flow to the brain and increase brain temperature

c. ​frowns change blood flow to the brain and decrease brain temperature d. ​frowns, but not smiles, change brain temperature

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 188. ​You are having a bad day and you feel rather depressed. According to the facial feedback hypothesis, how can you improve your mood? a. ​exercise b. ​put on a hat to keep your head warm c. ​force yourself to smile

d. ​try not to think about the things that are bothering you ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 189. ​The two factors in the Schachter-Singer theory of emotion are ____. a. ​cognitive interpretation and environmental context b. ​motivational state and situational arousal

c. ​physiological arousal and cognitive interpretation d. ​personality tendency and environmental context

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 190. ​In the classic study conducted by Schachter and Singer supporting their two-factor model of emotion, participants ____. a. ​who had previously learned about the dangers of sharks were more fearful when they encountered a shark while swimming in the ocean b. ​whose spinal cord had been damaged were unable to experience certain emotions c. ​who were involved in a dramatic accident tended to feel afraid even before they began to show physiological arousal d. ​who were injected with epinephrine, but who were told it would produce no symptoms, tended to take on the emotion of the person they were around

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 191. ​According to the cognitive-mediational model of emotion, ____ is (are) the most important part of emotion.

a. ​physiological arousal b. ​motivational state c. ​appraisal

d. ​environmental cues ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 192. ​According to the cognitive-mediational model, if others tell you that your psychology class will be fun and interesting, once in the class you are likely to feel ____. a. ​less positive emotions about the class b. ​more positive emotions about the class c. ​the same about the class as you otherwise would have

d. ​the same about the class as you otherwise would have, but experience more physiological arousal when in the class ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 193. ​Recent research suggests that ____. a. ​women are more emotional and less able to control their emotions than men

b. ​men are more emotional and less able to control their emotions than women c. ​women and men are equally able to control their emotions

d. ​men are more emotional, but less able to control their emotions ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 194. ​Robert Zajonc’s mere exposure effect and the James-Lange theory of emotion share the common idea that ____. a. ​cognitions may not have a strong influence on emotion b. ​emotion and motivation are essentially two parts of the same process c. ​the environmental context will usually determine emotions d. ​emotions are not really measurable

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 195. ​According to the Schachter-Singer two factor theory of emotion, where should you take a blind date if you really want him or her to find you exciting and attractive?

a. ​an art museum b. ​a library

c. ​a lecture on gardening d. ​a football game

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 196. ​The mere exposure effect is the phenomenon of ____. a. ​emotions being triggered by the slightest change in stimulus b. ​one’s motives being understood by the emotions exhibited

c. ​emotions being easily determined by the expressions on one’s face

d. ​preferring the things that we have been exposed to with the greatest frequency ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. ​You and your date both witness a fight in a bar, but you each have very different emotional reactions to this event.

You find it amusing, but your date becomes very afraid. Which theory of emotion best explains why you each would have different emotional reactions to the fight? a. ​the James-Lange theory b. ​the Cannon-Bard theory c. ​facial feedback hypothesis

d. ​cognitive-mediational theory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 198. According to the mere exposure effect, which individual should cause you to have the most positive emotional experience?​ a. ​a nice stranger b. ​your nice next door neighbor

c. ​a nice person you have seen a couple times on the bus

d. ​a nice person you have seen one time in the grocery store ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 199. ​Fatima, an Iranian student, has not had exposure to American television except for a few episodes of the Flintstones

cartoon on satellite TV. When she immigrates to the U.S., she has access to over 50 channels of cable TV, but she finds that she prefers watching the Flintstones to any other show. Which thoery best explains Fatima’s preference? a. ​James-Lange theory b. ​Cannon-Bard theory c. ​mere exposure effect

d. ​cognitive-mediational theory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 200. Which emotion is considered to be a basic emotion by most psychologists?​ a. ​anger b. ​fascination

c. ​embarrassment d. ​infatuation

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 201. When visiting Japan, it may be helpful to know that, in general, the Japanese ____.​ a. ​use the same facial expression as you to denote happiness

b. ​will not use any of the same facial expressions that you use for any of your emotions

c. ​use the same expressions you use for anger and fear, but not for happiness and sadness d. ​use the same expressions you use for happiness, but not for sadness ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 202. You are on vacation in a very rural area, where the people do not speak your language. Which facial expression of emotion will they be most likely to understand?​ a. ​a frown of anger b. ​a smile of happiness c. ​a grimace of disgust

d. ​a wide-eyed look of surprise ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 203. You have just met a person from a different culture. She has never been to your country and she does not speak your language. So, you must communicate through facial expressions and gestures. Which facial expression would you most

expect her to understand?​ a. ​anger b. ​surprise

c. ​happiness d. ​fear

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 204. ​If Joe and Jane were asked to guess the emotion expressed in the faces of several different people, it would be expected that ____. a. ​Joe would do it more accurately b. ​Jane would do it more accurately c. ​Joe would be better at detecting surprise, but Jane would be better at detecting anger

d. ​Joe would be better at detecting sadness, but Jane would be better at detecting happiness.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 205. ​Cross-cultural research on facial expressions has shown that ____. a. ​anger and fear are expressed in very similar ways across cultures, but that happiness is expressed somewhat differently from culture to culture b. ​even though there are slight variations in the facial expression of emotions across cultures, judges make virtually no errors in their judgments of emotion from the facial expressions of others c. ​people of all cultures use the same muscles in the same ways when expressing different emotions

d. ​just as slightly different dialects occur within the same language, so slightly different facial expressions occur for the same emotions across different cultures

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 206. ​Compare and contrast the instinct theory and the self-determination theory of motivation.

ANSWER: ​One of the earliest views on motivation was one that was heavily influenced by the work of Charles Darwin and the theory of natural selection. Back in the 1800s, American psychologist William James proposed that motives are, in fact, genetically determined instincts that have evolved in humans because they support survival and procreation. According to James, instincts are impulses from within a person that direct or motivate that person’s behavior. James proposed that we are motivated by more than 35 different innate instincts, including the impulse to love, fight, imitate, talk, and acquire things. ​ The idea that humans are motivated by different things is part of a broad theory of motivation called selfdetermination theory. According to self-determination theory, humans need to feel competent (skilled), autonomous (in control of our own behavior), and related (or connected) to others. As we try to meet these needs, we will at times experience autonomous motivation or controlled motivation. When we are

autonomously motivated, we are self-motivated to engage in a behavior. For example, you might study for an exam because you want to do well on it. When we experience controlled motivation, we feel more compelled to engage in certain behaviors. For example, you may study for an exam because you want to please your parents or because you feel that you should work hard in school.

REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. Describe intrinsic and extrinsic aspects of motivation.

ANSWER: Incentives can be either intrinsic (coming from within us) or extrinsic (coming from outside us). Intrinsic incentives, such as wanting to make a good grade to please yourself, provide intrinsic motivation for behavior. Extrinsic incentives, such as wanting to please others or desiring monetary rewards, provide extrinsic motivation for behavior.​ REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 208. ​Name, in the correct order, the levels in Maslow’s hierarchy of needs.

ANSWER: ​The lowest level of Maslow’s hierarchy—the base of the pyramid—is our physiological needs. Maslow theorized that we seek to satisfy such basic needs as hunger and need for warmth before we are motivated to satisfy any of our other needs. If our physiological needs are met, then our next level of concern is satisfying safety needs, such as having a safe place to live. At the next level, Maslow identified belongingness and love needs, the motivation to be with others, to be loved, and to be appreciated by others. At the next levels we would seek to successively satisfy our esteem needs, cognitive needs, and aesthetic needs. If we meet our aesthetic needs, we may seek to move to even higher levels, toward self-fulfillment. At these levels, motives include self-actualization needs, or the motivation to reach our full potential, and the need for transcendence, the motivation to achieve spiritual fulfillment.

REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 209. Explain how drive theory uses the idea of secondary drives to account for human motivations.​ ANSWER: ​While primary drives, such as reducing hunger or thirst, explain some aspects of human motivation, not every motivation can be accounted for by such primary drive reductions. Therefore, drive theory proposes that individuals acquire a variety of secondary drives through individual learning experiences, in which secondary drives are associated with fulfillment of primary drives. Hence, secondary drives show great variability between people, much in the way personality traits do.

REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 210. In Maslow’s need hierarchy, lower level needs are presumed to require satisfaction before an individual is motivated to pursue higher needs. When Mahatma Gandhi would go on a prolonged fast to protest a social injustice, how did such action square with Maslow’s theory?​ ANSWER: ​The ascent of a higher need (self-actualization through social protest) over a lower need (hunger) presents a problem for Maslow’s need hierarchy. When hungry, according to Maslow, Gandhi should be motivated to attend the need lower on the hierarchy as it is more crucial. Perhaps though, at some times, in some people, higher needs can override the motivation of lower needs.

REFERENCES: 5.1 Theories of Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 211. Describe three significant biological factors influencing hunger.​

ANSWER:

  

Hypothalamus: Regulates hunger.

Ghrelin: This hormone, produced in the stomach, sends strong hunger signals to the brain.

Senses: The smell and sight of food can stimulate appetite.



Stomach: When your stomach is empty, it contracts, sending hunger signals to the brain. The stomach also measures the nutrient content of the food we eat and uses this information to regulate hunger, producing satiety signals. ​ Liver: Regulates hunger by monitoring the balance of glucose and glycogen.

Small intestine: Produces CCK that signals fullness. ​ Cholecystokinin (CCK): A peptide produced in the small intestine, CCK travels to the brain to reduce hunger.

   

Leptin: Leptin is produced in fat cells. It tells the brain that the body’s fat reserves are sufficient by signaling the hypothalamus and muffling some appetite signals.

REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 212. Describe our understanding of intuitive and nonintuitive eating.​ ANSWER: ​Recently, psychologists have begun to discriminate between intuitive eating, or eating that is motivated by physiological hunger and satiety feedback, and eating that is motivated by emotional and situational cues that have little connection to energy requirements. ​ Nonintuitive eating occurs for reasons other than supplying fuel for our bodies. In many cultures, food and feasting are an integral part of cultural customs. This is especially true in the United States, where our holiday celebrations—including Christmas, Thanksgiving, Halloween, Hanukkah, Passover, Kwanzaa, and New Year’s—are all associated with special foods in large quantities. The same holds true for more personal celebrations—birthdays, weddings, reunions, and even funerals. Americans and many other peoples around the world use food and eating to celebrate. This connection between joy and food can lead to eating when we do not really need to. Our obsession with weight and dieting may also contribute to nonintuitive eating. In a recent study of adolescents, researchers found that being on a restrictive diet for weight loss was associated with less intuitive eating and increased emotional eating, or eating to cope with emotional distress REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 213. Describe the potential causes of anorexia nervosa.​ ANSWER: ​Characteristics that seem to be correlated with anorexia include perfectionism and faulty thinking about food (for example, thinking one should never eat carbohydrates), as well as biochemical abnormalities.

Many people with eating disorders also have personality disorders—characteristic, maladaptive ways of dealing with the world. We do not yet know if these are causal factors or merely factors that correlate with eating disorders. ​ Another piece of the puzzle may be genetics. Some scholars have argued that genes for anorexia evolved to allow our ancestors to survive famine by helping them ignore food while migrating to better environments. Indeed, evidence supports the idea of a genetic basis for anorexia. If one identical twin is anorexic, the other twin’s chances of becoming anorexic are drastically increased. However, having a fraternal twin who is anorexic only modestly increases one’s chances of becoming anorexic. This pattern of results supports the existence of a genetic predisposition to anorexia. It is also common to see family members, particularly mothers and daughters, who both have eating disorders. However, this doesn’t necessarily indicate a genetic basis for the disorders as family members also tend to have shared environmental influences. At present, it appears that both bulimia and anorexia may result from a

complex mix of cultural factors, personality characteristics, environmental issues, and biological factors.

REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 214. ​Describe binge eating disorder.

ANSWER: ​Binge eating disorder is an eating disorder characterized by recurrent episodes of binge eating, such as those seen in bulimia nervosa, but without regular use of the inappropriate compensatory measures that bulimics employ to avoid weight gain. Because binge eaters do not compensate for their overeating, they may be overweight. Current estimates suggest that within a 12-month period, 1.6% of adult females and 0.8% of adult males have binge eating disorder.

REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 215. Describe two mechanisms by which the brain regulates the sensation of hunger.​ ANSWER: ​The hypothalamus plays a significant role in hunger regulation for the brain through glucoreceptors, which monitor the level of glucose in the blood, and through the lateral hypothalamus as one means of turning on hunger, and the ventromedial hypothalamus, which acts as an indirect shut-off switch.

REFERENCES: 5.2 Hunger and Eating KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 216. What research-based evidence suggests homosexuality may have a biological basis in some people?​ ANSWER: ​Twin studies of identical and fraternal twins who are gay show a higher concordance rate for identical twins. Also, gay men have a greater number of older brothers, suggesting some mothers may become increasingly immune to prenatal male hormones, which may represent a different hormonal prenatal development for successive male fetuses.

REFERENCES: 5.3 Sexual Motivation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 217. ​Compare and contrast the James-Lange view of emotion with the Cannon-Bard view of emotion.

ANSWER: According to the James-Lange theory, emotion is equal to the pattern of physiological arousal that the person experiences during an emotion. In short, emotion is a physiological response to some stimulus.

Cannon (and later Bard) proposed that emotion does not originate in the body; rather, it originates in the brain.

REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. ​Compare and contrast the Schachter-Singer two-factor theory of emotion with the cognitive-mediational view of motivation.

ANSWER: ​The Schachter-Singer two-factor theory states that emotions result when we cognitively interpret our physiological reactions in light of the situation. The cognitive-mediational theory states that our cognitive appraisal of a situation determines what emotion we will feel in the situation.

REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 219. ​What are the challenges in identifying “basic” emotions?

ANSWER: ​Does the fact that at least some emotions (for example, happiness) translate fairly well across cultures guarantee that these emotions are basic emotions? Perhaps not. Some cultures list “basic” emotions that

may be recognizable to people from other cultures but would not be considered basic emotions in those other cultures. For example, Hindus list peace, wonder, amusement, and heroism as basic emotions.

Americans may be able to feel these emotions and recognize them in others, but may not consider them to be basic emotions. For reasons like these, some people have begun to question whether basic emotions truly exist.

REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 220. Are emotions understood across cultures? Explain your response.​ ANSWER: ​Basic motions are more readily understood across different cultures, although even those emotions may not be universally recognized. Happiness tends to be the most universally recognized emotion while fear and anger, as well as fear and surprise, tend to be more easily confused. Nonverbal vocalizations may promote recognition of basic emotions, and some evidence suggests that distinct patterns of neural brain activity are linked to basic emotions. Cultures do differ in their display rules for emotion, however, and this may limit the ability of individuals to recognize emotion across different cultures.

REFERENCES: 5.4 Theories and Expression of Emotion KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Chapter_6_Learning

1. ​Learning is ____. a. ​the acquisition of a new behavior or piece of information that creates a permanent change in the organism b. ​the uniquely human ability to accumulate knowledge and information

c. ​a relatively permanent change in behavior, or the potential for behavior, that results from experience

d. ​an internalization of facts, information, skills, or behaviors that adds to the knowledge base of the individual ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. ​The orienting reflex describes ____. a. ​the attention we give to novel stimuli

b. ​the logical thinking processes we go through to figure something out c. ​our sense of direction

d. ​our tendency to scan the entire visual field in order to sense the important information ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. ​When a parent is talking on a telephone and suddenly turns toward the baby crying in the other room, ____ has occurred. a. ​sensory reduction b. ​habituation c. ​the orienting reflex

d. ​classical conditioning ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 4. ​What example illustrates an orienting reflex? a. ​a cat sniffing the air when it detects the odor of a strange animal b. ​looking at the page of your text as you read it c. ​watching television

d. ​looking at a person that you are having a conversation with on the bus ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

5. ​What is an example of an orienting reflex? a. ​While standing in line at the cafeteria, you turn around to see who poked you in the back.

b. ​While watching a movie at the local theater, you reach for another handful of popcorn from your date’s bucket of popcorn. c. ​While watching a horror movie on TV, you yell at some of the characters, telling them not to open the door. d. ​While looking for a book in the library, you get lost and have to refer to a map.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 6. ​The orienting reflex is to ____, as habituation is to ____. a. ​learning; forgetting b. ​novel experience; repeated experience

c. ​simple information; complex information d. ​adaptive; maladaptive

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 7. ​When we are presented with a new stimulus that repeats itself, at first we will exhibit ____, and then after a while, we will exhibit ____. a. ​assimilation; accommodation b. ​accommodation; assimilation c. ​the orienting reflex; habituation

d. ​habituation; the orienting response ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. ​When your dog continually barks, you eventually pay less attention to the noise. This illustrates ____. a. ​sensory reduction b. ​habituation c. ​orienting

d. ​classical conditioning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 9. ​Habituation describes the ____.

a. ​increase in attention we give to repeated stimulation

b. ​decrease in attention we give to repeated stimulation

c. ​process of learning behaviors that will be repeated without thinking in the future d. ​learning process that transforms one habit into another one

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. ​Terry is trying to study in the student center. At first, he finds it hard to concentrate because of all the noise and conversation going on around him. However, after a few minutes, Terry is able to tune out the noise and concentrate on his studies. Terry’s experience is an example of what type of learning? a. ​habituation b. sensitization c. ​restructuring d. ​social learning

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 11. ​What is an example of habituation? a. ​learning to smoke cigarettes b. ​learning to ride a bike

c. ​learning to ignore a barking dog

d. ​learning to associate the smell of rose perfume with your grandmother ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 12. ​The orienting reflex in combination with habituation suggests that we ____. a. ​begin to learn only after we have developed the capacity to think b. ​are different from animals in the way that we learn

c. ​are capable of learning even without the benefit of sensation d. ​are more sensitive to new stimuli than repeated stimuli

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 13. ​Recent research on the brain and habituation suggests habituation is somewhat primitive in nature. This research has found that which part of the brain is involved in certain instances of habituation?

a. ​medulla

b. ​corpus callosum c. ​cerebellum

d. ​prefrontal cortex ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 14. ​Which statement is true about habituation? a. ​Habituation is an ability that almost all creatures possess. b. ​Habituation illustrates the importance of reinforcement.

c. ​Habituation is a more complex type of learning than classical conditioning. d. ​Habituation is the most complex form of associative learning.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 15. ​The orienting reflex is useful because it ____. a. ​has a self-protective function

b. ​helps us ignore stimuli that are not important

c. ​helps us focus for a sustained period of time on one task d. ​promotes risk-taking behavior

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 16. ​The simplest type of learning seen in living things is ____. a. ​the orienting reflex b. ​operant conditioning

c. ​classical conditioning d. ​habituation

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. ​A physical therapist who attempts to treat a person with chronic motion sickness by repeatedly exposing the person to the stimulation that causes the motion sickness is using ____. a. ​dishabituation b. ​the orienting response

c. ​spontaneous recovery d. ​habituation

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 18. ​Recent research suggests that migraines may be the result of ____. a. ​too much habituation b. ​not enough habituation

c. ​an inability to dishabituate

d. ​a lack of neural activity in the brain ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 19. ​When an organism begins to respond more intensely to a stimulus to which it has previously habituated, then ____ has occurred. a. ​dishabituation b. ​social learning c. ​insight

d. ​modeling ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. ​A company that markets air fresheners has a series of commercials about being “nose-blind,” that is, people getting used to odors such as those from pets or cooking pungent foods to the extent that they no longer notice them. “Noseblindness” is actually ____. a. ​habituation b. ​classical conditioning c. ​dishabituation d. ​orienting

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. ​Whenever you walk into your grandparent’s house, you notice the wintergreen smell of the cream they rub into their knees to relieve the pain of arthritis. However, after you have been there for a while, you no longer notice it. This is because of ____. a. ​extinction

b. ​spontaneous recovery c. ​orientation

d. ​habituation ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 22. ​Your new neighbor is an incredibly good cook, a skill you plan to exploit whenever possible. It becomes apparent, however, that your neighbor particularly enjoys preparing fish. You eventually get used to the odor and barely notice it but, when you return home after a two-week vacation, you very much notice the odor again. This illustrates ____. a. ​re-orientation b. ​extinction bursts c. ​spontaneous recovery d. ​dishabituation

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. ​Ivan Pavlov discovered classical conditioning through his research on ____. a. ​digestion b. ​dishabituation c. ​audition

d. ​mental illness ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. ​When Ivan Pavlov noticed that his dogs were salivating even before they were presented with meat, he ____. a. ​gathered another group of dogs to determine if they would do the same thing

b. ​conducted research showing that his dogs could exhibit other types of behaviors in response to the presentation of meat c. ​attempted to see if the dogs could learn to salivate to several different types of stimuli d. ​abandoned his research and began studying operant conditioning

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. ​In Pavlov’s original studies, salivation to meat was a(n) ____, and salivation to a buzzer was a(n) ____. a. ​conditioned stimulus; conditioned response

b. ​unconditioned response; unconditioned stimulus c. ​unconditioned response; conditioned response d. ​conditioned response; conditioned stimulus

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. ​In Pavlov’s original studies, the unconditioned stimulus was ____. a. ​the meat b. ​salivation

c. ​the buzzer d. ​digestion

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. ​Sam recently lost his grandmother. Now Sam feels sad whenever he smells the perfume his beloved grandmother used to wear. In this example, the loss of his grandmother is the ____. a. ​US b. ​CS c. ​UR d. ​CR

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 28. ​Sam recently lost his grandmother. Now Sam feels sad whenever he smells the perfume his beloved grandmother used to wear. In this example, Sam’s sadness is the ____. a. ​US b. ​CS c. ​UR d. ​NS

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 29. ​Freddie used to feed her cat canned cat food. Now every time Freddie uses the can opener, her cat gets very excited and starts meowing. In this example, the US is ____. a. cat food

b. ​the cat’s excitement

c. ​the sound of the can opener d. ​the cat

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 30. ​Freddie used to feed her cat canned cat food. Now every time Freddie uses the can opener, her cat gets very excited and starts meowing. In this example, the UR is ____. a. ​cat food b. ​the cat’s excitement c. ​the sound of the can opener d. ​the cat

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 31. ​Although hunger naturally occurs in response to an empty stomach, we can easily become conditioned to feel hunger at certain times of the day due to classical conditioning. In this case, the US would be the ____. a. ​time of day b. ​eating c. ​food

d. ​empty stomach ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 32. ​Yanna used to date a man who wore a lime-scented aftershave. Yanna was very attracted to this man, and now when she smells the scent of lime, she finds herself feeling slightly aroused. In this example, the man Yanna used to date is the ____. a. ​US b. ​CS c. ​UR d. ​CR

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 33. ​Which example illustrates a US-UR pair?

a. ​Swearing in front of your parent leads to a spanking. b. ​Going to work leads to a paycheck.

c. ​An air puff in the eye elicits an eye blink.

d. ​Earning good grades leads to a college scholarship.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 34. ​When a stimulus that originally did not cause a particular response now begins to cause that response, ____ has occurred. a. ​operant conditioning b. ​stimulus discrimination c. ​extinction

d. ​classical conditioning ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. ​All examples of classical conditioning begin with a pre-existing relationship between the ____. a. ​unconditioned stimulus and the conditioned stimulus b. ​conditioned stimulus and the neutral stimulus

c. ​unconditioned stimulus and the unconditioned response d. ​conditioned stimulus and a conditioned response

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 36. ​The neutral stimulus in Pavlov’s original studies was ____. a. ​the meat b. ​salivation c. ​digestion

d. ​the buzzer ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. ​A neutral stimulus is defined as one that ____. a. ​does not naturally elicit a particular unconditioned response b. ​neither punishes nor rewards

c. ​is elicited by the conditioned stimulus d. ​is not influenced by other stimuli

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. ​In classical conditioning, an association is learned between the ____. a. ​neutral stimulus and the unconditioned stimulus b. ​conditioned stimulus and the neutral stimulus

c. ​unconditioned stimulus and the unconditioned response d. ​conditioned stimulus and the conditioned response

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. ​Sarah was bitten by a dog, which naturally was a very scary experience. Now, when Sarah even hears a dog barking, she feels afraid. In this example, dog barking is the ____. a. ​unconditioned stimulus b. ​conditioned stimulus c. ​unconditioned response d. ​conditioned response

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 40. ​Joseph goes out with his friends for pizza. Unbeknownst to him, he is coming down with a stomach virus. When the nausea associated with the virus kicks in, he vomits. Now, Joseph cannot even look at a pizza without feeling nauseous. In this example, the conditioned stimulus is ____. a. ​the friends b. ​vomiting c. ​the pizza d. ​the flu

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 41. ​Molly automatically feels happy every time she has pizza for dinner. Molly’s mom always gets her pizza from The Pizza Shoppe. At first, pulling into The Pizza Shoppe parking lot does not affect the way Molly feels. But after a while, Molly starts to feel happy just when the car turns into The Pizza Shoppe lot because she knows it means they will have pizza for dinner. In this example, The Pizza Shoppe parking lot is the ____.

a. ​unconditioned stimulus b. ​conditioned stimulus

c. ​unconditioned response d. ​conditioned response

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 42. ​When a neutral stimulus becomes a conditioned stimulus, ____ has occurred. a. ​classical conditioning b. ​spontaneous recovery c. ​operant conditioning d. ​latent learning

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 43. ​In classical conditioning, contiguity is to ____ as contingency is to ____. a. ​strength and power; time and sequence b. ​consistency and reliability; strength and power c. ​time and sequence; consistency and reliability

d. ​strength and power; consistency and reliability ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 44. ​Dr. Trujillo is conducting studies on classical conditioning and experimenting on the effect of placing the neutral stimulus either before or after the unconditioned stimulus. She is investigating the element of ____. a. ​contingency b. ​habituation c. ​contiguity

d. ​instrumentality ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 45. ​Dr. Trujillo is conducting studies on classical conditioning and experimenting on the effect of sometimes presenting the unconditioned stimulus without the neutral stimulus. She is investigating the element of ____. a. ​contingency

b. ​habituation c. ​contiguity

d. ​instrumentality ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 46. ​Vera wants to classically condition her dog to associate the sight of his leash with going outside. To do this, she must keep in mind that to get the strongest conditioning possible, she will have to ____. a. ​show the dog the leash at least 25 minutes before the walk begins b. ​show the dog the leash immediately before the walk begins c. ​hide the leash from the dog until after the walk has begun

d. ​give the dog a treat before the walk begins and then show the dog the leash after the walk begins ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 47. ​Classical conditioning is generally strongest when the neutral stimulus is presented ____ the unconditioned stimulus by a few ____. a. ​before; seconds b. ​after; minutes c. ​before; minutes d. ​after; seconds

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 48. ​Two very important factors that influence the strength of classical conditioning are ____. a. ​validity and reliability b. ​contiguity and contingency

c. ​congeniality and conviviality d. ​spontaneity and flexibility

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. ​Where would the placement of neutral stimulus most likely yield the strongest classical conditioning outcome? a. ​a neutral stimulus that is occasionally presented several minutes after an unconditioned stimulus b. ​a neutral stimulus that is occasionally presented immediately after an unconditioned stimulus

c. ​a neutral stimulus that is consistently presented several minutes before an unconditioned stimulus d. ​a neutral stimulus that is consistently presented immediately before an unconditioned stimulus ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 50. ​Pavlov’s original experiment was an example of ____. a. ​forward conditioning b. ​simultaneous conditioning c. ​backward conditioning

d. ​over the hill conditioning ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 51. ​Which type of response would not be a result of classical conditioning? a. ​physiological responses b. ​voluntary responses

c. ​emotional responses d. ​reflexive responses

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 52. ​Which type of response cannot be classically conditioned in humans? a. ​becoming nauseous when smelling garlic b. ​feeling happy when you smell cinnamon

c. ​experiencing increased heart rate when it is storming outside d. ​quitting your job because it does not pay enough

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 53. ​Television ads that use beautiful images to sell products are a good example of ____. a. ​counter-conditioning b. ​operant conditioning

c. ​aversive conditioning

d. ​classical conditioning

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 54. ​When advertisers use well known, attractive people to sell their products, the attractive people are being used as a(n) ____. a. ​neutral stimulus b. ​unconditioned stimulus c. ​conditioned stimulus

d. ​conditioned response ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 55. ​Which response can be classically conditioned in humans? a. ​feeling fear b. ​studying hard

c. ​playing the piano d. ​obeying rules

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. ​Juan feels nauseous every time he eats pizza because one time he ate pizza just before coming down with a stomach virus. Juan’s nausea is most likely due to ____. a. ​habituation b. ​taste aversion c. ​operant conditioning d. ​social learning

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 57. ​John B. Watson was successful in conditioning ____ in “Little Albert.” a. ​fear b. ​hunger

c. ​excitement d. ​anger

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. ​In Watson’s studies with “Little Albert,” the neutral stimulus was a ____. a. ​loud noise b. ​white rat c. ​bee

d. ​bee sting ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. ​Little Albert learned to associate a ____. a. ​white rat with a loud noise b. ​white rat with fear

c. ​loud noise with fear

d. ​loud noise with a hammer ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. ​After “Little Albert” was conditioned to fear a white rat, he began to fear several other furry things. This is an example of ____. a. ​spontaneous recovery b. ​stimulus generalization c. ​stimulus discrimination d. ​latent learning

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. ​Ashley learned to fear clowns after being startled at the age of three by the sudden appearance of a particularly loud and colorful clown. Later, she began to fear anyone in a costume and mask. This would be an example of ____. a. ​operant conditioning b. ​stimulus generalization c. ​stimulus discrimination d. ​counterconditioning ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 62. ​When stimulus generalization occurs, ____. a. ​the stimulus begins to cause a wide variety of responses

b. ​the elicitation of a response to the original neutral stimulus becomes extinct

c. ​a stimulus that has not been directly associated with the unconditioned stimulus begins to cause the conditioned response d. ​spontaneous recovery of the original stimulus is no longer possible ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. ​Jennifer normally experiences a flood of romantic feelings whenever she smells a particular cologne because it reminds her of her boyfriend. Thankfully, when her younger brother wears the same cologne, she does not experience the same feelings. This is an example of ____. a. ​stimulus generalization b. ​the orienting reflex c. ​operant conditioning

d. ​stimulus discrimination ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 64. ​Stimulus discrimination should lead to ____. a. ​fewer varieties of a stimulus that cause a conditioned response b. ​more varieties of a stimulus that cause a conditioned response c. ​fewer varieties of responses from a conditioned stimulus d. ​more varieties of responses from a conditioned stimulus

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 65. ​If “Little Albert” had developed a fear of large white rats, but not of small white rats, psychologists would label that an example of ____. a. ​extinction b. ​counter-conditioning c. ​stimulus generalization

d. ​stimulus discrimination

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 66. ​If you have developed an extreme negative reaction to chicken because it was associated with a case of the flu in your childhood, you have a ____. a. ​observationally conditioned taste sensation b. ​classically conditioned taste aversion c. ​operantly conditioned taste response

d. ​operantly conditioned nausea aversion ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 67. ​Taste aversions provide an “exception to the rule” in classical conditioning because they ____. a. ​seem to require the neutral stimulus to immediately precede the unconditioned stimulus b. ​can result from a single pairing of the neutral stimulus and the unconditioned stimulus c. ​result in learning that is usually very temporary d. ​appear to only occur within humans

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 68. ​Compared to other classically conditioned responses, taste aversions are unique in that ____. a. ​the time interval between the US and the UR can be very long b. ​the time interval between the US and the NS is quite short

c. ​they often occur after only a single pairing of the NS and the US d. ​an above average number of pairings are needed

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 69. ​A taste aversion that is learned following a 10-hour gap between the neutral stimulus and the unconditioned stimulus would ____. a. ​be very unusual b. ​be somewhat unusual c. ​be typical

d. ​technically not be a result of classical conditioning ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. ​The genetic tendency to learn certain responses very easily is called ____. a. ​acquisition b. ​physiological cognition c. ​biological conditioning

d. ​biological preparedness ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 71. ​Psychologists have classically conditioned children to like healthful vegetables by pairing new vegetable flavors with the flavor of sugar to produce liking. Specifically, they are using ____. a. ​stimulus discrimination b. ​habituation c. ​extinction

d. ​taste preferences ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 72. ​Aversion therapy that uses Antabuse to treat alcoholism is based on the principle of ____. a. ​classical conditioning b. ​operant conditioning c. ​social learning

d. ​observational conditioning ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 73. ​When treating alcoholism with aversion therapy, the drug called Antabuse is used as the ____. a. ​conditioned stimulus b. ​unconditioned response c. ​unconditioned stimulus d. ​neutral stimulus

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

74. ​Aversion therapy to treat alcoholism is ____. a. ​one of the most successful techniques developed for this problem b. ​only modestly successful

c. ​successful only if the drinker has been drinking for many years d. ​not successful at all

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 75. ​When Antabuse is used to treat alcoholism through aversion therapy, the neutral stimulus in this classical conditioning example is ____. a. ​Antabuse b. ​nausea c. ​the drug d. ​alcohol

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 76. ​When a classically conditioned response is no longer exhibited, ____. a. ​acquisition has occurred b. ​the conditioned stimulus goes back to being a neutral stimulus c. ​spontaneous recovery has occurred

d. ​the relationship between the conditioned stimulus and the unconditioned stimulus has been broken ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 77. ​Ashley grew up fearing clowns because of an incident early in her life. Although it took several years before the fear disappeared completely, she can now enjoy the entertainment that clowns offer. Her fear of clowns has undergone ____. a. ​dismissal b. ​dishabituation c. ​extinction

d. ​stimulus generalization ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

78. ​In classical conditioning, extinction occurs when the ____. a. ​neutral stimulus is presented without the conditioned stimulus

b. ​unconditioned stimulus is presented without the unconditioned response c. ​conditioned stimulus is presented without the unconditioned stimulus d. ​conditioned stimulus is presented without the conditioned response

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 79. ​The phase of classical conditioning during which the conditioned response is developing is often referred to as ____. a. ​extinction b. ​acquisition

c. ​counter conditioning

d. ​spontaneous recovery ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 80. ​When a conditioned stimulus no longer produces a conditioned response, ____ has occurred. a. ​acquisition b. ​extinction

c. ​stimulus generalization d. ​punishment

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 81. ​Susanna has been classically conditioned to feel anxiety every time she walks through the anti-theft security devices at a local store because in the past she has set off the alarm many times when clerks failed to demagnetize her purchases.

Susanna has the best chance of eliminating her classically conditioned anxiety by ____. a. ​never going to that store again b. ​setting off the alarm as many times as she can so that she gets used to it c. ​demanding that the store compensate her for her anxiety

d. ​repeatedly walking through the devices without setting off the alarm ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 82. ​Tad’s ex-girlfriend used to wear Chanel perfume. Since their bitter break-up, Tad has found that he feels angry

whenever he smells Chanel No. 5. What is the best way for Tad to get to the point where smelling Chanel No. 5 will no longer make him feel angry? a. ​He should avoid contact with his ex-girlfriend for at least six months. b. ​He should frequently go to the local perfume counter and smell Chanel No. 5. c. ​He should focus on how angry he is at his ex-girlfriend. d. ​He should find a new girlfriend.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 83. ​While on vacation, Juana eats bologna and then suffers an attack of car sickness. Now, when Juana even thinks of bologna, she feels sick to her stomach. How can Juana get to the point where she can once again eat bologna without feeling sick? a. ​She cannot never again eat bologna without feeling sick. b. ​She should eat a bologna sandwich right before she rides the rollercoaster at the local amusement park. c. ​She should resume eating bologna in situations where she is not likely to get sick. d. ​She should continue to avoid bologna and eventually she will start liking it again.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 84. ​A conditioned response that has undergone extinction ____. a. ​is more difficult to acquire than one that was never conditioned in the first place b. ​will never be exhibited again c. ​may spontaneously recover

d. ​will not spontaneously recover temporarily, but could be reacquired ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 85. ​Spontaneous recovery refers to when a(n) ____. a. ​conditioned response becomes a neutral stimulus again b. ​extinguished conditioned response reappears

c. ​new conditioned response is learned that is similar to a previously conditioned response d. ​unconditioned stimulus loses its ability to elicit the unconditioned response

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

86. ​Although Shera has not had any alcohol in 25 years, she will occasionally experience a slight craving. This experience, which is somewhat similar to the cravings she experienced when she drank regularly, is called ____. a. ​acquisition b. ​stimulus discrimination c. ​stimulus revisitation

d. ​spontaneous recovery ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 87. ​Which statement is TRUE about spontaneous recovery? a. ​Spontaneous recovery can happen long after the response has been extinguished.

b. ​Spontaneous recovery suggests that the organism has forgotten about the connection between the conditioned and unconditioned stimuli. c. ​Spontaneous recovery only occurs with the robust associations of taste aversion. d. ​Spontaneous recovery means that the response has not been extinguished.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 88. ​Suppose a behavior that has been extinguished temporarily exhibits itself again. This would be a(n) ____. a. ​common event called negative conditioning b. ​uncommon event called counter-conditioning c. ​common event called spontaneous recovery

d. ​uncommon event called stimulus generalization ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. ​Carolyn is training her new puppy Ollie using a method called clicker training. The first step is to click a clicker and give Ollie a treat. In this case, the unconditioned stimulus is ____. a. ​the treat b. ​Carolyn c. ​Ollie

d. ​the clicker ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

90. ​Carolyn is training her new puppy Ollie using a method called clicker training. The first step is to click a clicker and give Ollie a treat. In this case, the originally neutral stimulus is ____. a. ​the treat b. ​Carolyn c. ​Ollie

d. ​the clicker ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 91. ​Which term refers to refers to the degree to which the NS/CS and US occur close together in time? a. ​consequence b. ​conflation

c. ​contingency d. ​contiguity

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 92. ​Don wants to classically condition his roommate, Lloyd, to cringe whenever Don opens the squeaky drawer on his desk. To do this, Don decides to wait until his Lloyd is studying. Don will then open the drawer and then toss a ping-pong ball towards his roommates head. Don knows it is important to coordinate the squeaking from the drawer and tossing the ball so they are close together in time. Don is concerned about ____. a. ​consequences b. ​contiguity c. ​contingency d. ​confluence

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 93. ​Don is delighted when he successfully conditions his roommate, Lloyd, to cringe at the sound of the squeaky drawer by pairing the squeak with a ping-pong ball to his roommate’s head. He decides to continue his classical conditioning experiment and creates another squeaky noise by dragging his chair legs across the floor. At first, Lloyd cringes at the new squeak, illustrating ____. a. ​habituation b. ​dishabituation c. ​discrimination d. ​generalization ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 94. ​Joseph told his buddies at work a joke that made fun of women. To his surprise, no one laughed at the joke, and one person even scolded him for telling it. As a result, Joseph decided never again to tell a joke like that at work. Joseph’s experience is an example of what principle of learning? a. ​habituation b. ​classical conditioning c. ​the law of effect d. ​orienting

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 95. ​In Thorndike’s work on the law of effect, he observed ____. a. ​dogs salivating to meat and bells b. ​humans learning how to work with electronic equipment c. ​pigeons pecking at round disks

d. ​cats learning how to escape a puzzle box ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. ​Thorndike concluded that his cats were learning because ____. a. ​they ran to the normal feeding spot whenever the can opener was turned on

b. ​the number of eye blinks decreased after being exposed to conditioning techniques c. ​they responded to a light whenever food was presented to them

d. ​across repeated placements in a box, it took them a shorter amount of time to get out of the box ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 97. ​Edward Thorndike is best known for his work on ____. a. ​negative reinforcement b. ​shaping

c. ​spontaneous recovery d. ​the law of effect

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

98. ​According to the law of effect, if an organism commonly expresses a certain behavior, you can bet that ____. a. ​it has been learned through the power of observational learning b. ​it has led to positive consequences in the past c. ​the behavior has been punished in the past

d. ​the behavior is a result of positive reinforcement ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 99. ​The fact that you go to work each day in order to have enough money to pay your bills is best explained by ____. a. ​habituation b. ​dishabituation

c. ​classical conditioning d. ​the law of effect

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 100. ​Carlotta’s husband took out the trash without being nagged to do so, and Carlotta gave him a big hug. Carlotta seems to be using ____ on her husband. a. ​habituation b. ​social learning c. ​the law of effect

d. ​classical conditioning ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 101. ​Positive reinforcement is to ____ as negative reinforcement is to ____. a. ​praise; spanking

b. ​conditioning to increase a behavior; conditioning to decrease a behavior c. ​classical; operant

d. ​addition of something pleasant; removal of something unpleasant ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

102. ​Wilson wants to use operant conditioning to teach his son to take out the trash. Every time his son takes out the trash, Wilson gives him a dollar. Wilson is employing what type of consequence? a. ​positive reinforcement b. ​negative reinforcement c. ​positive punishment

d. ​negative punishment ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 103. ​What type of consequence is Mayra using when she tells her daughter that she does not have to do the dishes for a week because she did so well on her weekly spelling test at school? a. ​positive reinforcement b. ​negative reinforcement c. ​positive punishment

d. ​negative punishment ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 104. ​Negative reinforcement leads to ____. a. ​a decrease in behavior b. ​modeling of aggression c. ​poor self-esteem

d. ​an increase in behavior ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 105. ​When a parent gives into a child’s tantrum in order to stop the child’s tantrum behavior, this leads to a greater likelihood that when the child throws a tantrum in the future, the parent will give in again. This change in the parent’s behavior is an example of ____. a. ​negative reinforcement​ b. ​positive reinforcement c. ​negative punishment d. ​positive punishment

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

106. ​Positive reinforcement and negative punishment are ____.​ a. ​two words to describe the same thing b. ​two different ways of increasing a behavior

c. ​different in that positive reinforcement involves taking something away and negative punishment involves adding something d. ​different in that positive reinforcement increases a behavior and negative punishment decreases a behavior ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 107. ​When you break your curfew and your parents take away your car privileges in order stop you from breaking curfew in the future, they are using ____. a. ​negative reinforcement b. ​positive reinforcement c. ​negative punishment d. ​positive punishment

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 108. ​Positive punishment ____. a. ​is the same thing as negative reinforcement

b. ​occurs when something unpleasant is added to an organism’s environment

c. ​occurs when something pleasant is taken away from an organism’s environment d. ​is a phase which does not exist, as punishment cannot be positive, only negative

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 109. ​Joseph tells his buddies at work a joke that makes fun of women. To his surprise, his friends scolded him. As a result, Joseph decides never again to tell a joke like that at work. Joseph’s experience is an example of what type of consequence? a. ​positive reinforcement b. ​negative reinforcement c. ​negative punishment d. ​positive punishment

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

110. ​Joseph tells his buddies at work a joke that makes fun of women. To his surprise, his friends ignore him for several days. As a result, Joseph decides never again to tell a joke like that at work. Joseph’s experience is an example of what type of consequence? a. ​positive punishment b. ​negative punishment c. ​positive reinforcement

d. ​negative reinforcement ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 111. ​Teresa has a bad experience at the dentist’s office when she had a painful root canal. As a result, Teresa has not been to the dentist in five years. Which type of learning best explains Teresa’s failure to go to the dentist in the last five years? a. ​habituation b. ​classical conditioning c. ​operant conditioning d. ​social learning

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 112. ​B.F. Skinner introduced what concept related to Thorndike’s law of effect? a. ​operant conditioning b. ​classical conditioning

c. ​aversion conditioning

d. ​contiguity conditioning ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 113. ​Compared to classical conditioning, operant conditioning is more likely to result in ____. a. ​a variety of initial responses b. ​a negative response

c. ​a maladaptive response d. ​a single response

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

114. ​B.F. Skinner’s name for the law of effect is ____. a. ​latent learning b. ​respondent learning

c. ​operant conditioning

d. ​observational conditioning ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 115. ​Classical conditioning is to ____ as operant conditioning is to ____. a. ​association of stimuli; consequences of behavior b. ​reinforcement of responses; observation of models c. ​punishment; reinforcement

d. ​shaping the environment; shaping the individual ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 116. ​Operant conditioning is to ____ as classical conditioning is to ____. a. ​temporary; permanent b. ​quick; slow

c. ​association; consequences d. ​active; passive

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 117. ​Classical conditioning is to____ as operant conditioning is to ____. a. ​active; passive b. ​simple responses; complex behaviors

c. ​unimportant behaviors; important behaviors d. ​actions; feelings

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 118. ​Thorndike is to ____ as Skinner is to ____. a. ​classical conditioning; operant conditioning

b. ​the law of effect; operant conditioning c. ​observational learning; latent learning

d. ​operant conditioning; classical conditioning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 119. ​A researcher who uses a Skinner box to study behavior is probably studying ____. a. ​respondent learning b. ​operant conditioning

c. ​observational conditioning d. ​classical conditioning

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 120. ​Skinner referred to the type of behavior learned from classical conditioning as ____, and the type of behavior learned from operant conditioning as ____. a. ​social behavior; latent behavior b. ​modeled behavior; spontaneous behavior c. ​respondent behavior; operant behavior d. ​stimulus behavior; response behavior

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 121. ​According to Skinner, in classical conditioning, behavior is ____, but in operant conditioning, behavior is ____. a. ​unintelligent; intelligent b. ​incomplete; complete c. ​immediate; delayed d. ​forced; chosen

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 122. ​Traditionally, in a Skinner box, ____. a. ​humans are observed as they try to learn how to escape b. ​cats are observed as they try to learn how to escape

c. ​animals are exposed to different items to see which ones they learn to like the most

d. ​animals learn to hit a bar in order to receive a reward ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 123. ​Frank buys his daughter a computerized toy that is teaching her to read. As she reads the text of a book, the computer asks her questions, which she answers by pointing to the answers with a specialized stylus. If she gets the answers correct, the computer applauds. If she gets the answer wrong, the computer beeps. This toy is analogous to ____. a. ​the experiment Pavlov did with his dogs b. ​the experiment J.B. Watson did on little Albert c. ​a Skinner box

d. ​taste aversion with Antabuse ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 124. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding acquisition and extinction? a. ​These terms apply to classical conditioning but not to operant conditioning.

b. ​These terms apply to operant conditioning but not to classical conditioning.

c. ​Acquisition applies to operant conditioning and extinction apples to classical conditioning. d. ​Both terms apply to both classical and operant conditioning.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 125. ​Extinction in operant conditioning occurs when the ____. a. ​neutral stimulus does not get reinforced

b. ​conditioned stimulus is presented without the unconditioned stimulus c. ​behavior is no longer reinforced

d. ​individual consciously chooses not to engage in the behavior ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 126. ​According to the views of B.F. Skinner, if a behavior is commonly exhibited, you can be assured that it ____. a. ​is a product of conscious thought b. ​has been reinforced

c. ​will never be extinguished completely

d. ​has been followed by a positive consequence every time is has been exhibited

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 127. ​When reinforcement for a behavior is withheld, an extinction burst is common. This extinction burst is a(n) ____. a. ​rapid decrease in the behavior b. ​emotional reaction indicating that the organism is not happy with the situation

c. ​period of time in which the behavior is not exhibited at all followed by a recurrence d. ​temporary increase in the behavior

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 128. ​When an extinction burst occurs, it suggests that the organism ____. a. ​has learned to expect reinforcement b. ​no longer expects reinforcement

c. ​has learned to expect punishment d. ​no longer expects punishment

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 129. ​According to the principles of operant conditioning, when reinforcement for a behavior is stopped, ____. a. ​the person will find another source of reinforcement b. ​the behavior will also stop eventually

c. ​someone else will begin to reinforce the behavior d. ​someone else will begin to punish the behavior

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 130. ​At first, Sally thought it was funny when her five-year-old used bad language, and she would laugh despite herself.

However, Sally soon realized that she was encouraging this behavior, and she stopped laughing when her child used inappropriate language. But to her dismay, as soon as Sally decided not to laugh anymore, the child began to use bad language more often before she finally stopped using it. What best explains why the child’s inappropriate behavior increased temporarily? a. ​habituation b. ​re-acquisition of the response c. ​an extinction burst

d. ​spontaneous recovery ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 131. ​In a continuous reinforcement schedule, ____. a. ​the behavior is exhibited constantly b. ​reinforcement is given constantly

c. ​reinforcement is given every time the behavior is exhibited

d. ​reinforcement is not given in response to the behavior every time, but according to some predictable schedule ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 132. ​Reinforcement of a behavior only some of the time it occurs is called a ____ reinforcement schedule. a. ​partial b. ​residual

c. ​temporary

d. ​continuous ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 133. ​Chang gets paid a $50 bonus for every 100 pairs of shoes that he sells. Chang is being reinforced on a ____ schedule of reinforcement. a. ​fixed ratio b. ​variable ratio c. ​fixed interval

d. ​variable interval ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 134. ​What do fixed interval, fixed ratio, variable interval, and fixed interval schedules of reinforcement all have in common? a. ​They are all based on classical conditioning. b. ​They are all based on negative reinforcement rather than positive reinforcement. c. ​They are all schedules of partial reinforcement.

d. ​They are all continuous schedules of reinforcement.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 135. ​Continuous schedules of reinforcement are to ____ as partial schedules of reinforcement are to ____. a. ​slower extinction rates; faster extinction rates b. ​internal motivation; external motivation

c. ​faster extinction rates; slower extinction rates d. ​classical conditioning; operant conditioning

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 136. ​If a behavior continues to be exhibited in spite of the fact that no reinforcement is being given, it is likely that the behavior ____. a. ​was created through multiple types of conditioning b. ​has an underlying biological cause c. ​has been previously reinforced every single time it occurred for many year

d. ​has been previously conditioned according to a partial reinforcement schedule ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 137. ​If an employer at a cleaning company wants his employees to clean more toilets per shift, he would get the best response when using a ____ schedule of reinforcement. a. ​fixed interval b. ​variable interval c. ​fixed ratio

d. ​variable ratio ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 138. ​Ratio schedules deliver reinforcement according to ____. a. ​the number of responses emitted by the organism b. ​the number of times per hour the behavior is desired c. ​a length of time that varies from day to day

d. ​the number of people that are being reinforced

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 139. ​If a teacher wants to change a pattern of student studying that typically increases on the days prior to a test and drops to almost no studying at all in the days following a test, she should try a variable interval schedule such as a system that uses ____. a. ​random, unannounced tests b. ​self-testing at home c. ​no tests at all

d. ​rewards on test day ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 140. ​If the desire is to create a response that is most highly resistant to extinction, a ____ schedule of reinforcement should be used. a. ​fixed interval b. ​variable ratio c. ​fixed ratio

d. ​continuous ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 141. ​Slot machines pay out according to a ____ schedule of reinforcement. a. ​fixed ratio b. ​variable ratio

c. ​fixed interval

d. ​variable interval ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 142. ​It is likely that a behavior that shows cycles of high rates of response followed by low rates of response has been reinforced on a ____ schedule of reinforcement. a. ​fixed ratio b. ​variable ratio c. ​fixed interval

d. ​variable interval

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 143. ​Thea gets paid at her job every two weeks. Thea is being reinforced for her working on a____ schedule of reinforcement. a. ​fixed ratio b. ​variable ratio c. ​fixed interval

d. ​variable interval ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 144. ​In operant conditioning, when a behavior that has been reinforced in one context begins to be exhibited in other contexts and situations, ____ has occurred. a. ​shaping b. ​discrimination c. ​generalization

d. ​latent learning ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 145. ​Xiao-ping has learned that if she whines to her mom, she will get candy. Based on this experience, Xiao-ping starts whining to her dad, too, in hopes of getting candy. Xiao-ping is illustrating ____. a. ​shaping b. ​discrimination c. ​generalization

d. ​latent learning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 146. ​In operant conditioning, when a behavior that has been reinforced exhibits itself only in certain situations or contexts, ____ has occurred. a. ​shaping b. ​discrimination c. ​generalization

d. ​latent learning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 147. ​Shaping differs from simple reinforcement in that ____. a. ​shaping involves the reinforcement of different behaviors until an ultimate behavior is expressed b. ​shaping involves the reinforcement of the same behaviors until they are firmly established c. ​reinforcement takes longer to accomplish than shaping

d. ​reinforcement involves only negative consequences and shaping involves only positive consequences ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 148. ​Shaping would be used ____. a. ​when a passive behavior pattern is desired

b. ​when punishment has failed to have any real effects in changing behavior

c. ​to create a response that does not naturally exist in the behavior pattern of an organism

d. ​to create an increased response rate for a behavior that already exists in the behavior pattern of the organism ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 149. ​When animal trainers use operant conditioning techniques to slowly condition a new behavior by reinforcing successive approximations of the new desired behavior, the specific name for this is ____. a. ​habituation b. ​conditioning c. ​learning d. ​shaping

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 150. ​Shaping occurs when ____. a. ​all methods of conditioning, namely positive reinforcement, negative reinforcement, positive punishment, and negative punishment are used to create a new behavior b. ​animals, as opposed to humans, are taught to do something that they did not do before c. ​a novel behavior is slowly conditioned by reinforcing successive approximations of the final desired behavior d. ​a behavior is reinforced repeatedly until it becomes nearly automatic

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 151. ​Which statement is most TRUE of shaping? a. ​Shaping can be used effectively on animals and people. b. ​Shaping can be used effectively only on animals. c. ​Shaping can be used effectively only on people.

d. ​Shaping can be used effectively only on children.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 152. ​Vicki, an animal trainer, needs to train a bear to dance for a role in a Hollywood movie. Which technique will Vicki most likely use to accomplish this task? a. ​social learning b. ​shaping c. ​modeling

d. ​classical conditioning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 153. ​The safest and most effective tool to change behavior is ____. a. ​punishment b. ​classical conditioning c. ​coercion

d. ​reinforcement ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 154. ​Rick wants his daughter to spend more time studying. Which strategy is most likely to work for Rick? a. ​He should spank his daughter when she does not study. b. ​He should punish his daughter when she does not study.

c. ​He should leave his daughter alone and let the problem fix itself. d. ​He should reward his daughter when she does study.

ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 155. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding punishment compared to reinforcement? a. ​Punishment is usually a more effective method of creating desired behavior. b. ​Punishment often only has temporary effects.

c. ​Punishment has the ability to teach correct behavior.

d. ​Punishment has been shown to be more effective in creating the motivation to exhibit appropriate behavior.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 156. ​Years of research has shown that children who experience physical punishment are ____. a. ​better adjusted than children who do not experience physical punishment b. ​unlikely to use physical punishment when they become parents

c. ​more likely to be aggressive and experience lower levels of mental health d. ​no different from those who do not experience physical punishment

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 157. ​Which method will make punishment more effective? a. ​Create situations that tempt the child to engage in bad behavior.

b. ​Show anger so your child can see how important it is to behave appropriately. c. ​Delay punishment so your child has time to worry about it. d. ​Punish the bad behavior each and every time it occurs.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 158. ​Punishing a child’s misbehavior only occasionally when it occurs may mean that the behavior is actually being reinforced on a partial schedule because the child is able to “get away” with doing the behavior some of the time. This program of punishment would then have the result of making the ____. a. ​misbehavior more resistant to extinction b. ​misbehavior less resistant to extinction c. ​person doing the punishing do it less often

d. ​person doing the punishing do it more often ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

159. ​Recent research on parental use of physical punishment reveals that ____. a. ​100% of parents use spanking on toddlers b. ​80% of parents use spanking on preschoolers c. ​50% of parents use spanking on toddlers

d. ​40% of parents use spanking on preschoolers ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 160. ​The fact that to be effective, punishment must be aversive and reinforcement must not be trivial, suggests that ____. a. ​the best type of consequences are the most extreme ones b. ​punishment is a more effective means of changing behavior

c. ​you should know the perceptions of the person whose behavior you are trying to change d. ​the same consequences will lead to the same effects in all people

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 161. ​Positive reinforcement that is trivial to the person receiving it ____. a. ​will be effective in latent learning, but not in operant conditioning b. ​will likely have only a weak effect in changing behavior

c. ​is about as effective as classical conditioning in changing behavior

d. ​may have a greater effect than a more significant positive reinforcement because of its subtle nature ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 162. ​Primary reinforcers ____. a. ​are directly reinforcing

b. ​exert their effects through secondary reinforcers c. ​are not as effective as secondary reinforcers d. ​include such things as money

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 163. ​Which item is a primary reinforcer?

a. ​money b. ​sex

c. ​grades

d. ​tokens ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 164. ​Secondary reinforcers ____. a. ​include food, water, sex, and comfort

b. ​involve those things that we gain from other people, rather than from ourselves c. ​involve those things that we gain from ourselves, rather than from other people d. ​are those things that indirectly lead to other, directly pleasurable things

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 165. ​Primary reinforcers are more ____ than secondary reinforcers. a. ​socially related b. ​trivially oriented

c. ​intrinsically pleasurable

d. ​learned from experience ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 166. ​The concept of primary and secondary reinforcers is most associated with ____. a. ​classical conditioning b. ​habituation

c. ​intellectual conditioning d. ​operant conditioning

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 167. ​A token economy makes use of a(n) ____. a. ​extinction burst b. ​secondary reinforcer

c. ​variable interval schedule of reinforcement d. ​shaping procedure

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 168. ​Token economies are used as a means of ____. a. ​observational learning b. ​classical conditioning c. ​operant conditioning d. ​latent learning

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 169. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding token economies? a. ​They place the behavior on a variable interval schedule of reinforcement. b. ​They can lead to behavior that is highly resistant to extinction.

c. ​They are effective in developing a number of behaviors in a group of people. d. ​They allow for immediate reinforcement through a primary reinforcer.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 170. ​In a token economy, ____. a. ​people are rewarded for appropriate behavior with chips or something similar that they can exchange later for a primary reinforcer b. ​money is given in immediate response to behavior that has been clearly identified by those in charge c. ​primary reinforcers, which can be used to earn secondary reinforcers, are given as rewards for appropriate behavior d. ​designated individuals consistently model specific behaviors in a closed institution where modeling of inappropriate behaviors is unlikely

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 171. ​Regarding the study of thoughts or feelings, B.F. Skinner believed that ____. a. ​people do not really have thoughts or feelings b. ​thoughts and feelings cannot be studied scientifically

c. ​individuals make cognitive choices about how they respond to the environment d. ​classical conditioning explains more behavior than does operant conditioning

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 172. ​Strict behaviorism tends to ____. a. ​ignore the influence of cognitive processes b. ​be fairly non-scientific

c. ​emphasize free will and choice

d. ​embrace the idea of social learning ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 173. ​B.F. Skinner and Edward Tolman would have disagreed about the importance of ____ in affecting behavior. a. ​reinforcement b. ​the environment c. ​cognition

d. ​punishment ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 174. ​Edward Tolman studied rats running through mazes and found that ____. a. ​the rats who were both punished for incorrect choices and rewarded for correct choices learned the maze faster than rats that were only either punished or rewarded b. ​the rats’ ability to cognitively process the maze had no effect on their success in reaching the end c. ​rats that had been allowed to wander through the maze without rewards learned the maze more quickly than normal once they began to be rewarded for reaching the end d. ​primary reinforcers were more effective than secondary reinforcers in teaching the rats to successfully navigate the maze

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 175. ​If latent learning is occurring, it suggests most directly that ____. a. ​learning can sometimes occur very slowly b. ​learning may be strongly influenced by biological factors

c. ​behaviors that are conditioned will never be completely forgotten d. ​cognitive processes are influencing the learning process

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 176. ​If an organism has developed a cognitive map of a maze, it is an indication of ____. a. ​operant conditioning b. ​latent learning

c. ​classical conditioning

d. ​positive reinforcement ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 177. ​Tolman’s research showing that rats can learn a maze even when they are not rewarded ____. a. ​suggests that cognitive processes can influence learning b. ​is consistent with B.F. Skinner’s view of operant conditioning c. ​is an example of observational learning

d. ​shows the value of a continuous schedule of reinforcement ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 178. ​Ginger grew up in a home where both of her parents smoked. When Ginger turned 15, she too began smoking despite the fact that her parents frequently warned her not to adopt this bad habit. Ginger’s decision to smoke is most likely the result of what type of learning? a. ​habituation b. ​classical conditioning c. ​social learning

d. ​operant conditioning ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 179. ​Social learning involves ____. a. ​receiving reinforcement and punishments from other people b. ​observing the behaviors of others and learning from them c. ​learning that occurs outside of the home environment

d. ​the learning of social emotions such as jealousy, love, and anger toward others ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 180. Don is delighted when he successfully conditions his roommate, Lloyd, to cringe at the sound of the squeaky drawer by pairing the squeak with a ping-pong ball to his roommate’s head. He decides continue his experiment with classical conditioning and creates another squeaky noise by dragging his chair legs across the floor. At first Lloyd cringes at the new squeak, but with continued “trials” in which the drawer squeak is paired with a ping-pong ball to the head but the chair leg squeak is not, Lloyd stops cringing to the chair leg squeak, illustrating ____. a. ​habituation b. ​dishabituation c. ​discrimination d. ​generalization

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 181. ​After becoming bored with classically conditioning his roommate, Lloyd, to cringe at the sound of a squeaky drawer, Don decides to give Lloyd a break and he repeatedly squeaks the drawer without hitting Lloyd with a ping pong ball.

What procedure is Don using? a. ​spontaneous recovery b. ​acquisition c. ​discrimination d. ​extinction

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 182. ​According to the ____, behaviors that lead to positive consequences will be strengthened and behaviors that lead to negative consequences will be weakened. a. ​law of effect b. ​contingency effect c. ​contiguity effect d. ​reflex law

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 183. ​Felicia has learned that if she washes the dishes her roommate, Millie, will stop nagging her about them. Millie is using ____.

a. ​positive reinforcement

b. ​negative reinforcement c. ​positive punishment

d. ​negative punishment ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 184. ​Shane’s mother tells him that if he is not quiet when she is working, he will not be allowed to play computer games later in the evening. Shane’s mother is using ____. a. ​positive reinforcement b. ​negative reinforcement c. ​positive punishment

d. ​negative punishment ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 185. ​Lloyd’s roommate, Don, classically conditioned Lloyd to cringe whenever Don opened a squeaky drawer by pairing a squeak with a ping pong ball to Lloyd’s head. Lloyd wants to return the favor, so when Don is out, Lloyd discretely wires an electrode to the drawer handle to Don will be shocked when he touches it. Lloyd is using ____. a. ​negative reinforcement b. ​positive reinforcement c. ​negative punishment d. ​positive punishment

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 186. ​Tina has a heavy class load and is spending a lot of time studying, to the dismay of her beloved dog, Bobo. When Bobo walks over and puts his chin on Tina’s leg, she pets him and gives him a treat from the bag she keeps in her desk drawer. As a consequence, he continues walking over and putting his chin on Tina’s leg. Tina has used ____. a. ​positive reinforcement b. ​negative reinforcement c. ​positive punishment

d. ​negative punishment ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

187. ​Tina has inadvertently trained her dog Bobo, to lay his chin on her leg when she is studying by giving him a treat when he does. Unfortunately, she has been so busy that she has run out of treats. Bobo not only continues to walk over and lay his chin on her leg, but he begins pawing at her leg and arm. Bobo is showing ____. a. ​generalization b. ​discrimination c. ​an extinction burst

d. ​spontaneous recovery ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 188. ​Nash is fed up with hearing his friends brag about the tricks their dogs can do, so he decides to train his hyacinth macaw how to shoot basketball, using a bird-size ball and hoop. He starts out by giving Indigo a treat for touching the ball with his beak. When Indigo reliably touches the ball, Nash begins reinforcing Indigo for picking the ball up in his beak, and, behavior by behavior, eventually trains Indigo to shoot hoops. Nash is using ____. a. ​reflex arcs b. ​shaping c. ​classical conditioning

d. ​observational learning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 189. ​When four year-old Barbara misbehaves, her mother has her stand in the corner for five minutes. What kind of punishment is Barbara’s mother using? a. ​timeout b. ​restitution c. ​fines

d. ​loss of privileges ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 190. ​Tovah’s office has a “cuss jar” and when someone swears, he or she is expected to put a dollar in the cuss jar. This is an example of the use of ____. a. ​timeout b. ​restitution c. ​fines

d. ​loss of privileges ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 191. ​When 11-year-old Michael breaks his sisters’ favorite model rocket, his parents tell him he must give her one of his model rockets. Michael’s parents are using ____. a. ​timeout b. ​restitution c. ​fines

d. ​loss of privileges ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 192. ​Robyn’s father tells her if she does not practice the violin for 30 minutes every evening, she will not get computer time that evening. Robyn’s father is using ____. a. ​timeout b. ​restitution c. ​fines

d. ​loss of privileges ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 193. ​Harsh punishment ____. a. ​is remarkably effective

b. ​teaches the correct behavior

c. ​rarely causes problems for the child d. ​teaches aggression

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 194. ​Social learning is often referred to as ____. a. ​classical conditioning b. ​observational learning c. ​operant conditioning

d. ​aversive conditioning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

195. ​What do Albert Bandura, Wolfgang Kohler, and Edward Tolman all have in common? a. ​They are all strong advocates of the principals involved in operant conditioning. b. ​They all believe strongly in the views of strict behaviorism.

c. ​They all have shown that latent learning is not a valid concept.

d. ​They all have conducted research demonstrating the importance to cognition in learning.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 196. ​Behaviorism is to ____ as social learning is to ____.

Tolman; Pavlov a. ​Tolman; Pavlov b. ​Kohler; Skinner

c. ​Skinner; Bandura d. ​Bandura; Pavlov

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. ​Albert Bandura is best known for his studies on ____. a. ​cats attempting to escape from a puzzle box b. ​pigeons learning to play ping-pong

c. ​dogs learning to salivate to a buzzer

d. ​children behaving aggressively toward Bobo dolls ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 198. ​Albert Bandura found through his research that ____. a. ​rats who had previously wandered through a maze learned it faster once they began being rewarded for making it to the end b. ​when left on their own, cats would eventually find their way out of a box through a process of trial and error c. ​children will readily imitate the behavior of aggressive adults as long as the adults were not punished

d. ​chimpanzees did not need to use trial-and-error to determine how to use a stick to reach a banana, indicating that learning can occur without behaving ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 199. ​In one of Albert Bandura’s Bobo doll studies, children observed a model behaving aggressively toward the Bobo doll without receiving any positive or negative consequences for the behavior. Later, when these children were given an opportunity to be with the Bobo doll, they tended to ____. a. ​ignore the Bobo doll b. ​act aggressively toward the Bobo doll c. ​play happily with the Bobo doll d. ​show fear of the Bobo doll

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 200. ​Bandura’s Bobo doll studies showed that ____. a. ​one does not have to engage in behavior and experience consequences to learn b. ​learning can only occur when reinforcement is used

c. ​aggression is never imitated when the model is punished d. ​children primarily learn through operant conditioning

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 201. ​Kim is a daycare worker. She recently decided that the children would no longer be allowed to watch Batman on TV because so many kids were getting into fights on the playground after watching this cartoon. What best explains why watching Batman would influence the children to fight on the playground? a. ​habituation b. ​classical conditioning c. ​operant conditioning d. ​social learning

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 202. ​Social learning researchers Donna Mumme and Anne Fernald found that 12-month-old children ____. a. ​were not influenced by the actions of televised models

b. ​disliked toys that televised models reacted negatively toward and liked toys that televised models reacted positively or neutrally toward c. ​mimicked the toy preferences of televised models as long as the models were not strangers

d. ​reacted in the same manner toward toys as televised models did, and then very clearly explained that they did so because they were following the models’ example

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 203. ​What is a step in Bandura’s theory of the process involved in social learning? a. ​reinforcement b. ​motivation c. ​validation

d. ​punishment ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 204. ​Which progression represents Bandura’s four-step process in his social learning theory? a. ​sensation, perception, reward, reproduction b. ​attention, retention, reproduction, motivation

c. ​example, awareness, imitation, consequences

d. ​modeling, internalization, connection, performance ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 205. ​Polly sees her mother baking cookies one day. Two weeks later at kindergarten, Polly and her friends are playing house and Polly begins to mimic the steps she saw her mother going through when making the cookies. Polly’s play acting in kindergarten shows that ____. a. ​social learning involves the use of memory b. ​social learning is slower than operant conditioning c. ​social learning takes several weeks to settle in

d. ​social learning does not lead to real-life learning ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 206. ​Explain the difference between habituation and dishabituation.

ANSWER: ​Habituation is the tendency of an organism to ignore repeated stimuli.

Dishabituation is re-responding to a stimulus to which one has been habituated.

REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. ​A squirrel is scurrying around hunting for acorns. Every once in a while, it pauses to look around before resuming its

quest. Describe the squirrel’s behavior in terms of orientation and habituation.

ANSWER: ​Sounds and sights periodically catch the squirrel’s attention which results in the squirrel looking around and listen this is known as an orienting reflex. If it detects nothing of danger or interest, the squirrel stops paying attention to sights and sounds; a process known as habituation.

REFERENCES: 6.1 Learning from the First Days of Life: Habituation KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 208. ​Describe how Ivan Pavlov unwittingly discovered his model of classical conditioning.

ANSWER: Around the turn of the 20th century, a Russian physiologist named Ivan Pavlov (9–6) was doing research on the digestive processes of dogs (for which he would eventually win a Nobel Prize). Pavlov was investigating the role that salivation plays in digestion. He had surgically implanted devices in the cheeks of dogs so that he could measure how much saliva they produced. His experimental method was to place the dog in a harness, present the dog with some food, and then measure the amount of saliva the dog produced. ​ While conducting these studies, Pavlov noticed that sometimes the dogs began to salivate before the food was presented to them. Sometimes the mere sight of the food dish or the sound of the approaching experimenter was enough to produce salivation. So what was going on? Why would a dog start to salivate when it heard footsteps or saw an empty food bowl? Pavlov reasoned that the dog had learned to associate certain cues or stimuli with the presentation of food. To the dog, the approach of foot- steps had come to mean that food was soon going to appear. Consequently, the dog had become conditioned, or taught, to respond to the footsteps the same way that it responded to the food—by salivating.

Unwittingly, Pavlov had discovered a learning process, one that would become extremely influential in psychology.

Around the turn of the 20th century, a Russian physiologist named Ivan Pavlov (9–6) was doing research on the digestive processes of dogs (for which he would eventually win a Nobel Prize). Pavlov was investigating the role that salivation plays in digestion. He had surgically implanted devices in the cheeks of dogs so that he could measure how much saliva they produced. His experimental method was to place the dog in a harness, present the dog with some food, and then measure the amount of saliva the dog produced. ​ While conducting these studies, Pavlov noticed that sometimes the dogs began to salivate before the food was presented to them. Sometimes the mere sight of the food dish or the sound of the approaching experimenter was enough to produce salivation. So what was going on? Why would a dog start to salivate when it heard footsteps or saw an empty food bowl? Pavlov reasoned that the dog had learned to associate certain cues or stimuli with the presentation of food. To the dog, the approach of foot- steps had come to mean that food was soon going to appear. Consequently, the dog had become conditioned, or taught, to respond to the footsteps the same way that it responded to the food—by salivating.

Unwittingly, Pavlov had discovered a learning process, one that would become extremely influential in psychology. ​ REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 209. ​Describe John B. Watson’s research with Little Albert and identifying the unconditioned, neutral, and conditioned stimuli and the unconditioned and conditioned responses in the original study.

ANSWER: ​In the Little Albert experiments, Watson classically conditioned Albert to fear a white rat. To do this, Watson first gave Albert a white lab rat and allowed him to play with it. In the beginning, the rat was an NS for Albert because it did not cause him to be afraid. A few minutes after giving Albert the rat, Watson made a very loud noise by striking a piece of metal with a hammer. As with most 11-montholds, a loud noise such as this was a US for Albert that reliably produced the UR of frightening Albert and making him cry. Over and over, Watson repeated this sequence of presenting the rat (NS), then making the noise (US), with the result that Albert would become afraid and cry (UR).

REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 210. ​Describe how operant conditioning is similar to and different from classical conditioning.

ANSWER: In operant conditioning, we learn from the consequences of our behavior and come to associate a stimulus with a response. In classical conditioning, two stimuli, the unconditional stimulus and the initially neutral stimulus are associated.​ REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 211. ​Sabrina went to open a can of tuna fish for lunch. As soon as she clicked the can-opener to the can, Tibbet, her tabby cat, appeared as though by magic. How can classical conditioning be used to explain this situation?

ANSWER: ​Tibbet has learned through association that the sound of the can opener serves as a predictor that tuna will be forthcoming. Most likely, originally the can opener sound meant nothing to the cat; however, the sound was followed by the smell and/or taste of tuna. Soon the can opener sound became a conditioned stimulus that elicits excitement or hunger in the cat.

REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 212. ​As a child, Hondo was stung by a copper-colored wasp. Now, whenever he sees a larger yellow-black wasp, he becomes very fearful. Based on classical conditioning, explain Hondo’s reaction.

ANSWER: ​Originally, the copper-colored wasp was a neutral stimulus. When it stung Hondo, the wasp became a conditioned stimulus, which elicited the conditioned emotional response of fear. Apparently, the conditioned stimulus of the copper-colored wasp had generalized to the larger, yellow-black wasp.

REFERENCES: 6.2 Classical Conditioning: Learning Through the Association of Stimuli KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 213. ​Identify the four different types of partial reinforcement and provide a real-world example of each.

ANSWER: Partial reinforcement: A schedule of reinforcement in which the organism is rewarded for only some instances of the desired response Fixed ratio schedule: A schedule of reinforcement in which the organism is rewarded for every xth instance of the desired response Variable ratio schedule: A schedule of reinforcement in which the organism is rewarded on average for every xth instance of the desired response Fixed interval schedule: A schedule of reinforcement in which the organism is rewarded for the first desired response in an xth interval of time Variable interval schedule: A schedule of reinforcement in which the organism is rewarded for the first desired response in an average xth interval of time ​ Examples will vary.

REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 214. ​Describe how Albert Bandura’s social learning theory is similar to and different from behaviorism as conceived by B.F. Skinner.

ANSWER: ​In observational learning, we observe others and imitate, or model, their behavior. For that reason, observational learning is sometimes referred to as social learning or modeling. Observational learning departs from the behaviorism that Skinner so forcefully advocated on two major points. First, it

acknowledges that learning can occur without an overt change in behavior; second, it takes into account the role of cognition in the learning process.

REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 215. ​Define shaping and describe an example of how shaping might be used to create a specific behavior.

ANSWER: ​Animal trainers use an operant conditioning technique called shaping, in which a novel behavior is slowly conditioned by reinforcing successive approximations of the final desired behavior. In the case of training the dog, the trainer will reinforce any spontaneous behavior that is in the direction of the final desired behavior. The trainer may start by rewarding the dog for looking at him. Once the dog learns to pay attention, it may expand on this behavior by sitting up. This will also lead to a treat. Then the dog must sit up to get the treat. Once the dog learns to sit up, it may go a bit further and rear up a bit on its hind legs. This will also earn the dog a treat. Now that the dog can rear up, it must do so to get a treat.

After rearing up for a time, the dog may spontaneously go up all the way onto its hind legs. The trainer responds with more treats. Soon the dog will progress to standing on its hind legs, and the trainer will reciprocate with more treats every time the dog stands up on its hind legs. The final step comes when the dog spontaneously takes its first steps after being conditioned to stand on its hind legs. At this point, all the trainer has to do is reward the dog for walking on its hind legs.

REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 216. ​Explain how Kohler’s study of chimpanzees came to point to the importance of cognition in learning.

ANSWER: ​Wolfgang Köhler (7–7), became aware that cognitive processes must play a role in learning. Köhler observed that chimpanzees did not always attempt to solve problems in a trial-and-error fashion as predicted by the law of effect. Rather, they often seemed to study a problem for a long time as if formulating a mental plan—before attempting to solve it. In one experiment, Köhler placed a banana just out of reach outside a chimpanzee’s cage, and he placed a stick inside the cage. The law of effect would predict that the chimpanzee would try many random behaviors—like shaking the bars and jumping up and down—before picking up the stick and using it to reach the banana. But this is not what Köhler observed. Instead, the chimpanzee studied the situation and then appeared to suddenly come up with the solution. After this flash of insight into how to solve its dilemma, the chimpanzee picked up the stick and used it to scoot the banana to a point where it could be reached.

REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 217. ​Michele is completely frustrated by Felicia, her three-year old, who loves to pound on pots and pans with a wooden spoon. Michele has yelled at Felicia with no effect. A friend suggested ignoring Felicia, as perhaps Michele's attention was helping to reinforce Felicia's behavior. Michele tried her friend’s advice, but Felicia just made more noise. From an operant perspective, how would you interpret what happened?

ANSWER: ​It sounds like Michele encountered an extinction burst. When Michele quit paying attention to Felicia’s loud pounding, she was no longer reinforcing her daughter’s behavior, which created an extinction schedule. Often when reinforced behavior is placed on an extinction schedule, there is a period of increased activity. Michele needs to continue with the extinction schedule until her daughter’s behavior begins to decline and be careful not to partially reinforce the behavior.

REFERENCES: 6.3 Operant Conditioning: Learning from the Consequences of Our Actions KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. ​Describe Albert Bandura’s Bobo doll studies and their implications.

ANSWER: ​In the Bobo doll experiments, children watched films in which a woman beat up the Bobo doll. She hit him with a mallet, sat on him, threw him in the air, and so on. After the children viewed the films,

Bandura and his colleagues placed them in a room alone with the Bobo doll and observed their behavior without their knowledge. If the children imitated the characteristic behaviors of the model, then Bandura knew that learning had occurred REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 219. ​Explain the four steps in Bandura’s modeling process.

ANSWER: Attention. The observer must first pay attention to the model’s behavior before he or she can model it.

Retention in memory. The observer must retain a cognitive representation or memory of the model’s behavior.

Reproduction of the behavior. The observer must have a mental representation of the behavior stored in memory that can be retrieved and used to reproduce the behavior.

Motivation. After retrieving the memory of the behavior and figuring out how to produce the behavior, the observer must be motivated to actually execute the behavior.

REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 220. ​Reznick is coaching baseball with some eight-year olds. He is working with the catchers on learning to get closer to the batter, but they are afraid of getting hit with the bat. Using social learning techniques, how can you help Reznick?

ANSWER: ​Social learning uses observation and imitation. Reznick could have his catchers watch how he gets set up, measures the distance from the bat, holds his catcher’s mitt, etc. He could then have the catchers model their behavior on his. Reznick could also show video tapes of skillful catching techniques (perhaps from high school, college, professional players) to illustrate principles. Additionally, he could videotape his players and allow them to observe and critique themselves.

REFERENCES: 6.4 Observational Learning or Modeling: Learning by Watching Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

Chapter_7_Memory

1. ​The encoding function of memory refers to ____. a. ​consolidating information with other related information b. ​inputting information into memory c. ​processing information in memory

d. ​recalling information from memory ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. ​You have never paid attention to and cannot think of which wrist your professor wears her watch on (even if you remember many other things about her). Which function of memory has most likely failed you? a. ​application b. ​retrieval c. ​encoding d. ​storage

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 3. ​Typing information into a computer is most analogous to the ____ of memory traces in humans. a. ​storage b. ​review

c. ​retrieval

d. ​encoding ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 4. ​When you study for an exam, you are most likely engaging in the ____ function of memory. a. ​retrieval b. ​parallel c. ​storage d. ​review

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 5. ​When you momentarily forget a friend’s name, the function of memory that has failed is the ____ function.

a. ​storage

b. ​reproduction c. ​retrieval

d. ​encoding ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 6. ​The greatest difference between computers and the human mind is the mind’s ability to ____. a. ​store memories b. ​encode information c. ​retrieve memories

d. ​experience consciousness ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 7. ​The computer’s processes ultimately fails as an analogy for the human mind because ____. a. ​humans do not encode information, but computers do b. ​computers do not store information, but humans do c. ​computers retrieve information, but humans do not

d. ​humans have conscious awareness, but computers do not ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 8. ​Saving the paper you just wrote to the hard drive of a computer is most analogous to the ____ of new memory traces. a. ​storage b. ​decay

c. ​encoding d. ​retrieval

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 9. ​On exam day, as you attempt to answer the questions on the exam, you are primarily engaged in the ____ of memory traces. a. ​review b. ​storage

c. ​retrieval

d. ​encoding ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 10. ​The three major processes of memory are ____. a. ​encoding, storage, and retrieval b. ​integration, consolidation, and modification c. ​activation, reactivation, and completion d. ​implicit, explicit, and semantic

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. ​Bits of information stored in our memory are called ____. a. ​encoders b. ​memory traces c. ​bins

d. ​bytes ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 12. ​One difference between human memory and computer memory is that ____. a. ​human memory does not include encoding, storing, and retrieving b. ​computers do not have explicit memory c. ​humans do not have implicit memory

d. ​humans do not have a working memory ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 13. ​Explicit memory is ____. a. ​memories for classically conditioned feelings b. ​memory that occurs without awareness c. ​the conscious use of memory d. ​memory for skills

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. ​What is the best example of the use of explicit memory? a. ​remembering how to knit a sweater b. ​remembering how to drive a car

c. ​remembering the name of an old friend d. ​remembering how to hit a curve ball

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 15. ​When you take a test and have to recall specific pieces of information to do well on the test, you are using your ____. a. ​information memory b. ​explicit memory

c. ​validated memory d. ​implicit memory

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 16. ​Implicit memory is to ____ as explicit memory is to ____. a. ​unconscious; conscious b. ​conscious; unconscious​ c. ​short-term; long-term d. ​long-term; short-term ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 17. ​Implicit memory is ____. a. ​is memory that occurs with awareness b. ​is the unconscious use of memory c. ​memory for facts

d. ​memories for events ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

18. ​When you tie your shoes, you are most likely making use of your ____. a. ​episodic memory b. ​implicit memory c. ​explicit memory

d. ​semantic memory ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 19. ​Frika is washing dishes and she automatically puts the forks in the side drawer, despite the fact that she moved the forks to another drawer last week. Frika’s error is most likely the result of ____ memory. a. ​implicit b. ​episodic c. ​explicit

d. ​sensory ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 20. ​What is an example of the use of implicit memory? a. ​remembering how to knit a sweater

b. ​remembering where you parked your car at the mall c. ​remembering the name of an old friend

d. ​remembering the answer to a test question while taking an exam ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 21. ​Traditionally, memory has been described as having ____ distinct stage(s) of storage. a. ​three b. ​two c. ​one

d. ​four ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

22. ​You are explaining the three stages model of memory to your friend. What would you call the first stage of memory? a. ​long-term memory b. ​working memory

c. ​short-term memory d. ​sensory memory

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 23. ​A principle that seems to underlie the three stages model of memory is that ____. a. ​consciousness of things we remember is not necessary until the long-term memory stage

b. ​the more you process something that you want to remember, the more likely it will end up in long-term memory storage c. ​forgetting is more influenced by biological factors than anything else

d. ​memories need to spend a large amount of time in each stage before they can be remembered long-term ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 24. ​Let’s say that you are able to remember the words in this question as you are reading it. This is because memory for the words is most likely residing in your ____. a. ​eidetic memory b. ​sensory memory c. ​short-term memory d. ​episodic memory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 25. ​According to the three stage model of memory, ____. a. ​forgetting only occurs at the long-term memory stage

b. ​information is held for up to 30 seconds in sensory memory

c. ​short-term memory holds a vast amount of information for up to several hours d. ​we keep all permanent memories in our long-term memory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 26. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding sensory memory?

a. ​Haptic sensory memory involves stimuli we touch.

b. ​Sensory memory is so short that we are never consciously aware of it. c. ​Iconic sensory memory processes information we hear. d. ​Echoic sensory memory deals with stimuli we see.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. ​In the three stages model of memory, in which stage does encoding of the environment first occur? a. ​short-term memory b. ​semantic memory c. ​sensory memory

d. ​long-term memory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. ​Your friend asks you if it is possible in the three stages model of memory for memories to go directly from sensory memory to long-term memory. How should you answer? a. ​The three stages model does not address this issue. So, who knows? b. ​The model predicts that this can happen, but only in rare instances. c. ​No, the model says that information has to travel in sequence from one stage to the next. d. ​Sure, the three stages model accounts for this common occurrence.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 29. ​In the three stage model of memory, the second stage of memory is ____ memory. a. ​semantic b. ​short-term c. ​sensory

d. ​implicit ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. ​In the three stages model of memory, the briefest stage of memory is ____. a. ​short-term memory b. ​semantic memory

c. ​long-term memory d. ​sensory memory

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. Iconic memory is to ____ as echoic memory is to ____. a. ​short-term memory; long-term memory b. ​visual sensory memory; auditory sensory memory c. sensory memory; short-term memory d. auditory sensory memory; visual sensory memory

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 32. ​To move information from iconic sensory memory to short-term memory, you must ____. a. ​connect it to things you already know b. ​repeat it over and over

c. ​pay attention to the information

d. ​keep it in iconic memory as long as you can ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 33. ​Echoic sensory memory is most like a(n) ____. a. ​sound bit b. ​reading a book

c. ​mopping the floor d. ​map

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 34. ​Iconic memory is most like a(n) ____. a. ​tickle b. ​trail

c. ​sound bit d. ​snapshot

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 35. ​Sensory memories help us to ____. a. ​retain impressions of our sensory experiences forever

b. ​process sensations long enough to send them on to short-term memory c. use sensory experiences to recall other information​ d. ​process emotional memories

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 36. ​Very brief memory for visual material is known as ____. a. ​haptic sensory memory b. ​short-term memory

c. ​echoic sensory memory d. ​iconic sensory memory

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. ​A person without iconic memory probably would not be able to remember anything that he or she ____. a. ​saw b. ​felt

c. ​thought d. ​heard

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. ​Echoic memories are a type of ____. a. ​procedural memory b. ​short-term memory c. ​sensory memory

d. ​long-term memory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

39. ​When you are not paying attention to your teacher and then suddenly realize that something important may have been said, you are often able to hear what was just said by reflecting on your experience over the past couple of seconds. This is possible because of ____. a. ​iconic memory b. ​short-term memory c. ​haptic memory

d. ​echoic memory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 40. ​Which statement is TRUE about sensory memory? a. ​When something is sensed but not processed any further, it will not be remembered in the future.

b. ​We have only one sensory memory that codes and consolidates information from all of our senses.

c. ​Some information that enters our memory from the outside world does not pass through our senses. d. ​Sensory memories are transferred to long-term memory whether we pay attention to them or not.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. ​If a new memory has made it to the short-term memory stage, it has definitely been ____. a. ​either seen or heard b. ​given at least a slight amount of attention c. ​given a great amount of rehearsal

d. ​processed by the implicit memory system ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 42. ​The process that determines which memory information gets transferred from sensory memory to short-term memory is ____. a. ​transduction b. ​attention c. ​bottom-up processing d. ​capitulation

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

43. ​If we do not pay attention to sensory memories, they will most likely ____. a. ​get transferred to short-term memory b. ​be forgotten forever

c. ​be forgotten until you recall them at a later date d. ​end up in explicit memory

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. ​You are watching a recording of your professor’s lecture. The doorbell rings and you go to see who is there. Assuming that you don’t pay further attention to the part of the lecture you were watching, what will likely happen to the information? a. ​If you were moved by the lecture, it will stay for a short time in haptic sensory memory. b. ​The words will fade away forever. c. ​An auditory sensory impression of the lecture words will be recorded.

d. ​A visual sensory impression of the lecture will be made and stay in memory for a few minutes.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 45. ​Mila received a new DVD player that she is trying to connect to the back of her television by feel alone. The first stage of memorizing how to make the connection would be through ____. a. ​iconic sensory memory b. ​haptic sensory memory c. ​short-term memory d. ​long-term memory

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 46. ​You have the phone number of the local pizza parlor in your iconic memory right now. What do you have to do with this information to move it to short-term memory? a. ​Write it down on a piece of paper. b. ​Pay attention to it. c. ​Associate it with something you already know. d. ​Repeat it over and over.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

47. ​Short-term memories are encoded either ____ or ____. a. ​visually; acoustically b. ​explicitly; consciously

c. semantically; kinesthetically. d. ​haptically; implicitly ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. ​Short-term memory uses a dual-coding system for storing memories. This means that ____. a. ​memories stored in short-term memory are usually stored in long-term memory at the same time

b. ​memories in short-term memory are coded to indicate both where the memory came from and where it is going c. ​short-term memories are stored in twice as quickly as other memories to reduce the likelihood of forgetting d. ​short-term memories are usually stored either acoustically or visually

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. ​In the 1950s, George Miller showed that the capacity of short-term memory is ____. a. ​I7 ± 2 bits of information b. ​20 chunks of data

c. ​about 5 facts, 2 concepts, and 1 feeling d. ​15 items

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. ​Imagine that you are participating in a research study in which you are shown a list of numbers and then immediately afterwards you are asked to recall as many of them as you can. Most likely, the researcher is studying the ____. a. ​capacity of long-term memory b. ​capacity of short-term memory c. ​capacity of sensory memory

d. ​duration of long-term memory ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

51. ​The phrase “7 ± 2 bits” describes the ____. a. ​capacity of short-term memory b. ​duration of short-term memory c. ​capacity of sensory memory

d. ​duration of sensory memory ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. ​If you were trying to store a list of single digit numbers in your short-term memory, about how many should you be able to store on average? a. ​15 b. ​2 c. ​7

d. ​10 ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. The limited capacity of short-term memory may be due to how neurons in the ____ code and store information.​ a. ​corpus callosum b. ​amygdala

c. ​hippocampus

d. ​reticular formation ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 54. ​Suppose we use the bookshelf analogy to explain the capacity of short-term memory. When you use chunking to increase that capacity, ____. a. ​you are able to pack a virtually unlimited number of items into larger chunks or “books” b. ​the size of the bookshelf is actually changed c. ​you are changing the length of the shelf but not the depth of the shelf d. ​you are not actually changing the size of the bookshelf ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

55. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding chunking? a. ​Chunking, if done effectively, can make the capacity of short-term memory virtually unlimited.

b. ​Chunking can increase the efficiency of short-term memory, but as the size of the chunks increases, the number of chunks that can be stored effectively will decrease. c. ​Chunking can increase the capacity of short-term memory to an average of 16 bits of information.

d. ​Chunking makes it easier to remember seven bits of information in short-term memory, but it does not actually increase the original number of bits of information that can be stored effectively.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 56. ​If you look up a phone number to the local theater and are unable to write it down or rehearse it, how long do you have before this information fades from your short-term memory? a. ​60 seconds b. ​120 seconds c. ​30 seconds d. ​3 seconds

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 57. ​The duration of short-term memory is about ____. a. ​7 ± 2 seconds b. ​2 hours

c. ​2 seconds

d. ​30 seconds ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. ​The duration and capacity of short-term memory are best described as ____. a. ​large in capacity and long in duration b. ​small in capacity and long in duration

c. ​small in capacity and short in duration d. ​large in capacity and short in duration

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

59. ​Imagine that you are a subject in a study in which you are asked to remember a sequence of 20 letters of the alphabet dictated to you at the rate of one letter every two seconds. Immediately after the dictation, you are asked to recall the original sequence of letters. Most likely the researcher is studying what aspect of memory? a. ​apacity of echoic sensory memory b. ​capacity of long-term memory c. ​capacity of iconic sensory memory d. ​capacity of short-term memory

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 60. ​When you attempt to remember the definition of implicit memory by repeating the definition over and over again, you are using ____ rehearsal. a. ​elaborative b. ​maintenance c. ​rote

d. ​repetitive ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 61. ​Maintenance rehearsal describes the ____. a. ​process of creating a mental image of something in order to remember it b. ​attempt to remember something by repeating it over and over

c. ​attempt to keep memory skills strong by engaging in simple memory tests

d. ​process of keeping something in memory by changing its form or structure ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. ​Maintenance rehearsal is ____. a. ​the forming of associations between what you want to remember and what you already remember b. ​the most effective tool for transferring memories into long-term memory c. ​most effective in keeping memories in short-term memory d. ​used to keep items in our long-term memory storage ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

63. ​If you use maintenance rehearsal to prepare for your next test in psychology, you will likely ____. a. ​not do well on the questions that are based on facts and information, but do well on the questions based on concepts b. do quite well c. ​not do well d. ​do well if the test is next week, but not well if the test is sometime after that

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 64. ​Which statement is most accurate about maintenance rehearsal? a. ​Maintenance rehearsal is effective in transferring information to long-term memory, but is not effective in transferring short-term information. b. ​Maintenance rehearsal can sometimes be effective in transferring information to long-term memory. c. ​Maintenance rehearsal is not effective at all in transferring information to long-term memory.

d. ​The effectiveness of maintenance rehearsal is based on effort; any amount of effort to use maintenance rehearsal will be rewarded with an equal benefit in the success of transferring information to long-term memory.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. ​Maintenance rehearsal is most closely associated with ____ while elaborative rehearsal is most closely associated with ____. a. ​semantic memory; episodic memory b. ​short-term memory; long-term memory c. ​implicit memory; explicit memory d. ​visual memory; auditory memory

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 66. ​Suppose you prepare for your test on memory by relating the information to your grandfather’s memory problems due to Alzheimer’s disease. In this case, you are using ____ rehearsal. a. ​story b. ​maintenance c. ​elaborative d. ​picture

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

67. ​Elaborative rehearsal involves trying to store something in long-term memory by ____. a. ​listening to subliminal learning tapes during non-REM sleep b. ​repeating it over and over again, whether you are paying attention or not c. ​taking memory enhancing pills like B vitamins or ginkgo

d. ​associating it with something you already have stored in long-term memory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. ​When advertisers use a catchy jingle to help us remember something in their ads, they are facilitating our use of ____. a. ​elaborative rehearsal b. ​good continuity

c. ​bottom-up processing

d. ​maintenance rehearsal ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 69. ​Maintenance rehearsal involves ____ processing and elaborative rehearsal involves ____ processing. a. ​recall; recognition b. ​implicit; explicit

c. ​proactive; retroactive

d. ​a shallow level of; a deep level of ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 70. ​In order to provide the best chance of doing well on your final exam, you should use ____ rehearsal to learn the material. a. ​maintenance b. ​serial c. ​declarative

d. ​elaborative ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

71. ​The fact that elaborative rehearsal is a more effective means of transferring information from short-term memory to long-term memory is consistent with the ____ model of memory. a. ​levels-of-processing b. ​reconstruction c. ​pyramid

d. ​reciprocal determinism ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 72. ​You attend a lecture in which a politician lists the 20 points of her platform in a relatively short period of time. After leaving the lecture, you are least likely to recall the points from the ____. a. ​end of the list b. ​ones with which you have had personal experience c. ​beginning of the list d. ​middle of the list

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 73. ​The serial position curve shows that when attempting to recall a list of items immediately after being exposed to them, ____. a. ​all items are recalled at equal levels b. ​the items at the beginning and the end of the list are better recalled than the items in the middle of the list c. ​the items at the end of the list are better recalled than the items at the beginning or the middle of the list

d. ​the items at the beginning of the list are better recalled than the items in the middle or the end of the list ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 74. ​The first items in a long list of items to be remembered are usually remembered better than items in the middle of the list. This is referred to as the ____. a. ​law of effect b. ​continuity effect c. ​primacy effect d. ​recency effect

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

75. ​The last items in a long list of items to be remembered are usually remembered better than items in the middle of the list. This is referred to as the ____. a. ​primacy effect b. ​law of effect c. ​continuity effect d. ​recency effect

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 76. ​If you are just introduced to a group of individuals and then immediately asked to recall their names, you would probably have most difficulty remembering the names of individuals who were presented ____. a. ​last b. ​both first and last c. ​first

d. ​in the middle ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 77. ​One of the reasons why the middle items in a long list of items are less likely to be accurately recalled than items at the beginning and the end of the list is because the middle items ____. a. ​do not benefit from the proximity effect b. ​do not benefit from either the recency or the primacy effect c. ​are subject to the contextual effect d. ​are subject to the contiguity effect

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 78. ​According to the three stages model of memory, the explanation for the recency effect in the serial position curve is that ____. a. ​the last items are still in short-term memory b. ​the middle items are still in sensory memory c. ​the first items have been transferred to long-term memory d. ​both the first and last items are still in short-term memory ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

79. ​Which of these types of memory is most affected by normal aging? a. ​position memory b. ​primacy memory c. ​serial memory

d. ​recency memory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 80. ​When studying recall of visual information, the serial position curves for younger and older subjects would most likely be ____. a. ​different for items placed in memory both first and last b. ​very similar c. ​different for items placed in memory last

d. ​different for items placed in memory first ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 81. When studying recall of verbal information, the serial position curves for younger and older subjects would most likely be ____.​ a. ​very similar b. ​ifferent for items placed in memory both first and last c. ​different for items placed in memory first d. ​different for items placed in memory last

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 82. ​When Felipe goes to the grocery store, he prefers not to use a written list. However, with advancing age, his ability to remember all the items on the list in his head is decreasing. If he still prefers to use his memory rather than a written list, which strategy will be most effective? a. ​Repeat the items he wants to buy over and over in his head. b. ​Tie a bow around each finger for each item he wants to buy. c. ​Take a nap before going to the store. d. ​Visualize the items he wants to buy.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

83. ​According to the three stages model of memory, the explanation for the primacy effect in the serial position curve is that ____. a. ​the last items are still in short-term memory b. ​the middle items are still in sensory memory c. ​both the first and the last items have been transferred to long-term memory d. ​the first items have been transferred to long-term memory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 84. ​The fact that you can pronounce the words that you are reading in this sentence before you process them into longterm memory is mostly a problem for the ____. a. ​working memory model of memory b. ​biological model of memory c. ​three stages model of memory

d. ​levels-of-processing model of memory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 85. ​The three stages model proposes that memory stages operate in a ____ fashion. a. ​random b. ​parallel

c. ​perpendicular d. ​serial

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 86. ​The working memory model proposes that the memory stages operate in a ____ fashion. a. ​random b. ​sequential

c. ​perpendicular d. ​parallel

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 87. ​When Namiko is in the process of perceiving something, the part of her memory that facilitates movement of

information between short-term memory and long-term memory in a parallel manner is called ____ memory. a. ​serial b. ​semantic c. ​working d. ​iconic

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 88. ​Top-down perceptual processing provides a good example of how ____. a. ​elaborative rehearsal creates memories that are not readily forgotten

b. ​attention is a necessary factor in transferring sensory memories to short-term memory c. ​short-term memory and long-term memory often work in a parallel manner d. ​the capacity of short-term memory is extremely limited

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 89. ​The working memory model is to ____ processing as the three-stage model is to ____ processing. a. ​parallel; serial b. ​maintenance; elaborative c. ​elaborative; maintenance d. ​serial; parallel

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 90. ​In the working memory model, the ____ controls attention and the integration of information in working memory. a. ​central executive b. ​short-term memory c. ​phonological loop

d. ​visuospatial sketch pad ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 91. ​Which model of memory best accounts for the fact that in reading this question, you must access the meaning of these words even before you store them in short-term memory? a. ​the three stages model

b. ​the bottom-up processing model c. ​the serial processing model

d. ​the working memory model ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 92. ​One particular working memory model suggests that short-term memory has a central executive component and two subordinate systems. These two subordinate systems process which of the following? a. ​emotional information and cognitive information b. ​autonomic information and somatic information c. ​visual information and auditory information

d. ​sensory information and perceptual information ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 93. ​The two subordinate systems in the working memory model that are coordinated by the central executive component are the ____. a. ​directional compass and the acoustical map b. ​information switch board and the sensory register c. ​logical network and the emotional reservoir

d. ​phonological loop and the visuospatial sketch pad ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 94. ​When listening to your favorite music at the gym, which component of working memory is responsible for processing the sound of the music? a. ​echoic memory b. ​the central executive c. ​the phonological loop

d. ​the visuospatial sketch pad ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 95. ​When playing your favorite video game, which component of working memory would coordinate the processing of visual and auditory information?

a. ​serial processor

b. ​the central executive

c. ​the visuospatial sketch pad d. ​the phonological loop

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 96. ​The central executive component of the working memory model is primarily involved in ____. a. ​storage and retrieval b. ​attention and integration

c. ​transduction and transporting d. ​encoding and transcription

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 97. ​When Alzheimer’s patients are tested on a single task matched to their ability (such as recalling a list of numbers), they tend to perform ____. a. ​better than healthy control subjects b. ​the same as healthy control subjects c. ​far worse than healthy control subjects d. ​worse than healthy control subjects

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 98. ​What is the auditory processor in the multicomponent theory of working memory? a. ​audiotape b. ​phonological recorder c. ​auditory recorder

d. ​phonological loop ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 99. ​What is the visual processor in the multicomponent theory of working memory? a. ​visuospatial sketch pad b. ​visuospatial loop

c. ​visual tape

d. ​video recorder ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 100. ​Short-term memory uses a ____ coding system. a. ​dual b. ​mnemonic c. ​unitary

d. ​chunking ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 101. ​Your understanding of what happens when you go to the dentist’s office is an example of a ____. a. ​script b. ​preposition c. ​stereotype

d. ​person schema ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 102. ​What method involves grouping information together into meaningful units? a. ​distributed processing b. ​dual coding

c. ​maintenance rehearsal d. ​chunking

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 103. ​Research on the impact of ringing cell phones on academic performance indicates that ____. a. ​attention and memory are both affected b. ​only attention is affected

c. ​students can effectively ignore it d. ​only memory is affected

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 104. ​When maintenance rehearsal is used, ____ is lost in only two days. a. ​45% b. ​75% c. ​55% d. ​65% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 105. ​Advertisers who use jingles are making use of ____. a. ​maintenance rehearsal b. ​deliberate rehearsal

c. ​functional rehearsal

d. ​elaborative rehearsal ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 106. ​What model predicts that information that is processed deeply and elaboratively will be best retained in and recalled from long-term memory? a. ​three-stage processing b. ​parallel processing c. ​levels-of-processing

d. ​sequential processing ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 107. ​The central executive model of memory is associated with ____. a. ​Loftus b. ​Atkinson

c. ​Baddeley d. ​Shiffrin ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 108. ​Older adults appear to compensate for poorer recency memory by becoming more strategic in their ____. a. ​memory processing b. ​attention

c. ​sensory cues

d. ​retrieval methods ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 109. ​After getting lost for the fourth time on your way to a date, you ask for instructions again and this time, as you are walking towards the restaurant, you repeat the directions to yourself over and over. You are using ____. a. ​mnemonics b. ​chunking c. ​retroactive processing

d. ​maintenance rehearsal ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 110. ​Short-term memory storage is to ____ as long-term memory storage is to ____. a. ​semantic; emotional b. ​haptic; informational c. ​limited; unlimited

d. ​hierarchical; acoustic ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 111. ​Which statement is TRUE of long-term memory? a. ​Long-term memories are most often encoded in a semantic form. b. ​Long-term memories are stored randomly in the brainstem.

c. ​All long-term memories are encoded only in semantic form.

d. ​Although the capacity of long-term memory is large, it does fill up occasionally.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

112. ​Suppose that tonight, you are able to recall the name of a new song you heard on the radio today. As such, the memory will have been stored in your ____. a. ​visuospatial sketch pad b. ​echoic memory c. ​short-term memory d. ​long-term memory

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 113. ​When you store information in your long-term memory according to its meaning, your brain is using ____ encoding. a. ​semantic b. ​lexical

c. ​acoustic d. ​visual

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 114. ​Gerard is cramming for a physics exam and he cannot seem to store any new information in his long-term memory.

What is the LEAST likely reason for this? a. ​He is fatigued and unable to concentrate. b. ​He is unable to focus his attention on the information he is trying to encode. c. ​His long-term memory is full.

d. ​He is unable to adequately elaborate the material he is trying to encode into long-term memory.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 115. ​Because our long-term memory uses schemata to store information, ____. a. ​long-term memory will remain intact forever even if we cannot retrieve it b. ​the information is highly organized

c. ​the information is subject to forgetting if not rehearsed

d. ​recalling visual information is easier than acoustic information ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

116. ​An organized, generalized knowledge structure in long-term memory is a(n) ____. a. ​trace b. ​icon

c. ​engram d. ​schema

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 117. ​Which example is NOT a memory schema specifically mentioned in your textbook? a. ​stereotypes b. ​scripts

c. ​icons and echoes d. ​person schemata

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 118. ​Your knowledge of animals is most likely stored in your long-term memory in the form of a ____. a. ​question b. ​list

c. ​picture

d. ​schema ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 119. ​Information that you store in your long-term memory about all the groups of people who attend your school is likely organized in the form of ____. a. ​scripts b. ​stereotypes c. ​attributions

d. ​object schemata ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 120. ​Your understanding of what happens when you go to the dentist’s office is an example of a ____. a. ​stereotype

b. ​script

c. ​preposition

d. ​person schema ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 121. ​What is a characteristic of declarative memory? a. ​It includes procedural memory. b. ​It is a type of explicit memory.

c. ​It describes a way that short-term memories are stored. d. ​It is a type of implicit memory.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 122. Suppose the information you learn in your psychology class about the brain is associated in your mind with information you had previously learned in your human biology class. Then your long-term memory of the psychology information has most likely been stored through ____ encoding. a. ​visual b. ​neurological c. ​semantic

d. ​intellectual ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 123. ​The two subtypes of declarative memory are ____. a. ​procedural memory and conditioned memory b. ​semantic memory and episodic memory

c. ​retroactive memory and proactive memory d. ​implicit memory and explicit memory

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 124. ​Semantic memory is ____. a. ​conceptual memory b. ​memory for skills

c. ​a type of non-declarative memory d. ​implicit memory

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 125. ​Episodic memory is ____. a. ​memory for the events of one’s life b. ​critical thinking memory c. ​emotional memory

d. ​skill and muscle memory ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 126. ​Semantic memory and episodic memory are examples of ____. a. ​implicit memory b. ​declarative memory c. ​functional memory

d. ​unconscious memory ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 127. ​Your memory of your first date is an example of a(n) ____. a. ​procedural memory b. ​semantic memory c. ​episodic memory

d. ​short-term memory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 128. ​Your knowledge of psychology is an example of ____. a. ​semantic memory b. ​implicit memory

c. ​episodic memory

d. ​procedural memory

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 129. ​When your teacher is lecturing on autobiographical memory, she may also refer to it as ____ memory. a. ​episodic b. ​analytic

c. ​semantic d. ​implicit

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 130. ​If you remember what you did last Friday night, you are remembering a(n) ____. a. ​semantic memory b. ​procedural memory c. ​episodic memory d. ​lexical memory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 131. ​If you did not have any episodic memory ability, you would not be able to remember ____. a. ​events and experiences b. ​skills or procedures

c. ​facts and information

d. ​important historical dates ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 132. ​When you take your next psychology exam, you will draw most heavily from your ____ memory. a. ​implicit b. ​procedural c. ​episodic

d. ​semantic ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

133. ​Who is most likely to remember their childhood birthday party? a. ​Mike, a Caucasian b. ​Ben, an Asian American

c. ​Jim, an African American d. ​Sarah, a Caucasian

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 134. ​What is the best explanation for women’s superior performance on autobiographical memory tasks when compared to men? a. ​Women engage in more maintenance rehearsal of emotion-laden memories than men. b. ​Women’s brains are bigger. c. ​Women’s brains are smaller.

d. ​Women engage in more elaborative rehearsal of emotion-laden memories than men.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 135. ​Based upon research regarding gender and memory, it can be concluded that ____. a. ​men have better recall of childhood memories because the memories are less likely to be emotionally charged b. ​women have better recall for adolescent events because they are more socially connected than males

c. ​memories of childhood may be influenced by the different manner in which men and women are socialized

d. ​despite the fact that men and women are socialized differently, this does not seem to affect their memories of childhood ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 136. ​To the extent that females have better recall of childhood events than males, research suggests this is due to the females’ greater use of ____ rehearsal. a. ​maintenance b. ​retroactive c. ​semantic

d. ​elaborative ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

137. ​Females tend to be better than males at recalling ____ memories. a. ​emotional b. ​procedural c. ​implicit

d. ​semantic ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 138. ​Jill and David are arguing about who has the better episodic memory, men or women. Jill says that women have better memories. David says that men do. Who is correct? a. ​Jill, and unconditionally so b. ​David, and unconditionally so c. ​Jill, but only when speaking of emotionally laden memories

d. ​David, but only when speaking of memories that are not emotional ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 139. ​Semantic memories and episodic memories are subtypes of ____. a. ​declarative memory, and they seem to stem from activity in the same part of the brain

b. ​declarative memory, yet they seem to stem from activity in different parts of the brain c. ​implicit memory, and they seem to stem from activity in the same part of the brain

d. ​implicit memory, yet they seem to stem from activity in different parts of the brain ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 140. ​A current controversy surrounding episodic memory and semantic memory questions is whether or not they are ____. a. ​more important to identity than procedural memories b. ​part of short-term memory

c. ​more easily recalled than procedural memories d. ​separate memory systems

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

141. ​If you remember how to tie your shoes, you are specifically using a(n) ____ memory. a. ​haptic b. ​semantic

c. ​procedural d. ​episodic

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 142. ​During the course of your average day, which memory do you likely process in an implicit fashion much of the time? a. ​episodic memories b. ​declarative memories c. ​procedural memories d. ​semantic memories

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 143. ​Which statement is TRUE of procedural memories? a. ​They are memories for rules and laws. b. ​They are memories for events in one’s life. c. ​They are not part of declarative memory.

d. ​They do not last as long as semantic memories.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 144. ​If you cannot remember the events of your life before the age of 15, you may have ____ amnesia. a. ​proactive b. ​perpetual

c. ​retrograde

d. ​anterograde ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 145. ​A person who routinely forgets how he began a long sentence may be suffering from ____ amnesia. a. anterograde b. ​posterior

c. ​anterior

d. ​retrograde ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 146. ​A person who has lost the ability to form new declarative memories has ____ amnesia. a. ​retrograde b. ​subconditional c. ​anterograde

d. ​subsequential ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 147. ​Retrograde amnesia is to ____ as anterograde amnesia is to ____. a. ​future; past b. ​incomplete; complete c. ​past; future

d. ​complete; incomplete ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 148. ​Recall the case of H.M. as described in your text. With his hippocampus removed, H.M. was ____. a. ​unable to learn new procedural memories b. ​able to learn new episodic memories, but unable recall how the memories were learned

c. ​able to learn new procedural memories, but unable to recall how the memories were learned d. ​able to learn new episodic memories, but unable to use them to change behavior ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 149. ​The case of H.M., who suffered from amnesia as a result of surgery to correct severe epilepsy, showed that ____. a. ​semantic memory and episodic memory are controlled by the hypothalamus b. ​someone may suffer from retrograde amnesia, and not suffer from anterograde amnesia c. ​retrograde amnesia can affect semantic memories but leave episodic memories intact

d. ​declarative memory and procedural memory are not stored in the same manner in long-term memory

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 150. ​Damage to the ____ of the brain is most likely to result in a person developing anterograde amnesia. a. ​hypothalamus b. ​cerebellum

c. ​hippocampus d. ​thalamus

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 151. ​Research on concussions in high school athletes suggests that ____. a. ​girls are at more risk for concussions than boys b. ​damage from three or less concussions is fairly minimal c. ​boys are at more risk for concussions than girls d. ​the rate of concussions per year is declining

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 152. ​Retrieval is the process of ____. a. ​determining the appropriate strategy for long-term storage of memories

b. ​“tagging” memories as they move from short-term memory to long-term memory

c. ​transferring short-term memories into long-term memories and converting them into semantic form d. ​sending a probe or cue into long-term memory in search of a memory trace ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. ​Why do students generally find essay exams to be more difficult than multiple-choice exams? a. ​Essay exams require implicit memory. b. ​Essay exams require recognition. c. ​Essay exams require recall.

d. ​Essay exams require semantic memory.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

154. ​Recall is to ____ as recognition is to ____. a. ​essay question; multiple-choice question b. ​multiple-choice question; essay question c. ​short-term memory; long-term memory

d. ​long-term memory; short-term memory ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 155. ​Two types of retrieval processes are ____. a. ​recall and recognition b. ​search and compare

c. ​analyze and categorize

d. ​comprehend and describe ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 156. ​When preparing to take a multiple-choice exam in psychology, you should study as if you are going to have to answer ____. a. ​essay questions b. ​any recognition type questions c. ​other multiple-choice questions d. ​true-false questions

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 157. ​In answering this exam question, you are engaged in a(n) ____ memory task. a. ​recall b. ​recognition c. ​procedural d. ​episodic

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

158. ​Attempting to retrieve the name of your first grade teacher is an example of a(n) ____ memory task. a. ​recognition b. ​episodic c. ​recall

d. ​implicit ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 159. ​Trying to learn a great deal of information in one huge study session is known, psychologically, as ____. a. ​massed practice b. ​distraction

c. ​massed extinction

d. ​distributed practice ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 160. ​The first step in getting information into memory is ____. a. ​short-term memory b. ​elaboration c. ​studying

d. ​paying attention ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 161. ​Which method is LEAST likely to improve your memory? a. ​using distributed practice b. ​using elaborative rehearsal

c. ​using maintenance rehearsal d. ​using mnemonics

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 162. ​Which tip is discussed in the textbook for improving your memory? a. ​Use elaborative rehearsal.

b. ​Multitask for more efficiency. c. ​Avoid overlearning.

d. ​Use long massed practice sessions.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 163. ​Which technique is generally an effective method of study efficiently? a. ​forming associations among the elements of information b. ​playing music in the background while you are studying c. ​rehearsing what you have to know for hours d. ​using massed practice sessions

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 164. ​Mnemonic devices are a type of ____. a. ​maintenance rehearsal strategy b. ​interview strategy

c. ​encoding specificity technique d. ​elaborative rehearsal strategy

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 165. ​The SQ3R memory method stands for ____. a. ​study, quiz, rehearse, revisit, rest b. ​survey, question, read, recite, review

c. ​search and quiz three times, and then review once

d. ​study qualitatively for three days and then rest for a day before taking the test ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 166. ​What is a good strategy for learning the material in a textbook? a. ​the SQ3R method b. ​the QUEST method

c. ​maintenance rehearsal

d. ​the RSRT method ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 167. ​According to the____ model, new memory traces inhibit the retrieval of older memory traces. a. ​decay b. ​proactive interference

c. ​retroactive interference

d. ​cue-dependent forgetting ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 168. ​Decay theory would have the hardest time dealing with any research finding suggesting that ____. a. ​recognition memory lasts longer than recall memory b. ​memories can last a very long time, even if they have not been accessed periodically

c. ​both proactive and retroactive interference are equally likely to create problems for memory retrieval d. ​explicit memories are more easily forgotten than implicit memories ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 169. ​Which type of forgetting would involve a memory that is neither available nor accessible? a. ​decay b. ​interference

c. ​cue-dependent forgetting d. ​repression

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 170. ​Roberto has not thought of his third-grade teacher in over 40 years. According to decay theory, the memory trace for his teacher should be ____. a. ​available but inaccessible b. ​accessible c. ​available

d. ​unavailable

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 171. ​Sometimes long-term memory storage has been described as creating a path such as in a field of grass. Using the field analogy, forgetting would occur when the path begins to disappear due to lack of use. This describes the ____ theory of forgetting. a. ​interference b. ​repression c. ​cue-dependent d. ​decay

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 172. ​When threatening memories are made inaccessible, ____ has occurred. a. ​decay b. ​interference c. ​substitution d. ​repression

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 173. ​Which type of interference leads to difficulty remembering new information? a. ​retroactive b. ​proactive

c. ​repression

d. ​cue-dependent ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 174. ​Which type of interference leads to difficulty remembering old information? a. ​retroactive b. ​cue-dependent c. ​repression d. ​proactive ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 175. ​Proactive interference ____ and retroactive interference ____ as we get older. a. ​increases; increases b. ​increases; decreases c. ​decreases; increases

d. ​decreases; decreases ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 176. ​Suppose you cannot remember the names of the teachers you had in junior high school because the teachers you have had since then are getting in the way. This is called ____. a. ​repression b. ​decay c. ​retroactive interference d. ​proactive interference

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 177. ​Suppose that you are having a difficult time learning German because your previous exposure to French is getting in the way. What are you experiencing? a. ​cue-dependent forgetting b. ​proactive interference c. ​retroactive interference d. ​decay

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 178. ​Jenny has recently married and taken her husband’s last name. To her dismay, her friends from high school keep calling her by her maiden name despite her repeated requests to use her married name. Jenny’s friends appear to be experiencing ____. a. ​retroactive interference b. ​proactive interference c. ​repression

d. ​memory decay

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 179. ​Benton is filling out an application for a mortgage. On the application, Benton is asked to give his former address. To Benton’s surprise, he cannot recall his last address. The only address that comes to mind is his current one. Benton appears to be experiencing ____. a. ​memory decay b. ​retroactive interference c. ​repression

d. ​proactive interference ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 180. ​One of the functions of the central executive component of memory is to ____. a. ​suppress interfering memory traces b. ​assure the proper encoding of environmental events in sensory memory c. ​repress memories that are uncomfortable to face

d. ​send iconic memories to the occipital lobe of the brain ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 181. ​Cue-dependent forgetting is memory retrieval failure that is part of the ____. a. ​memory aggregation principle b. ​probe specificity principle

c. ​memory synchrony principle

d. ​encoding specificity principle ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 182. ​Which memory concept might argue that if you learned the material on your midterm in the library, then you should probably not review that by studying in bed? a. ​encoding specificity principle b. ​implicit memory c. ​memory decay d. ​repression

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 183. ​Dr. Rogers meets one of his students at a local shopping mall and he cannot recall her name. However, when he sees her in class the next Monday morning, he immediately recalls that her name is Juanita. Which theory of forgetting best explains Dr. Roger’s memory lapse? a. ​interference theory b. ​decay theory c. ​cue-dependent forgetting d. ​repression

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 184. ​According to the encoding specificity principle, you should ____. a. ​take your exams in the same seat in which you listen to lectures b. ​use maintenance rehearsal prior to an exam c. ​use massed practice right before the exam

d. ​elaborate as much as you can the material you wish to learn ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 185. ​Sigmund Freud’s theory of forgetting is called ____. a. ​cue-dependent forgetting b. ​decay

c. ​repression

d. ​interference ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 186. ​Of all the theories attempting to explain why we forget, the one that is most controversial is ____. a. ​interference b. ​cue-dependent forgetting c. ​decay theory d. ​repression ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 187. ​When you cannot retrieve a memory because you are using the wrong probe, you are experiencing ____. a. ​cue-dependent forgetting b. ​asynchrony failure

c. ​probe misalignment d. ​interference

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 188. ​What type of memory utilizes knowledge and expectations to fill in the missing details in retrieved memory traces? a. ​reconstructive b. ​constructive c. ​implicit d. ​explicit

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 189. ​Your mother’s apparently very vivid memory of where she was and what she was doing when she found out that the World Trade Center had been hit by an airplane is an example of a(n) ____. a. ​memory highlight b. ​fabricated memory c. ​implicit memory

d. ​flashbulb memory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 190. ​Which statement is TRUE of flashbulb memories? a. ​People usually have little confidence that their flashbulb memories are accurate. b. ​Stress hormones may facilitate the storage of flashbulb memories. c. ​Flashbulb memories usually are very accurate in the details.

d. ​Flashbulb memories are vague memories of emotionally charged events.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

191. ​If you witness a very traumatic accident and experience a surge of stress hormones in your brain, these hormones will probably ____. a. ​decrease your ability to retain information in sensory memory b. ​block the formation of accurate memories for events occurring immediately before the accident c. ​reduce your short-term memory capacity for a brief time after the accident has occurred d. ​increase the likelihood that memory will contain elements that did not actually occur ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 192. ​The fact that recalling a memory involves reconstructing the basic elements and constructing other elements to fill the gaps in our memories, suggests that human memory can be ____. a. ​highly accurate b. ​less accurate as we get older c. ​more accurate as we get older d. ​highly inaccurate

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 193. ​Memory is ____ in that we often use our expectations to fill in the missing details of our memories. a. ​emotional b. ​accurate

c. ​reconstructive d. ​constructive

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 194. ​When Elizabeth Loftus showed videotapes of car accidents and then asked viewers questions about what they saw, she found that ____. a. ​viewers were more accurate in their memories of more dramatic accidents than of less dramatic accidents b. ​females were more accurate than males in their memories of accidents c. ​viewers became confused about details when they were shown multiple videos d. ​misinformation and suggestive questioning altered the recall of viewers ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

195. ​When jurors hear detailed descriptions of events from eyewitnesses, it would be valuable for them to know that memory researchers believe that ____. a. ​memories for faces are very accurate, but memories for other details are not b. ​the details of memories are often filled in by the person both at the time of encoding and at the time of retrieval c. ​memory is like a video recorder with very accurate playback d. ​memories of details of events are very accurate, but memories for faces are not

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 196. ​Based on Elizabeth Loftus’s research on eyewitness memory, even if eyewitnesses are paid money for accurate eyewitness accounts, ____. a. ​they would remain unmotivated to create accurate memories b. ​they would continue to be inaccurate for very dramatic events while becoming more accurate for less dramatic events c. ​their accuracy would not change d. ​females would continue to have more accurate memories than males

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. ​Based on Elizabeth Loftus’s research on eyewitness memory, if you witnessed a car accident and then one day later read a detailed account of it in the newspaper, more than likely, your memory of the accident would ____. a. ​not be affected by what you read in the newspaper b. ​be replaced by what you read in the newspaper c. ​be altered to include the Understand information you read in the newspaper, but not be altered by any inaccurate information you read d. ​be altered to include information you read in the newspaper

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 198. ​You are a consultant for a police department who has been hired to help train officers about accuracy of eyewitness testimony. What should you tell the officers about memory? a. ​Eyewitness memory is always inaccurate. b. ​Eyewitness memory is like a video recorder of the original event. c. ​Eyewitness memory is extremely accurate. d. ​Eyewitness memory is often inaccurate.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 199. ​How did Loftus interpret false memories? a. ​Because of their desire to please whoever is asking them about their memories, people will often go along with what they want to hear. b. ​Eyewitness memory becomes faulty when we make errors in identifying the source of information we have stored in long-term memory. c. ​We accept subsequent misinformation as being correct, and this information becomes part of our memory for the original event. d. ​When we retrieve a memory for a particular event from long-term memory, we also retrieve information from other sources relevant to the event.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 200. ​The psychologist most associated with false memories is ____. a. ​Rescorla b. ​Loftus

c. ​Milner

d. ​Tolman ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 201. ​Which part of the brain appears to be most important in the processing of memories? a. ​thalamus b. ​hippocampus c. ​pons

d. ​hypothalamus ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 202. ​If you had recently suffered damage to your hippocampus, it is most likely that you would have difficulty remembering ____. a. ​what you ate for breakfast b. ​how to tie your shoes c. ​your junior high school graduation

d. ​the year of John F. Kennedy’s assassination

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 203. ​If you had damage to your hippocampus, it is most likely that you would have difficulty with ____. a. ​implicit memories b. ​sensory memories

c. ​declarative memories d. ​procedural memories

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 204. ​Drugs that stimulate neural growth and development of the hippocampus would most likely benefit ____ memory. a. ​procedural b. ​sensory

c. ​implicit

d. ​declarative ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 205. ​A well-developed and large hippocampus is associated with better ____ memory. a. ​declarative b. ​procedural c. ​implicit d. ​sensory

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 206. ​Brain researchers looking at a PET scan of a person completing an implicit memory task should expect to see blood flow changes ____. a. ​in the right temporal lobe b. ​on the outer edges of the amygdala c. ​outside of the hippocampal regions d. ​in the left frontal lobe ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. ​Declarative memories are most likely processed by the ____. a. ​hippocampus and the frontal lobe b. ​hypothalamus and the temporal lobe c. ​hypothalamus and the occipital lobe d. ​hippocampus and the parietal lobe

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 208. ​Billy was in a car accident that damaged his hippocampus. Which of the following will likely NOT be true for Billy? a. ​His explicit memory will be affected. b. ​His ability to use implicit memory will suffer.

c. He will still be able to learn new skills. d. ​He will be unable to store new long-term declarative memories.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 209. ​The hippocampus is to ____ memory as the cerebellum is to ____ memory. a. ​procedural; explicit b. ​declarative: motor skill c. ​declarative; explicit

d. ​procedural; motor skill ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 210. ​Alfredo suffered brain damage and is now unable to learn new motor skills. Where in the brain is the likely site of Alfredo’s brain damage? a. ​the hippocampus b. ​the cerebellum c. ​the parietal lobe d. ​the frontal lobe

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

211. ​Because of the surgical removal of his hippocampus, H.M. was unable to achieve ____. a. ​retrieval b. ​processing

c. ​consolidation d. ​recognition

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 212. PET scans show that blood flow in the normal brain is higher in the ____ hippocampal region during ____ memory tasks. a. ​right; procedural b. ​left; declarative c. ​left; procedural

d. ​right; declarative ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 213. ​Activity in the ____ is especially likely to occur when participants are deeply processing material. a. ​right frontal lobe b. ​left parietal lobe

c. ​ight parietal lobe d. ​left frontal lobe

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 214. ​When research participants use their ____ memory, blood flow changes occur outside the hippocampus. a. ​explicit b. ​implicit

c. ​episodic

d. ​autobiographical ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 215. ​Procedural memory is linked to the ____.

a. ​amygdala

b. ​hippocampus c. ​septum

d. ​striatum ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 216. ​Possibly because of damage to his ____, Kim Peek had difficulty learning new motor skills. a. ​amygdala b. ​hippocampus c. ​cerebellum

d. ​occipital lobe ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 217. ​Activity in the ____ has been shown to coincide with the overnight memory consolidation of newly learned motor skills. a. ​amygdala b. ​hippocampus c. ​hypothalamus d. ​ventricles

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. ​Describe the three functions of memory.

ANSWER: Encoding is the act of inputting information into memory. Storage is placing information in memory.

Retrieval is the process of accessing information in memory and pulling it into consciousness.​ REFERENCES: 7.1 The Functions of Memory: Encoding, Storing, and Retrieving KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 219. ​Describe the capacity and duration of each stage of memory in the three stages model.

ANSWER: In sensory memory, information that comes in from our eyes, ears, and other senses is briefly (a fraction of a second) stored in a sensory form, such as a sound or a visual image. If we pay attention to the information in our sensory memory, the information is sent on to the second stage, short-term memory (STM), for further processing. Short-term memory functions as a temporary holding tank for a limited amount of information. We can hold information in short-term memory for only a few seconds before we must act either to send it further on in the memory system or to keep it in short- term memory by refreshing it. If we decide to further process the information, we can move it from temporary storage in short-term memory to the permanent storage system of long-term memory (LTM)​

REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 220. ​Describe the newer view of working memory compared to the three stages model.

ANSWER: Working memory is a multifaceted component of long-term memory that contains short-term memory, a central executive, a phonological loop, and a visuospatial sketch pad; the function of working memory is to access, move, and process information that we are currently using.​ REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 221. ​Why might attention-deficit disorder affect the ability of someone with the disorder to learn and retain information?

ANSWER: In order for information to be retained beyond the brief time it is in sensory memory, attention must be applied to hold the information or it will fade away for good. Inattention would distract the person to other information elements. As a result, the new information is not available for further processing along the memory pathway. Also, in order to hold information in working memory via maintenance rehearsal, attention is needed. For more extensive elaborative rehearsal, attention again serves a crucial role in allowing for the creation of mental associations. ​ Recent research shows that individuals with attention-deficit disorder may have faulty central executive functioning in their working memory that undermines their ability to attend to and integrate information from auditory and visuospatial sources. This same problem may make it difficult for a person with attention-deficit disorder to attend to information presented in educational setting. Even if the person were able to attend to such information, the difficulty in executive function makes integrating that information less likely. This will inhibit the ability to engage in elaborative rehearsal. This, in turn, will undermine one’s ability to retain information even when it has been attended to.​ REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 222. ​Describe the traditional three-stage memory model.

ANSWER: The traditional memory model is arranged in terms of Stage I (sensory memory), Stage II (short-term memory), and Stage III (long-term memory). Stage 1 holds memory traces from all our senses for a very brief period of time until they are either not given attention and lost, or given additional attention and sent onto short-term memory. Stage II short-term memory is a limited storage facility from which we may refresh, modify, or let loose of information. Information transferred into Stage III, long-term memory, is designated for permanent storage as episodic, semantic, or procedural traces.​ REFERENCES: 7.2 The Development of New Memories KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 223. ​Describe the H.M. case study and what it suggests about memory.

ANSWER: One of the most famous cases of anterograde amnesia involved H.M., who suffered from severe epilepsy that was centered in the vicinity of his hippocampal regions in the temporal lobe and did not respond to medication. In an effort to curb H.M.’s seizures, doctors removed the hippocampal regions in both hemispheres of his brain. The surgery was successful in that H.M.’s seizures were drastically reduced.

However, in another sense, the operation was a serious failure. After H.M. re- covered from the surgery, it became apparent that he could no longer store new declarative memories. He could not remember seeing his doctor seconds after the doctor left the room. He was also unable to read an entire magazine article. By the time he got to the end of a long paragraph, he would have forgotten what he’d just read. It was clear that H.M. had severe anterograde amnesia, a condition he lived with for the next 55 years until his death in 2008 at age 82.​ REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

224. ​Describe the different types of long-term memory and their characteristics.

ANSWER: ​Declarative memory is a type of long-term memory encompassing memories that are easily verbalized, including episodic and semantic memories. Semantic memory is long-term, declarative memory for conceptual information. Episodic memory is memory for the recent events in our lives. Autobiographical memory is memory for our past that gives us a sense of personal history.

REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 225. ​How is it that some people with even severe amnesia are able to learn skills that may allow them to participate in competitive employment opportunities?

ANSWER: ​Amnesia is most often found in cases where damage to the hippocampus and/or frontal lobe results in declarative memory problems. While declarative memory (semantic and episodic memory) is affected by amnesia, procedural memory may be spared. Procedural memory follows a different cortical route, around the hippocampus and through the cerebellum. Thus, when amnesia is the result of hippocampal damage, procedural memories may be spared.

REFERENCES: 7.3 Long-Term Memory: Permanent Storage KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 226. ​Describe decay theory of forgetting.

ANSWER: ​Decay theory is a theory of forgetting that proposes that memory traces that are not routinely activated in long-term memory will degrade.

REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 227. ​Explain the difference between proactive and retroactive interference.

ANSWER: ​Proactive interference is a type of forgetting that occurs when older memory traces inhibit the retrieval of newer memory traces. Retroactive interference is a type of forgetting that occurs when newer memory traces inhibit the retrieval of older memory traces.

REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 228. ​Sasha is studying for her history final. What memory techniques might she use to store information more effectively?

ANSWER: ​Sasha should distribute her studying by having more, but shorter, study sessions. Each study session she should make sure her environment is not distracting. She would also be better served by finding associations between different elements of history, searching for greater and more personal meaning so that the material comes alive for her.

REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 229. ​Describe several techniques for improving memory.

ANSWER: 1. Single task, don’t multitask.

2. Do not cram for exams.

3. Use elaborative rehearsal.

4. Use overlearning.

5. Use the SQ3R method.

6. Use mnemonics.

​ REFERENCES: 7.4 Retrieval and Forgetting in Long-Term Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 230. ​Describe Elizabeth Loftus’s research and what it suggests about the accuracy of memory.

ANSWER: ​Psychologist Elizabeth Loftus has spent a good part of her career showing that eyewitness memory can be manipulated by the expectations we hold about the world. For example, in one experiment (Loftus & Palmer, 1974), Loftus showed participants a film of a car accident. After viewing the film, the participants were randomly divided into several groups and questioned about their memory of the film.

In one group, the participants were asked, “About how fast were the cars going when they smashed into each other?” In another group, the participants were asked, “About how fast were the cars going when they hit each other?” In the control group, the participants were not asked to estimate the speed of the cars. The results showed that the verb used in the question affected participants’ estimates of the speed of the cars. Participants in the “smashed into” group estimated the speed of the cars, on average, at 41 mph; the average estimate for participants in the “hit” group was 34 mph. The participants exhibited the misinformation effect, or the distortion of memory that occurs when people are exposed to misinformation. In this case, the words smashed and hit activated different expectations that were used to fill in the missing details in the participants’ memories of the film, and the result was that they remembered the film differently. Imagine how a lawyer’s choice of words might influence a witness’s memory on the witness stand. ​ Even more dramatic is the fact that our memories can be permanently altered by things that happen after we encode the memories. In another study (Loftus & Zanni, 1975), Loftus showed participants a film of a car crash and then asked them a series of questions about the accident. The participants in one group were asked, “Did you see a broken headlight?” In a second group, the participants were asked, “Did you see the broken headlight?” Although there had been no broken headlight in the film, of those who were asked about a broken headlight, 7% reported that they had seen a broken headlight in the film. Of the participants who were asked about the broken headlight, 17% said they had seen it. By subtly suggesting to these participants that there had been a broken headlight, Loftus caused more of them to remember seeing something that they had not seen. She created a false memory in her participants.

REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 231. ​Regarding memory, why do investigators have to be careful of the way they conduct witness interviews?

ANSWER: ​Memory is both a constructive and reconstructive process. Numerous studies have shown that the recall of events can be substantial influenced by the way questions are framed to witnesses. Depending upon how interviews are conducted, eyewitnesses can misremember events as memories are distorted or false memories are created.

REFERENCES: 7.5 The Accuracy of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 232. ​Name the parts of the brain that are most involved in the biological basis of memory and explain their role.

ANSWER: Hippocampus: Processes declarative memory and some aspects of procedural memory.

Left frontal lobe: Processes verbal memory Cerebellum: Processes procedural memory REFERENCES: 7.6 The Biology of Memory KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

Chapter_8_Cognition_Language_and_Intelligence 1. Knowledge is defined in the textbook as ____.​ a. ​things that we know b. ​facts and data that we learn in school

c. ​information that we store in long-term memory

d. ​the ability to solve problems and make decisions ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. Thinking is defined in the textbook as the ____.​ a. ​use of knowledge to accomplish some sort of goal b. ​unconscious processing of mental symbols c. ​process involved in solving problems

d. ​discovering the relationships between concepts and theories ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. Psychologists conduct image scanning studies in order to better understand ____.​ a. ​creativity and problem solving b. ​insight

c. ​knowledge

d. ​mental representations ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. The information you have stored about psychology in your long-term memory represents your ____ base.​ a. ​knowledge b. ​representation c. ​thinking

d. ​cognition ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 5. A mental representation represents objects that ____.​ a. are not easily categorized

b. ​are novel or unfamiliar

c. ​are of importance to the individual d. ​are not present at the time

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 6. Which forms of mental representations have psychologists studied with the most success?​ a. ​emotions and procedures b. ​procedures and visual images c. ​emotions and concepts

d. ​visual images and concepts ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 7. Image-scanning studies suggest that visual images in our minds are ____.​ a. ​primarily language-based b. ​without definite shape or size

c. ​mental copies of the real stimulus d. ​digital rather than analog

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 8. Timmy’s geography teacher gives the class a pop quiz in which he asks the class to draw a map of North America, which they learned about in the previous day’s lesson. Knowing what you do about mental representations, how well do you think Timmy would do on this quiz?​ a. ​He will draw a perfect map of North America. b. ​He will get some of the details correct, but his map will contain many errors. c. ​His map will be so far off that it will not even resemble North America.

d. ​The U.S. portion of the map will be very accurate, but Canada and Mexico will be distorted.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. Regarding the categories we use to organize our knowledge, superordinate categories are ____ and subordinate categories are ____.​ a. ​formal; natural

b. ​specific; general c. ​natural; formal

d. ​general; specific ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. When you learn the specific criteria or rules that psychologists use to diagnose attention deficit ​disorder in children, you are learning the ____ involved in this type of diagnosis. a. ​normal concepts b. ​structured concepts c. ​validated concepts d. ​formal concepts

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. Natural concepts ____.​ a. ​have fuzzy boundaries

b. ​are usually learned formally

c. ​usually use rigid rules to define their elements d. ​are typically universally held by all people

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 12. Prototypes are most closely associated with which term?​ a. ​basic level categories b. ​natural concepts c. ​cognitive maps

d. ​image scanning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 13. Exemplars are to ____ as prototypes are to ____.​ a. ​elements that stand out; subtle elements b. ​actual examples; typical members c. ​similarities; differences

d. ​natural concepts; formal concepts ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 14. When you are trying to retrieve knowledge from your memory to accomplish some goal, you are ____.​ a. ​thinking b. ​reasoning

c. ​representing d. ​imagining

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 15. Herb is reading about colleges and trying to decide which one is best for him. In psychological terms, Herb is ____.​ a. ​memorizing b. ​rehearsing c. ​thinking

d. ​dreaming ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 16. Research studies using image-scanning show that ____.​ a. ​images of visual stimuli are stored in two dimensions rather than three

b. ​visual images in our minds have many of the spatial properties of the real stimulus

c. ​we lack the ability to store in memory mimics of the actual visual images in our minds d. ​we scan visual images that are actually more distant faster in our minds ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 17. In a study conducted by Stephen Kosslyn, subjects memorized a map and then were asked to mentally scan the path of an imaginary dot as it traveled from one point to another point on the map. The results showed that ____.​ a. ​when the distance traveled by the dot was further, the time it took to scan the distance was longer b. ​shorter distances were scanned easily, but longer distances could not be scanned

c. ​regardless of the distance traveled by the dot, the scanning time was approximately five seconds d. ​regardless of the distance traveled by the dot, the scanning time was instantaneous

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 18. Mental images of the world around us seem to consist primarily of both ____.​ a. ​visual images and verbal knowledge b. ​abstract concepts, sensory impressions, and images c. ​tactile images and emotional responses d. ​digital and analog images

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 19. According to cognitive researchers, when you see your friend’s new car and then later recall what the car looked like, the stored image you are recalling is ____.​ a. ​an exact copy of the sensory image that was sent to your visual cortex from your retina b. ​a mixture of pictorial and verbal pieces that are based on your actual sensory experience and your general knowledge of cars c. ​a language based description of the car without any visual components d. ​a digitized visual image consisting of thousands of pixels ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 20. Concepts are stored in memory in a ____.​ a. ​verbal form b. ​semantic form

c. ​verbal or semantic form

d. ​verbal, semantic, or emotional form ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 21. Concepts we store in our long-term memories tend to be organized around the ____ of the information they represent.​ a. ​emotional expression b. auditory images​ c. ​tactile images d. ​meaning ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 22. Concepts are most accurately characterized as ____.​ a. ​peas in a pod b. ​mental shorthand c. ​carbon copies

d. ​cognitive norms ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 23. When hanging out with a friend, Gayle mentions that she witnessed an accident recently. Immediately, you begin to develop a mental image of the cars that were involved in the accident. Your mental representation would most likely center on ____.​ a. ​the specific car in your experience that you have driven the most b. ​a generalized image of what cars look like

c. ​the specific car that you would most want to own d. ​the broad category of all transportation vehicles

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 24. If you focused on a concept of something in your mind, your mental representation would most likely center on ____.​ a. ​the specific example of the concept that you have been exposed to the most b. ​a generalized image of what the thing does or looks like

c. ​the specific example of the concept that you desire the most

d. ​a different concept that could be used as a comparison for the concept in question ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 25. The concepts we use to aid in our mental representation of our world are ____.​ a. ​inborn in our natural understanding of the world b. ​based on visual images of the information they represent c. ​organized into hierarchical categories

d. ​randomly consolidated from our everyday experiences ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

26. When you go to the store in search of a particular brand or style of shoes, you are searching most directly within a ____.​ a. ​superordinate category b. ​mid-level category

c. ​subordinate category d. ​basic level category

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 27. What is the most basic level of knowledge that contains the most specific concepts? ​ a. ​superordinate category b. ​mid-level category

c. ​subordinate category d. ​basic level category

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 28. When we think about the world, there are three conceptual levels that we use to categorize our knowledge. Typically, our thinking of the world falls within the ____.​ a. ​subordinate category b. ​superordinate category c. ​basic level category d. ​mid-level category

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 29. Which item is the best example of a basic level category?​ a. ​dog b. ​spaniel c. ​animal

d. ​mammal ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

30. Which item belongs in the subordinate category?​ a. ​dog b. ​poodle c. ​animal

d. ​mammal ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. If you assume that a man is homeless because his hair is messy and his clothes are old and tattered (which fits your concept of a typical homeless person), you are using a(n) ____ as the basis for your assumption.​ a. ​sample b. ​algorithm c. ​phoneme

d. ​prototype ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. Which item is the best example of a prototype for the category fruit?​ a. ​kiwi b. ​tomato c. ​apple

d. ​apricot ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 33. In contrast to prototypes, exemplars are ____.​ a. ​abstract b. ​not accurate c. ​real

d. ​complex ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 34. Which item best illustrates an exemplar for the category fruit?​

a. ​kiwi

b. ​apricot

c. ​the apples that grow in your backyard d. ​the many varieties of tomatoes

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 35. ​A popular meme suggests that since chocolate grows on trees, it must be a fruit and since fruit is good for you, chocolate must be good for you. This illustrates use of a ____ concept. a. ​formal b. affective​ c. ​natural

d. ​intuitive ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 36. ​When most people make shopping lists, they use terms like “apples,” “shampoo,” or “milk.” A list like this is using ____ categories. a. ​basic level b. ​subordinate c. ​superordinate d. ​midordinate

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 37. ​When Katherine makes a shopping list, she is very specific. Her list includes a 14 ounce can of Big Red diced tomatoes with peppers and onions and an eight-ounce package of Thick-n-Luscious cream cheese. Katherine’s list uses ____ categories. a. ​basic level b. subordinate​ c. superordinate​ d. midordinate​

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

38. ​Marta has heard that making a shopping list will help her save money when shopping, so she decides to try it. Her shopping list includes fruits, veggies, and meat. Marta’s list uses ____ categories. a. ​basic level b. ​subordinate c. ​superordinate d. ​midordinate

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 39. ​Prototype is to most typical as exemplar is to ____. a. ​least typical b. most representative​ c. actual instance​ d. ideal example​

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. ​Pippa is shopping for a wedding gown. She looks at a particularly modern gown and complains that it just does not look like a wedding gown to her. Pippa is most likely comparing the actual gown to her ____ gown. a. ​prototype b. ​exemplar c. ​superordinate d. ​concept

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. ​Katherine is shopping for a wedding gown and is on a tight budget. She prints off a picture of her dream dress and has all her friends and family looking for a similar gown. Katherine is using the picture as a(n) ____. a. ​prototype b. ​superordinate c. ​concept

d. ​exemplar ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

42. Which item belongs to the superordinate category?​ a. ​dog b. ​spaniel c. ​animal d. ​camel

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 43. With regard to how we acquire the concepts that help to organize our thinking, formal concepts are more likely ____, whereas natural concepts are more likely____.​ a. ​taught; experienced b. ​experienced; taught

c. ​subordinate; superordinate

d. ​superordinate; subordinate ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. Many students are surprised to learn that the idea they had of a tomato being a vegetable is different from what they learn to be the true botanical definition of a tomato as actually a fruit. The students’ prior idea that they learned outside of the classroom would be a good example of a(n) ____.​ a. ​formal concept b. ​natural concept

c. ​empirical concept

d. ​subordinate concept ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. Cooking without using strict measurements, but relying upon past experience and cooking wisdom to determine the correct proportions of ingredients, is an example of using a(n) ____ a. ​prototype b. ​heuristic c. ​underextension d. ​algorithm

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

46. Algorithms can thought of as “____” as heuristics can be thought of as “____”.​ a. ​always correct; may not be correct b. ​a quick process; a slow process c. ​ill-structured; well-structured d. ​insightful; procedures

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 47. ​Determining the number of miles per gallon you got on your last tank of gas by dividing the total mileage since your last fill-up by the number of gallons of gas purchased would be an example of using a(n) ____. a. ​heuristic b. ​morpheme c. ​overextension d. ​algorithm

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. Well-structured problems can be solved through the use of ____.​ a. ​heuristics only b. ​algorithms only

c. ​natural concepts only

d. ​heuristics or algorithms ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. If a problem has a clear pathway to a solution, then it is considered a(n) ____.​ a. ​ill-structured problem b. ​well-structured problem c. ​prototypical problem d. ​algorithmic problem

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. What is the best example of a well-structured problem?​ a. ​balancing your checkbook

b. ​finding the best layout for the furniture in your apartment c. ​choosing the right outfit to wear on your next date d. ​deciding what to major in at college

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. Well-structured problems are to ____ as ill-structured problems are to ____.​ a. ​heuristics; algorithms b. ​natural concepts; formal concepts c. ​clear solutions; unclear solutions

d. ​inductive reasoning; deductive reasoning ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. Jason is playing a computer game and just cannot seem to solve a particular problem. He gets frustrated, so he just keeps guessing over and over and over. Jason is using a(n) ____.​ a. ​construct b. ​concept

c. ​heuristic

d. ​algorithm ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. In determining the perfect suit to wear to a job interview, you will likely use a(n) ____.​ a. ​heuristic b. ​algorithm

c. ​well-structured solution d. ​heuristic and algorithm

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 54. Which statement is TRUE with regard to problem solving?​ a. ​Guessing and trial and error are not types of heuristics. b. ​Algorithms are always the best way to solve problems. c. ​Ill-structured problems do not have clear algorithms.

d. ​Culture does not influence the approach we take to solve problems.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 55. Which statement is TRUE of insight?​ a. ​Insight is problem solving without any effort or deep thinking. b. ​Insight is sometimes referred to as an “Aha!” experience. c. ​Insight rarely requires formal knowledge or training. d. ​Insight typically results in an incorrect solution.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 56. After struggling with and thinking for several days about the approach you should take in your research paper, you suddenly determine a successful approach. This is most correctly called ____.​ a. ​a heuristic b. ​an algorithm c. ​insight

d. ​creativity ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. Insight usually ____.​ a. ​occurs without any effort

b. ​leads to incorrect solutions

c. ​takes much thought and knowledge d. ​requires the use of algorithms

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. Divergent thinking is most closely associated with which of the following?​ a. ​creativity b. ​deductive reasoning c. ​algorithms

d. ​natural concepts

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. What is most likely to interfere with creativity?​ a. ​natural concepts b. ​functional fixedness c. ​divergent thinking

d. ​inductive reasoning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. Divergent thinking most specifically involves ____.​ a. ​algorithms b. ​mental sets

c. ​thinking of many different ideas quickly

d. ​imagining something that most other people do not ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 61. What do functional fixedness and mental sets have in common with each other?​ a. ​They facilitate creativity. b. ​They aid in the process of incubation. c. ​They are examples of heuristics.

d. ​They are obstacles to problem solving.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 62. Viewing a pencil as only a writing instrument is an example of ____.​ a. ​functional fixedness b. ​a mental set

c. ​an algorithm d. ​a phoneme

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

63. Joanne always attempts to discipline her child through grounding because it has worked in the past. Lately, it has not been working, but she keeps trying because it always worked before. Joanne has encountered which obstacle to problem solving?​ a. ​functional fixedness b. ​an algorithm c. ​a mental set

d. ​underextension ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 64. One specific way to overcome the obstacle of a mental set when attempting to solve a problem is to ____.​ a. ​try functional fixedness b. ​use overextension

c. ​practice a representative heuristic d. ​let it incubate

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 65. ​The first step in problem solving is to ____ the problem. a. ​represent b. ​analyze

c. ​identify

d. ​reconceptualize ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 66. ​The final step of problem solving is to ____ the solution. a. ​evaluate b. ​identify

c. ​construct

d. ​implement ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

67. Incubation involves ____.​ a. ​inductive reasoning

b. ​approaching problems with a solution in mind c. ​not thinking about a problem

d. ​generating multiple solutions to a problem ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 68. Incubation would be most likely to ____.​ a. ​result in functional fixedness b. ​help in getting out of a mental set

c. ​increase the use of natural concepts d. ​interfere with creativity

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 69. Hakeem spent three hours trying to solve a physics problem to no avail. Finally, in frustration, he gave up and went to watch TV. To his surprise, while watching TV, Hakeem found that he suddenly knew how to solve the problem. Hakeem seems to have benefited from ____.​ a. ​a mental set b. ​functional fixedness c. ​incubation

d. ​an algorithm ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 70. Believing that something is true independent of any reasoning process is known as ____.​ a. ​thinking b. ​cognition c. ​intuition d. ​insight

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 71. Which of the following is an ill-structured problem?​

a. ​deciding how much wallpaper to buy when redecorating your bedroom b. ​figuring out how to program your DVR

c. ​deciding where the best place to eat in town is

d. ​determining how much soap you need to put in a load of laundry ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 72. Which example best illustrates creativity?​ a. ​doing library research for a paper b. ​devising a new use for a paper clip c. ​viewing a painting

d. ​solving a problem the way others have solved it ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 73. Sarah is taking a test. The first question asks her how many uses she can think of for a beach towel. The next question asks how many ways she could think of to travel from Chicago to Los Angeles. The third question asks how many strategies she can think of to recruit new students to her university. Sarah is probably taking a test to measure her ability in which area?​ a. ​convergent thinking b. ​divergent thinking c. ​insight

d. ​intuition ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 74. ​When we ____ a problem, unproductive strategies recede from memory. a. ​analyze b. ​reconceptualize c. ​differentiate d. ​incubate

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 75. ​A well-structured problem is best described as one that ____.

a. ​requires the use of heuristics b. ​is an “either-or” situation

c. ​has many possible solutions

d. ​has a clear path to the solution ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 76. Henri found 50 different uses for bandage strips in a two-minute time frame. Henri is ____.​ a. ​high in functional fixedness b. ​low in functional fixedness c. ​stuck in a mental set

d. ​good at overextension ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 77. Through the scientific method, psychologists attempt to determine general principles of behavior and mental processes. In this process, psychologists use ____.​ a. ​the availability heuristic b. ​inductive reasoning

c. ​deductive reasoning d. ​mental sets

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 78. In deductive reasoning, ____.​ a. ​a general rule is applied to specific cases b. ​heuristics are used to reach a conclusion

c. ​specific instances are used to discover a general rule d. ​algorithms are used to reach a conclusion

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 79. Determining that your psychology teacher is very intelligent because she has a doctoral degree from a university would be an example of ____.​ a. ​the availability heuristic

b. ​inductive reasoning

c. ​anchoring and adjustment d. ​deductive reasoning

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 80. In inductive reasoning, ____.​ a. ​a general rule is applied to specific cases b. ​heuristics are used to reach a conclusion

c. ​specific instances are used to discover a general rule d. ​algorithms are used to reach a conclusion

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 81. Deductive reasoning results in a ____, whereas inductive reasoning results in a ____.​ a. ​conclusion; assumption b. ​specific conclusion; general rule c. ​assumption; conclusion

d. ​general rule; specific conclusion ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 82. Based on your experience with your own college professors, you determine that all college professors tend to be liberal thinkers. This is an example of ____.​ a. ​inductive reasoning b. ​the availability heuristic c. ​deductive reasoning

d. ​the representative heuristic ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 83. Perceived outcomes, the probability of achieving those outcomes, and the way in which options are framed are most important in ____.​ a. ​the use of heuristics b. ​decision making

c. ​incubation

d. ​divergent thinking ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 84. Some people might say that the “glass is half full,” while others might say that the “glass is half empty.” These different ways of saying the same thing reflect a difference in ____.​ a. ​exemplars b. ​insight

c. ​framing

d. ​using heuristics ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 85. Sometimes when making a decision, we exhibit loss aversion, which means that we make a decision that reflects a ____.​ a. ​desire to avoid taking a gamble at all costs b. ​misunderstanding of the entire situation

c. ​focus on the costs associated with a potential gain

d. ​strong motivation to do the thing that will result in the greatest good for all concerned ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 86. Sometimes when making a decision we exhibit risk aversion, which means that we make a decision that reflects a ____.​ a. ​misunderstanding of the entire situation b. ​desire to gamble in order to avoid loss

c. ​strong motivation to do the thing that will result in the greatest good for all concerned d. ​concern over losing what we already have

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 87. Anna, a high school senior, is deciding on a career path. If Anna is high in risk aversion, which career will she likely choose?​ a. ​being a doctor

b. ​working in a clothing store c. ​acting

d. ​being a professional singer ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 88. When you try to estimate the probability of a presidential candidate winning a race, you are engaged in which type of problem solving?​ a. ​insight b. ​reasoning c. ​judgment

d. ​decision making ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. If asked, many people would state that car accidents are a more frequent cause of death in the U.S. than strokes. However, the truth is that car accidents are just more sensational than the more frequent strokes. This mistake would be an example of ____.​ a. ​the representative heuristic b. ​inductive reasoning

c. ​the availability heuristic d. ​prototypical thinking

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 90. According to the availability heuristic, you are more likely to ____ the number of days that it snows each year, if asked to make this judgment on a ____ day.​ a. ​overestimate; sunny b. ​overestimate; snowy

c. ​underestimate; snowy

d. ​accurately judge; snowy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 91. Adrian recently survived a killer tsunami while vacationing in Thailand. Now, Adrian believes that another tsunami is very likely to occur. As a result, he is selling his Florida beach home and moving to Kansas. Which of the following best

explains Adrian’s behavior?​ a. ​the representativeness heuristic b. ​the availability heuristic c. ​deductive reasoning d. ​loss aversion

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 92. Ignoring the base rate of events is part of ____. a. ​risk aversion b. ​an exemplar c. ​the representative heuristic d. ​insight

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 93. Most tall, thin, and attractive women are not fashion models, but if you are introduced to a woman with these characteristics, you may think it likely that she is a model. This is called ____.​ a. ​the availability heuristic b. ​the representative heuristic c. ​inductive reasoning d. ​an overextension

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 94. You are attending a conference where most of the people in attendance are college students just like you. While there, you meet Frida. Frida is 45 years old. She is dressed in a conservative tweed suit. Her hair is pulled back in a bun and she is wearing a pair of reading glasses on a chain around her neck. Based on her appearance, you decide that Frida must be one of the few professors attending the conference. Which of the following best explains your judgment?​ a. ​the representativeness heuristic b. ​the availability heuristic c. ​the base rate

d. ​inductive reasoning ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

95. Which statement is TRUE of heuristics?​ a. ​Heuristics can lead to correct judgments.

b. ​Heuristics usually lead to incorrect judgments.

c. ​Heuristics involve rules to follow in order to make accurate judgments. d. ​Heuristics involve deductive reasoning..

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 96. ​Lora watches a certain news network that is well known for its harshly negative portrayals of the followers of a specific religion. When she visits a university campus and meets followers of that religion, she has an immediate, negative response. Lora is using a(n) ____. a. ​representativeness heuristic b. prototype​ c. ​fuzzy construct d. ​archetype

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 97. ​People who believe in love at first sight are relying on a(n) ____. a. ​prototype b. ​affective heuristic

c. ​inductive approach d. ​exemplar

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 98. ​Linus has always enjoyed long walks through the woods, but recently, after several highly publicized attacks on hikers by bears, he finds himself fearful of going on a hike. Linus is using a(n) ____. a. ​affective heuristic b. ​biased heuristic c. ​inductive heuristic

d. ​availability heuristic ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

99. You attend a meeting where 50% of the people in attendance are psychology majors, 10% are engineering majors, 20% are business majors, and 20% are pre-law majors. At this meeting, you meet Charles. Charles is wearing a white button-down shirt and a pair of jeans. He wears glasses and he has a calculator in the front pocket of his shirt. If you base your judgment on the base rate, you should guess that Charles is a(n) ____ major.​ a. ​psychology b. ​engineering c. ​business d. ​pre-law

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 100. What is a well-developed, syntactical verbal system for representing the world?​ a. ​prototype b. ​communication c. ​language

d. ​reasoning ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 101. Psychologists who believe that humans have a language acquisition device also tend to believe that ____.​ a. ​learning language is a natural result of human problem solving b. ​language is the solely the result of one’s learning experiences

c. ​humans are born with an innate knowledge of the syntax of language d. ​language is primarily the result of nurture

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 102. Dr. Greer believes that children are natural problem solvers and it is from that ability that language is learned. Dr. Greer would probably not agree that children have ____.​ a. ​a Broca’s area b. ​formal concepts

c. ​inductive reasoning

d. ​a language acquisition device ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

103. Even though infants begin to use language at a very early age, suggesting some innate ability to learn language, they may still have learned much of their language from their environment. This highlights the ____debate in language learning.​ a. ​nature-nurture b. ​biology-genes c. ​early-late

d. ​environment-learning ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 104. When deaf Nicaraguan children were free to communicate with each other in any way they wished, they ____.​ a. ​attempted to use the Spanish that they were learning in school b. ​developed their own form of sign language

c. used the sign language that they were taught in school d. ​began to use American Sign Language ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 105. What is unique about Nicaraguan Sign Language from the perspective of language development?​ a. ​The teachers spoke to the children in English but signed in Spanish. b. ​The gestures are in Spanish, but the syntax is in English.

c. ​The children developed the sign language spontaneously.

d. ​The teachers spoke to the children in Spanish, but signed in English.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 106. The fact that the deaf children in Nicaragua spontaneously developed their own language suggests that ____.​ a. ​nurture plays no role in language development b. ​nature plays no role in language development

c. ​at least some aspects of language development have a biological basis d. ​language development is a purely biological phenomenon

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 107. Your two-month old niece has begun to make a lot of vowel sounds like “ooh” and “ah.” She is ____.​

a. ​babbling

b. ​overextending c. ​cooing

d. ​gesturing ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 108. Which statement is TRUE of language development?​ a. ​Children typically coo before they babble.

b. ​Cooing consists of consonant and vowel sounds together. c. ​Babbling consists of vowel sounds.

d. ​Infants begin cooing at around six months of age.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 109. A child at the age of nine months would be expected to be in the ____ stage of language development.​ a. ​morpheme b. ​babbling

c. ​first words d. ​cooing

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 110. Children who grow up in a home that is bilingual will ____.​ a. ​struggle to learn both of those languages because the two languages will create confusion

b. ​learn one language well but struggle with the language that is less dominant in the broader culture c. ​develop a high level of proficiency with both languages d. ​struggle more in school and are generally less creative

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 111. Who will most likely learn a second language fluently?​ a. ​Joe, who begins learning it in first grade b. ​Jessica, who begins learning it in sixth grade

c. ​Jose, who begins learning it in high school

d. ​Joanne, who begins learning it in college and is highly motivated ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 112. Children typically begin to speak their first words at around ____.​ a. ​six months b. ​nine months c. ​12 months d. ​15 months ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 113. When your 13-month-old sister is beginning to use one syllable words, the sounds she is making are most appropriately called ____.​ a. ​babbles b. ​coos

c. ​morphemes d. ​phonemes

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 114. The smallest units of sound that are found in a language are called ____.​ a. ​babbles b. ​telegraphic speech c. ​morphemes d. ​phonemes

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 115. Which statement is TRUE with regard to a child’s first words?​ a. ​Overextension is an abnormal stage of language development.

b. ​When first using words, children often begin with two-word sentences.

c. ​Children’s first words are usually names of familiar objects, people, or actions. d. ​Stages of language development are extremely variable across cultures.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 116. Phonemes are to ____ as morphemes are to ____.​ a. ​babbling; words b. ​cooing; babbling c. ​words; cooing

d. ​cooing; babbling ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 117. Which of the following is a morpheme in the English language?​ a. ​“un” b. ​“ul”

c. ​“uz”

d. ​“uk” ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 118. If your 13-month-old child uses the title “grandpa” to refer to all older men, she is exhibiting a common language tendency called ____.​ a. ​overextension b. ​holophrases

c. ​telegraphic speech d. ​underextension

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 119. Two-word sentences are a form of ____.​ a. ​preverbal gesture b. ​overextension

c. ​underextension

d. ​telegraphic speech ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 120. If your 13-month-old child uses the noun “drink” to refer only to juice and not to other liquids that are also drinks, he is exhibiting a common language tendency called ____.​ a. ​telegraphic speech b. ​underextension c. ​overextension d. ​phonemes

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 121. When the child you are babysitting says, “mommy gone,” meaning “My mommy is gone,” the child is using a typical form of language for two-year-olds called ____.​ a. ​holophrase b. ​telegraphic speech c. ​underextension d. ​overextension

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 122. ​By the age of six, the average child ____. a. ​has a vocabulary of around 1,000 words, but not a good sense of grammar rules

b. is in the midst of using holophrases and telegraphic speech as his or her primary form of language​ c. has a vocabulary of around 10,000 words and a fairly competent mastery of grammar​

d. has just recently stopped using underextensions and overextensions in his or her language​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 123. ​Children can use most of the grammatical structures of their native language around the age of ____. a. ​one year b. ​two years

c. ​three years d. ​four years

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

124. Which progression represents the correct sequence of language development in children?​ a. ​pragmatics, telegraphic speech, morphemes, phoneme b. telegraphic speech, morphemes, phonemes, pragmatics​ c. morphemes, phonemes, pragmatics, telegraphic speech​ d. phonemes, morphemes, telegraphic speech, pragmatics​ ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 125. ​When children learn the pragmatics of speech, they are learning the ____. a. ​appropriate order of subject, verb, and object in their language b. many different words that stand for the same thing in their language​ c. rules of conversation operating in their culture​ d. basic sounds that comprise their language​

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 126. ​The nonstandard use of language that is specific to a cultural-historical group is called ____. a. ​babbling b. ​slang

c. ​telegraphic speech d. ​dialect

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 127. ​According to Lev Vygotsky and his sociocultural theory, ____. a. ​all languages share the same basic syntax

b. language is a primary means of transmitting cultural elements from generation to generation​

c. people who speak different languages will think about and perceive the world differently because of the effect of language​ d. individuals who have not been exposed to language at a young age will not be able to learn a language with any degree of competency​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

128. ​If you remember many stories told by your grandparents about your ethnic and cultural background, and if these stories have greatly influenced you to continue the customs, beliefs, and values of that culture, you have provided support for ____. a. ​Lev Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory b. Benjamin Whorf’s linguistic relativity hypothesis​ c. Susann Doyle’s cultural relativity theory​

d. Francis Galton’s hereditary intelligence hypothesis​ ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 129. ​Dr. Gromyko believes that one of the most important functions of language is that it allows us to pass on elements of our culture to future generations. Dr. Gromyko’s belief is most compatible with which of the following people’s ideas on language? a. ​Noam Chomsky b. ​B.F. Skinner c. ​Francis Galton d. ​Lev Vygotsky

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 130. ​The strong and weak forms of the Whorfian hypothesis state that ____. a. ​different cultures share the same basic language structure b. language either determines or influences thoughts and perceptions​ c. every child learns language at a pace that is unique to that child​

d. language ability is based on a biological language acquisition device​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 131. ​Dr. Ebert believes that language directly influences how we view our world. As such, a native English speaker who learns Spanish as an adult can never fully understand the world the same way that a native Spanish speaker does. Dr. Ebert’s views are most compatible with the ____. a. ​strong form of the Whorfian hypothesis b. weak form of the Whorfian hypothesis​ c. poverty of stimulus argument​

d. any form of the linguistic relativity hypothesis​ ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 132. ​In what way does language appear to influence thinking? a. ​Language can influence our memory and perceptions.

b. The words of a particular language can create new ways of thinking that would not be possible if one spoke a different language.​ c. Different nouns can alter the depth of thinking in a particular area, but different verbs cannot.​ d. Different verbs can alter the depth of thinking in a particular area, but different nouns cannot.​

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 133. ​The finding that the constant use of male pronouns (he, him, his) when speaking about hypothetical people in general language can influence gender stereotyping provides support for the ____. a. ​strong form of Whorf’s linguistic relativity hypothesis b. nature side of the nature-nurture language debate​ c. weaker version of Whorf’s linguistic relativity hypothesis​

d. language acquisition device theory formulated by Noam Chomsky​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 134. ​Research on the strong form of the Whorfian hypothesis has ____. a. ​supported the hypothesis for nouns, but not for verbs b. supported the hypothesis for verbs, but not for nouns​ c. supported the hypothesis for all types of words​ d. not supported the hypothesis​

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 135. ​While language has many ____, communication generally does not. a. ​symbols b. rules​

c. ​functions d. ​varieties

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

136. ​Although it is clear that most animals have ____ ability, it is unclear whether or not most animals have ____ ability. a. ​thinking; emotional b. emotional; thinking​

c. ​language; communication d. ​communication; language

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 137. ​When researchers used a keyboard to teach language to a bonobo chimpanzee named Matata, they were surprised to find that ____. a. ​Matata was more interested in playing catch with the keyboard than using it to communicate b. Matata’s infant stepson Kanzi learned how to use the keyboard far better than Matata simply by observing​ c. Matata was able to learn the keyboard symbols that were taught, but was unable to create new forms of language on her own​ d. Matata not only learned the keyboard symbols that she was taught, but she began creating new forms of language that were not taught​

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 138. ​According to the research described in the textbook, Bonobos, parrots, and dolphins have been studied to determine if they have the ability to ____. a. ​use language b. communicate​ c. ​think

d. ​experience emotion ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 139. ​Based on your reading, which animal is least likely to show any linguistic abilities? a. ​Barney, the Bonobo chimpanzee b. Freddie, the Cocker Spaniel​

c. ​Garfield, the African Gray Parrot d. ​Ferdinand, the dolphin ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 140. ​Research with Bonobo chimpanzees, dolphins, and birds has shown that ____. a. ​animals clearly have the ability to learn language b. animals simply do not have the ability to learn language​

c. some animals are capable of learning communication elements that at least have the appearance of language​

d. animals having intellectual abilities that are more similar to those of humans can be taught language, but less intelligent species cannot benefit from language teaching​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. ​To critics of the idea that animals can learn language, a highly trained circus animal that responds to its trainer’s verbal requests would not be convincing primarily because of the critics’ arguments that such behavior ____. a. ​is simply not possible given the animal’s small cortex b. has been shown to be a product of a hoax carried out by fraudulent researchers​ c. does not fit our understanding of evolutionary processes​ d. merely reflects behavioral conditioning​

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 142. ​Which statement most accurately sums up the debate on whether or not non-human animals have linguistic abilities? a. ​Psychologists agree that they do not have linguistic abilities. b. Psychologists agree that animals do have linguistic abilities.​

c. Psychologists agree that animals do have linguistic abilities, but lack the ability to actually speak.​

d. This issue is still controversial, although some studies suggest that some species may have linguistic abilities.​ ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 143. ​In Sue Savage-Rumbaugh’s research, ____. a. ​Phoenix was able to carry out a complex sequence of instructions

b. Kanzi learned language by observing his mother being taught language​ c. Matata quickly acquired a rich, expressive vocabulary​ d. Alex’s speech took social context into account​

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

144. ​Critics of animal language research argue that animals ____. a. acquire only limited “language” for concrete objects b. ​do not follow all of the grammatical and syntactical rules of human language c. ​never move past the single word stage of human language development d. ​have never been shown to communicate, much less use language ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 145. ​Who noted the influence of language in the development of culture in his sociocultural theory? a. ​Whorf b. Chomsky​

c. Vygotsky​

d. Pepperberg​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 146. ​Logan has an autism spectrum disorder and has a great deal of difficulty understanding the social rules involved in conversation. Logan is having difficulty with ____. a. ​connotations b. ​syntactics c. ​grammar

d. ​pragmatics ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 147. When an infant begins to repeat consonant and vowel sounds together, the infant is ____.When an infant begins to repeat consonant and vowel sounds together, the infant is ____.​ a. ​babbling b. ​overextending c. ​cooing

d. ​gesturing ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

148. ​Although there are different views on intelligence, the textbook states that many psychologists would agree that intelligence is the ____. a. ​foundation of good judgment and decision-making b. ability to perceive relationships between abstract concepts​ c. ability to adapt to the environment and behave in a goal-directed manner​ d. accumulation of, and the ability to apply wisdom and knowledge​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 149. ​Sir Francis Galton believed that intelligence was ____. a. ​inherited b. characteristic only of humans​

c. best measured by the bumps and contours of a person’s head​ d. largely unmeasurable​

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 150. Bjorn has great reflexes and is very athletic. According to ____, these characteristics indicate that Bjorn is intelligent. a. ​Robert Sternberg​ b. Alfred Binet​ c. ​Sir Francis Galton d. ​David Wechsler

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 151. ​If you have a quick reaction time and superior eyesight, Sir Francis Galton would have assumed that you ____. a. ​have parents that did not stimulate your development of knowledge b. do not have much intellectual ability​

c. would not perform well in a school setting​ d. have above average intelligence​

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 152. ​Which individual is given credit for developing the modern intelligence test?

a. ​Charles Darwin b. Alfred Binet​

c. ​Sir Francis Galton d. ​Lewis Terman

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. ​When Alfred Binet developed a test of intelligence in France, the test was specifically designed to ____. a. ​determine the intellectual fitness of immigrants to France b. aid in a diagnosis of mental illness in adults​

c. identify school children who would not likely do well in traditional classrooms​ d. answer the question of animal intelligence​

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 154. ​To Alfred Binet, mental age refers to ____. a. ​a child’s intelligence quotient

b. a child’s mental abilities in comparison to the “average” child​

c. the age level at which a child should score based on the child’s chronological age​ d. the age at which the average child should be able to pass his test​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 155. ​Lewis Terman ____. a. ​developed the first test of intelligence in France

b. tested intelligence by measuring sensory abilities​ c. helped create the Stanford-Binet test​

d. believed that intelligence could not be described by a single number​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 156. ​The IQ formula was popularized by ____. a. ​Alfred Binet b. Lewis Terman​

c. ​Sir Francis Galton d. ​David Wechsler

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 157. ​The ACT and SAT are tests that use the same set of procedures, scoring methods, and questions for all tests takers.

This makes these kinds of tests ____. a. ​customized b. standardized​ c. ​computerized d. ​competitive

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 158. ​If a four-year-old child were shown to have a mental age of four when taking the Stanford-Binet test, the child’s IQ would be ____. a. ​150 b. ​125 c. ​100 d. ​75

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 159. ​A child taking the Stanford-Binet test who scores at an “average” level of intelligence would show a ____ that is equal to his/her ____. a. ​chronological age; IQ score b. verbal score; performance score​ c. ​performance score; mental age d. ​mental age; chronological age

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 160. ​On the Stanford-Binet test, an IQ score of 120 would indicate ____. a. ​average intelligence b. ​cognitive impairment

c. ​above average intelligence d. ​delayed development

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 161. ​On the Stanford-Binet test, an IQ score of 80 would indicate ____. a. ​average intelligence b. ​above average intelligence

c. ​below average intelligence d. ​genius

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 162. Martin is 18 years old, but he scored like an average 15-year-old on the Stanford-Binet intelligence test. Martin’s IQ would be approximately ____.​ a. ​123 b. ​103 c. ​83 d. ​53 ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 163. ​In contrast to the methods involved in the Stanford-Binet test, David Wechsler disagreed with the use of ____. a. ​a single intelligence score b. adult testing​

c. subscales to describe mental abilities​

d. the number 100 to designate average intelligence​ ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 164. ​Jada is five years old. Which test is appropriate for use in measuring her IQ? a. ​WISC-IV b. WPPSI-III​ c. ​WAIS-III d. ​MSCEIT

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 165. ​David Wechsler’s intelligence tests ____. a. ​do not include a performance scale b. ​do not include a verbal scale

c. ​yield two separate index scores

d. ​yield four separate index scores ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 166. ​Which test did David Wechsler develop? a. ​Otis-Lennon Test b. ​Army Alpha and Beta Tests c. ​Stanford-Binet Test d. ​WISC-IV

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 167. ​Dr. Tolman is a school psychologist who is working on a project to measure the intelligence of the children enrolled in a local preschool class. Which IQ test would be appropriate for Dr. Tolman’s project? a. ​WAIS-IV b. ​WISC-IV c. ​WPPSI-III

d. ​WAIS-IV or WISC-IV ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 168. Which of the following is one of the index scores on the WAIS-IV?​ a. ​perceptual reasoning b. naturalistic skills​ c. ​social skills

d. ​intrapersonal skills ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 169. ​In order for a test of intelligence to be accepted by psychologists as a “good” test, it must be ____. a. ​short and logical b. ​meaningful and accurate c. ​reliable and valid

d. ​challenging and predictable ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 170. ​When a test yields consistent results over time, it is said to be ____. a. ​standardized b. reliable​ c. ​valid

d. ​statistically significant ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 171. ​A valid intelligence test is one that ____. a. ​measures what it is designed to measure b. ​is reliable

c. ​is accurate

d. ​measures ability to solve problems ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 172. A researcher who administers an intelligence test to fifth graders and then compares their test results to the grades they earn in school is most likely trying to determine the test’s ____.​ a. ​reliability b. ​significance c. ​validity

d. ​dependability ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

173. ​Reliability is to____ as validity is to____. a. ​accuracy; applicability b. ​significance; accuracy​

c. dependability; importance d. ​consistency; accuracy ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 174. ​Dr. Abaee is developing a new intelligence test. He gives his test to a group of 100 participants and records their scores. Six months later, he retests the same participants on the test and finds that their scores match well with the scores they earned when tested six months earlier. What can we conclude about Dr. Abaee’s test based on this study? a. ​We can conclude nothing about his test. b. ​His test is a good one. c. ​His test is valid.

d. ​His test is reliable.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 175. ​If successful performance on a test requires knowledge that people of a particular culture do not generally have, the test is said to be ____. a. ​culturally biased b. unreliable​ c. ​inappropriate d. ​invalid

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 176. ​Which of the following IQ test questions is most likely to be culturally biased? a. ​Cup is to saucer as _________ is to doily. b. 4 + 4 = _________.​

c. Pink is to red as tan is to __________.​ d. 57 - 3 =____________.​

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

177. ​The idea of generalized intelligence was advocated most strongly by ____. a. ​Charles Spearman b. Robert Sternberg​ c. ​Howard Gardner d. ​Alfred Binet

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 178. ​The idea of generalized intelligence was most influential in the ____. a. ​development of the IQ formula b. expansion of intelligence testing into many different contexts​ c. twentieth century concern over cultural bias in testing​

d. emergence of the nature-nurture controversy in intelligence​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 179. ​Charles Spearman is to ____ as Howard Gardner is to ____. a. ​mental age; chronological age b. ​adult testing; child testing c. nurture; nature​

d. generalized intelligence; multiple intelligences​ ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 180. ​What do L.L. Thurstone, Howard Gardner, and Robert Sternberg all have in common? a. ​They all developed different types of intelligence tests that are in wide use today. b. They all believed strongly in the biological basis for intelligence.​

c. They all advocated the idea that intelligence is made up of many different factors.​ d. They all have argued that intelligence test are generally invalid.​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 181. ​Which two theories of intelligence are most different from each other? a. ​Charles Spearman’s “g” theory and Howard Gardner’ multiple intelligences.

b. Howard Gardner’s multiple intelligences and Robert Sternberg’s triarchic theory.​

c. Charles Spearman’s “g” theory and Raymond Cattell’s crystallized and fluid intelligence theory.​ d. L.L. Thurstone’s seven mental abilities theory and Howard Gardner’s multiple intelligences.​ ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 182. ​Which professions would be most likely to require a high degree of spatial intelligence? a. ​waitress b. ​store clerk c. ​surveyor

d. ​accountant ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 183. ​Fluid intelligence is most likely to involve ____. a. ​knowledge b. ​experience

c. ​speed of learning d. ​judgment

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 184. ​A 50-year-old person would typically have higher ____ but lower ____ than a 25-year-old person. a. ​generalized intelligence; specific intelligence b. crystallized intelligence; fluid intelligence​

c. mathematical intelligence; verbal intelligence​ d. analytical intelligence; practical intelligence​

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 185. ​Which activity is most likely to exercise your fluid intelligence abilities? a. ​watching a movie on TV b. reading a comic book​

c. listening to a lecture on birds​

d. playing a fast-paced video game on your computer​ ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 186. ​Which activity is least likely to be related to having greater loss of fluid intelligence in later life? a. ​smoking b. high blood pressure​ c. ​diabetes

d. ​playing video games ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 187. ​What is one of Howard Gardner’s nine multiple intelligences? a. ​body-kinesthetic b. ​analytical c. ​aesthetic

d. ​creativity ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 188. ​What is part of Robert Sternberg’s triarchic theory of intelligence? a. ​naturalistic intelligence b. ​creative intelligence

c. ​interpersonal intelligence d. ​intrapersonal intelligence ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 189. Robert Sternberg argues that some of Howard Gardner’s intelligences are ____.​ a. ​actually talents that some people possess b. not easily testable​

c. more likely to be caused by nurture than nature​ d. not culturally biased​ ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 190. ​Robert Sternberg’s analytic intelligence reflects the ability to ____. a. ​use knowledge in novel situations b. ​use logic to solve problems c. ​adapt to the environment

d. ​understand patterns in nature ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 191. ​Lamar is in the water well drilling business in Oklahoma, and he has a talent for knowing where to find water.

According to Robert Sternberg, Lamar is high in ____ intelligence. a. ​creative b. ​analytical c. ​practical

d. ​environmental ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 192. ​According to Daniel Goleman, if you have a high degree of self-confidence, self-control, achievement motivation, initiative, and a sense of optimism, you have high ____. a. ​practical intelligence b. interpersonal intelligence​ c. ​emotional intelligence

d. ​intrapersonal intelligence ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 193. ​Daniel Goleman is most closely associated with which type of intelligence? a. ​analytical b. ​emotional c. ​spatial

d. natural ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

194. ​According to Daniel Goleman, a person with a high level of intellectual abilities may still struggle in an intellectual pursuit if ____ intelligence is lacking. a. ​practical b. ​interpersonal c. ​analytical

d. ​emotional ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 195. ​Which test is used for emotional intelligence? a. ​MSCEIT b. ​WAIS-IV

c. ​EI Inventory d. ​WISC-IV

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 196. ​The dominant perspective in the nature-nurture debate today is called ____ a. genetics b. ​interactionism c. ​environmentalism

d. ​complementary functionalism​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. ​Which type of genes become more widespread through natural selection? a. ​emotive genes b. ​passive genes

c. ​aggressive genes d. ​adaptive genes

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

198. ​Twin studies show that intelligence ____. a. ​stems both from genes and from the environment

b. in whites is primarily due to environment, but in non-whites it is primarily due to genes​ c. is primarily dependent upon genes​

d. is primarily dependent upon the environment​ ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 199. ​The fact that gender differences in intellectual abilities vary by culture, age, and race suggests that ____. a. ​males have a higher level of inherited “g” b. ​the observed gender differences may be due to the environment

c. ​females generally outperform males on most tests of intelligence d. ​genetics play a strong role in the observed differences ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 200. ​Whereas men’s self-ratings of ____ are higher than women’s self-ratings, men’s self-ratings of ____ are lower than women’s self-ratings. a. ​verbal intelligence; spatial intelligence b. fluid intelligence; crystallized intelligence​ c. ​intelligence; emotional intelligence d. ​skills; knowledge

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 201. ​A careful analysis of the research on gender differences in intelligence leads the authors of your textbook to conclude that ____. a. ​biological differences form the foundation for gender differences in intelligence b. ​different methods of socialization are clearly the cause of gender differences in intelligence c. ​males clearly have a greater level of general intelligence than females

d. ​it is difficult to make a firm statement that there are broad-based gender differences in intelligence ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 202. ​Who viewed intelligence as the capacity to find and maintain a purpose, adopt a strategy to reach that purpose, and

evaluate the strategy so it can be adjusted as necessary? a. ​Gardner b. ​Tolman c. ​Wechsler d. ​Binet

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 203. ​What is the upper age limit for the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale – Fourth Edition (WAIS-IV)? a. ​65 b. ​80 c. ​90

d. ​There is no upper age limit.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 204. ​According to Sternberg, ____ intelligence refers to our ability to use logic to reason our way through problems. a. ​logical-mathematical b. analytic​al c. practical​

d. nonverbal​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 205. Based on your reading, which individual will have the highest level of intelligence?​ a. ​Ramon, a 10-year-old Latino b. ​Sally, a 12-year-old African American c. ​Julie, a 11-year-old Asian

d. ​There is no way to predict individual IQ from group averages.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 206. Results from twin studies have done what involving claims presented in the book, “The Bell Curve”?​ a. ​They have supported the strong nurture claim. b. ​They have not supported the strong nature claim.

c. ​They have supported the strong nature claim.

d. ​They have not supported the strong nurture claim.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 207. ​If you had read “The Bell Curve” and found that you disagreed with the authors’ contentions about intelligence, you most likely believe that ____. a. ​males and females have very different intellectual abilities b. intelligence is greatly influenced by environmental forces​ c. social programs to aid in the development of underprivileged children are a waste of time​ d. racial differences in IQ are explained by genetic differences between the races​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 208. ​Studies on the intellectual achievements of African American children adopted into affluent white families show that by middle school, the African American children score ____. a. ​lower on intelligence tests than the average white child b. ​lower on intelligence tests than the average African America child c. ​higher on intelligence tests than the average white child

d. ​about the same on intelligence tests as the average white child ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 209. ​Those who believe that intelligence is primarily due to genetics would have the most difficulty explaining why ____. a. ​identical twins have more similar IQ scores than fraternal twins b. whites have higher average IQs than most non-whites​

c. individuals in the same family tend to have similar IQs​

d. black children placed in white families have above average IQs​ ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 210. ​The research on intelligence test scores within and among ethnic groups suggests that it is ____. a. ​not possible to predict individual test scores from a person’s ethnicity, regardless of a person’s ethnic group b. possible to predict individual test scores from a person’s ethnicity, regardless of a person’s ethnic group​

c. possible to predict individual test scores from a person’s ethnicity if the person is white, but not if the person is

a minority​ d. possible to predict individual test scores from a person’s ethnicity if the person is a minority, but not if the person is white​ ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 211. ​Bodily-kinesthetic intelligence is most important for a(n) ____. a. ​author b. gymnast​ c. ​physicist d. ​manager

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 212. ​Who is most associated with the ideas of fluid and crystalized intelligence? a. ​Cattell b. ​Thurstone c. ​Binet

d. ​Wechsler ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 213. ​Genetic studies suggest that ____. a. ​genetics accounts for less than 20% of the variation in intelligence

b. a single gene accounts for more than 60% of the variation in intelligence​ c. only emotional intelligence has a strong genetic component​

d. a group of genes accounts for about 40% of the variation in crystalized intelligence ​ ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 214. ​A five-year-old child taking the Stanford-Binet test and scoring at a mental age of four would have an IQ of ____. a. ​50 b. ​80

c. ​110 d. ​130

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 215. ​A successful inventor who has developed many new uses for paper clips would most likely score high on a test of Robert Sternberg’s ____. a. ​emotional intelligence b. analytical intelligence​ c. ​interpersonal intelligence d. ​creative intelligence

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 216. ​When Alfred Binet administered his intelligence test in France, he found that ____. a. ​older children tended to answer more questions correctly than younger children b. children’s mental ages would usually be below their chronological ages​

c. children with mental ages below their chronological ages were usually not capable of learning, even with special assistance​ d. chronological age was the best indicator of school performance​ ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 217. ​Describe the evidence that mental images are in some ways like the actual stimulus, as well as the evidence that they are different from the actual stimulus.

ANSWER: In a typical image-scanning experiment, like the one done by Stephen Kosslyn and colleagues (Borst & Kosslyn, 2008; Kosslyn et al., 2004), participants are asked to memorize a map of a fictitious island with several objects depicted on it. After the participants have memorized the map, they are asked to mentally scan the path that a black dot would take as it travels from one point on the map to another. Because the points are at various distances from one another, researchers can correlate the time it takes participants to mentally scan the image with the distance between the points on the actual map. If the participants’ visual images of the map are copies of the actual map, the time it takes to scan longer distances should be longer than the time it takes to scan shorter distances on the map. This is exactly what Kosslyn found: the time it took to scan distances increased proportionately with the increase in the actual distances on the map. The results of this and numerous other experiments (see Jolicoeur & Kosslyn, 1985; Pylyshyn, 2006; Shepard, 1978, for a review) suggest that visual images may have all of the spatial properties of the real stimulus. In other words, the visual image we store is essentially a copy of the stimulus we see in the world. However, other studies show that visual images may deviate significantly from the actual stimuli (Boden, 1988; Chambers & Reisberg, 1992; Pylyshyn, 2003, 2006). ​ According to Stephen Kosslyn (1994), our mental representation of visual stimuli relies on both visual images and verbal knowledge. In other words, we use both types of mental representations—sensory (pictures) and meaning (words) — to fully represent visual stimuli. The pictures represent parts of the stimulus, and the words describe the stimulus and tell us how the pieces of the picture fit together.

​ REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. ​Describe the three hierarchical categories that we use to organize our mental concepts.

ANSWER: ​Superordinate category: The highest, most general level of a concept Basic level category: The intermediate level of categorization that seems to be the level that we use most to think about our world Subordinate category: The lowest level of categorization, which contains concepts that are less general and more specific than those at the basic level REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 219. ​Compare how we use prototypes and exemplars in categorization.

ANSWER: Prototype: Our concept of the most typical member of the category - in essence, a summary of all the members of the category. When we judge whether something belongs in a natural concept category, we compare it to the prototype of the category.

Exemplar: A mental representation of an actual instance of a member of a category. We judge category membership by comparing an item to the memories we have stored for actual specific examples, or preexisting exemplars.

REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 220. ​Mr. Chomlee’s engineering division of an auto-making plant is having difficulty coming up with new ideas on how to improve fuel efficiency in the cars they are designing. What are some techniques to enhance their problem solving ability?

ANSWER: ​Mr. Chomlee could encourage his people to look at their challenges as ill-structured problems which require a considerable degree of divergent thinking and creativity. Because we often get stuck in solving problems in the same way, he can also suggest periodically setting things aside and letting his section incubate their problem solving. This incubation period may allow fresh approaches to the problems they face and suggest new, more productive solutions.

REFERENCES: 8.1 Thinking: How We Use What We Know KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 221. ​Describe the difference between inductive and deductive reasoning and give examples of each.

ANSWER: Deductive reasoning is reasoning from the general to the specific. Inductive reasoning is reasoning from the specific to the general. ​ Examples will vary.

REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 222. ​Describe Benjamin Whorf’s linguistic relativity hypothesis and what the research has to say about the hypothesis.

ANSWER: ​One of the most intriguing theories about language came from an unlikely source. Benjamin Whorf was a Connecticut fire insurance inspector whose unusual hobby was linguistics, or the study of language.

After intensive studies of the languages of Native Americans, Whorf became convinced that one’s language could directly determine or influence one’s thoughts (Whorf, 1956). This notion has since come to be called the Whorfian hypothesis or the linguistic relativity hypothesis.

​ In its strongest form, the linguistic relativity hypothesis states that one’s language actually determines one’s thoughts and one’s perception of the world. According to this view, people who have different native languages think differently and perceive the world in a different light. ​ To date, the bulk of the evidence does not support the strong form of Whorf’s linguistic relativity hypothesis. However, there is reason to think that a modified, or weaker, interpretation of the Whorfian hypothesis may hold true. The weaker version states that instead of language determining thought processes, language merely influences them.

REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 223. ​Describe the stages that infants and children go through as they learn language.

ANSWER: By about 2 months, infants begin cooing. Cooing involves making vowel sounds, such as “ooo” and “ah.” By 4 months, infants begin to engage in babbling, which adds consonant sounds to the vowel sounds they emitted during cooing. By 7 months, infants begin to emit babbles that contain sounds that are part of the language they have been exposed to in their environment. In this fashion, the infant’s language system apparently tunes itself to the language or languages that the infant hears on a regular basis. By 1 year, children’s babbling contains the sounds and intonations of their native language. ​ Once a child achieves the stage of babbling the basic sounds, or phonemes, of her native tongue, the next step in language development is learning to communicate. At around 12 months, children begin trying to communicate in earnest with others. This communication is often based on gestures before it is based on words. For example, a child may point at a toy that he wants. When parents learn to interpret these preverbal gestures, communication is achieved. As they catch on to their child’s preverbal gestures, parents often verbalize the meaning of the gesture for the child. Parents say things like, “Oh, do you want this toy?” This verbalization of the child’s intention allows the child to begin to learn morphemes, or the smallest sounds in a language that have meaning. As a result, by the end of the first year or so, children begin to speak their first words. ​ A child’s first words are usually the names of familiar objects, people, actions, or situations, ones with which they have had a great deal of contact. Typically, these words are Dada, Mama, hi, hot, and the like. Between 12 and 18 months of age, children usually utter only one word at a time, and often they convey tremendous meaning with these one-word sentences. For example, the utterance “Milk!” may stand for “I want some milk, please!” ​ As young children begin to speak, they may exhibit overextension in their language, using one word to symbolize all manner of similar instances. For instance, the word dog may be used to symbolize any animal. During this period, the opposite problem may also occur when children exhibit underextension of language. In this situation, children inappropriately restrict their use of a word to a particular case, such as when a child uses the word dog to refer only to the family pet. ​ By the time children reach 20–26 months, they begin to combine words into two-word sentences in what is called telegraphic speech. Telegraphic speech is often ungrammatical, but it does convey meaning, such as “Doggie bad,” meaning “The dog was bad.” From here, children rapidly acquire both vocabulary and grammar, or the rules that govern sentence structure in their language, such as word order and verb tenses. From the simple subject–verb combinations of telegraphic speech, English-speaking children progress to more complex subject–verb–object sentences between ages 2 and 3. Children who speak other languages adopt the relevant grammatical patterns of their native language. As children develop throughout the preschool years, their knowledge and use of grammar becomes increasingly complex. By age 6, the average child has an impressive vocabulary of around 10,000 words and a fairly competent mastery of grammar. As children develop better vocabularies and acquire the grammatical rules of language, they exercise these abilities during social interactions with others. It’s during these social interactions with peers and adults that children begin to learn pragmatics, or the rules of conversation

operating in their culture. Pragmatics may include rules about turn taking, eye contact, tone of voice, and other aspects of conversation.

REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 224. ​Outline the stages of typical language acquisition for a newborn infant until around two years of age.

ANSWER: ​Around two months of age, infants begin cooing, a process of making vowel sounds. In approximately another two months, babies start to add consonants to those vowel sounds, a stage known as babbling.

By around seven months, infants are babbling in sounds which are like the sounds they have been hearing. Around one year of age, infants have added the sounds and intonations of their native language to their babbling. Over the next year, children begin to learn to communicate with gestures and morphemes, the smallest units of meaningful speak. In approximately 20-26 months, words are combined into two-word sentences called telegraphic speech.

REFERENCES: 8.2 Problem Solving: Putting Our Thinking to Good Use KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 225. Because the Eskimo language has many words for snow, the strongest form of the Whorfian hypothesis maintains that Europeans could not understand snow as the Eskimo do. How could Europeans gain an appreciation for snow somewhat akin to the Eskimo and what would the Whorfian hypothesis have to say about this?

ANSWER: If the Whorfian hypothesis were absolutely correct in its strongest form, it should not be possible for the Europeans to understand snow in the same fashion as Eskimos. However, the research does not support this strong form of the Whorfian hypothesis. Rather, it suggests that language merely influences perception, meaning language helps to shape or influence perceptions, but it does not control how we understand the world around us. ​ So, although Eskimos have words that stand for different types/conditions of snow, Europeans could likely learn to discriminate the differences and similarities of the snows and reflect that through adjectives or nouns in their own European language.

REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 226. ​What is IQ and how is it derived?

ANSWER: Perhaps Terman’s most significant contribution to the test was to popularize the use of an intelligence quotient, or IQ, as the measure of an individual’s intelligence. An IQ score is calculated as follows: IQ = (MA/CA) × 100; where MA = mental age and CA = chronological, or actual, age.

REFERENCES: 8.3 Reasoning, Decision Making, and Judgment KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 227. ​Describe the environment-related factors that could explain the average racial group differences in IQ. ANSWER: ​Generally speaking, studies have shown that average IQ scores tend to vary across racial groups in America. As a group, African Americans tend to score about 10–15 points lower on IQ tests than European Americans, who are in turn outscored, on average, by Asian Americans. ​ Compared to European Americans, a disproportionate number of minority group members live in poverty. An impoverished environment may contribute to lesser performance on IQ tests for a number of reasons. Poorer parents cannot afford educational toys, good schools, computers, and so on for their children. Poorer parents may themselves not be highly educated and therefore may be less able to stimulate their children in the ways that highly educated parents can. Indeed, a recent study found that many of the differences seen in IQ scores could be attributed to differences in literacy levels among the people tested. Given that literacy is a learned skill, providing an enriching environment is likely to

increase IQ for all children.

REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 228. ​Compare and contrast the views of intelligence held by Charles Spearman and Howard Gardner.

ANSWER: ​A century ago, British statistician Charles Spearman argued that because test scores of separate mental abilities (such as verbal skills, mathematical ability, deductive reasoning skills) tend to correlate, there must be one general level of intelligence that underlies these separate mental abilities (Spearman, 1904).

Spearman referred to this general intelligence as g. In Spearman’s view, one’s level of g would determine how well he or she functioned on any number of cognitive tasks. The idea that intelligence is a single, unitary factor helped lead to the rapid expansion of intelligence testing in schools, the workplace, and the military. But the notion of g would soon be challenged. ​ In the early 1980s, Harvard psychologist Howard Gardner proposed a theory of intelligence that views humans as possessing many different intelligences. According to Gardner, an intelligence is “a biopsychological potential to process information that can be activated in a cultural setting to solve problems or create products that are of value in a culture.” This definition emphasizes the fact that intelligence allows us to function efficiently in our own environment, and it also highlights the fact that different cultures and environments place different demands on our intelligence. Gardner has identified nine different intelligences and allowed for the possibility that more may someday be identified.

REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 229. ​Describe the reliable gender differences in intellectual abilities and explain what you think are the causes of these differences.

ANSWER: In general, women perform better, on average, on tests of verbal skills, fine motor skills, perception (absolute thresholds), and many academic areas. Men, on average, perform better on certain visual memory tasks, spatial skills, gross motor skills, general knowledge and knowledge related to math, science, and geography, and fluid reasoning tasks. ​ After examining the available research, many psychologists have concluded that men and women do not differ in general intelligence. On the other hand, some gender differences have been indicated with respect to specific multiple intelligences. Many gender differences are small. Second, finding such differences often depends on how they were measured. Third, gender differences can vary by culture, age, and race. Finally, gender differences are at times a product of bias in the tests used to measure different abilities.

REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 230. ​Compare and contrast the views on intelligence of Spearman and Cattell to those of Gardner and Sternberg.

ANSWER: For Spearman, intelligence is made up of one general intelligence ability (e.g. g, general intelligence), while for Cattell this general intelligence was represented by two factors (e.g. fluid intelligence, crystallized intelligence). Thus, both Spearman and Cattell see intelligence as being a very broad-based ability. In contrast, Gardner believes that humans have multiple types of intelligence, of which he currently identifies nine different types. Sternberg likewise advances a multiple-intelligence theory, maintaining there were three distinct types of intelligence.

REFERENCES: 8.4 Language: Communication, Thought, and Culture KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 231. ​Explain what interactionism is as the dominant perspective in psychology today on the nature-nurture debate regarding intelligence.

ANSWER:

The major thrust of interactionism’s school of thought is that both genetic factors interact with environmental factors. For many years, psychology has argued that either nature (e.g. genetics) or nurture (e.g. culture) were the primary reasons for intelligence. Neither nature nor nurture has managed to prevail in the field of psychology. Now psychology is looking at the relative contributions that both elements of nature and those of nurture contribute. Presently, studies support a position that genetic factors contribute about 50% to an individual’s intelligence, while the other 50% appears due to environmental elements. Thus, the interaction or influences nature and nurture have upon one another is the primary area of research interest for psychology today.

REFERENCES: 8.5 Defining and Measuring Intelligence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

Chapter_9_Human_Development

1. Our genes influence the development of ____.​ a. ​physical characteristics only b. ​mental characteristics only

c. ​emotional characteristics only

d. ​nearly all of our characteristics ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. Which example illustrates the “nature” effect on development?​ a. ​the climate in which one is raised b. ​the genes inherited from parents

c. ​the type of discipline used by parents d. ​the culture one comes from

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 3. What is the commonly accepted view of current psychologists regarding the nature-nurture controversy?​ a. ​Nature is the stronger factor of the two. b. ​Nurture is the stronger factor of the two.

c. ​The interaction of nature and nurture determines what we become.

d. ​Nature, nurture, and the third factor of the environment determine what we become.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 4. Which progression represents the correct sequence of the prenatal stages of development?​ a. ​germinal, fetal, embryonic b. ​germinal, embryonic, fetal

c. ​embryonic, germinal, fetal d. ​embryonic, fetal, germinal

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. A fertilized egg is called a(n) ____.​

a. ​blastocyst b. ​amnion

c. ​embryo d. ​zygote

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. Under normal circumstances, a zygote has ____ pairs of chromosomes.​ a. ​12 b. ​23 c. ​46 d. ​68 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. A developing organism that has become a blastocyst is in the ____ prenatal stage.​ a. ​embryonic b. ​amniotic

c. ​germinal d. ​fetal

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. A developing organism in the sixth week of prenatal development is in the ____ stage.​ a. ​fetal b. ​zygotic

c. ​embryonic d. ​germinal

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. In the embryonic stage, ____.​ a. ​the blastocyst implants itself into the uterine wall b. ​the organism reaches viability

c. ​lungs begin to function

d. ​major organs are developing ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. Which sequence represents the stages of prenatal development from longest to shortest?​ a. ​fetal, embryonic, germinal b. ​embryonic, fetal, germinal c. ​germinal, fetal, embryonic

d. ​embryonic, germinal, fetal ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. All the major organs and biological systems (such as the cardiovascular system, digestive system, and skeletal system) begin forming during the ____ period.​ a. ​germinal b. ​zygotic c. ​fetal

d. ​embryonic ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. Viability of the fetus is reached by ____ weeks.​ a. ​12 b. ​16 c. ​24 d. ​32 ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. A child born premature that lives has most likely ____.​ a. ​not been exposed to any teratogens b. ​been exposed to a teratogen

c. ​spent at least 24 weeks inside the womb

d. ​not developed a complete bone structure

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking 14. The greatest vulnerability to teratogens occurs in the ____ stage.​ a. ​zygotic b. ​embryonic c. ​embryonic d. ​germinal

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. What is a typical characteristic of fetal alcohol syndrome?​ a. ​very high birth weight b. ​inherited alcoholism c. ​brain abnormalities

d. ​average to above average intelligence ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. Children who have been exposed to drugs during prenatal development tend to be ____.​ a. ​impulsive b. ​adaptable c. ​passive

d. ​overweight ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. Ellease’s unborn child has just implanted itself in the uterine lining. Ellease’s unborn child is in the ____ stage of prenatal development.​ a. ​germinal b. ​embryonic c. ​fetal

d. ​teratogen ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 18. About ____ weeks after conception, embryo’s ovaries or testes, have formed although the embryo’s sex is not apparent by ultrasound.​ a. ​two b. ​four c. ​six

d. ​eight ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. By ____ weeks, the fetus can kick, open its mouth, swallow, and turn its head, and its lungs and external sex organs have developed. ​ a. ​12 b. ​14 c. ​16 d. ​18 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. The effects of teratogens depend on when the fetus is exposed, a phenomenon known as the ____.​ a. ​dose-response effect b. ​fetal vulnerability period c. ​sensitive period

d. ​adverse effects interval ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. Allison was born with an extra 21st chromosome, which makes her more susceptible to heart defects and mental retardation. Allison has ____.​ a. ​Fetal Alcohol Syndrome b. ​Tay Sachs disease c. ​sickle cell anemia d. ​Down syndrome ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 22. Maternal stress and anxiety during pregnancy is associated with subsequent higher risk of ____ in the child.​ a. ​cerebral palsy b. ​low blood pressure c. ​Parkinson’s d. ​obesity

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. At the end of the first year of life, an average infant will weigh about ____ pounds.​ a. ​7 b. ​14 c. ​21 d. ​28 ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. The average newborn infant is about ____ pounds and ____ inches long. a. ​5; 15 b. ​10; 21 c. ​7; 21 d. ​9; 15 ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. Compared to a 10-year old, a three-year old would be expected to have ____.​ a. ​a larger vocabulary b. ​a larger number of neural connections c. ​faster reflexes

d. ​better fine motor skills ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

26. The fact that the young brain prunes and discards neural connections that are not used suggests ____.​ a. ​the importance of providing stimulating environments to children b. ​that the use of operant conditioning techniques is the most effective way to discipline children c. ​that proper nutrition is crucial to early development

d. ​that parents should not teach children a second language early in life ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 27. A child that is not stimulated with a normal environment is likely to show ____.​ a. ​no deficits in brain function as long as there is adequate stimulation in later years b. ​fewer neural synapses compared to a stimulated child c. ​less synaptic pruning than a stimulated child d. ​rapid growth in neural pathways

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 28. Young children’s brains are described as being very plastic. This means that their brains are ____.​ a. ​made of a different type of cellular material that changes with age b. ​very changeable and adaptable

c. ​very easily damaged by trauma d. ​very tough and durable

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. Children are NOT born with which reflex?​ a. ​grasping b. ​rooting c. ​sitting

d. ​sucking ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. Prehension is most closely associated with the ____ reflex.​ a. ​sucking

b. ​rooting

c. ​sniffing

d. ​grasping ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 31. Your three-month-old infant seems to smile whenever anyone catches her attention. She is exhibiting a ____.​ a. ​social smile b. ​conditioned stimulus c. ​learned emotion

d. ​motor expression ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 32. If you are worried that your newborn may have a difficult time learning how to breastfeed, learning about the sucking and ____ reflexes should help you feel at ease.​ a. ​prehension b. ​feeling c. ​visual

d. ​rooting ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 33. The newborn’s smiling reflex will evolve into a social smile during the ____ month of life.​ a. ​second b. ​third

c. ​fourth d. ​fifth

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. Clive touches the side of his infant daughter’s cheek and she turns in that direction. His infant daughter is demonstrating the ____ reflex.​ a. ​crawling b. ​sucking

c. ​rooting

d. ​grasping ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 35. Bonnie is a one-year-old infant who can handle items with her hands, an ability called ____.​ a. ​prehension b. ​locomotion c. ​rooting

d. ​reflexation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 36. The physical activities involved in playing soccer would mostly include which kind of motor skills?​ a. ​primary b. ​gross c. ​fine

d. ​major ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 37. The physical activities involved in drawing an accurate representation of a circle would mostly include ____ motor skills.​ a. ​gross b. ​fine

c. ​primary d. ​minor

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 38. Toddlers usually have better ____ motor skills than ____ motor skills.​ a. ​gross; fine b. ​major; minor c. ​minor; major d. ​fine; gross

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. Orly is six years old and loves to run and climb trees, demonstrating his ____.​ a. ​reflex movements b. ​prehension skills c. ​fine motor skills

d. ​gross motor skills ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 40. Alma and Len enjoy activities such as coloring and drawing. These activities emphasize their ____.​ a. ​locomotive skills b. ​fine motor skills

c. ​gross motor skills d. ​reflex activity

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 41. Which object would a typical infant be able to see most clearly?​ a. ​a face at a close distance b. ​a mobile at a moderate distance c. ​a face at a moderate distance d. ​a mobile at a long distance

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. At which of the following stimuli would an infant prefer to look?​ a. ​a checkerboard b. ​a face

c. ​the color red

d. ​a swirly lollipop ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

43. Anne and Bruce place a baby gate at the top of their stairs to make sure their infant son does not fall down them. This parental behavior recognizes the immature ____ of the infant.​ a. ​eye convergence b. ​depth perception c. ​hearing

d. ​sound discrimination ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 44. Your niece should begin to be able to recognize the difference between her mother’s face and a stranger’s face at around ____.​ a. ​three days b. ​six weeks

c. ​three months d. ​six months

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 45. The “visual cliff” studies show that infants at six months ____.​ a. ​have difficulty detecting shadows b. ​lack peripheral vision c. ​are very nearsighted

d. ​have depth perception ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. Infants are able to recognize their mother’s voice soon after birth. This is likely because they ____.​ a. ​are born with the instinct to know their mother b. ​have heard their mother’s voice for several weeks in the intrauterine environment c. ​associate their mother’s voice with her face which they learn to recognize first d. ​are unable to use any of their other senses in the first few days after birth ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

47. Baby Jerry is MOST likely to prefer which food item?​ a. ​potato chips b. ​onion rings c. ​broccoli

d. ​cotton candy ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 48. What advice would you give to the mother of a premature infant regarding physical touch stimulation of her baby?​ a. ​Tickling the soles of the feet is especially helpful to stimulate growth. b. ​Routine touching and caressing will help facilitate weight gain.

c. ​Touching and caressing will overstimulate the infant and lead to slower development. d. ​Rubbing the ears is an effective way to stimulate the sense of hearing.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 49. How early can a breastfed infant discriminate the smell of his or her own mother compared to the smell of an unfamiliar female?​ a. ​at birth b. ​three days old

c. ​three months old d. ​six months old

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. Jean Piaget would have been most interested in the ____.​ a. ​emotions exhibited by infants and toddlers

b. ​differences between the thought processes of children and adolescents c. ​social stages that children progress through on the way to adulthood d. ​development of physical coordination in infants and children

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 51. Through assimilation and accommodation, Piaget believes we attempt to maintain ____.​

a. ​mental equilibrium b. ​egocentrism

c. ​logical thinking

d. ​reality orientation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. Assimilation is to ____ as accommodation is to ____.​ a. ​preoperational development; sensorimotor development b. ​use of existing schema; creation of new schema c. ​Jean Piaget; Lev Vygotsky

d. ​object permanence; logical thinking ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 53. Which progression represents the correct order of Piaget’s stages of cognitive development?​ a. ​preoperational, concrete operations, sensorimotor, formal operations b. ​sensorimotor, preoperational, concrete operations, formal operations

c. ​formal operations, concrete operations, sensorimotor, preoperational d. ​concrete operations, sensorimotor, formal operations, preoperational ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 54. Yan has never seen a zebra. While watching a television show on animals, a zebra is shown and Yan says, “Look at the horse.” According to Piaget, Yan is engaging in ____.​ a. ​assimilation b. ​accommodation

c. ​formal operations

d. ​concrete operations ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 55. A child who does not yet understand object permanence is most likely in Piaget’s ____ stage.​ a. ​sensorimotor b. ​formal operations

c. ​concrete operations d. ​preoperational

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. In the sensorimotor stage, Piaget believed that the child ____.​ a. ​does not have the ability to coordinate sensory and motor abilities

b. ​uses senses and motor reflexes as tools to generate complex thought

c. ​cannot think about something unless it is being sensed or acted upon in some way

d. ​is capable of understanding object permanence but can only communicate this understanding through sensory and motor reflexes ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. Once children have entered into the preoperational stage of development, they are typically capable of ____.​ a. ​logical thinking b. ​symbolic thinking

c. ​mental transference d. ​abstract thinking

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 58. An important reason that a child may fail a conservation task is because of the child’s tendency to ____.​ a. ​make animistic judgments of objects b. ​not understand object permanence c. ​engage in dialectical thinking

d. ​center only on one aspect of the problem ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 59. By egocentrism, Piaget meant that the child believes that ____.​ a. ​objects have human and animal qualities b. ​when an object changes shape, it also changes in amount c. ​everyone else sees the world as the child does d. ​operations cannot be reversed

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. According to Piaget, which lesson plan would be inappropriate for children in the concrete operations stage of cognitive development?​ a. ​interpreting a Shakespearean sonnet b. ​mathematical addition c. ​earth science d. ​Spanish

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 61. Your 14-year-old niece would be expected to differ from your nine-year-old nephew in the ability to engage in ____ thinking.​ a. ​symbolic b. ​abstract c. ​logical

d. ​conservational ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 62. Current research on Piaget’s stages suggests that ____.​ a. ​the ages he assigned for different abilities were completely accurate b. ​he correctly identified the role of culture in cognitive development

c. ​he underestimated children’s abilities and the timing of their development

d. ​the sequence of the skills he described in children was completely inaccurate ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. Vygotsky is to ____ as Piaget is to ____.​ a. ​cognitive intelligence; emotional intelligence b. ​England; USA

c. ​conservation; scaffolding

d. ​cultural variations; fixed stages

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 64. According to Lev Vygotsky, private speech ____.​ a. ​is an internal monitor to guide and facilitate thinking

b. ​is merely an indication of a child’s stage of cognitive development c. ​is a form of illogical thinking unique to the preoperational stage d. ​interferes with the development of thinking

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 65. Which statement is TRUE with regard to the developmental theories of Piaget and Vygotsky?​ a. ​Both Piaget and Vygotsky believed that cognitive development is largely due to nature.

b. ​Vygotsky believed that cognitive development is primarily due to nature, whereas Piaget believed that cognitive development is most influenced by culture. c. ​Both Piaget and Vygotsky believed that cognitive development is driven largely by social influences.

d. ​Piaget believed that cognitive development is most influenced by biological forces, whereas Vygotsky believed that social interactions are the primary influence on cognitive development.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 66. According to Lev Vygotsky, instruction from a parent can aid a child’s cognitive development, particularly if the instruction is within the child’s ____.​ a. ​range of accommodation b. ​zone of proximal development c. ​intellectual capacity

d. ​experiential database ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 67. When your teacher announces that you are going to be discussing the theories and research of Lawrence Kohlberg, you can expect that you will be talking about ____ development.​ a. ​emotional b. ​moral c. ​social

d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. Lawrence Kohlberg studied moral development by ____.​ a. ​presenting moral dilemmas and follow-up questions to participants b. ​observing the interactions between parents and children

c. ​visiting prisons and jails and tracing the history of inmates d. ​examining the case histories of highly moral people

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. An automobile driver who justifies speeding by saying that it is okay as long you do not have to pay a fine is most likely reasoning at the ____ level of moral development.​ a. ​conventional b. ​concrete operational c. ​preconventional

d. ​postconventional ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 70. Joseph tattles on his sister for taking a piece of candy without asking because he believes she should be punished.

Joseph is most likely in Kohlberg’s ____ stage of moral reasoning.​ a. ​postconventional b. ​conventional

c. ​preconventional d. ​formal

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 71. Kyle takes some beers from a couple of cases his father keeps in the garage refrigerator. Kyle does this every once in a while so he can go drinking in the woods with friends and keep in good standing with them. Kyle is most likely in Kohlberg’s ____ stage of moral reasoning.​ a. ​postconventional b. ​conventional

c. ​preconventional

d. ​formal ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 72. Which behavior best represents moral reasoning at the conventional level?​ a. ​not cheating on a test because of a fear of getting caught

b. ​being in favor of capital punishment because that is the law in your state

c. ​choosing to not fight in a war because it is unethical to be forced to fight d. ​stealing food because you are starving

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 73. Postconventional moral reasoning is based on ____.​ a. ​abstract principles of morality b. ​laws and norms c. ​public opinion

d. ​personal rewards and punishments ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 74. Conventional moral reasoning is to ____ as postconventional moral reasoning is to ____.​ a. ​right; wrong b. ​rules; principles

c. ​logic; egocentrism

d. ​western culture; non-western culture ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 75. After three hurricanes hit the state of Florida, many colleges relaxed their institutional policies on course refunds recognizing the special circumstances of why many students were unable to continue classes. According to Kohlberg, these colleges were operating at the ____ level of moral reasoning.​ a. ​postconventional b. ​conventional

c. ​preconventional d. ​preoperational

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 76. Lawrence Kohlberg’s stages of moral development have been criticized because ____.​ a. ​cultural changes have made his stages largely irrelevant b. ​far too many people are judged to reason at the highest level

c. ​the procedures he used are considered unethical by today’s standards

d. ​the model emphasizes the male perspective over the female perspective ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 77. Carol Gilligan believes that ____.​ a. ​there are only two levels of moral development, rather than three

b. ​Kohlberg’s model is biased against the way that females think about moral issues c. ​females utilize a higher level of moral reasoning than males

d. ​the highest level of moral development involves principles and concepts ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 78. According to Carol Gilligan, males emphasize ____ and females emphasize ____ when reasoning about moral issues.​ a. ​rules; concepts b. ​egocentrism; logic

c. ​rewards and punishments; norms and conventions d. ​principles; relationships

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 79. Newborn infants lack convergence, which means that they ____. a. ​are farsighted b. ​cannot see color c. ​have difficulty focusing both eyes on an object d. ​have poor peripheral vision

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

80. An infant would prefer to listen to which stimulus?​ a. ​a Bach symphony b. ​an ambulance siren c. ​the human voice

d. ​the hum of a vacuum cleaner ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 81. Scaffolding occurs when parents ____. a. ​let children solve tasks completely on their own b. ​intervene in children’s tasks by completing the tasks for them

c. ​provide initial guidance and then withdraw as children are able to complete the task on their own

d. ​expect their children to perform even new and challenging tasks without any assistance from others ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 82. The psychological phenomenon referred to as pareidolia refers to our ____. a. ​preference for tastes of foods our mother consumed during pregnancy b. ​tendency to see faces in random patterns with face-like configurations c. ​ability to identify social cues, even very early in life

d. ​identification with people who are similar to us in important ways ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 83. Shawnda believes she sees the face of a religious figure in a stain on the side of her house. Shawnda is most likely reporting a(n) ____.​ a. ​assimilation b. ​apraxia

c. ​pareidolia d. ​bias

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

84. Piaget’s preoperational phase is most associated with ____.​ a. ​decentration b. ​permanence

c. ​conservation d. ​egocentrism

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 85. ​According to Piaget, abstract reasoning develops during the ____ stage. a. ​sensorimotor b. ​preoperational

c. ​concrete operations d. f​ormal operations

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 86. ​According to Piaget, object permanence develops during the ____ stage. a. ​sensorimotor b. preoperational​

c. ​concrete operations d. ​formal operations

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 87. ​According to Piaget, object permanence develops during the ____ stage. a. ​sensorimotor b. preoperational​

c. ​concrete operations d. ​formal operations

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 88. ​Private speech peaks around age ____ years. a. ​3 to 5

b. ​5 to 7 c. ​7 to 9

d. ​9 to 11 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. ​Babies tend to prefer ____, which is characterized by drawn-out vowels, exaggerated syllables, and rhythmic, up-anddown inflection. a. ​motherese b. simplified speech​ c. melodious speech​ d. linguaphilia​

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 90. ​Current research on private speech suggests that ____. a. ​it should be encouraged when children are problem solving

b. its occurrence after age five suggests a developmental delay​ c. it must be explicitly taught to children to be effective​ d. it tends to interfere with learning new skills​

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 91. ​Research on moral reasoning suggests that ____. a. ​women’s moral reasoning is becoming more like men’s moral reasoning

b. moral systems in the U.S. tend to emphasize the well-being of the group in regulating values​ c. by adulthood, most people have progressed to postconventional moral reasoning​

d. humans have a built-in or innate moral sense that evolved to facilitate cooperative living​ ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 92. ​Research evaluating gender differences in moral reasoning has ____. a. ​not strongly supported Gilligan’s claims b. identified an absence of justice-based reasoning in females​

c. identified ab absence of relationship-based reasoning in males​

d. resulted in a rejection of Kohlberg’s model​ ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 93. On approximately the ____ day after conception, the human blastocyst implants itself in the lining of the uterine wall.​ a. ​third b. ​sixth

c. ​ninth

d. ​twelfth ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 94. Research on temperament suggests that ____.​ a. ​biological factors have a strong influence on temperament b. ​temperament is usually not modified by the environment c. ​the easy temperament always yields the best outcomes

d. ​the difficult temperament always yields the worst outcomes ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 95. A child who is usually in a good mood, readily adapts to changes, and readily approaches new situations, has a temperament that would be called ____.​ a. ​slow-to-warm-up b. ​secure

c. ​natural d. ​easy

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. As a baby, Inna was generally in a good mood, approached new people, and had a regular pattern of eating and sleeping. Inna most likely has a(n) ____ temperament.​ a. ​slow-to-warm up b. ​difficult c. ​easy

d. ​secure

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 97. Shem spent most of his early years crying. He had an irregular pattern of sleeping and eating, and did not easily adapt to changes to his routines. Shem most likely has a(n) ____ temperament.​ a. ​slow-to-warm up b. ​difficult c. ​easy

d. ​secure ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 98. Harry Harlow’s research with “surrogate mothers” and monkeys showed that ____.​ a. ​attachment is facilitated more by close, warm contact than by feeding b. ​aggressive behavior in childhood is caused by abusive parenting

c. ​children who are deprived of maternal contact will show retarded intellectual development d. ​the authoritarian parenting style leads to the most positive outcomes for children ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 99. If you conducted a study similar to that of Harry Harlow on attachment in monkeys, you should expect to find that your monkey subjects would spend more time with a “mother” who ____.​ a. ​met more biological needs b. ​provided warm and close contact c. ​allowed for more freedom

d. ​created a fun and enjoyable context ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 100. Two early signs of attachment are ____.​ a. ​clingy behavior and tantrum behavior

b. ​separation anxiety and stranger anxiety

c. ​egocentrism and stimulus seeking behavior

d. ​autonomous behavior and initiative reducing behavior

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 101. If your child is around one year of age, it is likely that she ____. a. ​experiences separation anxiety, but has outgrown stranger anxiety b. ​experiences stranger anxiety, but has outgrown separation anxiety c. ​had yet to experience both separation and stranger anxiety d. ​experiences both separation and stranger anxiety

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 102. The strange situation procedure is used to measure ____.​ a. ​attachment style b. ​temperament style c. ​parenting style d. ​egocentrism

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 103. Dory cries whenever visitors come to her parents’ home. Dory is exhibiting ____.​ a. ​separation anxiety b. ​attachment to her father c. ​stranger anxiety

d. ​object permanence ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 104. Jamail shows little distress when his mother leaves the room and little emotional response when she returns.

Ainsworth would characterize Jamail’s attachment as ____.​ a. ​avoidant b. ​secure

c. ​resistant

d. ​emotional ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

105. Kathy remains close to her father at all times, rarely exploring new environments or objects. She shows extreme distress if her father leaves and appears to be angry at him when he returns. Ainsworth would characterize Kathy’s attachment as ____.​ a. ​avoidant b. ​secure

c. ​oppositional d. ​resistant

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 106. Children with an avoidant attachment appear to ____.​ a. ​become very upset when parents leave b. ​ignore their parents c. ​cling to parents

d. ​use their parents as a base as they explore their environment ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 107. Joshua is very clingy with his parents. He generally refuses to move more than short distances from them and shows extreme distress when they leave. His behavior most likely reflects a(n) ____ attachment.​ a. ​secure b. ​resistant

c. ​permissive d. ​avoidant

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 108. Bill believes that children need physical punishment and are usually not competent enough to make their own decisions or be involved in family decisions. Diana Baumrind would characterize his parenting style as ____. a. ​authoritarian b. ​neglectful c. ​authoritative d. ​permissive

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

109. Trey wants to play basketball in a local league. He and his mom sit down and discuss what grades he will have to maintain in order to play on the basketball team. They also agree on what the consequences will be if Trey does not maintain his grades. Trey’s mom is most likely a(n) ____ parent.​ a. ​authoritative b. ​authoritarian c. ​permissive d. ​indulgent

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 110. Jordan believes that a parent should emphasize friendship and affection over discipline with children, and that children should have very few demands placed on them. Diana Baumrind would characterize Jordan’s parenting style as ____.​ a. ​permissive-neglectful b. ​permissive-indulgent c. ​authoritative

d. ​authoritarian ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 111. Research on parenting styles generally suggests that ____.​ a. ​children of authoritarian parents tend to be self-confident and self-reliant b. ​children of permissive parents tend to be very mature

c. ​children influence the type of parenting style that parents use d. ​no parenting style is better than another one

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 112. When a parent of an easy child takes advantage of the child’s positive and flexible nature and does not provide a lot of stimulation or guidance, the outcome may not be positive. This provides a good example of the importance of ____.​ a. ​a child’s temperament b. ​parenting styles

c. ​the “goodness-of-fit” between parenting style and the child’s temperament d. ​the “zone of proximal development” of the child ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 113. If you are doing a research paper on Erik Erikson’s theory, your topic will most likely focus on ____ development.​ a. ​physical b. ​cognitive c. ​moral

d. ​psychosocial ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 114. Which progression represents the correct sequence of Erik Erikson’s childhood stages of psychosocial development?​ a. ​autonomy, industry, initiative, trust b. ​trust, autonomy, initiative, industry c. ​initiative, trust, autonomy, industry d. ​industry, initiative, trust, autonomy

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 115. A four-year-old child who ambitiously seeks to discover his environment and its expectations of him, would be in Erikson’s stage of ____.​ a. ​autonomy vs. shame and doubt b. ​industry vs. inferiority c. ​initiative vs. guilt d. ​trust vs. mistrust

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 116. According to Erik Erikson, an infant whose needs are not met by its caregivers is likely to develop ____.​ a. ​autonomy b. ​guilt

c. ​inferiority d. ​mistrust

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

117. Albert always seems to have difficulty maintaining relationships with women because of his constant fear of being abandoned. According to Erikson, which psychosocial stage might have posed difficulties for Albert in relation to his problems?​ a. ​initiative vs. guilt b. ​identity vs. role confusion c. ​trust vs. mistrust

d. industry vs. inferiority​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 118. Melissa is overprotective of her two-year-old son, Lance. She is so fearful that he will harm himself that she does everything for him and does not allow him to try and master simple tasks such as putting his toys away. It is likely that Lance may have difficulty resolving Erikson’s crisis of ____. a. ​industry vs. inferiority b. ​initiative vs. guilt c. ​trust vs. mistrust

d. ​autonomy vs. shame and doubt ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 119. Manuel is taking a computer class at school. He really seems to take a great deal of pride in his skills. He works hard at them and believes that he is good at them. Manuel is most likely in Erikson’s stage of ____.​ a. ​trust vs. mistrust b. ​industry vs. inferiority c. ​initiative vs. guilt

d. ​autonomy vs. shame and doubt ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 120. Gender permanence is ____.​ a. ​the knowledge that our gender will not change b. ​typically first understood around the age of 10 c. ​also referred to as gender identity

d. ​the belief that gender roles will not change ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

121. Children typically begin to understand that their gender is permanent by around age ____.​ a. ​two years b. ​four years c. ​six years

d. ​eight years ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 122. Gender schema theory explains the learning of gender roles by emphasizing the ____.​ a. ​combined influence of the environment and the child’s mental abilities b. ​biological differences between males and females c. ​development of cognitive abilities

d. ​socialization and learning experiences of the child ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 123. Studies on the origins of gender role behavior suggest that it is ____.​ a. ​impossible to determine the factors involved b. ​a product of both nature and nurture c. ​primarily a product of nature

d. ​primarily a product of nurture ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 124. More so than mothers, fathers tend to ____.​ a. ​be less accepting of cross-gender behaviors in their sons b. ​encourage more independence in their sons c. ​give more warmth to their daughters

d. ​express more dissatisfaction with their daughters ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 125. Parents who do not hold firm gender expectations have ____.

a. ​sons who are less gender-typed, but have daughters who are no different from their peers in gender-typing b. ​daughters who are less gender-typed, but have sons who are no different from their peers in gender-typing c. ​sons and daughters who are less gender-typed

d. ​sons and daughters who are no different from their peers in gender-typing ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 126. Teachers are more likely to ____. a. ​perceive girls as more clever than boys b. ​direct boys into professions such as education c. ​accept incorrect answers from boys d. ​accept incorrect answers from girls

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 127. Around the age of ____, children begin to get reinforced about gender from their peers.​ a. ​six months b. ​one year

c. ​three years d. ​six years

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 128. ​Among the 400 U.S. top-grossing released films in the four main rating categories between 1990 and 2006, ____ of the characters were male. a. ​53% b. ​63% c. ​73% d. ​83% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 129. ​Analyses of television commercials suggests that ____. a. ​women tend to appear as the knowledgeable expert

b. men are less likely to appear in occupational settings​

c. men tend to appear with children in the background​ d. women are likely to be the user of products​

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 130. On television, female characters are most likely to be depicted as ____. a. ​very active b. ​a wise expert c. ​dominant

d. ​emotional ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 131. Manuel is taking a computer class at school. He really seems to take a great deal of pride in his skills. He works hard at them and believes that he is good at them. Manuel is most likely in Erikson’s stage of ____.​ a. ​trust vs. mistrust b. ​industry vs. inferiority c. ​initiative vs. guilt

d. ​autonomy vs. shame and doubt ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 132. Gender permanence is ____.​ a. ​the knowledge that our gender will not change b. ​typically first understood around the age of 10 c. ​also referred to as gender identity

d. ​the belief that gender roles will not change ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 133. Haruki is a young male going through puberty. Compared to females his age, he is most likely going through puberty ____ them.​ a. ​at the same time as b. ​a year ahead of c. ​a year behind

d. ​two years after ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 134. Regarding the long-term effects of early and late maturation in puberty, the research studies show that negative effects are generally not significant in the long run except for ____.​ a. ​early-maturing females b. ​late-maturing females c. ​early-maturing males d. ​late-maturing males

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 135. How does the brain develop after adolescence?​ a. ​The brain will no longer develop.

b. ​The only part of the brain left to develop is the gray matter of the frontal cortex

c. ​The only part of the brain left to develop is the connection between the two hemispheres. d. ​The brain will continue to develop throughout life.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 136. In adolescence, the area of the brain that matures the latest is the ____.​ a. ​amygdala b. ​prefrontal cortex c. ​corpus callosum d. ​medulla

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 137. In terms of physical strength, stamina, coordination, dexterity and endurance, both men and women peak when they are in their ____.​ a. ​late teens and early 20s b. ​late 20s and early 30s c. ​late 30s and early 40s d. ​late 40s and early 50s

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 138. Which type of sound would typically be harder to hear as individuals approach middle to late adulthood?​ a. ​a man’s voice b. ​a high-pitched whistle c. ​sound from a TV

d. ​the voice of a nagging spouse ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 139. Javier is 45 years old. Compared to when he was 25, he probably ____.​ a. ​is more farsighted b. ​has greater difficulty hearing lower tones

c. ​cannot discriminate between different tastes as well d. ​experiences a significant diminishment in smelling

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 140. The male version of “menopause” is termed ____.​ a. ​andropause b. ​menoslide c. ​testoslide

d. ​testopause ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. The ____, which is involved in emotion and aggression, is highly active in young adolescents.​ a. ​pituitary b. amygdala​

c. corpus callosum​ d. hypothalamus​

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

142. Which physical change is not typical for people between 40 and 70 years of age? a. ​a decrease in muscle b. ​an increase in wrinkles c. ​thinning and graying hair

d. ​an increase in metabolism ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom's: Reference 143. Regarding the changes in the brain that occur in adolescence, it is most accurate to say that ____.​ a. ​the changes occur because of extreme peer group and social experiences b. ​they are the last developmental changes to occur in one’s lifetime c. ​they are the cause of most typical teenage behavior

d. ​the changes correlate with some typical aspects of teenage behavior ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 144. Cross-cultural research on aging shows that ____.​ a. ​the decline of most physical abilities in adulthood is inevitable b. ​aging has very similar effects on adults in all cultures c. ​the effects of aging vary across cultures

d. ​aging is much more favorably received in the U.S. than in other cultures ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 145. Your 75-year-old grandparents are likely to have experienced many physical changes associated with aging. If they are like most others their age, they ____.​ a. ​would report that they are in good health b. ​are unlikely to report that they are content with their lives c. ​are likely to report that they do not enjoy sex any longer d. ​would report that they are in poor health

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

146. ​The gray matter growth spurt that begins just prior to adolescence predominates in the ____. a. ​occipital lobe b. amygdala​

c. cerebellum​

d. prefrontal cortex​ ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 147. Some correlational research has shown that a teenager’s risky decisions may be related to ____.​ a. ​an overactive amygdala b. ​a thinner corpus callosum

c. ​increased dopamine activity

d. ​an immature prefrontal cortex ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 148. If you are an adolescent who has the ability to contemplate what an ideal world might be like, you are most likely in Piaget’s stage of ____.​ a. ​concrete operations b. ​postconventional thinking c. ​object-relations

d. ​formal operations ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 149. The concepts of imaginary audience and personal fable provide examples of adolescent ____.​ a. ​conservationism b. ​egocentrism c. ​animism

d. ​constructionism ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 150. An adolescent may become very self-conscious when walking through the cafeteria at school when many others are present. This feeling stems from the belief that others are watching their every move and is called ____.​

a. ​stage awareness b. ​self-monitoring

c. ​reaction formation

d. ​the imaginary audience ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 151. Whenever Veronica sees other girls talking in the hallway of her school, she believes that they are commenting on and evaluating her outfit. Veronica’s behavior illustrates ____.​ a. ​postformal thought b. ​adolescent egocentrism c. ​relativistic thinking

d. ​dualistic operations ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 152. A personal fable is defined as ____.​ a. ​the belief held by adolescents that they are unique or special

b. ​the common state of denial that characterizes those dealing with death

c. ​a person’s belief that there is only one possible career that will satisfy him/her

d. ​a person’s belief that there is only one person with whom he/she is destined to have the perfect relationship ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. The personal fable and imaginary audience are characteristic of ____.​ a. ​formal operational thinking b. ​postformal thought

c. ​concrete operational thinking d. ​conventional thought

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 154. Research on formal operational thinking suggests that it ____.​ a. ​is achieved by nearly all adolescents by the time they reach adulthood b. ​is highly influenced by the surrounding culture

c. ​represents the highest form of cognitive reasoning d. ​is achieved more often by males than by females

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 155. Research on the imaginary audience and personal fable suggests that they are characteristic of ____.​ a. ​both adolescents and adults, to some extent b. ​adolescents, but not adults

c. ​adolescents, but only the imaginary audience is also characteristic of adults d. ​adolescents, but only the personal fable is also characteristic of adults ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 156. Dualistic thinking is to ____, as relativistic thinking is to ____.​ a. ​males; females b. ​adolescents; adults

c. ​children; adolescents d. ​Americans; Asians

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 157. Believing that something like capital punishment may be both a good practice and a bad practice, and therefore not being completely for or against capital punishment, would be more typical of an ____ than an ____.​ a. ​adult: adolescent b. ​American; Asian c. ​adolescent; adult

d. ​Asian; American ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 158. Anita is a judge who must often look at the situation and circumstances to decide the guilt or innocence of a person.

Anita’s decisions are an example of ____.​ a. ​formal operations b. ​relativistic thinking c. ​dualistic thinking

d. ​realism thinking ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 159. Cameron believes that people are either heterosexual or homosexual and that there is no in-between, even for people in prison. Cameron’s belief is an example of ____.​ a. ​postformal thought b. ​relativistic thinking c. ​dualistic thinking d. ​realism thinking

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 160. Research on postformal thinking suggests that ____.​ a. ​adolescence may not really be a separate stage of development b. ​postformal thought is the most advanced form of thought

c. ​Piaget’s four stages may not describe all levels of cognitive development

d. ​adolescents and adults have more in common with each other than commonly believed ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 161. Formal operations is to ____ as postformal thought is to ____.​ a. ​abstract thinking; concrete thinking b. ​inductive reasoning; deductive reasoning

c. ​dialectical thinking; hypothetical thinking d. ​abstract thinking; relativistic thinking

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 162. Kathleen is 50 years old. Most likely, her ____ is declining and her ____ is increasing.​ a. ​spatial intelligence; reaction time b. ​verbal intelligence; spatial intelligence

c. ​fluid intelligence; crystallized intelligence

d. ​crystallized intelligence; fluid intelligence

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 163. Fluid intelligence is to ____, as crystallized intelligence is to ____.​ a. ​nurture; nature b. ​nature; nurture

c. ​recall; recognition d. ​recognition; recall

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 164. Juan believes that he is unique or somehow destined for greatness. Juan is demonstrating ____.​ a. ​post formal-operations b. ​an imaginary audience c. ​a personal fable d. ​egocentrism

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 165. What is an element of fluid intelligence?​ a. ​vocabulary b. ​inductive reasoning c. ​verbal memory

d. ​general knowledge ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 166. What is an element of crystallized intelligence?​ a. ​reaction time b. ​attention

c. ​working memory d. ​social responses

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

167. When playing the game show Jeopardy, contestants must be able to quickly hit their buzzers to give a response.

Quickly hitting the buzzer is an example of ____.​ a. ​fluid intelligence b. ​crystallized intelligence c. ​wisdom

d. ​dualistic thinking ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 168. The game show Jeopardy tests contestants’ general knowledge of current events, literature, music, etc. Contestants are showing their ____.​ a. ​fluid intelligence b. ​crystallized intelligence c. ​dualistic thinking d. ​egocentrism

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.6 Cognitive Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 169. An adolescent who is actively trying out different roles, belief systems, career paths, and hobbies is in the midst of Erikson’s ____ stage.​ a. ​industry b. ​autonomy c. ​identity

d. ​generativity ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 170. According to Erik Erikson, an adolescent who does not successfully handle the tasks of the identity stage will experience ____.​ a. ​role confusion b. ​stagnation c. ​despair

d. ​inferiority ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

171. According to Erikson, a feeling of role confusion is the result of difficulty in the stage of ____.​ a. ​ego integrity b. ​intimacy c. ​identity

d. ​generativity ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 172. ​A person who is easily threatened by close relationships and is less tolerant of the opinions of significant others may be in a state referred to by Erik Erikson as ____. a. ​role confusion b. ​stagnation c. ​intimacy d. ​isolation

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 173. ​Warrick is actively dating in hopes that he can find someone who shares his interests and can connect with him.

Warrick is in Erikson’s stage of ____. a. ​identity versus role confusion b. ​intimacy versus isolation c. generativity versus stagnation d. ​integrity versus despair

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 174. ​According to Erikson, a feeling of stagnation is the result of difficulty in the stage of ____. a. ​ego integrity b. ​intimacy

c. identity d. ​generativity ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

175. ​If a mid-life crisis were to be experienced, it would most likely occur during Erikson’s stage of ____. a. ​integrity b. generativity​ c. ​identity

d. ​intimacy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: : Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 176. ​Angus, who is 86 years old, looks back on his life wishing that he had finished seminary and become a missionary.

Angus is most likely in Erikson’s ____ stage. a. ​identity b. integrity​ c. ​generativity d. ​intimacy

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 177. ​A 75-year-old who desires to feel that her life has been complete and without significant regrets is most likely in Erikson’s ____ stage. a. ​identity b. ​integrity c. ​generativity d. ​intimacy

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 178. ​In Erikson’s stages of adult development, if one does not achieve integrity in old age, the result is likely to be ____. a. ​stagnation b. ​shame and doubt c. ​inferiority d. ​despair

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 179. ​In which country is a 20-year-old most likely to experience the transitional phase of emerging adulthood?

a. ​China

b. ​Afghanistan c. ​Iraq

d. ​United States ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 180. ​In recent years, the frequency of regular dating has ____. a. ​remained level b. ​increased c. ​declined

d. ​sharply increased ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 181. ​The average age at first marriage in the U.S. is ____for men, and ____ for women. a. ​23; 21 b. ​28; 26 c. ​25; 23 d. ​29; 27 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 182. ​If Marianne lives in the United States and marries her boyfriend, most likely, she will be about age ____ years old when she marries. a. ​18 b. ​26 c. ​21 d. ​30 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 183. ​Marissa and Javon have decided to live together. Marissa and Javon are ____. a. ​dating b. ​divorcing

c. ​cohabitating d. ​married

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 184. ​Which generation is LEAST likely to oppose gay marriage? a. ​Millennials b. ​GenXers

c. ​Boomers d. ​Silents

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 185. ​Cohabitation statistics suggest that ____. a. ​cohabitation is decreasing in the U.S.

b. ​cohabitating couples tend to do so for less than a year c. ​cohabitation rates are similar across the world d. ​about 9 of 10 cohabiting couples marry

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 186. ​Your friend is contemplating marriage and wondering which factors are positively related to marital satisfaction.

Which factor is most associated with marital success? a. ​a willingness to sacrifice b. coming from different backgrounds​ c. accepting that your partner is not ideal​ d. marrying prior to age 20​

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 187. ​Your friend is contemplating a divorce but is concerned about the negative effects of the divorce on the children.

Your friend should be aware of the research showing that ____. a. ​the divorce itself is the most important factor in the later difficulties among children from homes where divorce occurred b. two parents who fight with each other create as much distress in children as the experience of divorcing

parents​

c. the negative effects of divorce are greater for the parents than they are for the children​ d. the negative effects of divorce are largely a thing of the past​

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 188. ​Which of the following couples is most likely to get a divorce? a. ​Marlo and Phil, who have three children b. Emilio and Charlene, who are Hispanic​

c. Ben and Marlene, who have parents who are divorced​ d. Brad and Jen, who got married in their late 20s​

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 189. ​Your parents have been married for twenty years and there are school-aged children in the home. In terms of marital satisfaction, it is most likely that your parents ____. a. ​are at the peak of their marital satisfaction b. have higher levels of marital satisfaction than 10 years ago, but not as high as the future holds​ c. are at an all-time low in marital satisfaction​

d. have lower levels of marital satisfaction than the future holds, but not as low as right after the first year or two of marriage​ ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 190. ​The “empty nest” refers to ____. a. ​a mother leaving home and entering the workplace b. ​a home into which children have never been born

c. ​a situation where both parents have abandoned the children d. ​the time when the last child has left the home

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 191. ​The “empty” nest tends to be associated with ____. a. ​large amounts of stress b. increased marital satisfaction​

c. decreased marital satisfaction​

d. decreased marital satisfaction for women, but increased marital satisfaction for men​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 192. ​Donald Super’s crystallization stage of career development is most closely associated with Erikson’s ____ stage. a. ​generativity b. ​integrity c. identity d. ​industry

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 193. ​For the past two years, Regis has been working as an engineer. He enjoys the work and identifies himself as an engineer when people ask him what he does for a living. It is most likely that Regis is in the ____ phase of career development. a. ​establishment b. ​exploration c. ​maintenance d. ​retirement

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 194. ​Quinn is planning for his upcoming retirement. It is most likely that Quinn is in the ____ phase of career development. a. ​retirement b. maintenance​ c. ​exploration

d. ​deceleration ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 195. ​A person experiencing Erikson’s generativity stage would most likely ____. a. ​feel a need to contribute something worthwhile to society b. feel a need to commit to a permanent partner​

c. be motivated to develop one’s talents​ d. desire to put closure on one’s life​

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 196. ​You once lived on your own and now are back living with your parents. The common phrase to describe this situation would be ____. a. ​revolving door phenomenon b. ​“if you can’t beat them, join them” c. ​sandwich generation

d. ​boomerang generation ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 197. A 30-year-old who makes an emotional commitment to a partner by confidently sharing her identity with her partner is experiencing Erikson’s stage of ____.​ a. ​integrity b. ​intimacy

c. ​generativity d. ​initiative

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 198. ​Research on the concept of a mid-life crisis suggests that most ____. a. ​women do not experience a significant crisis, but most men do b. ​men do not experience a significant crisis, but most women do c. ​men and women experience a significant crisis

d. ​most men and women do not experience a significant crisis ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 199. ​What is Ben, a high school senior, most likely to value when looking for a dating partner? a. ​social status of the partner b. attractiveness of the partner​

c. both social status and attractiveness of the partner​

d. musical talent of the partner​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 200. ​Marshall’s family frowns upon cohabitation and would be very disappointed if Marshall were to live together with someone in an intimate relationship. Marshall’s family is most likely from which of the following cultures? a. ​North America b. ​Asia c. ​Northern Europe d. ​Western Europe

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 201. ​Lalicia has been married for several years. If her experience is average, she is likely to ____. a. ​report higher levels of happiness in the marriage than her husband b. ​NOT be the one to initiate divorce if it were to occur

c. ​share equally with her husband the responsibility for household tasks

d. ​be less physically and emotionally healthy than the average single woman ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 202. ​First marriages that end in divorce last, on average, about ____ years. a. ​5 b. ​8

c. ​12 d. ​15 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 203. ​Jorge and Crystal’s adult daughter, Florence, has recently moved back in with them when she lost her job due to downsizing. Jorge and Crystal are experiencing the ____. a. parent trap b. ​full nest c. ​empty nest

d. ​departure phase

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 204. ​According to Erikson, a feeling of isolation is the result of difficulty in the stage of ____. a. ​ego integrity b. ​intimacy c. ​identity

d. ​generativity ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 205. ​Monica has just signed up to take a semester long internship in physical therapy at her college. Monica will be able to learn about the actual tasks involved in this career while meeting others in her field. It is most likely that Monica is in the ____ phase of career development. a. ​specification b. ​implementation c. ​deceleration

d. maintenance ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 206. ​Not counting college expenses, it will cost about ____ to raise one child born in 2012 over the next 17 years a. ​$300,000 b. ​$500,000 c. ​$700,000 d. ​$900,000 ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. ​In a recent large, diverse survey of college and noncollege young adults between the ages of 18 and 35, ____ reported feeling “somewhat like an adult.” a. ​56% b. ​66% c. ​76% d. ​86%

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 208. ​Studies of single and married individuals indicate that ____. a. ​single people report greater life satisfaction than do married people b. husbands typically report higher marital satisfaction than wives​

c. African Americans typically report higher marital satisfaction than whites​ d. marriage is associated with better physical and mental health for women​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 209. ​Among African American women, ____ remain unmarried into their late 30s. a. ​33% b. ​38% c. ​43% d. ​48% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 210. ​Which of the following represents the sequence of reactions to death developed by Elisabeth Kübler-Ross? a. ​depression, denial, bargaining, anger, acceptance b. ​acceptance, denial, bargaining, anger, depression

c. ​denial, bargaining, anger, acceptance, depression d. ​denial, anger, bargaining, depression, acceptance ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 211. ​Your aunt has been diagnosed with a terminal illness and says all she really wants to do is to live until her granddaughter graduates from college. Kübler-Ross would characterize her reaction as ____. a. ​bargaining b. ​flexibility c. ​denial

d. ​acceptance ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

212. ​Ellen has just been diagnosed with a terminal illness and has been given at most, a year to live. Ellen purchases a two-month European vacation that starts eight months from now. It is most likely that Ellen is in Kübler-Ross’ stage of ____. a. ​denial b. ​anger c. bargaining d. ​depression

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 213. ​Alisha blames her terminal illness on inept doctors and medical personnel. It is MOST likely that Alisha is in which Kübler-Ross stage of dying? a. ​denial b. ​bargaining c. ​anger

d. ​depression ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 214. ​Joan’s mother just died. Joan feels numb, as if she is operating in a fog. Joan is in which grief stage? a. ​impact b. ​confrontation

c. ​accommodation d. ​acceptance

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 215. ​Bereavement is to ____ as grief is to ____. a. ​the experience of dying; experiencing another person’s death

b. the experience of losing a loved one; the emotional reaction to the loss​ c. sadness; anger​

d. the stage of depression in response to a terminal illness; the entire process of dealing with death​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

216. ​Jackie has now accepted the death of her brother and has refocused her energy on her children and husband. It is most likely that Jackie is in which stage of grief? a. ​impact b. ​confrontation c. ​shock

d. ​accommodation ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 217. ​During the ____ phase of bereavement, uncontrollable weeping, anxiety, and feelings of guilt and anger may occur. a. ​impact b. confrontation​

c. ​accommodation d. ​acceptance

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. ​Describe the three stages of prenatal development and the major events of each stage.

ANSWER: ​Germinal stage: The first stage of prenatal development, from conception to 14 days. The major characteristic of this stage is cell division.

Embryonic stage: The second stage of prenatal development, lasting from the 3rd through the 8th week.

The major characteristic of the embryonic period is the formation and development of the major organs and systems.

Fetal stage: The third stage of prenatal development from the 9th week through the 9th month. The major characteristic of the fetal stage is continued growth and maturation.

REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 219. ​Describe common teratogens and their effects.

ANSWER: ​Any environmental agent that has the potential to harm the embryo is referred to as a teratogen. It may be a drug that the mother takes, such as cocaine or alcohol; a disease, such as German measles (rubella); or chemicals that the mother inhales, such as certain cleaning fluids. All these substances have the potential to cause birth defects. The critical factor seems to be when the mother is exposed to these agents. These sensitive periods emphasize the complex interplay of nature and nurture on development.

Certain organs and systems are more vulnerable to the effects of teratogens during particular stages of prenatal development. Notice that the most severe effects are most likely to occur during the embryonic stage of development. Because a woman usually does not discover that she is pregnant until the embryo is already formed and developing, she may unknowingly expose her developing baby to harm. ​ Women who use any type of drug during pregnancy can potentially affect their babies. Women who smoke during pregnancy reduce the flow of oxygen to the fetus; their babies tend to be irritable, have

respiratory problems, and have lower birth weight (Lester, Andreozzi, & Appiah, 2004; Shea & Steiner, 2008). Women who drink alcohol heavily during pregnancy put their unborn children at risk for fetal alcohol syndrome (FAS). Children with FAS tend to have low birth weight, brain abnormalities, and lowered intellectual functioning, and tend to exhibit limb, head, and facial deformities (Dalen et al., 2009; Ikonomidou et al., 2000; Ornoy & Ergaz, 2010). Even moderate drinking can affect the embryo’s brain development, resulting in later intellectual impairments (Kraft, 1996; Rasmussen, Soleimani, & Pei, 2011). Prenatal alcohol exposure has also been linked to an increased risk of low birth weight and poorer visual acuity in infancy (R. C. Carter et al., 2005; Mariscal et al., 2006). ​ Illegal drugs also produce damaging effects. If the mother is a heroin addict, the baby will be born addicted and have to undergo withdrawal. Crack or cocaine babies are often born premature, underweight, and irritable, and tend to have poor feeding habits (Frank et al., 2002; Gouin et al., 2011). ​ Prenatal exposure to teratogens may also have long-term effects. Children exposed to drugs during pregnancy tend to be more impulsive, less adaptable, and evidence more behavioral problems later in life than children not exposed to drugs during pregnancy (Espy, Riese, & Francis, 1997; Richardson et al., 2011). In southern Japan, adults whose mothers took in high levels of methylmercury (found in fish) during pregnancy have shown accelerated rates of aging (Newland & Rasmussen, 2003). There is also increasing evidence that maternal stress and anxiety during pregnancy may influence the offspring’s development. High levels of maternal stress hormones during pregnancy increase the risk of preterm birth and are associated in childhood with higher blood pressure, behavioral and emotional problems, as well as a higher risk of obesity (Coussons-Read, 2012; Harris & Secjkl, 2011; Reynolds, 2013; Rinaudo & Wang, 2012).

REFERENCES: 9.1 Human Development: How Does It All Begin?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 220. ​Describe the five senses of a newborn infant.

ANSWER: ​An infant uses their senses of taste, touch, and smell early on to comprehend their environment. The sense of smell is particularly acute and babies can tell the difference between their own mother and another mother within three days after birth. Babies are able to use their taste buds quite early on, preferring sweet tastes. Infants respond to touch, which helps to stimulate growth and improve brain development. Hearing also allows the baby to recognize their mothers’ voice shortly after birth.

Visually, babies are rather nearsighted and have trouble focusing both eyes on an object. Infants prefer complex, high-contrast stimuli, especially faces.

REFERENCES: 9.2 Physical Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 221. ​Describe the visual abilities of a newborn infant.

ANSWER: ​Babies are very nearsighted at birth. Objects need to be close in order for babies to see them, and even then, the objects look blurry. In addition, a baby’s eyes lack convergence, or the ability to focus both eyes on an object. This may be why newborns typically look cross-eyed in photographs. However, as the structure of the eyes and the neural connections in the brain mature, babies attain visual convergence.

Newborns show a preference for looking at complex, high-contrast stimuli. If given a choice among various complex visual stimuli, infants will spend most of their time looking at faces (Frank, Amso, & Johnson, 2014; Pascalis & Kelly, 2009; Turati, 2004; Turati & Simion, 2002). This preference is adaptive, as it helps foster a social bond with the primary caretaker. By 3 months old, a baby can tell the difference between its primary caretaker’s face and that of a stranger and more easily recognizes faces from its own race (Bar-Haim et al., 2006; Kelly et al., 2007; Sangrigoli & de Schonen, 2004). Infants also have more difficulty processing male faces than female faces (Ramsey-Rennels & Langlois, 2006).

REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

222. ​Compare and contrast the theories of Jean Piaget and Lev Vygotsky.

ANSWER: To Piaget, any mental idea, concept, or thought is a schema. We form these schemas based on our experiences of the world. For example, a baby may have a sucking schema, “Is this object suckable?” or a mother schema, “Does this person fit with my cognitive framework of mother?” A preschooler may have the schema “The sun follows me wherever I go.” Adults’ schemas may be very simple—“A key will start a car”—or more complex, such as individual ideas of justice, morality, or love. Piaget believed that our brains are biologically programmed to seek under- standing of our world. So, we form schemas to fit with our perceptions of the world. When we achieve this fit, so that our cognitions correspond with the environment, we have mental equilibrium. Assimilation is the process by which we apply an existing schema to our understanding of the environment. Accommodation is the process we use to change or modify our existing schema— or even create new ones—to adapt to some change in the environment. ​ Lev Vygotsky (1896–1934) was a Russian psychologist whose ideas have influenced how psychologists and educators think about children’s cognitive development, and have provided an alternative to Piaget’s theory (John-Steiner & Mahn, 1996). In contrast to Piaget’s emphasis on the internal origin of schemas, Vygotsky (1978, 1986) emphasized that mental processes begin externally with our social interactions with others. According to Vygotsky, because cognition is so intimately tied to our social interactions, culture has a profound influence on our mental processing. The language, measurement systems, rituals, beliefs, and technology of a culture both limit and support certain ways of thinking. According to Vygotsky, cognitive development does not occur in fixed stages as Piaget theorized. Rather, cognitive development may proceed in any number of directions, depending on our culture, social interactions with others, and the environment we live in.

REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 223. ​Describe Kohlberg’s stages of moral development and discuss Carol Gilligan’s views about Kohlberg’s stages.

ANSWER: ​Lawrence Kohlberg (1927–1987) developed moral dilemmas or situations like the one we posed to you, and then asked participants to describe what the main character should do and why. After analyzing data from thousands of participants, Kohlberg created a theory of how people morally reason and the changes in this reasoning that occur as they develop (Kohlberg, 1969; Kohlberg, Levine, & Hewer, 1983). He proposed that our moral reasoning develops in six stages, which he arranged in three levels: preconventional, conventional, and postconventional. At the preconventional level of reasoning, children make decisions about right or wrong based on their ability to avoid punishment or to gain rewards. With the ability to think logically and to understand another person’s perspective, children at the conventional level of reasoning can now understand rules and expectations that others may have for them. At the postconventional level of moral reasoning, people base their judgments of right or wrong on contractual or universal principles of morality. The person can appreciate extenuating circumstances and realizes that external standards handed down from society cannot always be applied to all the situations in the same manner. ​ Carol Gilligan (b. 1936) hypothesized that males and females do not judge right and wrong in the same manner. She believed that Kohlberg’s model emphasized the male perspective on moral reasoning more than the female view. In her book A Different Voice (1982), Gilligan speculated that males and females focus on different principles for deciding what is right and wrong. Males tend to be more focused on concepts of fairness and justice. Females are more likely to emphasize concern, care, and relations with others in making judgments about right and wrong. Gilligan asserts that women’s focus on caring is a different, but not a less valid, basis for moral reasoning.

REFERENCES: 9.3 Cognitive Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 224. ​Describe Erikson’s four psychosocial stages that relate to adolescent and adult development.

ANSWER: Adolescence: Identity versus Role Confusion; sense of self, personal values, and beliefs develop Young adulthood: Intimacy versus Isolation; committing to a mutually loving relationship

Middle adulthood: Generativity versus Stagnation; contributing to society through one’s work, family, or community services Late adulthood: Ego Integrity versus Despair; viewing one’s life as satisfactory and worthwhile REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 225. ​Describe Baumrind’s parenting styles including typical outcomes and factors that influence these styles.

ANSWER: Authoritarian parents tend to exhibit a high level of control and a low level of affection toward their children. They set high expectations for their children but without communicating the reasons behind their expectations. Baumrind found that children from authoritarian households tended to be more withdrawn, anxious, and conforming than other children. ​ Authoritative parents tend to exhibit moderate control and are warm toward their children. Authoritative parents are least likely to spank or hit their children. Rules—and the consequences for violating them— are established in a democratic manner, and children are included in family discussions. Reasonable expectations and demands are made of the children, and the children respond accordingly. Baumrind found that parents who use this style of parenting tended to have competent, happy, and self-confident children. It appears to be the most effective approach to parenting. ​ Permissive parents have very little control over their children. Discipline is lax. Children make their own decisions even when they may not be capable of doing so. Very few demands are made of the children in terms of rules or chores. Permissive parenting includes two distinct types: indulgent and neglectful.

Permissive-indulgent parents are very warm, affectionate, and involved with their children but still make few demands on their children, hence the name “indulgent”. Permissive-neglectful parents make few demands and show little affection or warmth toward their children; they are uninvolved with parenting and neglect the emotional needs of their children. Children of permissive-indulgent parents tend to be impulsive, disobedient, yet emotionally secure, whereas children of permissive-neglectful parents tend to have the poorest outcomes in terms of social skills, self-esteem, and academic achievement.

REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 226. ​Explain how parents, teachers, peers and the media reinforce gender role stereotypes.

ANSWER: A powerful way that gender stereotypes are reinforced is from parents. If parents expect boys and girls to play with gender-appropriate toys, or assign gender-specific chores, this helps to shape their child’s gender. Teachers also respond differently to boys and girls in terms of expected behavior and career directions. Children reinforce gender-specific behavior within their own peer group by ridiculing behavior which deviates from the expected norms. Lastly, the media portray more stereotypical gender behavior in movies, video games, on television, and through advertisements.

REFERENCES: 9.4 Psychosocial Development in Infancy and Childhood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 227. ​Describe the advantages and disadvantages of early versus late maturation in puberty for both males and females.

ANSWER: ​The timing of puberty also has a psychological impact on the self-image of an adolescent, one that differs for boys and girls. For boys who mature early, the growth in stature and muscle brings with it a better self-image and body image than for boys who mature later. However, early-maturing boys report somewhat more stress than late-maturing boys (Huddleston & Ge, 2003). Early-maturing females experience more adjustment difficulties and are more likely to smoke and drink alcohol during adolescence and to do less well in school than are those who mature later (Bratberg et al., 2005; Ge et al., 2006; Graber, Brooks-Gunn, & Warren, 2006; Tanner-Smith, 2010). Girls whose breasts develop early may find the attention they receive hard to cope with and fraught with pressures to become sexually active when they may not be ready cognitively and emotionally to do so. Girls who develop later are better adjusted to these changes because the pressure to become sexually active occurs at an

older age, when their cognitive abilities are better able to handle such pressures. Long-term studies suggest that the effects of early versus late maturation in puberty may be short-lived, except for earlymaturing girls. At age 24, early-maturing girls report poorer family and peer relationships, lower life satisfaction, and higher rates of depression compared to other females (Graber et al., 2004).

REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 228. ​Compare what happens to the brain during adolescence with brain development earlier in life.

ANSWER: During adolescence, there is a surge in the production of gray matter, unmyelinated tissue. This increase in cortical development tends to occur in the prefrontal area. Depending upon usage, neural connections are kept or lost. This pruning or keeping of brain connections is similar to the cortical spurt in brain development which occurred at a much earlier age throughout the youthful cortex.

REFERENCES: 9.5 Physical Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 229. ​Describe the transitional period known as emerging adulthood, and explain what circumstances are most likely to allow one to experience this period.

ANSWER: In industrialized nations such as the United States, the time between the teenage years and when one assumes adult responsibilities is not as short as it used to be. This added length has resulted in a new transitional phase of development from one’s late teens to one’s mid-20s referred to as emerging adulthood (Arnett, 2007). ​ More young people are attending college, especially women. The median age of marriage has risen and parenthood is often delayed such that emerging adulthood prolongs identity development as young people pursue education, travel, explore various career paths, and experiment with varying love relationships (Arnett, 2010). Even at a subjective level, young people don’t feel like they have assumed adult responsibilities. ​ However, emerging adulthood does not occur for all young people. In many non-Western cultures, there is no delay between the teen years and adult roles; young people work, get married, and raise families in adolescence or soon after (UNICEF, 2009). Even in Western nations like the United States that have postponed adult roles, a transitional period of emerging adulthood is not possible for young people with limited economic resources or little education or for those who experience early parenthood.

REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 230. ​Describe the factors that are associated with marital satisfaction.

ANSWER: ​Research has discovered many factors that are related to marital satisfaction. For example, when both people are similar in family background, social class, education, and religion, couples report more satisfying relationships (Gaunt, 2006). Couples who wait to marry until after age 20 are more likely to report happier marriages than those who marry before age 20. Warm and positive family relationships (before and during marriage), supportive spouse behavior, a willingness to sacrifice, seeing one’s partner as an ideal mate, and secure financial circumstances also increase the chances of a satisfying marital or romantic relationship (Ackerman et al., 2013; Clark et al., 2010; Karney & Bradbury, 2005; Kogan et al., 2010; Murray, Griffin et al., 2011; Stanley et al., 2006). Perhaps the biggest detriments to a satisfying long- term relationship are boredom, negative comments, contempt, defensiveness, and criticism (Gottman, 1999a, 1999b; Lavner & Bradbury, 2010; Robles & Kiecolt-Glaser, 2003; Tsapelas, Aron, & Orbuch, 2009).

REFERENCES: 9.7 Psychosocial Changes in Adolescence and Adulthood KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

231. ​Explain the difference between bereavement and grief.

ANSWER: ​Bereavement is the experience of losing a loved one; grief is our emotional reaction to that loss.

REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

232. ​Explain Kubler-Ross’s stages of dying and what subsequent research has had to say about her theory.

ANSWER: ​Kubler-Ross theorized that people go through five stages of dying. These stages, in order of experience are denial, anger, bargaining, depression, and acceptance. Later research offered confirmation of these stages, but studies also showed that there is individual variation. Not every dying person goes through every stage, nor do all dying individuals go through the stages in the same order.

REFERENCES: 9.8 Death and Dying KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Chapter_10_Social_Psychology

1. ​The study of how people think and behave in social situations we experience is called ____. a. ​social psychology b. ​social cognition

c. ​attitude psychology d. ​group psychology

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. ​The liking or disliking we have for people, places, and things in our world are known as ____. a. ​prejudices b. ​attributions c. ​attitudes

d. ​impressions ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. ​Classical conditioning most often explains the ____ aspect of an attitude. a. ​emotional b. ​emotional c. ​cognitive

d. ​information ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 4. Which of the following is an attitude? a. ​liking spinach soufflé and parsnips b. ​knowing how to bake cookies c. ​recognizing the color green

d. ​believing that El Salvador is in Central America ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 5. ​Fran was recently treated very kindly by a man from Cuba. As a result, Fran feels at ease around people from Cuba.

Fran’s emotional response to Cubans is most likely the result of ____.

a. ​classical conditioning b. ​mere exposure c. ​habituation

d. ​social learning ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 6. Whereas operant conditioning can influence attitudes through the power of ____, classical conditioning can influence attitudes through the power of ____.​ a. ​nature; nurture b. ​consequences; association c. ​feeling; thinking

d. ​cognition; behavior ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 7. ​Raul dislikes jalapeno peppers because every time he eats them, he has acid reflux. Consequently, he does not eat them anymore. Raul’s avoidance of jalapenos is most likely due to ____. a. ​classical conditioning b. ​operant conditioning c. ​habituation

d. ​respondent conditioning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 8. ​Operant conditioning influences the formation of attitudes through the ____. a. ​association of two stimuli leading to an emotional response b. ​development of cognitive schemes

c. ​observation of others’ behavior and the consequences they experience d. ​consequences we receive for our own behaviors ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 9. ​The attitudes that people hold tend to be ____ the attitudes held by their parents. a. ​similar to

b. ​more conservative than c. ​more liberal than

d. ​the exact opposite of ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. ​Throughout his childhood, Brett saw his father watching football every Monday night. Now that Brett is an adult, he also loves football and watches it every Monday night. Which of the following best explains Brett’s football watching behavior? a. ​classical conditioning b. ​operant conditioning c. ​habituation

d. ​observational learning ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 11. ​Which condition is least likely to foster strong attitude-behavior consistency? a. ​when an attitude is difficult to retrieve from memory b. ​when we are very certain about our attitude

c. ​when we have learned an attitude through direct experience with the attitude object

d. ​when the cognitive and affective (emotional) aspects of the attitude are both negative ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. Psychologists who study attitude-behavior consistency point out that ____.​ a. ​men and women show great differences in this area b. ​we often engage in behaviors that go against our attitudes

c. ​children show inconsistency between their attitudes and behaviors, but adults rarely do d. ​we rarely behave inconsistently with our attitudes ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 13. Cognitive consistency theories refer to people being ____.​ a. ​comfortable with inconsistencies between their attitudes and behavior

b. ​comfortable with inconsistencies between their attitudes and other attitudes

c. ​uncomfortable with inconsistencies between their attitudes and behaviors

d. ​able to model well their behaviors after the attitudes of others they observe ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. Cognitive consistency theories are specifically used to explain ____.​ a. ​how we come to know ourselves

b. ​how we resolve conflict between ourselves and others with whom we interact c. ​why and when we change our attitudes

d. ​the steps we go through when developing logical thinking skills ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 15. Cognitive dissonance is most associated with ____.​ a. ​cognitive inconsistency b. ​an unchanged attitude

c. ​the fundamental attribution error d. ​the self-serving bias

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 16. Cognitive dissonance theory is an attempt to explain ____.​ a. ​attitude inconsistency b. ​behavior inconsistency c. ​behavior constancy d. ​attitude change

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. Which of the following is a situation in which the person would likely feel dissonance?​ a. ​Jack, who loves roller coasters, decides to ride one.

b. ​Madge, who wants an A in a class, decides to study this weekend instead of going to the movies. c. ​Tyrone, who dislikes Millie, decides not to ask her to the movies this weekend.

d. ​Kenitha, who loves camping, decides to go shopping instead of camping this weekend.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 18. Which statement would be most likely create a state of cognitive dissonance, as defined by social psychologists?​ a. ​believing that “honesty is the best policy,” but cheating on a test b. ​learning that you were right about something

c. ​finding out that your partner is buying you a nice anniversary present d. ​wanting something particular for a birthday gift and not getting it ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 19. Cognitive dissonance theory most directly explains ____.​ a. ​attitude change as a result of external persuasion b. ​conformity to a social norm

c. ​obedience to an authority figure

d. ​attitude change as a result of internal motivation ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 20. Rick sees himself as athletic. He works out, eats right, and takes vitamins. According to dissonance theory, Rick is in a state of ____.​ a. ​dissonance b. ​discord

c. ​consonance d. ​harmony

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 21. Which individual is likely to feel the greatest dissonance?​ a. ​Deb, a conservative who voted for a conservative Republican in the last local election b. ​George, an environmentalist who recycles his trash c. ​Ira, a teacher who volunteers at a literacy program

d. ​Jonathon, a physician who owns stock in a fast food restaurant ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 22. Cognitive dissonance is most accurately described as stemming from ____.​ a. ​social pressure to conform b. ​fear of appearing foolish

c. ​the need to get along with the group

d. ​inconsistencies among attitudes or between attitudes and behavior ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. Winnie recently discovered that her favorite recording artist supports a political party that she dislikes very much.

According to dissonance theory, how might this news affect Winnie’s attitudes?​ a. ​She will start liking the recording artist more. b. ​She will start liking the recording artist less.

c. ​She will not experience any attitude change as a result of this news.

d. ​She will start liking both the artist and her favorite political party less.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 24. ​According to dissonance theory, which individual should experience the greatest change in attitude? a. ​a homeless person who tells a lie to earn $5 b. ​a drug dealer who tells a lie to earn $500

c. ​a humanitarian who tells a lie to earn $20

d. ​a hedge fund manager who tells a lie to earn $1,000 ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 25. ​Attitude change that occurs as a result of cognitive dissonance is most likely ____. a. ​short-lasting b. ​long-lasting

c. ​externally caused d. ​internally caused

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

26. Any method that reduces or eliminates a person’s state of cognitive dissonance returns that individual to a state of ____.​ a. ​disbelief b. ​anxiety

c. ​depression

d. ​consonance ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. Cognitive dissonance is to ____ attitude change, as persuasion is to ____ attitude change.​ a. ​internal; external b. ​temporary; permanent c. ​valid; invalid

d. ​superficial; deep ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 28. ​Attitude change that occurs in response to persuasion is said to be ____. a. ​internally caused b. ​externally caused c. ​long-lasting

d. ​short-lasting ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 29. The two routes to persuasion that are described in the textbook are ____.​ a. ​attitudinal and behavioral b. ​central and peripheral

c. ​education and coercion

d. ​self-choice and indoctrination ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. The central route to persuasion is to ____, as the peripheral route to persuasion is to ____.​

a. ​television advertising; print advertising b. ​men; women

c. ​logical reasons; superficial reasons

d. ​external motivation; internal motivation ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 31. ​The distinction between the central route to persuasion and the peripheral route to persuasion is the ____. a. ​type of cognitive process engaged in by the audience b. ​length of exposure to the persuasive attempt

c. ​amount of attention given to both sides of the argument d. ​use of emotional arguments in the persuasive attempt ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 32. ​Persuasion that occurs in response to superficial aspects of a persuasive appeal is most closely associated with the ____. a. ​central route to persuasion b. ​peripheral route to persuasion c. ​cognitive dissonance theory of persuasion d. ​attribution model of persuasion

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. The use of critical analysis and logic in response to a persuasive appeal is most closely associated with the ____.​ a. ​central route to persuasion b. ​peripheral route to persuasion

c. ​cognitive dissonance theory of persuasion d. ​attribution model of persuasion

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. When you listen to an advertisement for a cellular phone service and pay particular attention to the information provided about the long-distance plan, the coverage, and the clarity of the calls, you are using the ____.​ a. ​dissonance model of persuasion

b. ​peripheral route to persuasion c. ​central route to persuasion

d. ​cognitive consistency model of persuasion ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 35. A person who is trying to persuade another person will be most persuasive if the ____.​ a. ​other person is aware that the persuader is trying to persuade b. ​persuader is of average attractiveness

c. ​persuader is not necessarily an expert on the issue d. ​persuader gives both sides of the argument

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 36. A persuader who acknowledges the other side of an argument will be perceived as more trustworthy by the audience.

This is most directly a(n) ____ variable of persuasion.​ a. ​audience b. ​message

c. ​communicator d. ​consistency

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. To receive extra credit in your political science class, you attend a lecture in which a politician from another state argues that her state must raise tuition to maintain their university system. According to the routes to persuasion described in the textbook, you are most likely to process the politician’s arguments on the ----____ route.​ a. ​central b. ​systematic c. ​peripheral d. ​tertiary

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 38. Which individual is most likely to process arguments on the central route of persuasion?​ a. ​Dave, a sport fisherman, who is listening to a politician argue that a local lake should be drained to make way

for new housing.

b. ​Lucy, who is watching an infomercial on TV while cooking dinner and cleaning the kitchen.

c. ​Mika, who is listening to a talk radio debate on the environment in the hopes that it will cure her insomnia and put her to sleep. d. ​Falco, who is listening to a lecture in class, while secretly worrying about the calculus test he will take in an hour.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 39. ​In which venue would an attractive actor be BEST able to persuade people? a. ​on a television ad b. ​giving a lecture to a college class c. ​speaking at a political rally d. ​when testifying in court

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 40. According to the American Association of Advertising Agencies Americans have as many as ____ exposures per day to persuasive messages from various sources.​ a. ​200 to 225 b. ​500 to 525 c. ​600 to 625 d. ​900 to 925 ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. In which of the following situations would the audience most likely trust the communicator?​ a. ​a politician giving a speech lauding the merits of her platform b. ​a salesperson telling you all about the benefits of his product

c. ​a car salesperson telling you about the pros and cons of the newest models

d. ​a person working for a charity explaining why you should donate to her cause ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 42. Generally, having your audience process persuasive arguments on the peripheral route is more persuasive than processing on the central route for ____.​

a. ​everyone b. ​females c. ​males

d. ​children and teenagers ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 43. Which individual is not listed in your text as an audience variable affecting one’s response to persuasion?​ a. ​race b. ​intelligence c. ​self-esteem d. ​mood

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. Who is most likely the easiest to persuade?​ a. ​Jenna, who is listening to an attractive actor make the case for a beauty product b. ​Joe, who is weighing the arguments for and against a new car purchase

c. ​Sunni, who is thinking carefully about the benefits and costs of a medical treatment d. ​Bertram, who is pondering what portion of his budget to give to a particular charity ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 45. ​Rhonda is interested in buying a car. At the car dealer’s lot, there is pleasant music playing overhead, free hot dogs, and free soft drinks. In this festive atmosphere, which Rhonda finds quite enjoyable, how is she likely to respond to the salesperson’s attempts to get her to buy a car? a. ​She will likely be more resistant to being persuaded. b. ​She will likely be more easily persuaded to buy a car. c. ​She will likely feel like partying, but she is unlikely to buy a car. d. ​There will likely be no effect on Rhonda.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 46. When you are in a good mood and subjected to a persuasive attempt, you are ____.​ a. ​more likely to be persuaded

b. ​more likely to be persuaded if you are female c. ​less likely to be persuaded if you are male d. ​less likely to be persuaded

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 47. Which conclusion about the impact of audience variables is warranted by the current state of research?​ a. ​The lower your self-esteem, the easier you are to persuade. b. ​The smarter you are, the harder you are to persuade.

c. ​It is impossible to make blanket statements about the effect of each audience variable on persuasion. d. ​In all circumstances, positive mood will enhance one’s vulnerability to persuasion.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. ​Whose attitudes most likely stem from classical conditioning? a. ​Dianna, who feels anger towards men after being robbed by a man at gunpoint

b. ​Merlyn, who is praised for his jokes about women and so, continues to make jokes

c. ​Carletta, whose friends acknowledge her brilliance when she expresses opinions similar to theirs d. ​Gale, who saw his parents protesting injustices as a child, and now attends protests himself ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 49. A psychologist who studies impression formation is interested in ____.​ a. ​the characteristics of people who have a high degree of charisma b. ​the amount of influence that certain people have over other people c. ​how we understand and make judgments of others d. ​what makes an argument persuasive or not

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. The study of attribution is concerned with the ____. a. ​process of assigning cause to behavior b. ​relationship between attitudes and behavior c. ​components of a persuasive message

d. ​development of stereotypes and prejudices ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. ​The study of attribution is most closely associated with ____. a. ​social influence b. ​persuasion

c. ​conformity

d. ​impression formation ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 52. ​A trait attribution is to ____, as a situational attribution is to ____. a. ​right; wrong b. ​personality; environment c. ​heuristic; algorithm

d. ​cognitive miser; cognitive spender ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 53. You see a man slip and fall in the parking lot and you decide that he must have tripped over a broken curb. In making this judgment, you have made a ____ attribution.​ a. ​trait b. ​situational c. ​false

d. ​correct ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 54. ​You see a woman yelling at her child in the store and you decide that she must not be a very good mother. In making this judgment, you made a ____. a. ​trait attribution only b. ​situational attribution only c. ​correct attribution only

d. ​trait and correct attributions

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 55. If the average person saw a man picking up trash on the side of the road, what type of attribution would they most likely make for his behavior?​ a. ​trait b. ​situational

c. ​an unbiased one

d. ​This is impossible to tell from the information given.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 56. A psychologist who states that humans are cognitive misers generally means that humans tend to ____.​ a. ​feel happy when in the company of others b. ​be mean to each other

c. ​conserve cognitive resources when possible d. ​be pessimistic

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. Witnessing a restaurant server drop a food plate on the ground, and then concluding that the server is uncoordinated, would be an example of ____.​ a. ​bystander apathy b. ​the self-serving bias

c. ​the fundamental attribution error d. ​cognitive dissonance

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 58. ​We commit the fundamental attribution error when ____. a. ​we discount situational explanations for behavior and rely more on trait explanations b. ​we change an attitude to match our behavior

c. ​we view the actions of others from their perspective

d. ​we conform to a group norm even though we do not really want to

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. People from ____ cultures are less likely to engage in the fundamental attribution error.​ a. ​Western b. ​European

c. ​individualistic d. ​collectivistic

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. The fundamental attribution error is more likely to be committed by ____. a. ​men than women b. ​women than men c. ​collectivistic cultures than individualistic cultures d. ​individualistic cultures than collectivistic cultures ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. ​Mariko comes from a culture that emphasizes group behavior and group success over individual success. Her culture would best be described as ____. a. ​traditional b. ​individualistic c. ​collectivistic

d. ​fundamentalist ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 62. Making an attribution of another person and not knowing that person’s perspective on the situation would most likely lead to ____.​ a. ​the fundamental attribution error b. ​cognitive dissonance c. ​the self-serving bias

d. ​the mere exposure effect ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 63. Which individual is least likely to exhibit the fundamental attribution error?​ a. ​Han from Germany b. ​Miranda from Canada c. ​Ethan from England d. ​Hoshi from Japan

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 64. The fundamental attribution error is to ____, as the actor-observer bias is to ____.​ a. ​the formation of attitudes; the changing of attitudes b. ​individualistic cultures; collectivistic cultures c. ​men; women

d. ​others’ behavior; our own behavior ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 65. The actor-observer bias suggests that we ____.​ a. ​are more aware of the situational explanations of our own behavior than we are for the behavior of others b. ​are more likely to make trait attributions than situational attributions for our own behavior c. ​have a tendency to take credit for good things and blame something else for bad things d. ​have a tendency to think that we are unique compared to other people ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. Both the fundamental attribution error and the actor-observer bias can be explained by ____.​ a. ​our desire to be cognitively consistent b. ​the focus of our attention

c. ​our motivation to be accurate d. ​the level of our self-esteem

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

67. The actor-observer bias suggests that ____.​ a. ​everyone has some type of prejudice that stems from natural cognitive processes

b. ​we have a different focus when observing ourselves compared to when we observe others c. ​we tend to view ourselves more favorably than we view others

d. ​if many people observe a person in need of help, the chances of that person getting help are low ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. When engaging in the attribution process, the actor’s focus tends to be on ____.​ a. ​the actor b. ​the observer

c. ​the environment d. ​themselves

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. ​When engaging in the attribution process, the observer’s focus tends to be on ____. a. ​the actor b. ​the observer

c. ​the environment

d. ​other people around the actor ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 70. Making an attribution about your own behavior and having a clear understanding of the context surrounding the behavior would most likely lead to ____.​ a. ​a fundamental attribution error b. ​cognitive dissonance

c. ​the actor-observer bias

d. ​the mere exposure effect ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 71. Which of the following reflects a self-serving bias?​ a. ​seeing another person trip and assuming the person is uncoordinated

b. ​receiving an A on a test and thinking that the test was easy

c. ​being turned down for a job and believing that the interviewer was biased against you d. ​watching another person play the guitar and thinking the person is very talented ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 72. Cody is known to be judgmental and tends to harshly describe others as lazy or stupid when they require assistance.

Cody is demonstrating ____. ​ a. ​self-serving bias b. ​cognitive dissonance c. ​individualistic bias

d. ​the fundamental attribution error ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 73. The motivation behind the self-serving bias appears to be to ____.​ a. ​make correct attributions b. ​make ourselves feel better

c. ​perceive the world from the perspective of others d. ​perceive the world more quickly and efficiently ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 74. Randa just failed her history exam because she neglected to study. Afterwards, she attributes her failure to the fact that her boyfriend kept her up too late the night before when he refused to turn down the stereo so that she could sleep. The next day she aces her biology test. Randa attributes her success on it to her own intelligence. Randa appears to be engaging in which attributional bias?​ a. ​fundamental attribution error b. ​self-serving bias

c. ​actor-observer effect

d. ​cognitive dissonance ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 75. The most common motive underlying hate crimes in the U.S. is ____ prejudice.​

a. ​racial

b. ​religious c. ​gender

d. ​sexual orientation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 76. In 2012, the FBI investigated ____ hate crimes in the U.S. a. ​3,790 b. ​4,790 c. ​5,790 d. ​6,790 ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 77. ​A stereotype is a ____. a. ​negative emotional reaction to a group of people

b. ​set of beliefs and information about a group of people c. ​belief that a group of people are “bad” in some way d. ​belief that a person is “bad” in some way

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 78. A stereotype is the ____ component of an attitude. a. ​Behavioral b. ​Affective c. ​Emotional d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 79. A prejudice differs from a stereotype in that it includes ____.​ a. ​actions b. ​a negative emotional reaction c. ​a cognitive component

d. ​a positive emotional reaction ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 80. Tom dislikes all people of a certain race because he feels that they are somehow less capable than him. Tom would most specifically be described as ____.​ a. ​having a prejudice b. ​engaging in discrimination c. ​being homophobic

d. ​holding a stereotype ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 81. Stereotypes ____.​ a. ​provide no useful benefit b. ​are always helpful to us c. ​are often helpful to us

d. ​are not a natural aspect of human thinking ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 82. One of the best examples of a prejudice is believing that ____. ​ a. ​librarians usually know a lot about books b. ​firefighters are typically brave

c. ​blondes are superficial and stupid

d. ​your coworker, Sandra, is not very smart ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 83. Discrimination is a ____.​ a. ​stereotype with an affective component

b. ​negative emotional reaction to a group of people

c. ​set of beliefs and information about a group of people d. ​behavioral expression of prejudice

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 84. ​Based on what you know about prejudices, stereotypes, and discrimination, which sequence best represents how three processes often develop? a. ​stereotypes, prejudices, discrimination b. ​prejudices, discrimination, stereotypes c. ​discrimination, stereotypes, prejudices

d. ​prejudices, stereotypes, discrimination ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 85. Contrary to prejudice, discrimination necessarily involves ____. a. ​thinking b. ​behavior c. ​feeling

d. ​imagination ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 86. Research on stereotype threat suggests that stereotypes ____.​ a. ​have negative effects more for the people who hold them than for others b. ​affect only those who are low in self-esteem

c. ​have definite effects on members of stereotyped groups d. ​consist of prejudices

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 87. Shara is Caucasian, and supports equal rights and fairness for individuals regardless of their race. However, Shara is uncomfortable around African Americans. When a person visits her church, she normally walks over right after the service and welcomes them. However, when an African American visits her church, she cleans up the papers in her pew such that they are gone before she can make it over to them. Shara’s behavior illustrates ____.​ a. ​compliance b. ​attributional bias c. ​aversive racism d. ​stereotyping

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 88. A proposed form of subtle racism in which European Americans feel aversive emotions around African Americans with consequent discrimination occurring is known as ____.​ a. ​prejudice b. ​frustration-aggression theory c. ​aversive racism d. ​stereotyping

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. Stereotype threat occurs when a person ____. a. ​intimidates another person through the use of stereotypical insults and gestures b. ​is discriminated against even though she has threatened consequences for doing so c. ​fears that she will be judged by a stereotype typically held about her group

d. ​who holds a stereotype is hurt by it just as much as the person being stereotyped ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 90. Alejandra suspects that her boss is prejudiced against her and believes that she is not as capable as her male coworkers. Because she fears that her boss does not like her, Alejandra often feels dejected at work and makes many mistakes. Alejandra seems to be suffering from ____.​ a. ​discrimination b. ​prejudice

c. ​stereotype threat d. ​victimization

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 91. Stereotype threat is most related to which concept?​ a. ​fundamental attribution error b. ​bystander intervention c. ​groupthink

d. ​self-fulfilling prophecy

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 92. When normally high-achieving females are asked to perform math problems and verbal tasks in a room where they are outnumbered by males, the women perform ____.​ a. ​worse on both math and verbal tasks b. ​worse on math but not verbal tasks c. ​better on math but not verbal tasks

d. ​better on both math and verbal tasks ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 93. If you were a student during Jane Elliot’s famous demonstration on prejudice with her third grade students in the 1970s, you would have ____.​ a. ​been segregated from the children of other races b. ​been taught that females were superior to males

c. ​worn skin paint in order to experience what it would be like to be another race d. ​either worn an identifying collar or not depending upon your eye color ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 94. Jane Elliot’s “brown eye/blue eye” demonstration with her third grade class in the 1970s showed ____.​ a. ​that children do not naturally hold prejudice toward others b. ​why segregation can be helpful in preventing prejudice c. ​how easy it is to create prejudice in children

d. ​that prejudice can have both positive and negative effects on victims ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 95. Research on the learning of prejudice from parents shows that children ____.​ a. ​are more likely to adopt the attitudes of their parents when they are prejudicial than when they are egalitarian b. ​are more likely to adopt the attitudes of their parents when they are egalitarian than when they are prejudicial c. ​adopt whatever attitudes about people that their parents hold

d. ​generally do not learn attitudes about people from their parents ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 96. If tolerance for other people is taught in schools and in the media, it ____.​ a. ​is likely to have no effect on children whose parents teach prejudice at home

b. ​will likely make a child already exposed to prejudice in the home even more prejudiced c. ​may have the power to override prejudicial attitudes taught in the home

d. ​will have positive effects for majority groups, but not for minority groups ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 97. Research on the learning of prejudice suggests that ____.​ a. ​regardless of the source, prejudice is not easily learned

b. ​prejudice is learned in the home with little influence coming from other sources

c. ​prejudice is learned from peers and outside sources, with little influence coming directly from parents d. ​prejudice is learned from a combination of sources, including parents, peers, and other influences ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 98. Most people feel an in-group bias, which means that they ____.​ a. ​would like to be a member of the most popular group b. ​feel it is better to be in a group than outside of a group

c. ​view members of their own group more favorably than members of other groups

d. ​are likely to feel both extremes of emotion toward the people to whom they are closest ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 99. ​Lori spends most of her time with a group of friends who share her lack of interest in school and in her interest in using recreational drugs. In social psychological terms, Lori’s group of friends would be called her ____. a. ​in-group b. ​out-group c. ​comrades d. ​cult

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

100. Having an “us” versus “them” mentality about the world is most consistent with ____.​ a. ​the fundamental attribution error b. ​the self-serving bias c. ​the in-group bias

d. ​being from a collectivistic culture ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 101. Kelly is from Hall County, Georgia. According to the in-group bias, Kelly will ____. a. ​favor people from Hall County, Georgia b. ​favor people from Gwinnett County, Georgia c. ​see people from Hall County as being very similar to one another

d. ​see people from Gwinnett county as being very different from one another ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 102. ​In-group bias is typically associated with a ____. a. ​perception that the out-group is very diverse b. ​downgrading of the out-group

c. ​feeling that fellow in-group members are all alike d. ​tendency to see be jealous of in-group members

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 103. Lorenzo, who is Italian, tends to believe that all Americans are alike. This tendency would be called ____.​​ confirmation bias a. ​the out-group homogeneity bias b. ​the in-group heterogeneity bias c. ​self-serving bias

d. ​confirmation bias ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 104. ​Perceiving out-group members as all alike is called the ____.

a. ​fundamental attribution error b. ​cognitive consistency bias

c. ​out-group homogeneity bias d. ​consistency heuristic

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 105. ​The out-group homogeneity bias leads us to ____. a. ​view others in a more positive light

b. ​desire more interaction with others outside of our group c. ​feel more similar to members of other groups

d. ​notice the similarities among people of another group ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 106. Realistic-conflict theory proposes that prejudice ____.​ a. ​is a product of normal cognitive processes b. ​occurs when groups compete for the same resources

c. ​occurs when a group holds a position of dominance over another group d. ​cannot be prevented, only managed

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 107. The prejudice that results when groups of people compete for the same opportunities to make a living provides an example of ____.​ a. ​the mere exposure effect b. ​reciprocity

c. ​bystander apathy

d. ​realistic-conflict theory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 108. ​Realistic group conflict theory is most associated with ____. a. ​groupthink b. ​prejudice

c. ​bystander apathy d. ​balance theory

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 109. Under which situation would you expect prejudice against minority members to be at its worst?​ a. ​when unemployment is high b. ​when businesses are having trouble finding enough people to fill jobs c. ​when majority and minority members are making lots of money d. ​when a natural disaster strikes

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 110. In Muzafer Sherif’s Robber’s Cave experiment, ____.​ a. ​Blacks and Whites were forced to work together on a common task

b. ​two groups of boys first developed prejudices toward each other and then became friends

c. ​conflict between two groups was prevented by tightly controlling the consequences for conflict d. ​children learned to be prejudiced against other children who had brown eyes ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 111. In Muzafer Sherif’s Robber’s Cave experiment, the Eagles and Rattlers became enemies of each other due to ____.​ a. ​superordinate goals b. ​cognitive inconsistency c. ​realistic conflict d. ​mere exposure

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 112. In Muzafer Sherif’s Robber’s Cave experiment, the Eagles and Rattlers became enemies of each other when ____.​ a. ​one person took something from someone else on the other team b. ​the leader of the entire group was chosen from among the Eagles

c. ​a member of the Eagles thoughtlessly made rude remarks to a member of the Rattlers

d. ​they engaged in competitive sporting events with prizes awarded to the winning team

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 113. In Muzafer Sherif’s Robber’s Cave experiment, the Eagles and Rattlers eventually became friends when ____.​ a. ​they had to work together to solve common problems b. ​a strong leader emerged among them

c. ​all discriminatory behavior were quickly punished with negative consequences

d. ​the few individuals who caused the most trouble were removed from the experiment ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 114. Muzafer Sherif’s Robber’s Cave experiment with boys at a summer camp showed that ____.​ a. ​cooperative contact can be fostered in situations where groups share superordinate goals b. ​prejudice is very difficult to create when people feel comfortable within their in-groups c. ​once prejudice and conflict are created, it is nearly impossible to eliminate it

d. ​the best way to reduce conflict between two groups is to place them together in the same context and let them work it out ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 115. The contact hypothesis of reducing prejudice works when the contact is ____.​ a. ​forced b. ​natural

c. ​cooperative

d. ​competitive ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 116. Two countries working together to find a cure for cancer would be an example of ____.​ a. ​cognitive consistency b. ​in-group bias

c. ​a superordinate goal d. ​conformity ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 117. Which behavior is most likely to ease racial tensions in a town?​ a. ​when majority members hire minority members to work for them

b. ​when majority members live on the opposite side of town from the minority members

c. ​when the minority members are hired for higher paying jobs than the majority members d. ​when minority and majority members work together on civic projects ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 118. The jigsaw classroom provides an example of the benefits of using ____ to reduce prejudice and conflict between groups.​ a. ​competition b. ​contact

c. ​superordinate goals d. ​conciliation

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 119. ​In a jigsaw classroom, students ____. a. ​do individual research projects on a race of people other than their own

b. ​work together on projects in ways that make them dependent upon each other

c. ​put together puzzles while receiving information from teachers that is designed to teach positive attitudes towards others d. ​are left in a room without teachers allowing them to teach themselves, and learn to work out differences ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 120. Whose attitude will best predict his or her behavior in selecting one class over another? a. ​Margy, who is ambivalent about which class to pick b. ​Aja, who knows which class he should pick but is not especially happy about it

c. ​Rosalinda, who would be happy to take either course but is not sure which would be better, career-wise d. ​Tomi, who has long known what class she wants to take and can usually pick her classes easily

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

121. When the Affordable Care Act was first implemented, politicians and media outlets opposed to it referred to it as “Obamacare” rather than the Affordable Care Act. In essence, they were trying to use ____ to persuade individuals it was a bad idea.​ a. ​the peripheral route b. ​cognitive dissonance c. ​the central route d. ​obedience

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 122. In which culture is direct eye contact expected and prolonged during speaking, but less when listening?​ a. ​Native American b. ​Asian American

c. ​European American d. ​African American

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 123. Compare and contrast the concepts of stereotype and prejudice and provide a clear example of each.​ ANSWER: ​A stereotype is a schema for a particular group of people. Prejudice refers to a largely negative stereotype that is unfairly applied to all members of a group regardless of their individual characteristics. ​ Examples will vary.

REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 124. Emilio lives in Miami, Florida. All other things being equal, Emilio most likely to be attracted to ____.​ a. ​Sally, a woman who lives in New York City b. ​Carla, a woman from another town in Florida c. ​Sara, a woman who lives across town

d. ​Yvonne, a woman who lives in his apartment building ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 125. ​The mere exposure effect is related primarily to which aspect of attraction? a. ​similarity

b. ​proximity

c. ​attractiveness d. ​balance

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 126. You find that you are beginning to like the person sitting next to in your psychology class more and more. What might you experiencing?​ a. ​mere exposure effect b. ​bystander effect

c. ​conformity effect d. ​attribution effect

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 127. ​In general, repeated exposure to someone or something tends to lead to increased ____ for the person or thing. a. ​boredom b. ​disliking c. ​liking

d. ​ambivalence ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 128. Jenna goes away to college and meets the man of her dreams in the dorm room right across the hall from her. Which factor explains Jenna’s attraction to this man?​ a. ​similarity b. ​physical attractiveness c. ​matching

d. ​proximity ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 129. Research on attraction supports which phrase?​ a. ​“Absence makes the heart grow fonder.”

b. ​“Love means never having to say you’re sorry.”

c. ​“Opposites attract.”

d. ​“Birds of a feather flock together.”

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 130. ​We tend to prefer being with others who are ____. a. ​similar to us b. ​different from us, but not opposite from us c. ​opposite from us

d. ​at an emotional distance from us ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 131. Tad is neither handsome nor unattractive. All other things being equal, who is he most likely to end up marrying?​ a. ​Fiona, a swimwear model b. ​Bridget, the former homecoming queen

c. ​Angelica, who is considered to be unattractive d. ​Tara, who is about average in appearance

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 132. ​Blind-dates are most likely to result in second dates when each person finds the other one ____. a. ​physically attractive b. ​similar

c. ​complementary d. ​interesting

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 133. ​In general, we like our friends and romantic partners to be ____. a. ​much more attractive than we are b. ​much less attractive than we are

c. ​somewhat more attractive than we are

d. ​about the same level of attractiveness as we are

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 134. ​If you are regarded as very attractive, it is likely that you will develop relationships with people who are also regarded as very attractive. This is known as the ____. a. ​complementary hypothesis b. ​mere exposure theory c. ​matching hypothesis d. ​homogeneity theory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 135. The matching hypothesis in relationships is most consistent with which other principle in relationships?​ a. ​similarity b. ​proximity

c. ​complementary

d. ​in-group homogeneity ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 136. ​Christopher is a very handsome man. As a result, he is likely to be perceived by others as being more ____. a. ​wealthy b. ​interesting c. ​creative

d. ​untrustworthy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 137. If you meet a person who is very attractive, you are likely to assume the person is ____.​ a. ​dull b. ​cold

c. ​interesting d. ​dumb ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 138. ​A two-month-old infant apparently has the ability to determine the difference between ____. a. ​intelligent and unintelligent people b. ​attractive and non-attractive people c. ​good and bad people

d. ​religious and non-religious people ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 139. ​Biological research has suggested that being romantically attracted to another person is most associated with ____. a. ​increases in serotonin b. ​decreases in GABA

c. ​increases in dopamine

d. ​decreases in acetylcholine ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 140. ​Norms are ____. a. ​expectations that guide the behavior of group members b. ​universal

c. ​always unwritten and usually unspoken d. ​rarely helpful to individuals

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. ​The degree to which members wish to maintain membership in the group is referred to as ____. a. ​compliance b. ​conformity

c. ​cohesiveness d. ​conviviality

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

142. ​Facing the front while in an elevator with other people would be an example of a(n) ____. a. ​norm b. ​rule c. ​law

d. ​statute ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 143. ​If you were a subject in the Solomon Asch study on conformity in the 1950s, you would have ____. a. ​given an electric shock to learners who made mistakes b. ​been observed to see if you helped others in need

c. ​examined pictures of people who varied in attractiveness

d. ​compared the lengths of lines along with other participants ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 144. ​As the ____ of a group increases, so does ____ within the group. a. ​identifiability; rebelliousness b. ​size; homogeneity

c. ​cohesiveness; conformity

d. ​homogeneity; realistic conflict ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 145. ​In his experiments on conformity, Solomon Asch found that ____ of the participants conformed to an obviously incorrect group norm at least once in a series of trials. a. ​about one-fourth b. ​about one-half c. ​about three-fourths d. ​nearly all

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 146. ​When enthusiastically applauding at the end of a concert, you feel like giving a standing ovation, but you are not sure if you should do so. When you notice that a couple of other people in the crowd begin to stand, you will most likely ____.

a. ​stand also

b. ​wait to see if everyone stands

c. ​wait to see if at least 10 people stand

d. ​wait until a 75% of others are also standing ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 147. ​Asch found that maximum conformity was reached in the participants when only ____ confederates were present. a. ​two b. ​three c. ​four d. ​five

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 148. Through his research studies, Solomon Asch showed that ____.​ a. ​beauty has its rewards b. ​emergency victims often do not get help

c. ​people willingly follow those in authority d. ​there is strength in numbers

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 149. Studies on the amount of conformity pressure created when a small group of people is doing the same thing show that conformity pressure is ____.​ a. ​increased with each additional person added to the group b. ​decreased with each additional person added to the group

c. ​increased with each additional person, but only up to a point, and then it levels off d. ​decreased with each additional person, but only up to a point and then it levels off ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 150. Which behavior would be most expected to increase conformity in a group?​ a. ​allowing for anonymous private responses b. ​adding another person who conforms

c. ​having high cohesiveness within the group d. ​having confidence in one’s abilities ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 151. Wearing the same style clothes that others are wearing would best be an example of ____.​ a. ​compliance b. ​obedience

c. ​informational conformity d. ​normative conformity

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 152. ​The two reasons given in the textbook for why we conform to group norms are ____. a. ​cognitive consistency and mere exposure b. ​obedience and compliance

c. ​informational and normative conformity d. ​attributional and cohesive conformity ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. ​Informational conformity is to ____, as normative conformity is to ____. a. ​obedience; compliance. b. ​fitting in; being right

c. ​compliance; obedience d. ​being right; fitting in

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 154. ​Walking into class during the showing of a video and noticing that others in the class are taking notes on the video, you then do what these others are doing because they may have heard the teacher say that some test questions would be taken from the video. This would be an example of ____. a. ​informational conformity b. ​obedience c. ​normative conformity

d. ​compliance ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 155. ​Zimbardo’s prison study illustrates that ____. a. ​individuals conform to information provided by a group even when the group is wrong b. ​playing a role can cause a person to lose sight of internal values c. ​even in an emergency, many will not help others in need

d. ​superordinate goals can lead to reduced conflict between groups ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 156. ​When we lose sight of our own internal values and begin to blindly conform to external norms, we have become ____. a. ​deindividuated b. ​compliant c. ​obedient

d. ​persuaded ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 157. ​In Zimbardo’s mock prison study, ____. a. ​guards became abusive and prisoners became docile

b. ​prisoners developed rival gangs amongst themselves

c. ​female prisoners became just as hardened and rebellious as male prisoners d. ​guards and prisoners together overthrew the prison warden’s authority ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 158. ​Enhanced performance when others are present is called ____. a. ​social impairment b. ​social facilitation c. ​social loafing

d. ​the Triplett effect

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 159. Complex tasks are to ____, while simple tasks are to ____. a. ​social facilitation; impaired performance b. ​impaired performance; social facilitation c. ​social loafing; groupthink d. ​groupthink; social loafing

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 160. The Challenger space shuttle disaster occurred when some concerns about the possibility of problems were not adequately considered. This example shows the dangers of ____.​ a. ​social facilitation b. ​groupthink

c. ​deindividuation

d. ​attributional bias ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 161. ​Which factor was mentioned in the textbook as an explanation for groupthink? a. ​rivalry and within the group b. ​isolation of the group

c. ​absence of a strong leader d. ​relaxed atmosphere

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 162. Which work group is most vulnerable to groupthink?​ a. ​A group at a company known for its “my way or the highway” management style b. ​A group at a company well known for creativity and innovation c. ​A group that regularly seeks outside input

d. ​A group that feels as though they have enough time to research the situation and develop a response ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

163. ​Carlene dislikes working in groups because in her opinion, there is always going to be someone who is content to sit back and let others do the work. Specifically, she dislikes ____. a. ​social facilitation b. ​deindividuation c. ​social loafing d. ​disinhibition

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 164. ​Robert is a gifted musician who practices hard and loves to perform for others. In fact, he finds that he often performs even better when he has an audience. Robert’s performance benefits from ____. a. ​social facilitation b. ​deindividuation c. ​social loafing d. ​disinhibition

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 165. ​Compliance is to a ____, as obedience is to a ____. a. ​group; individual b. ​simple request; demand

c. ​informational conformity; normative conformity d. ​situational attribution; trait attribution

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 166. Which situation best demonstrates a request for compliance?​ a. ​your boss asking you to work late b. ​a salesperson asking you to try a perfume sample

c. ​a police officer asking you for your driver’s license

d. ​a credit card company sending you a warning letter about finance charges ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

167. When a door-to-door salesperson gets you to buy a product after you first agree to use a sample, you have responded to the ____ strategy.​ a. ​foot-in-the-door b. ​door-in-the-face

c. ​informational conformity d. ​normative conformity

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 168. ​Last year, the Save the Woodchuck Foundation asked you to donate $5 to their cause and you complied. This year, they send you a letter asking for a $20 donation. The Save the Woodchuck Foundation appears to be using which compliance technique? a. ​foot-in-the-door b. ​door-in-the-face c. ​perceptual contrast d. ​groupthink

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 169. ​The foot-in-the-door strategy may work because ____. a. ​the attractiveness of the salesperson is appealing and people tend to comply with attractive individuals b. ​saying no first makes a person more likely to say yes later

c. ​not acting in accordance with our own previous statements or behaviors would create dissonance d. ​of the desire to help someone who is similar to you

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 170. ​When compliance occurs as a result of getting a person to agree to a smaller request after having turned down a large request, this is called ____. a. ​the door-in-the-face technique b. ​the foot-in-the-door technique c. ​normative conformity

d. ​informational conformity ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

171. ​You want to use the door-in-the face technique to get your friend to comply with your request for money. So, you ask your friend for $100 and she refuses. Your next request should be for ____. a. ​$1,000 b. ​$500 c. ​$99.50 d. ​$25

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 172. ​What is the norm suggesting that if someone does something nice for us, we should do something nice for them? a. ​comparability b. ​sociability

c. ​compliance d. ​reciprocity

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 173. Johnny just complied after a salesperson used a door-in-the-face technique on him. Which emotion most likely contributed to Johnny’s compliance?​ a. ​happiness b. ​guilt

c. ​surprise

d. ​confusion ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 174. ​Finn is getting ready to sign the papers to purchase a home and finds that the cost is slightly higher than he and the buyer originally agreed upon. He voices his concern, and the buyer suggests that he is throwing in the deep freeze and refrigerator as a bonus to account for the difference. Although these items are probably worth less than the increased price, Finn feels awkward about refusing to pay the extra when the buyer is throwing in these extras. Finn’s compliance was induced by which technique? a. ​attribution b. ​that’s-not-all c. ​foot-in-the-door

d. ​door-in-the-face

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 175. If you were a participant in Stanley Milgram’s studies on obedience, you would have ____.​ a. ​instructed others to give electric shocks to “learners” b. ​played the role of a “learner” and received electric shocks from a “teacher” c. ​played the role of a “teacher” and delivered electric shocks to a “learner” d. ​been giving actual electrical shocks to a confederate of the experimenter ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 176. ​When Milgram surveyed psychology students and behavioral science professionals prior to his study, he found that most believed about ----____ of Milgram’s subjects would go all the way to 450 volts. a. ​1-3% b. ​10-13% c. ​20-23% d. ​30-33% ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 177. ​Stanley Milgram found that ____. a. ​very few people will shock a person with 450 volts when instructed by an authority figure b. ​most people will shock a person with 450 volts when instructed by an authority figure

c. ​most people think that most other people would shock a person with 450 volts when instructed by an authority figure d. ​most women would not shock a person with 450 volts when instructed by an authority figure ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 178. ​Milgram’s obedience studies illustrate that ____. a. ​the majority of people derive pleasure from hurting others

b. ​only Germans and others in Eastern Europe will be obedient to an authority figure who requests unethical actions c. ​a majority of people in many different parts of the Western world will be obedient to an authority figure who requests unethical actions d. ​men will not be especially obedient to an authority figure who requests unethical actions

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 179. ​What is one of the results obtained by Milgram in his studies on obedience? a. ​Obedience decreased when the authority figure was further away from the participant.

b. ​Obedience decreased when there was greater psychological distance between the participant and the learner. c. ​Obedience was increased when the experimenter telephoned his orders.

d. ​Obedience was virtually non-existent when the participant had to hold the learner’s hand down on a shock plate.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 180. How did Burger alter Milgram’s original experiment?​ a. ​Burger increased the maximum shock level to 600 volts.

b. ​Burger only included subjects who were likely to feel pressure to be obedient. c. ​Burger included both men and women.

d. ​Burger told his subjects to simply pretend they were administering shocks.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 181. ​What is an accurate conclusion that can be derived from Milgram’s studies? a. ​Obedience to authority is not a good thing. b. ​Human nature is to find pleasure in causing harm to others.

c. ​Harming another person is justifiable when instructed to do so by a strong authority figure. d. ​Innocent obedience to authority figures can easily lead to unethical and destructive results.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 182. In Burger’s replication of Milgram’s obedience study, disobedience declined, ____.​ a. ​significantly in both males and females compared to Milgram’s study b. ​but not significantly, in both males and females compared to Milgram’s study c. ​but not significantly, in males as compared to Milgram’s study

d. ​but not significantly, in females as compared to Milgram’s study ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 183. ​Which condition produces the highest rates of obedience in a Milgram-type experiment? a. ​The experimenter delivers orders via telephone. b. ​The learner is in the same room as the teacher.

c. ​The teacher must hold the learner’s hand down on the shock plate. d. ​Female participants play the role of the teacher.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 184. Infomercials that offer not only the product they are selling but also additional products at no additional cost are using the ____ technique.​ a. ​that’s-not-all b. ​foot-in-the-door

c. ​door-in-the-face d. ​low-balling

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 185. Hostile aggression is designed to ____.​ a. ​hurt the victim

b. ​take over possession of something that someone else owns c. ​demonstrate dominance over another d. ​gain back one’s pride

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 186. Aggression that is designed to accomplish a goal is called ____ aggression.​ a. ​operant b. ​hostile

c. ​instrumental d. ​classical

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

187. Instrumental aggression is to ____, as hostile aggression is to ____.​ a. ​individualistic cultures; collectivistic cultures b. ​satisfaction of a goal; desire to hurt c. ​legal; illegal

d. ​serotonin; testosterone ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 188. ​When a criminal robs a store to obtain money, this is an act of ____. a. ​hostile aggression b. ​instrumental aggression c. ​pseudo-aggression

d. ​frustration aggression ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 189. ​The research on testosterone has shown that it ____. a. ​may have an association with aggression b. ​definitely has an association with aggression

c. ​definitely has an association with aggression in men, but not in women

d. ​definitely has an association with aggression in women, but not in men ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 190. Which levels have been shown by some researchers to be associated with aggression?​ a. ​low levels of serotonin and low levels of testosterone b. ​high levels of serotonin and high levels of testosterone c. ​low levels of serotonin and high levels of testosterone d. ​high levels of serotonin and low levels of testosterone ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 191. ​Gerard has been extremely aggressive since he was a little boy. Gerard likely has ____ levels of the neurotransmitter ____.

a. ​high; acetylcholine b. ​low; acetylcholine c. ​high; serotonin d. ​low; serotonin

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 192. ​Dorothy Otnow Lewis studied aggression by ____. a. ​observing children b. ​analyzing television

c. ​analyzing video games

d. ​interviewing murderers ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 193. The cognitive neoassociation theory of aggression proposes that guns ____.​ a. ​are only a stimulant to violence when in the hands of an aggressive person

b. ​become a stimulant to violence through the conscious and logical thinking processes of the people who use them c. ​do not contribute to violence levels in any way d. ​can influence aggressive thoughts because of their association with fear and anger in our memories

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 194. Which statement is true about televised violence in the United States?​ a. ​TV portrays violent acts at about the same rate as they occur in real life.

b. ​TV portrays few negative consequences for those who behave aggressively. c. ​TV accurately portrays the long-term effects of violence.

d. ​Reality TV shows depict life more realistically than other types of TV shows.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 195. Which emotional state is most likely to be a cause of aggression?​ a. ​pride b. ​disgust

c. ​frustration d. ​surprise

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 196. ​Television shows portray acts of aggression ____. a. ​at rates far below what really occurs b. ​realistically

c. ​as having serious long term consequences d. ​at rates far above what really occurs

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. By the time a child reaches the age of 18, he or she will have seen approximately ____ acts of murder on television.​ a. ​8,000 b. ​12,000 c. ​16,000 d. ​20,000 ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 198. According to the National Cable Television Association ____ of the perpetrators of violent acts on television go unpunished.​ a. ​58% b. ​63% c. ​68% d. ​73% ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 199. ​According to the National Cable Television Association, only ____ of all violent acts on TV portrayed long-term negative consequences of violence for the victim. a. ​8% b. ​16% c. ​24%

d. ​32% ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 200. Childhood abuse and neglect correlate with damage to the ____.​ a. ​pineal b. ​hypothalamus c. ​amygdala d. ​pituitary

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 201. ​The murder of Kitty Genovese inspired the major research on ____. a. ​helping behavior b. ​aggression c. ​attribution

d. ​groupthink ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 202. According to Darley and Latané, the five steps involved in helping a person in need are ____.​ a. ​assess, determine need, determine responsibility, check safety, decide b. ​look around, call victim by name, get others involved, give assistance, evaluate help c. ​notice, interpret, determine responsibility, decide how, implement d. ​verify, review liability, call 911, help, rest

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 203. ​If you were victimized by the bystander effect, you probably ____. a. ​stood by while others made fun of you

b. ​did not receive help when in need even though many others were around and could have helped c. ​responded to an authority figure by doing something that you otherwise would not have done

d. ​helped someone you thought was in need only to find out that the person did not really need your help ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 204. A participant in a study conducted by Bibb Latané and John Darley on the bystander effect might ____.​ a. ​sit around a table estimating line lengths with others b. ​administer shocks to another person at the request of an authority figure c. ​pose as an applicant for a job with an altered appearance

d. ​witness a staged emergency while engaging in another task ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 205. The concept of diffusion of responsibility predicts that ____.​ a. ​as the number of bystanders witnessing an emergency increases, the likelihood that any one of the bystanders will help the victim decreases b. ​the less competent a person feels, the less likely the person will help out in an emergency c. ​the more catastrophic the emergency, the more fear will be experienced in observers, and the less likely anyone will get help d. ​the likelihood of helping a victim in an emergency is related to how similar the victim is to yourself

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 206. ​When witnessing an emergency with many other people, you may not perceive it as an emergency if no one else helps the victim. This is called ____. a. ​reductionist fallacy b. ​the fundamental attribution error c. ​the availability heuristic d. ​pluralistic ignorance

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. Research on altruism suggests that not helping someone else in need is more likely caused by ____.​ a. ​apathy b. ​cruelty

c. ​misunderstanding d. ​aggression ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 208. ​If you ever have the misfortune of injuring yourself in front of a large crowd of people, how can you best ensure that someone in the crowd will help you? a. ​Scream loudly. b. ​Yell, “somebody help me!” c. ​Point to one person and demand his or her help. d. ​Yell, “fire!”

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 209. Abu was attending a concert with friends when a fight broke out in the crowd near the stage. From Abu’s perspective, all he could see was a small group of people scuffling while the rest of the crowd calmly watched. Because the majority of the crowd seemed to be calm, Abu decided that the people must be playing around instead of fighting. And consequently, he did not intervene or go for help. Abu’s behavior is best described as an example of ____.​ a. ​the bystander effect b. ​diffusion of responsibilitya c. ​apathy

d. ​pluralistic ignorance ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 210. Which individual is most likely to help a person who has dropped a bag of groceries? ​ a. ​Rosie, who is hurrying to work b. ​Foster , who notices that he’s the only person around

c. ​Maryjane, who would have to dart through heavy traffic to help

d. ​Ashlie, who notices that the person who dropped the groceries appears to be drunk ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 211. ​When we fail to help, it is likely to be because we ____. a. ​feel malice towards the person needing help b. ​think the person needing help does not deserve help c. ​just do not care about other people d. ​do not understand what is needed

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 212. ​The couple in Apartment 3C is fighting yet again, and from the sound of it, this fight may go beyond words. Who is most likely to do something? a. ​Tiera, who has lived in 3D for many years and hears nothing especially different about this fight b. ​Tony, who was once in an abusive relationship and is very fearful of fights c. ​Marcia, who knows that she the only person on the floor at the moment d. ​Alaina, who is terribly busy with both her job and classes

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 213. ​The idea that we use the behavior of others to help us determine whether a situation is an emergency requiring our help is called ____. a. ​the bystander effect b. ​pluralistic ignorance c. ​diffusion of responsibility d. ​social exclusion

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 214. ​What term refers to the idea that the more people are present when an accident occurs, the less likely people will be to help? a. ​the bystander effect b. ​pluralistic ignorance c. ​diffusion of responsibility d. ​social exclusion

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 215. ​The first step in Latané and Darley’s process of deciding to help is to ____. a. ​correctly interpret the situation b. ​know how to respond

c. ​feel responsible for doing something d. ​notice something is wrong

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 216. ​At the time of Kitty Genovese’s murder, how did people respond to the witnesses who apparently did nothing? a. ​Others generally understood why the bystanders did not want to get involved. b. ​Others perceived the witnesses as callous and apathetic.

c. ​Although there was general disappointment, there was also understanding.

d. ​Given the level of violence in New York at the time, others would have been surprised had bystanders helped.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 217. Describe dissonance theory and how it explains attitude change.​ ANSWER: ​According to dissonance theory, inconsistencies among attitudes or between attitudes and behavior cause an unpleasant physical state called dissonance. Think of dissonance as a state of unease much like being hungry or being anxious. It stems from the realization that we have behaved in a way that is contrary to our self-concept. Because dissonance makes us feel bad, we are motivated to stop this unpleasant feeling, which can lead to attitude and/or behavior change.

REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. ​Describe the major factors that influence successful persuasion including communicator, audience, and message variables.

ANSWER: Communicator: We tend to be most persuaded when the person communicating the message to us is attractive (Eagly & Chaiken, 1975; Evans & Clark, 2012), appears to be credible (Hovland & Weiss, 1951; Tormala, Briñol, & Petty, 2007), or appears to be an expert (Evans & Clark, 2012; Petty, Cacioppo, & Goldman, 1981). We are also most persuaded when the communicator does not appear to be trying to persuade us—unless he or she is attractive, in which case persuasion is not reduced by the awareness that the communicator is trying to persuade us. ​ Message: The logic of the persuasive argument has its greatest impact when we are processing on the central route, for it is here that we can truly appreciate the goodness of the argument (see Petty & Briñol, 2008). We are more likely to be persuaded if the communicator effectively presents both the pros (why we should accept the arguments) and cons (why we might not accept the arguments) of the proposal.

This is especially true when the communicator can effectively argue against objections to accepting the proposal (Crowley & Hoyer, 1994). Two-sided arguments generally work best because we tend to trust a communicator who is willing to openly discuss the drawbacks of a proposal. ​ Audience: Variables such as intelligence (Rhodes & Wood, 1992), self-esteem (Petty, Fabrigar, & Wegener, 2003), self-monitoring (our tendency to change our behavior to meet other’s expectations; Evans & Clark, 2012), and mood (Sanaktekin & Sunar, 2008) can all affect our tendency to be persuaded.

REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 219. ​Maria and Becka are assigned a class presentation where they must try and persuade their classmates to buy one of two cars. Maria is trying to sell her car through the central route of persuasion, while Becka is restricted to utilizing the

peripheral route of persuasion. Compare how they might construct their respective presentations.

ANSWER: ​Since Maria is restricted to a central route of persuasion she looks for facts, attributes, data, etc., which are likely t the class engaged in logical thinking about her product. She might emphasize the fuel economy of the car, the pric reliability, warranty options—with the hope of logically wooing the audience. Becka, on the other hand, wants to packaging of the product. She might make herself likeable to the class. She might also emphasize how appealing is to enhance a buyer’s self-image, what wonderful colors the car comes in, how good it feels to cruise down the h in a new car and so on.

REFERENCES: 10.1 Evaluating the World: Attitudes KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 220. Describe the fundamental attribution error and give two specific examples.​ ANSWER: ​The fundamental attribution error refers to our tendency to overuse trait information when making attributions about others.

REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 221. In a television commercial, an actor says, “I’m not a dentist, but I play one on TV.” He then proceeds to endorse a smile-enhancing product. Explain from the perspective of the fundamental attribution error how the audience might process his message.​ ANSWER: ​The fundamental attribution error occurs when we rely more on trait attributions and discount situational aspects. An audience is more likely to overemphasize the personal attributes of the actor as being a dentist, and fail to appreciate the circumstances of the message being delivered within the context of a commercial. As such, they will likely perceive the actor as being more expert than he/she actually is.

REFERENCES: 10.2 Forming Impressions of Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 222. ​Explain what aversive racism is and how it operates.

ANSWER: Aversive racism is a subtle form of racism in which European Americans feel aversive emotions around African Americans, almost unconsciously. These aversive emotions may lead them to discriminate.

Individuals experiencing aversive racism may well claim to want to treat others equally regardless of race, but their discomfort around others of another race may lead them to shorten interactions or avoid interaction with African Americans. These behaviors may then lead to discrimination. For example, if a person conducting a job interview gives the African American candidate less time to answer or less time for the interview as a whole, the job may go to the European American candidate simply because the interviewer was uncomfortable interviewing an African American.​ REFERENCES: 10.3 Prejudice: Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 223. ​For the last year, Sabina has seen the same man everyday on her subway ride to work. Lately, she finds herself attracted to him. What is most likely to explain Sabina’s attraction? a. ​similarity b. ​his physical attractiveness c. ​the mere exposure effect d. ​an in-group bias

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

224. ​Name three main factors involved in determining attraction to others.

ANSWER: ​The more proximity, or geographic closeness, we have to someone in our daily lives, the more exposure we have to them, and the more we tend to like them. When choosing a romantic partner, we tend to gravitate to people who are of similar age, socioeconomic status, education, intelligence, race, religion, attitudes, power, and physical attractiveness. When it comes to choosing potential partners, physical attractiveness seems to be important to both men and women, but men seem to place particular emphasis on how attractive their potential romantic partners are.

REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 225. Zenda despairs about ever finding a significant other in her life. She confides her state of mind to you. From a scientific point of view, is there any advice you might give Zenda?​ ANSWER: ​It is important for Zenda to continue to circulate socially, as merely being exposed to others can help.

We also tend to be liked by people who are in our proximity. We are prone to like those who are similar to us in age, education, attitudes, religion, and physical attractiveness, so choosing to be in places where she can encounter people who are more like her will increase her chances of meeting someone.

REFERENCES: 10.4 Being Drawn to Others: The Nature of Attraction KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 226. ​Describe the research of Solomon Asch and the reasons why we conform to the behavior of others.

ANSWER: ​During the 1950s, Asch conducted a series of classic experiments on conformity and the factors that make us more or less likely to conform in a given situation. Asch (1951) had male participants engage in a perceptual task with eight other men. The participants were unaware that the eight other men in the experiment were confederates, or actors posing as participants. Each participant, along with the eight confederates, was shown a series of lines and asked to match the length of a test line to one of three other comparison lines. ​ Asch found that 74% of his participants conformed at least once during the experiment. Apparently, many people can be easily made to conform. Only 26% of the participants consistently stood by their convictions and refused to conform. Asch also found that as the majority group (the number of confederates who choose the wrong line) increased, so did the participants’ tendency to conform.

However, Asch found that maximum conformity was reached in the participants when only three confederates were present.

REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 227. ​Chandler is concerned about the possibility that his organization might be vulnerable to making poor, even risky, decisions. From your understanding of the social force of groupthink, what are some steps Chandler could take?

ANSWER: ​There are several things that Chandler can do to lessen the chance of groupthink occurring. One is to allow information to flow from outside the group and not to let the group become isolated. Outside solutions need to be considered. He can also allow for dissension and disagreements to be broached within the group, “rocking the boat” is to be encouraged as a means to a better end. By allowing all ideas to be challenged (especially the leader’s), groupthink is less likely. Lastly, allow enough time to process problem-solving and keep the stress level down for the group so they can thoroughly consider various perspectives and solutions.

REFERENCES: 10.5 Group Influence KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 228. Describe the difference between the foot-in the-door and the door-in-the-face techniques, and provide an example of

each.

ANSWER:

​ oot-in-the-door compliance refers to increasing compliance by first asking people to give in to a small request, w F then paves the way for compliance with a second, larger request. ​ Door-in-the-face compliance refers to increasing compliance by first asking people to give in to a very large reque then, after they refuse, asking them to give in to a smaller request. ​ Examples will vary.

REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 229. ​Describe the research of Stanley Milgram and the factors that influenced the high rate of obedience he observed.

ANSWER: ​In the 1960s, Milgram set out to discover just how likely the average person is to engage in destructive obedience. Milgram ran an ad in a New Haven, Connecticut, newspaper that solicited participants for an experiment that would investigate the role of punishment in learning. In actuality, the experiment would measure the participants’ willingness to obey an order to administer a very painful electric shock to another person. The participants weren’t told this until after the experiment was over. As far as the participants knew, they were participating in a study on learning, not obedience. ​ In all, 40 men participated in Milgram’s first study (Milgram, 1963). These men ranged from 20 to 50 years of age, and they represented a variety of professions, including teachers, engineers, and postal clerks. All of the men were paid $4.50 (approximately $30 in today’s money) for their participation before the experiment began. When they arrived at the lab, the participants were told that they would be playing the role of a teacher in the experiment. As the teacher, their job would be to administer electric shocks, using an apparatus that delivered shocks ranging from 15 volts to 450 volts, to a participant playing the role of the learner. The learner was supposed to learn a list of words, and the teachers were told that the purpose of the experiment was to see whether the shocks would improve the learner’s rate of learning. In actuality, the learner was a confederate, an actor who only pretended to be shocked, but the participants did not know this until after the experiment ended. ​ The results of Milgram’s study were nothing short of shocking. A full 65% of the teachers continued to shock the learner all the way up to the 450-volt mark. Despite believing the learner to be ill or worse, most of the teachers continued to follow the experimenter’s orders. Even Stanley Milgram was surprised by his findings.

REFERENCES: 10.6 Requests and Demands: Compliance and Obedience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 230. Describe the factors that psychologists have studied as causes of human aggression.​ ANSWER: ​Research on the relationship between aggression and testosterone has yielded a somewhat confusing picture. Sometimes higher levels of testosterone are associated with higher levels of aggression in animals (Müller, Moe, & Groothuis, 2013; Wagner, Beuving, & Hutchinson, 1980), but sometimes they are not (Eaton & Resko, 1974). Like- wise, human studies sometimes show a correlation between high testosterone levels and aggression (Dabbs & Morris, 1990; Sánchez- Martín et al., 2011; Van Goozen, Frijda, & de Poll, 1994), but sometimes they fail to find a clear relationship (Coccaro et al., 2007). Even if the correlation between testosterone and aggressive behavior were more consistent in the literature, it would still be difficult to determine the actual cause(s) of aggressive behavior. Recall that correlation does not imply causation. ​ Research has suggested that another chemical, serotonin (see Chapter 2), may also play a role in regulation of aggressive behavior (for a review, see Duke et al., 2013; Libersat & Pflueger, 2004).

Researchers measured levels of the neurotransmitter serotonin in the bloodstream of three groups of

people: survivors of suicide attempts, people institutionalized since childhood for aggressive behavior, and a normal control group (Marazzitti et al., 1993). They found that the suicide survivors and the aggressive patients had lower levels of serotonin than those in the normal control group. ​ Another connection between biology and aggression comes from research into the backgrounds of incarcerated criminals. During the 1980s and 1990s, psychiatrist Dorothy Otnow Lewis interviewed more than 100 murderers in an attempt to discover whether they had experienced abuse as children (Lewis, 1992). During these interviews, Lewis discovered that an overwhelming majority of these murderers had suffered extreme abuse during childhood. In particular, many had suffered severe head injuries as a result of the abuse, which led Lewis and her colleagues to hypothesize that the murderers’ aggressive tendencies may have resulted from brain damage (Lewis et al., 2004). More recent research seems to reinforce Lewis’s notions. ​ One model of aggression, the cognitive neoassociation theory, proposes that cues present during an aggressive event can become associated in memory with the thoughts and emotions experienced during that event (Anderson & Bushman, 2002; Berkowitz, 1990). For example, if you see many instances (real or televised) in which people use guns to shoot and hurt those who have humiliated them, you may begin to associate concepts from these events in your memory. You may begin to associate guns with anger, hurt, fear, and humiliation; or you may begin to associate conflict with shooting. Because these concepts become tightly linked in memory, activation of one of them can prime other related concepts and cause them to become active. ​ One key factor in aggression appears to be frustration. According to the frustration-aggression hypothesis (Dollard et al., 1939), when we become frustrated, we activate a motive to harm other people or objects. These motives are likely to be directed at those people or objects that we perceive to be the source of our frustration.

REFERENCES: 10.7 Aggression: Hurting Others KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 231. Describe the five steps of helping as proposed by John Darley and Bibb Latané.​ ANSWER: ​Soon after Kitty Genovese’s murder and the uproar that followed, researchers Bibb Latané and John Darley (1969) set out to determine which factors influence whether we help others in need. They found that apathy or lack of concern is not the reason that people fail to help in situations like the Genovese murder. They also discovered that deciding whether to help someone is not necessarily a single decision, nor is it a simple decision to make. You must first notice that something out of the ordinary is occurring.

Second, you must correctly interpret the situation as one that requires your aid. It is very possible that some of those who heard Kitty Genovese’s cries did not realize that they were anything other than the normal sounds of a New York City street at night. Third, you must feel that you have a responsibility to intervene in the situation. Some of the 38 witnesses may have believed that someone else was coming to Kitty’s aid. Fourth, you must decide how to help the person in distress. If you don’t know what to do, you cannot offer help to someone in need. Finally, you must implement your helping strategy, and actually help the person in need.

REFERENCES: 10.8 Choosing to Help Others: Prosocial Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Chapter_11_Personality

1. ​Personality is ____. a. ​a manner of acting characterized by uniqueness and appeal

b. ​a collection of characteristics that defines how a person behaves in different situations c. ​the part of a person that is exhibited only when in the presence of others

d. ​the unpredictable actions of individuals that are typical of most people at least some of the time ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. ​According to Freud, the ____ is protected by defense mechanisms. a. ​subconscious b. ​superego c. ​id

d. ​ego ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. ​Before reading this question you probably were not thinking of the events surrounding your last birthday. If you can now remember your last birthday, Freud would most likely say that its memories existed in your ____. a. ​anteconscious b. ​conscious c. ​preconscious d. ​unconscious

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 4. ​In psychoanalytic theory, preconscious is to ____ awareness, as unconscious is to ____ awareness. a. ​current; past b. ​imperfect; perfect c. ​deep; superficial

d. ​potential; lack of ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 5. ​Freud believed that a person’s ____ always influences behavior.

a. ​unconscious b. ​past

c. ​childhood

d. ​genetic background ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 6. ​A sexually promiscuous teenage girl may not realize that her motivations stem from conflicting emotions surrounding growing up without a father. Freud would most likely say that her motivations are arising from her ____. a. ​unconscious b. ​interdependent self c. ​sense of cognitive dissonance d. ​preconscious

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 7. ​According to Freud, which part of a person’s personality is the largest? a. ​conscious b. ​id

c. ​unconscious d. ​ego

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. ​Freud believed that personality is a product of ____. a. ​the environment

b. ​the interaction between conscious and unconscious forces c. ​high level logical and reasoned thinking d. ​the Oedipal complex

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. ​In Freud’s iceberg analogy, the tip of the iceberg represents a person’s ____. a. ​conscious mind b. ​id

c. ​unconscious mind d. ​superego

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. ​Kelly was sexually abused as a child but has no memory of the event. According to Freud, Kelly’s memory of the abuse probably resides in her ____. a. ​conscious mind b. ​unconscious c. ​preconscious d. ​ego

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 11. ​Which sequence correctly represents the developmental order for the three components of personality according to Freud? a. ​ego, id, superego b. ​id, superego, ego c. ​superego, ego, id

d. ​id, ego, superego ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 12. ​Your newborn niece’s personality consists of ____. a. ​ego, superego, and id b. ​only an ego and id c. ​only an ego d. ​only an id

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 13. ​Freud emphasized that human drives are ____. a. ​similar to animals b. ​similar to machines

c. ​different from animals because of our ability to think rationally

d. ​different from machines because of our ability to experience emotion ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 14. ​The ego is to ____, as the id is to ____. a. ​pleasure; reality b. ​reality; pleasure

c. ​angelic; devilish d. ​devilish; angelic

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 15. ​An adult who cannot resist an impulse to gamble all of his money is responding to the energy of his ____. a. ​id b. ​superego

c. ​preconscious d. ​ego

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 16. According to Freud, a child’s ego begins to develop ____.​ a. ​at birth b. ​in response to an awareness of “right” and “wrong” c. ​at the same time as the superego

d. ​when it becomes necessary to deal with reality ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 17. ​The ego operates according to ____. a. ​inherited archetypes b. ​the reality principle

c. ​the Oedipal complex

d. ​the pleasure principle ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. ​A young child begins to wait patiently for his favorite food while his father prepares it, rather than crying uncontrollably until he gets what he wants. Freud would say the child has now developed his ____. a. ​ego b. ​id c. ​superego

d. ​conscience ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 19. ​Daniel hits his sister when he is mad at her. According to Freud, Daniel’s aggression is an impulse stemming from his ____. a. ​id b. ​ego c. ​superego

d. ​reality principle ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 20. ​The job of the ego is to ____. a. ​satisfy the demands of the id only

b. ​satisfy the demands of the superego only

c. ​satisfy the demands of both the id and the superego

d. ​eliminate the demands of both the id and the superego ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 21. ​The principle that drives the instincts of the id is the ____ principle. a. ​repression b. ​reality

c. ​Oedipal

d. ​pleasure ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

22. ​The superego is ____. a. ​your rational, logical self b. ​your moral conscience

c. ​motivated to seek pleasure

d. ​controlled by instinctual energy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. ​Rosalinda wants a new Bratz doll, but she has no money. The thought of stealing the doll crosses Rosalinda’s mind, but she decides not to steal because stealing is wrong. According to Freud, Rosalinda’s decision not to steal is most influenced by the ____. a. ​id b. ​ego c. ​superego d. ​Eros

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 24. ​When an adult has an unhealthy personality, ____. a. ​her ego has become overwhelmed by the id or the superego b. ​her ego has become overly strong

c. ​she has not been using her defense mechanisms

d. ​all of her unconscious conflicts have become conscious ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 25. ​A Freudian slip is ____. a. ​an error that Freud made in his theory of personality b. ​a type of defense mechanism used to avoid anxiety

c. ​an unconscious id impulse that is expressed before the ego can control it d. ​the desire to have an intimate relationship with the opposite-sex parent

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

26. ​When Wendy kisses James, she says, “I love you, Bill.” Followers of Freud would say that this is ____. a. ​sublimation b. ​a reality principle c. ​rationalization

d. ​a Freudian slip ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 27. ​A difference between a Freudian slip and a defense mechanism is that ____. a. ​defense mechanisms are intentionally implemented by the ego b. ​defense mechanisms are implemented by the superego

c. ​a Freudian slip is intentionally implemented by the ego d. ​a Freudian slip is implemented by the superego

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 28. ​Defense mechanisms are used ____. a. ​only by those who are mentally ill b. ​by everyone on a regular basis c. ​primarily by adults

d. ​primarily by children ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. ​Freud’s psychosexual stages reflect ____. a. ​the development of social skills necessary for emotional health b. ​changes in the use of defense mechanisms as one gets older

c. ​natural shifts of pleasure from one part of the body to another

d. ​an unfolding of biological archetypes for healthy development ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. ​Which sequence correctly represents the order of Freud’s psychosexual stages?

a. ​phallic, latency, oral, anal, genital b. ​anal, genital, oral, latency, phallic

c. ​oral, anal, phallic, latency, genital d. ​latent, oral, genital, phallic, anal

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. ​Freud’s phallic stage occurs from ____ years of age. a. ​1 to 3 b. ​3 to 6

c. ​6 to 11

d. ​11 to 14 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. ​The Oedipal complex and the Electra complex occur in the ____ stage of psychosexual development. a. ​genital b. ​phallic c. ​latent d. ​anal

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. ​The Electra complex refers to a young ____. a. ​boy’s desire to bond with his mother b. ​girl’s desire to bond with her father

c. ​boy’s desire to bond with his father

d. ​girl’s desire to bond with her mother ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. ​Freud’s latency stage most differs from the other stages in that the latency stage does not involve ____. a. ​erogenous zones b. ​defense mechanisms

c. ​the Oedipal complex d. ​psychic energy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 35. ​When a young boy experiences the Oedipal complex, he resolves it by ____. a. ​identifying with his father b. ​sublimating his energy into a new hobby c. ​repressing his intimacy needs

d. ​developing an attraction toward girls his own age ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 36. ​The phallic stage and the genital stage are similar in that they both ____. a. ​become repressed as one gets older

b. ​involve conscious desires to have an intimate relationship with the opposite-sex parent c. ​involve the genitals as the primary erogenous zone d. ​were added to Freud’s stages by neo-Freudians

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 37. ​In which psychosexual stage would Freud predict that same-sex friendships would be the most predominant? a. ​anal b. ​phallic

c. ​latency d. ​genital

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. ​A person whose oral needs were not met as a child would develop a(n) ____. a. ​Oedipal complex b. ​alternate personality c. ​reaction formation d. ​oral fixation

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. ​Anal-retentiveness is an example of a ____. a. ​reaction formation b. ​Freudian slip c. ​fixation

d. ​transference ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. ​According to Freud, behaviors such as smoking, chewing gum, and biting one’s fingernails probably can be traced back to unmet needs during which psychosexual stage? a. ​genital b. ​phallic c. ​oral

d. ​anal ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 41. ​Who among the following is a neo-Freudian? a. ​Carl Jung b. ​Abraham Maslow c. ​Carl Rogers

d. ​B.F. Skinner ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. ​Neo-Freudians ____. a. ​placed less emphasis on sex and aggression b. ​rejected the concept of the unconscious

c. ​placed less emphasis on the activities of the ego d. ​rejected the concept of internal motivation ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 43. ​What do Karen Horney, Carl Jung, and Alfred Adler all have in common? a. ​They all emphasized the idea of a collective unconscious. b. ​They all disagreed with Freud’s idea of operant conditioning.

c. ​They all disagreed with Freud’s emphasis on instinctual sexual drives.

d. ​They all emphasized the importance of birth order in personality development.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. ​While Freud emphasized ____ motivation, Jung emphasized ____ motivation. a. ​social; biological b. ​sexual; spiritual

c. ​learned; unlearned d. ​normal; abnormal

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 45. ​Vladimer witnessed an armed robbery and now has no memory of the event. According to Jung, Vladimer’s memory of the event resides in his ____. a. ​unconscious b. ​collective unconscious c. ​conscious

d. ​personal unconscious ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 46. ​For Carl Jung, an archetype is a(n) ____. a. ​dream symbol relating to male genitalia

b. ​element of personality that strives for self-fulfillment and pleasure c. ​innate desire to fulfill one’s natural potential

d. ​mental representation that predisposes people to respond to the world in predictable ways ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

47. ​Your psychology teacher believes that the unconscious includes archetypes, which are universally inherited predispositions to respond to the world in a certain way. Your teacher’s views are most similar to those of ____. a. ​Carl Rogers b. ​Carl Jung c. ​Alfred Adler

d. ​Karen Horney ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 48. ​For Carl Jung, the persona and shadow are ____. a. ​external forces that shape our personality development

b. ​elements of ourselves that we either show or hide from the world c. ​defense mechanisms related to projection

d. ​part of Freudian theory that Jung rejected as unimportant ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. ​In Jung’s theory, persona is to ____, as shadow is to ____. a. ​visible; hidden b. ​good; bad

c. ​personal unconscious; collective unconscious d. ​inferiority complex; superiority complex

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 50. ​Freud’s concept of the ego would be most similar to which Jungian archetype? a. ​the persona b. ​the shadow c. ​the anima

d. ​the animus ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 51. ​Alfred Adler emphasized the idea of ____.

a. ​birth order

b. ​archetypes

c. ​aggression

d. ​basic anxiety ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. ​Alfred Adler’s beliefs that birth order is an important factor in personality development have ____. a. ​been supported by many studies b. ​been supported in studies on males, but not in studies of females c. ​been supported in studies on females, but not in studies of males d. ​not been supported by research

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. ​Tomas has never felt very good about his accomplishments and typically will focus on any mistake he has made as a way of proving that he is not worthy. According to Adler, Tomas ____. a. ​had difficulty resolving the trust vs. mistrust stage b. ​is suffering from basic anxiety c. ​has developed an inferiority complex

d. ​has not yet developed a personal unconscious ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 54. ​Carl Jung is to ____,as Karen Horney is to ____. a. ​inferiority; the shadow b. ​id psychology; Oedipal conflict c. ​animus; ego psychology

d. ​archetypes; basic anxiety ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 55. ​Karen Horney believed that ____. a. ​biology and instincts are primary factors in personality development

b. ​the Oedipal complex contributes significantly to superego development

c. ​culture, family, and early relationships can affect basic anxiety levels

d. ​we each inherit universal images and ideas from the earliest development of the human psyche ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 56. ​Pedro has been arguing with his spouse lately, and this arguing has begun to cause Pedro serious problems in his marital relationship. Karen Horney would most likely say that Pedro’s argumentative behavior stems from his ____. a. ​basic inferiority b. ​basic need for power c. ​basic anxiety

d. ​drive toward self-actualization ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 57. ​Bruce is a ruthless lawyer who will stop at nothing to win a case and thereby achieve more recognition and power from his peers. According to Horney, Bruce’s behavior is due to ____. a. ​the development of mistrust in infancy b. ​the shadow archetype c. ​basic anxiety

d. ​an inferiority complex ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 58. ​Which of the following is regarded as one of Freud’s valuable contributions to psychology? a. ​the idea that adult behavior is influenced by childhood experiences b. ​his rigorous use of the scientific method

c. ​his emphasis on developing objective measures of his constructs

d. ​the idea that personality is associated with specific regions of the brain ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. ​Which of the following best describes Freud’s effect on modern thought? a. ​Freud was one of the most influential thinkers of the 20th century. b. ​Freud’s theories have contributed nothing to psychology.

c. ​Freud’s theories about the unconscious explain more of human behavior than any other theory currently in use.

d. ​Because Freud developed his theories while under the influence of cocaine, they are more helpful in explaining the intoxicated mind than normal mental processes.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. ​Freud’s theory of personality is difficult to support, yet also difficult to disprove. This is ____. a. ​considered to be a strength of his theory b. ​considered to be a weakness of his theory

c. ​not considered to be a weakness or a strength of his theory

d. ​no longer correct, as new technology has allowed more sophisticated testing of his theory ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 61. ​Sofia is giving a lecture in which she discusses Freud’s sources of information for his theory of personality. She is most likely to argue that Freud’s ____. a. ​experiments were very carefully and tediously conducted b. ​experiments were not tightly controlled c. ​case studies reflected a biased sample of individuals

d. ​use of naturalistic observation reflected an over reliance on that method ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 62. ​Why is Freud’s theory of personality difficult to disprove? a. ​Freud’s theory is so well constructed that it is difficult to find substantial flaws within it.

b. ​It is so widely accepted that few scientists are willing to attempt any research that would disprove the theory.

c. ​The research to disprove the theory would require such large investments of time and money that the research would be impractical. d. ​The major concepts of Freud’s theory are based on the unconscious and are therefore difficult to measure.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 63. ​Which of the following is considered a valid criticism of Freud’s theories? a. ​Because his theories were based primarily on case study and self-analysis, his observations may not have been objective.​

b. ​Freud’s emphasis on spiritual and religious concepts ultimately gave his ideas a narrow perspective.

c. ​An overemphasis on environmental and social factors led Freud to underemphasize sexual and aggressive instincts. d. ​Many of Freud’s ideas reflect a bias toward female superiority.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. ​Freud called the holding place for easily acceptable memories the____. a. ​anteconscious b. ​preconscious

c. ​working conscious d. ​supraconscious

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. ​The id operates according to the ____. a. ​pleasure principle b. ​reality principle

c. ​thanatos instinct d. ​Electra complex

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. ​Were it to speak, your id would most likely say ____. a. ​I’m not sure that’s a good idea. b. ​Who cares? I want it now.

c. ​You probably should not do that. d. ​Which choice is better?

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 67. ​Were it to speak, your superego would most likely say ____. a. ​It is wrong to do that. b. ​I really want that chocolate. c. ​I wish I knew what to do.

d. ​Are you sure that is a good choice?

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 68. ​Freud viewed personality as ____. a. ​predetermined based on genetics b. ​set in stone c. ​dynamic d. ​static

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. ​According to Freud, the oral stage lasts from birth to ____ of age. a. ​12 months b. ​18 months c. ​2 years d. ​3 years ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. ​Which theorist is associated with the idea of the collective unconscious? a. ​Adler b. ​Jung

c. ​Horney

d. ​Anna Freud ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 71. ​As used by Horney, basic anxiety refers to ____. a. ​fear of death​ b. ​children’s feelings of helplessness c. ​fear that the id will run wild

d. ​fear that the self is omnipotent ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

72. ​According to Adler, feelings of inferiority motivate us towards ____. a. ​anxiety b. ​seeking easy pleasure

c. ​interpersonal closeness d. ​achievement

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 73. ​If your psychology teacher subscribes more to trait theory than to other personality theories, she is likely to believe that personality ____. a. ​is a product of social and environmental situations b. ​is largely shaped by personal choice and free will c. ​has a strong biological basis d. ​reflects unconscious forces

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 74. ​Whereas Freud focused on the scientific goal of ____, trait theorists focus on the goal of ____. a. ​prediction; control b. ​explanation; description c. ​control; explanation

d. ​observation; prediction ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 75. ​Which statement would be most agreeable to a trait theorist? a. ​The focus in studying personality should be to find the characteristics that all people share. b. ​People tend to behave differently depending upon the situation they are in. c. ​A healthy personality is defined by a strong ego.

d. ​Personality characteristics tend to remain relatively stable as we age.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

76. ​Who among the following would be considered a trait theorist? a. ​B.F. Skinner b. ​Hans Eysenck c. ​Karen Horney d. ​Alfred Adler

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 77. ​Jet is extremely outgoing to the point that he almost never stays in for an evening--and he does not just go hang out with friends at the coffee shop. He is constantly doing things like skydiving, bungee jumping, and rappelling. If he is with friends, he is usually at the parties that are huge and involve lots of drugs and alcohol. He loves to go out dancing and drinking. Jet is probably a(n) ____. a. ​psychopath b. ​opportunist c. ​sensation seeker d. ​introvert

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 78. ​Sensation seekers tend to experience low levels of ____. a. ​norepinephrine b. ​dopamine c. ​MAO

d. ​serotonin ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 79. ​According to Gordon Allport, if a person is very assertive in most situations, assertiveness would be considered a ____ of that person. a. ​secondary trait b. ​primary trait c. ​central trait d. ​self-trait

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

80. ​For Gordon Allport, central traits are ____, whereas cardinal traits are ____. a. ​expressed across most situations; expressed across all situations b. ​expressed across all situations; expressed across most situations c. ​observed most often by others; perceived most often by the self

d. ​perceived most often by the self; observed most often by others ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 81. ​Although Scott is not generally a sociable person, he can be, when he is with people that he knows quite well. Gordon Allport would consider Scott’s sociability to be a ____. a. ​central trait b. ​secondary trait c. ​primary trait​ d. ​cardinal trait

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 82. ​Angie arrives late for most of her appointments. Only rarely is she on time for anything. Gordon Allport would consider this element of her personality to be a ____. a. ​secondary trait b. ​cardinal trait c. ​central trait

d. ​primary trait ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 83. ​Shaina is described by her friends as confident, friendly, and assertive. According to Allport, confident, friendly, and assertive would represent Shaina’s _____ traits. a. ​central b. ​secondary c. ​cardinal

d. ​universal ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

84. ​Which one of Gordon Allport’s three types of traits has received the least amount of scientific support? a. ​cardinal traits b. ​central traits

c. ​primary traits

d. ​secondary traits ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 85. ​Gordon Allport believed that there are three types of personality traits: ____. a. ​source, primary, and secondary b. ​surface, internal, and tertiary

c. ​central, secondary, and cardinal d. ​self, external, and social

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 86. ​Gordon Allport’s secondary traits highlight what is known as the ____. a. ​self-other orientation b. ​introversion/extraversion dimension c. ​person-situation interaction d. ​five factor trait theory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 87. ​Tom and Maria are both outgoing in varying degrees. Tom can easily strike up a conversation with anyone. Maria is more likely to be outgoing with her friends. According to Cattell, if everyone has some degree of outgoingness in them like Tom and Maria, this would be considered a ____ trait. a. ​central b. ​secondary c. ​cardinal d. ​source

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 88. ​Raymond Cattell determined that there were 16 basic traits that could describe differences in personality. He called

these ____ traits. a. ​source b. ​cardinal c. ​primary

d. ​secondary ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. ​A researcher wanting to determine the common personality traits that can be used to describe all people would most likely use ____. a. ​case studies b. ​factor analysis c. ​experiments

d. ​naturalistic observations ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 90. ​Using Raymond Cattell’s terminology, we should expect that ____. a. ​cardinal traits do not really exist b. ​central traits define most people

c. ​surface traits are more numerous than source traits

d. ​the five factor personality traits describe most people ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 91. ​What did personality researchers Raymond Cattell and Hans Eysenck have in common? They both used ____ to determine the important personality traits. a. ​experiments b. ​case studies c. ​naturalistic observations d. ​factor analysis

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 92. ​Hans Eysenck’s originally proposed two personality factors called ____.

a. ​sociability/isolation and anxious/calm b. ​aggressive/passive and loud/soft

c. ​feminine/masculine and stable/unstable

d. ​introversion/extraversion and emotional stability/neuroticism ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 93. ​Which of the following describes the two personality factors originally developed by Hans Eysenck? a. ​how much flexibility is exhibited and how much comfort is felt when in the presence of others b. ​the level of activity and the degree of social conformity

c. ​where a person’s energy is focused and how much control is exerted over emotions d. ​where a person looks for a sense of self and the degree of self-acceptance

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 94. ​Hans Eysenck believed that ____. a. ​introverts have inherited a higher than average level of physical arousal b. ​personality traits such as introversion are learned from the environment

c. ​introversion is one of 10 different personality traits that can be used to describe people d. ​introverts have a healthier personality than extraverts

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 95. ​In later research, Hans Eysenck developed a third dimension of personality that he labeled ____. a. ​neuroticism b. ​introversion

c. ​psychoticism

d. ​emotional stability ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. ​Yaritza is very shy. She avoids crowds and does not socialize much. According to Eysenck, Yaritza is high in ____. a. ​extraversion b. ​introversion

c. ​neuroticism

d. ​psychoticism ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 97. ​Being the life-of-the-party would be most consistent with having the trait of ____. a. ​psychoticism b. ​sensation seeking c. ​extraversion d. ​neuroticism

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 98. ​Hans is a moody, nervous, and irritable person. Eysenck would label Hans as ____. a. ​extraverted b. ​high in emotional stability c. ​high in neuroticism

d. ​having a difficult temperament ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 99. ​The most widely accepted trait theory is ____. a. ​the Five Factor theory b. ​Hans Eysenck’s two-factor theory

c. ​Raymond Cattell’s sixteen-factor theory d. ​Gordon Allport’s central trait theory

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 100. ​What does the five factor trait theory have in common with Hans Eysenck’s two-factor trait theory? a. ​They both reflect a belief that traits are primarily learned from the environment.

b. ​They are both based on the idea that the healthiest personality is one that is sociable, open, and flexible. c. ​They were both developed through case studies of clinical patients. d. ​They both include extraversion and neuroticism dimensions.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 101. ​Which of the following represents the core traits in the five factor trait theory? a. ​flexibility, competency, mood, internal integrity, sociability b. ​extraversion, neuroticism, openness, agreeableness, conscientiousness c. ​thinking, feeling, judging, sensing, perceiving

d. ​creativity, adaptability, irritability, compatibility, congeniality ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 102. ​Which of the following is one of the core traits in the five factor trait theory? a. ​judgmental b. ​creativity

c. ​extraversion

d. ​competitiveness ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 103. ​Tai Pen is reliable, hardworking, and punctual. Tai Pen would score high on which dimension of the five factor trait theory? a. ​agreeableness b. ​openness c. ​conscientiousness d. ​neuroticism

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 104. ​Human personality appears to be the product of ____. a. ​an unknown factor that researchers have been unable to identify b. ​many genes and multiple environmental events

c. ​genes involved in the production of serotonin and dopamine d. ​family upbringing and culture ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 105. ​The trait approach to personality assumes that traits are ____. a. ​inherited and remain stable over time b. ​inherited and change over time

c. ​learned and remain stable over time d. ​learned and change over time

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 106. ​When examining nature’s contribution to personality, twin studies have ____. a. ​been inconclusive

b. ​shown more similarities between the personalities of identical twins than between the personalities of fraternal twins c. ​yielded different results than adoption studies d. ​shown that identical twins reared in separate environments usually have very different personalities

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 107. ​Adopted children tend to have personalities that are more similar to their ____. a. ​biological parents than to their adoptive parents b. ​adopted siblings than to their biological siblings c. ​adoptive parents than to their biological parents d. ​peers than to their biological parents

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 108. ​Katrina was adopted as a newborn and has never had any contact with her biological parents. It would be expected that her personality is most similar to the personalities of her ____. a. ​adoptive siblings b. ​adoptive parents c. ​biological parents d. ​peers

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

109. ​Research has studied the relationship between serotonin transporter gene and ____. a. ​novelty seeking b. ​anxiety-related personality traits c. ​conscientiousness d. ​sensation seeking

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 110. ​Novelty seeking has been studied in association with ____. a. ​serotonin transporter gene b. ​dopamine receptor gene c. ​high glucose levels

d. ​low testosterone levels ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 111. ​Research on the stability of personality traits has shown that ____. a. ​most traits are remarkably stable across the lifespan b. ​some traits remain fairly stable over the course of adulthood c. ​traits are generally more stable for females than for males

d. ​traits show more stability through adolescence than they do in adulthood ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 112. ​Cross-cultural studies on personality traits have shown that ____. a. ​the five factor personality traits really only apply to the U.S.

b. ​the five factor personality traits really only apply to the western world

c. ​everyone in the world can be adequately described in terms of how they vary along three basic trait dimensions d. ​in spite of language and cultural differences, some personality traits appear to be universal ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

113. ​Taken together, all the research regarding the stability of personality traits across the lifespan seems to suggest that traits ____. a. ​definitely do change for most people across the lifespan b. ​definitely do change for most women, but most men exhibit relatively stable personalities across the lifespan c. ​definitely do not change much across the lifespan for most people

d. ​are both stable and show change across the lifespan, depending upon gender, culture, society and learning experiences ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 114. ​Which individual would you expect to have the most stable personality – that is, a person who shows consistent behavior over time? a. ​a 5-year-old b. ​a 10-year-old c. ​a 15-year old d. ​a 30-year old ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 115. ​During the course of adulthood, which personality change is most likely to occur? a. ​People become less cautious as they approach later adulthood. b. ​People become less agreeable throughout early and middle adulthood. c. ​People become more androgynous as they age. d. ​People become more extraverted as they age.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 116. ​Constantino is a young teenager in high school. Which personality change is Constantino most likely to undergo over the next ten years? a. ​He will constantly change his values and beliefs. b. ​He will become more agreeable and emotionally stable. c. ​He will become more ill-tempered.

d. ​He will not change at all over the next ten years.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

117. ​Research on age changes in the five factor traits suggest that as you age in adulthood, you can expect that you will become more ____ and less____. a. ​extraverted; intelligent b. ​open to experience; agreeable c. ​conscientious; open to experience d. ​neurotic; conscientious

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 118. ​In the person-situation interaction, ____. a. ​a person exhibits the same personality traits regardless of the situation b. ​a person exhibits certain personality traits in specific situations

c. ​the situation is the sole factor that determines what behavior is exhibited

d. ​the person’s personality is the sole factor that determines what behavior is exhibited ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 119. ​Which of the following is considered a weakness of trait theory? a. ​It oversimplifies human variability in describing all people on the basis of a small number of dimensions. b. ​It has not contributed any kind of practical or benefit to the study of personality. c. ​It has not generated any additional theories or questions to research.

d. ​It does not provide psychologists with a common framework or language to study personality.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 120. ​If you were to compare the personality traits of all females with the personality traits of all males, you would expect to find more variation ____. a. ​within females than within males b. ​within males than within female c. ​between the two genders than within each gender. d. ​within each gender than between the two genders

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 121. ​Which of the following is true of trait theory?

a. ​It does not adequately explain why we behave a certain way. b. ​It lacks reliable measurement methods.

c. ​It places too much emphasis on the influence of situations. d. ​It neglects the description goal of psychology.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 122. ​A major contribution of trait perspective to personality theory is that it has ____. a. ​provided a thorough explanation for why we behave as we do b. ​helped us understand how situations interact with personality traits

c. ​provided a common language and framework to describe people’s personalities d. ​generated some very useful techniques for changing unhealthy personalities

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 123. ​A major contribution of the trait view of personality is the development of ____. a. ​therapeutic approaches to help those with personality disorders b. ​tests to assess individual personality

c. ​a comprehensive explanation for the origins of personality

d. ​a better understanding of the situational forces affecting personality ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 124. ​An individual who is high in introversion might be expected to be ____. a. ​excitable b. ​lively

c. ​outgoing

d. ​controlled ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 125. ​An individual who is high in extraversion might be expected to be ____. a. ​controlled b. ​reliable

c. ​rigid

d. ​lively ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 126. ​What statistical method did Cattell use to identify traits? a. ​regression analysis b. ​meta-analysis

c. ​factor analysis

d. ​analysis of covariance ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 127. ​Research examining brain region responses to high arousal stimuli shows that individuals high in sensation-seeking tend to show more activation in brain regions associated with ____. a. ​self-monitoring b. ​reward c. ​emotion

d. ​attention ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 128. ​In Eysenck’s PEN model, psychoticism includes tendencies towards ____. a. ​moodiness b. ​dominance

c. ​manipulativeness d. ​anxiousness

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 129. ​In Eysenck’s PEN model, neuroticism includes tendencies towards ____. a. ​impulsivity b. ​moodiness c. ​hostility

d. ​assertiveness

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 130. ​In Eysenck’s PEN model, extraversion includes tendencies towards ____. a. ​lack of reflection b. ​being tough-minded c. ​feeling guilty

d. ​being assertiveness ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 131. ​According to the reward-processing model, the brains of extraverts are more sensitive to ____ functioning. a. ​serotonin b. ​acetylcholine

c. ​norepinephrine d. ​dopamine

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 132. ​Costa and McCrae are associated with ____. a. ​OCEAN b. ​PEN

c. ​three levels of traits d. ​36 traits

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 133. ​As they age, people tend to become ____. a. ​less agreeable b. ​less conscientious

c. ​more emotionally stable

d. ​more open to experience ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

134. ​The idea that people’s personalities result from the way they perceive environmental events is most consistent with what perspective of personality? a. ​psychoanalytic theory b. ​trait theory c. ​social cognitive theory d. ​humanistic theory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 135. ​Luis believes that personality arises from the characteristic ways that a person perceives and interprets events in the environment. Luis’ view is most consistent with the ____ view of personality. a. ​psychoanalytic b. ​trait c. ​social cognitive d. ​humanistic

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 136. ​Albert Bandura’s concept of reciprocal determinism is part of which theory of personality? a. ​trait theory b. ​social cognitive theory c. ​psychoanalytic theory d. ​humanistic theory

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 137. ​Julian Rotter’s concept of locus of control is part of which theory of personality? a. ​humanistic theory b. ​psychoanalytic theory

c. ​social cognitive theory d. ​trait theory

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

138. ​Albert Bandura is to ____ as Julian Rotter is to ____. a. ​unconditional positive regard; actualizing tendency b. ​factor analysis; case study research c. ​trait view; social cognitive view

d. ​reciprocal determinism; locus of control ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 139. ​What three elements constantly interact with each other in Albert Bandura’s concept of reciprocal determinism? a. ​environment, behavior, thoughts b. ​genes, environment, people c. ​thoughts, emotions, actions

d. ​the ideal, the reality, the perceived ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 140. ​Which personality perspective most focuses on how the environment influences our behavior? a. ​trait b. ​psychoanalytic c. ​humanistic

d. ​social cognitive ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 141. ​If you believe that your teachers and their demands are causing you to be very tense, you should remember that you chose to take and remain in your classes. This interaction between you and your environment is described by Albert Bandura’s concept of ____. a. ​locus of control b. ​self-presentation c. ​cognitive dissonance

d. ​reciprocal determinism ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

142. ​Your friend has a high sense of self-efficacy in math class. That means that your friend ____. a. ​feels superior to others in the class b. ​has a false sense of his abilities in math

c. ​has high expectations for success in math

d. ​senses that the teacher appreciates her math skills ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 143. ​Self-efficacy, reciprocal determinism, and locus of control are all part of which view of personality? a. ​the psychoanalytic view b. ​the humanistic view c. ​the trait view

d. ​the social cognitive view ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 144. ​If you have a low degree of self-efficacy in your psychology class, it will most likely ____. a. ​increase the likelihood that you will succeed b. ​decrease the likelihood that you will succeed c. ​succeed

d. ​not succeed ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 145. ​Locus of control is to ____, as self-efficacy is to ____.​ a. ​Julian Rotter; Albert Bandura b. ​social cognitive view; humanistic view c. ​internal; external

d. ​unconscious; conscious ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 146. ​Having a high sense of self-efficacy would be most consistent with which of the following? a. ​high self-monitoring

b. ​low self-monitoring

c. ​external locus of control d. ​internal locus of control

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 147. ​Julian Rotter’s locus of control theory is most similar to ____. a. ​Albert Bandura’s self-efficacy theory b. ​Carl Roger’s client-centered theory c. ​Freud’s psychosexual theory

d. ​Abraham Maslow’s hierarchy of needs theory ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 148. ​Julian works hard to succeed in his business because he believes that he can determine whether or not he succeeds.

Julian could be described as having a(n) ____. a. ​self-effacing bias b. ​internal locus of control c. ​low self-efficacy

d. ​external locus of control ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 149. ​The two dimensions of locus of control described in the textbook are ____. a. ​self and other b. ​high and low

c. ​internal and external

d. ​universal and specific ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 150. ​Tyrell is a go-getter. He sets a goal and then he does everything he can to attain that goal. He believes that his hard work will eventually pay off, such that he will be able to accomplish just about any goal he sets for himself. Tyrell is most likely high in ____. a. ​self-efficacy

b. ​external locus of control c. ​self-actualization d. ​a need for power

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 151. ​Stella believes that the events of her life are determined largely by a supreme being. Rotter would say that Stella has a(n) ____. a. ​well-developed superego b. ​internal locus of control c. ​external locus of control d. ​reciprocal determinism

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 152. ​Ziyi believes that she cannot master Spanish. She avoids doing her Spanish homework and does not study for Spanish tests since she believes she will not do well. According to Bandura, Ziyi is most likely low in ____. a. ​reciprocal determinism b. ​self-efficacy c. ​external locus of control d. ​extraversion

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 153. ​Will believes that he can control his weight through regular exercise and good eating habits. Rotter would say that Will has ____. a. ​high determinism b. ​low self-efficacy c. ​an internal locus of control

d. ​an external locus of control ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 154. ​One contribution of the social cognitive view to our understanding of personality is its emphasis on ____. a. ​the emotional factors involved in personality

b. ​the development of personality

c. ​on concepts that are easily researched scientifically d. ​on therapeutic techniques to change personality

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 155. ​Which of the following represents a valid criticism of the social cognitive view of personality? a. ​It is too objective and logical. b. ​It has not stimulated much research on the environmental factors involved in personality. c. ​It does not have much practical application to every day behaviors.

d. ​It underemphasizes biological, emotional, and unconscious factors in personality.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 156. ​The social cognitive view of personality is criticized for ____. a. ​not detailing the exact nature of personality development b. ​focusing too much on internal elements of personality

c. ​not providing hypotheses and theories that are easily testable

d. ​not contributing anything to our understanding of how thinking influences behavior ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 157. ​Humanistic psychology originally viewed itself as the third force in psychology. What were the first two? a. ​structuralism and functionalism b. ​cognitive psychology and psychoanalytic psychology c. ​psychoanalytic psychology and behaviorism

d. ​biological psychology and cognitive psychology ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 158. ​Humanistic psychology originally viewed itself as the ____ force in psychology. a. ​first b. ​second c. ​third

d. ​fourth ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 159. ​The humanistic view of personality emphasizes ____. a. ​conscious thinking and expectations b. ​biological traits

c. ​individual choices

d. ​unconscious mental conflicts ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 160. ​Abraham believes that personality arises from personal choices and that people have a natural drive to fulfill their potential. Abraham’s view is most consistent with the ____ view of personality. a. ​social cognitive b. ​humanistic c. ​psychodynamic d. ​trait

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 161. ​The humanistic view of personality differs from the social cognitive view of personality in that the humanistic view ____. a. ​has a broad use of the experimental research method b. ​emphasizes matters related to the self c. ​has a pessimistic view of human nature d. ​focuses on unconscious mental events

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 162. ​The humanistic view of personality assumes that the ultimate goal of individuals is ____. a. ​self-efficacy b. self-actualization c. ​an internal locus of control d. ​ego defense

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 163. ​At the top of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs is the need for ____. a. ​self-actualization b. ​unconditional positive regard c. ​locus of control d. ​self-efficacy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 164. ​Which of the following represents the correct order of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs from the lowest level need to the highest level need? a. ​self-actualization, aesthetic, cognitive, self-esteem, belongingness, safety, physiological b. ​safety, physiological, self-esteem, belongingness, aesthetic, self-actualization, cognitive c. ​belongingness, self-esteem, safety, self-actualization, cognitive, aesthetic, physiological d. ​physiological, safety, belongingness, self-esteem, cognitive, aesthetic, self-actualization ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 165. ​A basic assumption of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs is that ____. a. ​most people are not capable of attaining their highest need

b. ​psychological needs are less important than physiological needs

c. ​one cannot satisfy self-esteem needs unless social needs are satisfied

d. ​social factors outside of our control are the primary influence on our personalities ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 166. ​Abela gives in to peer pressure often. She does not want to go against the group for fear that she will become an outcast. Maslow would say that Abela is trying to satisfy her ____ needs. a. ​safety b. ​belongingness c. ​physiological d. ​esteem

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 167. ​At Leslie’s ten-year high school reunion, she and her classmates were all concerned about who had the best jobs and were comparing their salaries. Maslow would say that Leslie and her classmates are trying to satisfy ____ needs. a. ​safety b. ​belongingness c. ​physiological d. ​esteem

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 168. ​According to Abraham Maslow, a person who is fulfilling all of her potential as a person has achieved ____. a. ​self-actualization b. ​ego-stabilization

c. ​an internal locus of control d. ​self-efficacy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 169. ​According to Abraham Maslow, if you have had difficulty in achieving a sense of esteem, you will also have difficulty achieving ____. a. ​a sense of belonging b. ​a sense of security c. ​self-actualization

d. ​basic physiological needs ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 170. ​Maslow’s hierarchy of needs theory has been criticized for ____. a. ​not explaining why some people deprive themselves of basic needs in favor of higher needs b. ​being too complex and attempting to explain too much of individual variability c. ​not including some other very important needs

d. ​creating a model that relies too heavily on unconscious processes ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 171. ​Rachel is writing a paper on the limitations of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs. Which of the following is most likely to be the focus of her paper? a. ​The theory overemphasizes the effect of factors beyond human control. b. ​The theory is inappropriately based on common individuals and circumstances and not on extraordinary ones. c. ​The hierarchy is based on a Western model of thinking.

d. ​The hierarchy does not help us understand why some people will appear to leave lower needs unsatisfied while fulfilling higher level needs.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 172. ​Maslow estimated that only ____ of individuals operate from self-actualization needs. a. ​1% b. ​5%

c. ​10% d. ​20% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 173. ​____ believed that personality is greatly influenced by individual and personal choices centering around the self. a. ​Sigmund Freud b. ​Carl Rogers

c. ​Julian Rotter

d. ​Gordon Allport ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 174. ​Carl Rogers is to ____, as Abraham Maslow is to ____.​ a. ​social cognitive; humanistic b. ​unconditional positive regard; hierarchy of needs c. ​free will; externally controlled d. ​environmental; psychological

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

175. ​Carl Rogers believed that the actualizing tendency is ____. a. ​set at birth b. ​learned in early childhood c. ​learned in adolescence d. ​learned in adulthood

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 176. ​According to Carl Rogers, the actualizing tendency evolves into the ____. a. ​persona b. ​ego

c. ​superiority complex d. ​self-concept

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 177. ​As an infant, Angela knows that she likes to be snuggled tightly and to see interesting things. According to Rogers, these things that she likes form the basis for her future self-concept through the ____. a. ​filter of the persona b. ​organismic valuing process c. ​self-efficacy process d. ​reality principle

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 178. ​According to Carl Rogers, infants are born with a natural tendency to value themselves based on internal standards.

This is called the ____. a. ​organismic valuing process b. ​self-confirmation system c. ​ego defense mechanism

d. ​principle of self-preservation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

179. ​Salvadore sees himself as a good husband, a great dad, and a dedicated employee. Salvadore’s image of himself is called his ____. a. ​self-concept b. ​actualizing tendency c. ​locus of control​ d. ​positive regard

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 180. ​The organismic valuing process can be seriously damaged by ____. a. ​unconditional positive regard b. ​authoritative parenting

c. ​conditional positive regard d. ​the actualizing tendency

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 181. ​According to Carl Rogers, as a person is exposed to important others such as parents, teachers, and peers, the person ____. a. ​begins to move predictably through the hierarchy of needs b. ​often begins to value within him or herself the things that these other people value c. ​no longer needs to value him or herself, because others fulfill that need d. ​will shift from an external to an internal locus of control

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 182. ​Jamie’s parents try to help her feel that she is worthy of their love and acceptance no matter what she would ever do.

Her parents could best be described as giving ____. a. ​unconditional positive regard b. ​self-actualization c. ​spontaneous reactions

d. ​organismic transversal ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

183. ​As an individual matures, her self-concept becomes ____. a. ​simpler b. ​more detailed

c. ​less organized d. ​more general

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 184. ​Eduardo loves Sue regardless of the things she does. According to humanists, Eduardo is exhibiting ____. a. ​unconditional positive regard b. ​conditional positive regard c. ​external locus of control d. ​low self-efficacy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 185. ​According to Rogers, which individual would be most likely to show the best psychological adjustment? a. ​someone with a strongly developed superego b. ​someone with high self-efficacy

c. ​someone who was raised with unconditional positive regard d. ​someone who was raised with conditional positive regard

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 186. ​A person who is conditionally loved ____. a. ​will usually develop into a healthy individual

b. ​will definitely develop a mental health disorder c. ​may develop a mental health disorder d. ​will likely be a high achiever

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 187. ​The fact that people sometimes kill others, pollute the environment, and abuse their own bodies is most difficult for which theory of personality to explain?

a. ​psychoanalytic theory​ b. ​humanistic theory

c. ​social cognitive theory d. ​trait theory

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 188. ​Rudy is giving a lecture on the strengths and weaknesses of the humanistic view of personality. Which of the following is he most likely to mention? a. ​The humanistic view has been incorporated into many different types of therapy. b. ​The humanistic view does a good job of explaining both the “good” side and the “bad” side of human behavior. c. ​The humanistic view is based on solid scientific research.

d. ​The humanistic view reflects an Eastern world view, and therefore has less applicability in the Western world.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 189. ​Humanistic personality theory has been criticized for ____. a. ​not having any practical application to everyday life

b. ​overemphasizing experimental studies and neglecting individual case studies c. ​having a naïve and optimistic view of behavior

d. ​focusing on the environmental causes of personality disorders ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 190. ​Humanistic theory has been praised for ____. a. ​having a very scientific approach

b. ​recognizing the animalistic tendencies in humans

c. ​developing concepts that are easily measured and observed d. ​encouraging people to become aware of themselves

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 191. ​Twenge’s research shows that ____ has increased in samples of college students over the past few decades. a. ​narcissism

b. ​honesty

c. ​social anxiety d. ​happiness

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 192. ​If a researcher gives a personality test to several individuals and then gives them the same tests a few weeks later, she is most likely testing the ____ of the personality tests. a. ​reliability b. ​congruency c. ​validity

d. ​standardization ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 193. ​Evan takes a personality test and it reveals that he is extraverted. Evan takes the same personality test six months later and it reveals that he is introverted. This personality test has ____. a. ​high validity b. ​low distinctiveness​ c. ​high reliability d. ​low reliability

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 194. ​Two criteria to determine the suitability of personality tests are ____. a. ​variance and significance b. ​reliability and validity

c. ​congruence and systematic d. ​conceptual and practical

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 195. ​If a researcher gives a personality test to several individuals and compares their resulting personality profiles with actual observations of the individuals’ behavior, she is undoubtedly testing the ____ of the personality tests. a. ​reliability

b. ​congruency c. ​validity

d. ​standardization ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 196. ​A personality test that consists of true/false statements about personality characteristics is most likely a ____. a. ​personality inventory b. ​rating scale

c. ​projective test

d. ​clinical interview ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. ​The MMPI-2 is a ____. a. ​rating scale b. ​personality inventory c. ​clinical interview d. ​projective test

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 198. ​Jagmeet is a trait theorist who has been asked to suggest a method for testing personality. If Jagmeet relies upon his theoretical background, he is most likely to suggest a ____. a. ​projective test b. ​behavioral rating scale c. ​clinical interview

d. ​personality inventory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 199. ​A 567-item true/false self-report test that compares individual responses to samples of others who are either “normal” or known to have a mental health disorder is the ____. a. ​Rorschach inkblot test b. ​Thematic Apperception Test

c. ​MMPI-2

d. ​Myers-Briggs Test ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 200. ​The MMPI-2 is most closely aligned with which personality perspective? a. ​the trait perspective b. ​the psychoanalytic perspective

c. ​the social cognitive perspective d. ​the humanistic perspective

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 201. ​If you wanted to find out if someone was being honest when they took the California Psychological Inventory, you would look at the person’s ____. a. ​MMPI-2 score b. ​score on the validity scale c. ​interpretation of the inkblot d. ​nonverbal behavior

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 202. ​The MMPI-2 is to ____, as the Rorschach Inkblot Test is to____. a. ​rating scale; clinical interview b. ​projective test; rating scale

c. ​clinical interview; personality inventory d. ​personality inventory; projective test

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 203. ​A personality assessment tool that requires individuals to look at ambiguous pictures and describe what they see is a ____. a. ​personality inventory b. ​rating scale c. ​clinical interview

d. ​projective test ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 204. ​The Rorschach Inkblot Test is most likely to be used by a ____. a. ​psychoanalytic theorist b. ​humanistic theorist

c. ​social cognitive theorist d. ​trait theorist

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 205. ​Which test is most similar to the Rorschach Inkblot Test? a. ​the Myers-Briggs Test b. ​the Thematic Apperception Test c. ​the CPI

d. ​the MMPI-2 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 206. ​The Thematic Apperception Test is most closely aligned with which personality perspective? a. ​the trait perspective b. ​the psychoanalytic perspective

c. ​the social cognitive perspective d. ​the humanistic perspective

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. ​Which personality assessments would Freud most likely administer to his clients? a. ​the MMPI-2 b. ​the Rorschach Inkblot

c. ​a self-concept rating scale

d. ​the Myers-Briggs Personality Inventory ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 208. ​Amelia is taking a personality test in which she is shown a series of images and asked to tell a story about the images. The clinician then codes Amelia’s responses for any consistent themes, emotions, or issues. Amelia is most likely taking the ____. a. ​MMPI-2 b. ​Rorschach Inkblot test c. ​Thematic Apperception Test d. ​self-concept rating scale

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 209. ​MOD: Self-distortion of self-report measures is greatest when ____ complete the instrument. a. ​clinicians b. ​clients

c. ​partners

d. ​teachers ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 210. ​A personality assessment tool that is used by all clinical psychologists is the ____. a. ​projective test b. ​rating scale

c. ​clinical interview

d. ​personality inventory ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 211. ​What do humanists and social cognitive theorists have in common when it comes to testing personality? a. ​They both often use rating scales. b. ​They both often use projective tests.

c. ​They both often use personality inventories. d. ​They both often use draw-a-person tests.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

212. ​Which assessment are most clients likely to undergo during their first visit to a clinical psychologist, regardless of the clinician’s theoretical orientation? a. ​a self-concept rating scale b. ​the Myers-Briggs Personality Inventory c. ​the Rorschach inkblots

d. ​the Myers-Briggs Personality Inventory ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 213. ​Jared and Joshua are both clinical psychologists, but Jared’s views have more of a psychoanalytic basis and Joshua’s views have more of a trait basis. Which method of personality testing are they most likely to share? a. ​the clinical interview b. ​the project test c. ​the behavioral rating scale d. ​the personality inventory

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 214. ​The ____ was developed to measure positive traits such as sociability, independence, and responsibility in healthy individuals. a. ​Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory b. ​California Psychological Inventory c. ​Rorschach Inkblot Test

d. ​Thematic Apperception Test ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 215. ​Projective tests are developed based on ____. a. ​psychoanalytic theory b. ​trait theory

c. ​social cognitive theory d. ​humanistic theory

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

216. ​Describe each component of the structure of personality according to Freud and how they interact with each other.

ANSWER: ​ The id is the unconscious part of the personality that seeks pleasure and gratification and operates on the basis of the pleasure principle (the urge to feel good and maximize gratification). ​ The ego is the conscious part of the personality that attempts to meet the demands of the id in a socially appropriate way using the reality principle. ​ The superego is the part of the personality that represents your moral conscience. Defense mechanisms are used to protect the ego by reducing the anxiety it feels when faced with the conflicting demands of the id and the superego REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 217. ​Describe the major strengths and weaknesses of Freud’s view of personality.

ANSWER: Freud’s contributions to psychology have been immense (Erwin, 2002). He is regarded as one of the most influential thinkers of the 20th century (Gedo, 2002). His presence is still felt among the general public through literature, arts, and the movies. His theory on dreams stimulated much research on the nature of sleep. Freud’s basic notion of the unconscious influencing our behavior also has merit.

Research in the area of cognitive neuro- science does support unconscious cognition—thought processes that occur outside conscious awareness that potentially influence judgments and behavior. ​ Furthermore, Freud was one of the first to see the importance of early development in later adult behavior (Gedo, 2002). In the early 1900s, children were seen as mini-adults. People did not believe as strongly as we do now that how infants and children are treated influences their adult behavior. Although we know that infancy and childhood experiences do not determine adult behavior, as Freud asserted, his emphasis on the importance of these early years was a critical departure from accepted beliefs at that time. Through his psychosexual stages, Freud placed much emphasis on explaining the developmental nature of personality, probably more so than any other theorist. His views on sexuality and the impact of culture on sexuality continue to influence research (Hartmann, 2009; Person, 2005). ​ Freud’s perspective has been criticized on several counts, however. First, many believe that Freud placed too much emphasis on sexual and aggressive instincts. His perspective shines very little light on environmental and social conditions that may affect personality functioning. We have just noted how many neo-Freudians diverged from Freud on this point, creating alternate views of the ego and personality that take our interactions with others into account (Horgan, 1996). His ideas and themes have also been attacked for their focus on male development and their perpetuation of the idea of male superiority (Person, 1990). Much more problematic are Freud’s methods of data collection and the fact that his theories cannot be readily tested experimentally (Crews, 1996). His theories are based almost entirely on case study research and his own self-analysis. His observations may not have been objective, and his case studies involved patients who were diagnosed with nervous disorders.

REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. ​Describe how Karen Horney differed from Freud’s original psychoanalytic views.

ANSWER: ​Karen Horney argued that culture plays a larger role in personality development than does biology and suggested that family environments and disturbances in early relationships lead to basic anxiety in children. Children cope with this basic anxiety by pursuing love, power, prestige, or detachment.

REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

219. ​How does the structure of the personality emerge, according to Freud?

ANSWER: Freud posited three structural aspects of the personality: the id, the ego, and the superego. The id is present at birth and operates on the personality principle. As the individual matures beyond infancy, he or she is increasingly faced with the reality that this approach will be ineffective. As this occurs, the ego emerges to help satisfy the demands of the id in the face of reality. The ego operates on the reality principle and uses a variety of defense mechanisms to manage the demands of the id. As the person continues to grow and mature, parents and other authority figures convey values and standards of behavior that gradually become the basis for the emergence of the superego. The superego operates on the morality principle and serves as the basis for our moral conscience.

REFERENCES: 11.1 The Psychoanalytic Approach: Sigmund Freud and the Neo-Freudians KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 220. ​Explain the difference between cardinal, central, and secondary traits.

ANSWER: Central traits: According to Allport, the tendencies we have to behave in a certain way across most situations ​ Secondary traits: According to Allport, the tendencies we have that are less consistent and describe how we behave in certain situations ​ Cardinal traits: According to Allport, those dominant elements of our personalities that drive all of our behaviors REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 221. ​Name the five factors in the five factor view of traits and give a brief definition of each.

ANSWER: 1. Openness: The degree to which one is thoughtful and rational in considering new ideas. People who score high in openness tend to be imaginative, creative, and curious and to prefer variety; those who score low in openness prefer routine and are more narrow-minded in their ideas and experiences.

2. Conscientiousness: The degree to which one is aware of and attentive to other people, to the details of a task, or to both. People who are high in conscientiousness tend to be hardworking, ambitious, reliable, and self-con- trolled, whereas individuals low on this dimension are more often described as unreliable, lazy, and spontaneous.

3. Extraversion: The degree to which one’s energy is directed inward or outward. People high in extraversion are talkative and sociable and prefer to be around others. At the other end of the continuum are people low in extraversion (introverts), who are quiet, reserved, and more comfortable on their own.

4. Agreeableness: The degree to which one gets along well with others. Being easygoing and trusting are traits characteristic of one high in agreeable- ness. At the other end of the spectrum are people who are unfriendly, antagonistic, and suspicious (low agreeableness) 5. Neuroticism: the degree to which one is emotionally stable or unstable. People high in neuroticism are temperamental, worrisome, and pessimistic. People who score low on this factor tend to be more even-tempered and calm.

REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 222. ​Why might Professor Tranchon decide to use the five factor theory as the best measure of personality for her new multicultural research project?

​ The five factor theory measures traits along a series of dimensions which have shown good reliability across cultures. Older men and women in the studied cultures tend to show the same changes in dimensions, suggesting universality among some personality traits. Given that these societies demonstrate considerable differences in language and culture, the research suggests that the personality dimensions reflected in the five factor theory might be applicable cross-culturally. Thus, such a robust assessment instrument may well suit Professor Tranchon’s research goals.

REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand ANSWER:

223. ​Gelasia gives a rousing show at the comedy club which includes improvisations, impressions, and magic tricks. The crowd is enthralled and gives her a standing ovation. Later, Carla and Sean go back stage to meet the star. They are surprised to find in person that Gelasia is rather shy and a person of few words. How would Mischel’s concept of a person-situation interaction account for Gelasia’s “dual personality”?

ANSWER: The person-situation interaction suggests that traits can change as circumstances do. In fact, when people are too fixed in their responses regardless of the situation, problems can ensue in the absence of trait flexibility. Carla and Sean committed an error when they assessed Gelasia’s personality as being an extravert, life-of-the-party type of person, and paid scant attention to the powerful situational factors that were at work as the magician performed in front of an audience. Gelasia may have shown some traits as a performer that off-stage were not in evidence.​ REFERENCES: 11.2 The Trait Approach: Consistency and Stability in Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 224. ​Explain the concept of reciprocal determinism.

ANSWER: ​Albert Bandura speculates that personality is the product of three interacting forces: environment, behavior, and thoughts. Bandura called the constant interaction among these three factors reciprocal determinism. We choose to place ourselves in certain environments, and these environments then influence our behavior and the way we think. However, the way we think—our attributions, goals, values, and perceptions—may guide which environments we choose to be in as well as the behavior we exhibit. Our behavior, in turn, may change the environment as well as the way we think. All three variables influence each other in a reciprocal manner.

REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 225. ​Explain the difference between an internal and external locus of control.

ANSWER: Some people attribute the outcome of an event to internal forces, such as hard work. If you expect to do well on an exam because you studied hard, you are exhibiting an internal locus of control. As an “internal,” you are attributing the outcome of the event to factors within your control. However, other people attribute the outcome of an event to external forces, such as good luck, fate, or environ- mental factors. If you believe you will do well on the exam because the course or test is easy or because the professor likes you, these expectations demonstrate an external locus of control.​ REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 226. ​Lilith and Rhys both score lower than they expected on the anthropology mid-term exam. Lilith has an external locus of control, while Rhys’ locus of control is internal. Explain how Lilith and Rhys might understand their respective exam results.

ANSWER: ​Lilith might be more likely to attribute her lower exam score to the test being too difficult, the teacher not covering all the material, or the room being too cold for her to concentrate on exam day. Rhys on the other hand, may think he did not spend enough time studying or studied the wrong things, or that he

needs to listen more closely in class to understand the material, or to avail himself of the instructor’s office hours.

REFERENCES: 11.3 The Social Cognitive Approach: The Environment and Patterns of Thought KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 227. ​How does the organismic valuing process feed into one’s self-concept?

ANSWER: ​Underlying Rogers’s actualizing tendency (a striving for fulfillment and enhancement) is an organismic valuing process. Experiences that maintain or enhance the person are valued, and therefore are preferred and liked. Experiences that do not maintain or enhance the person are not valued, and therefore are rejected.

REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 228. ​What is the difference between conditional and unconditional positive regard?

ANSWER: What determines the degree to which we “listen” to, or incorporate, these parental and societal norms and standards? For Rogers, it is the degree of unconditional positive regard, or acceptance and love with no strings attached, that we receive from others. Our good points as well as bad points are accepted.

People accept us and love us for who we are. ​ On the other hand, if a child experiences primarily conditional positive regard during these years, he or she is more likely to develop a self-concept that is based on how others see him or her and disregard the inner guiding voice in his or her behavior. Such people think, act, or behave in a certain way in hope of ensuring the continued love and acceptance of others. They believe that if they don’t meet certain selfimposed expectations, their parents will not love them anymore. These perceptions, whether accurate or not, impede our ability to fulfill our potential, according to Rogers. In such situations, healthy development of the personality is hindered, and psychological discomfort may occur REFERENCES: 11.4 The Humanistic Approach: Free Will and Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 229. ​Compare the purpose and use of the MMPI-2 and the Rorschach Inkblot test.

ANSWER: The purpose of the MMPI-2 is to identify problem areas of functioning in an individual’s personality. It is organized into 10 groups of items, called clinical scales. These scales measure patterns of responses or traits associated with specific mental health disorders such as depression, paranoia, and schizophrenia. A person’s response patterns are reviewed to see whether they resemble the pattern of responses from groups of people who have these disorders. Interpreting the MMPI-2 involves comparing the test taker’s responses to those of the “norming” population. ​ The purpose of projective tests like the Rorschach is similar to that of personality inventories.

Psychologists want to pinpoint healthy and unhealthy areas of functioning in the individual being tested.

However, unlike personality inventories, projective tests are derived from the psychoanalytic perspective; the images and stories described are thought to reflect underlying unconscious urges and desires. Because projective tests are more subject to the interpretation of the clinician than are personality inventories, coding systems have been devised to decrease variation in interpretation and increase their reliability in measuring personality. Projective tests are most useful for identifying themes in a person’s life or for delineating an individual’s problem-solving style.

REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 230. ​Why might clinical psychologists from varying personality perspectives (psychoanalytic, trait, social cognitive, and humanistic) all utilize the clinical interview? What is a weakness of this most common assessment technique?

ANSWER:

​ he clinical interview provides a flexible format which can be fitted to any of the personality theories a T clinician might employ to help better understand the person with whom they are working. However, the clinical interview is also biased by the theoretical framework and personal background each clinician brings to the interview process, which can reduce the reliability and validity of the clinical interview.

REFERENCES: 11.5 Scientifically Measuring Personality KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

1. ​Stress is any ____. a. ​psychological event that causes a negative psychological reaction b. ​biological event that causes a negative biological reaction c. ​stimulus or event that causes a negative reaction

d. ​stimulus or event that we respond to because we perceive it as threatening or challenging ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. ​Which event is the most stressful, according to Holmes and Rahe’s scale? a. ​marital reconciliation b. ​change to a different line of work

c. ​change in responsibilities at work d. ​marriage

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. ​Holmes and Rahe’s Social Readjustment Rating Scale ____. a. ​is used to make a diagnosis of mental illness b. ​provides a measure of personality characteristics c. ​measures the impact of major life events

d. ​suggests ways of dealing with social problems ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. ​Those who score high on Holmes and Rahe’s Social Readjustment Rating Scale ____. a. ​are prone to physical illness b. ​tend to be high-achievers c. ​are likely to be female d. ​earn a high income

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. ​Research on Holmes and Rahe’s Social Readjustment Rating Scale suggests that ____. a. ​major life events that are unscheduled are no more stressful than major life events that are scheduled

b. ​simply adding up the number of major life changes in a specific time period is the best way to measure stress c. ​major life events that are involuntary are less stressful than major life events that are voluntary d. ​positive life events can be just as stressful as negative life events ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. ​Life events that are voluntary, scheduled, and desirable, are ____. a. ​more stressful than life events that are involuntary, unscheduled, and undesirable b. ​just as stressful as life events that are involuntary, unscheduled, and undesirable

c. ​more stressful than life events that are involuntary and undesirable, but scheduled d. ​less stressful than life events that are involuntary, unscheduled, and undesirable ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. ​A college student taking the Holmes and Rahe Social Readjustment Rating Scale would ____. a. ​see that graduation from college is rated more stressful than getting married b. ​generally score higher than someone else who is not a college student c. ​find many items that pertain specifically to being a college student

d. ​not find many items that pertain specifically to being a college student ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. ​Research on stress among college students suggests that students who are highly stressed have a grade point average that is likely to be ____. a. ​unaffected, compared to others not experiencing stress b. ​lower than those who are not stressed c. ​higher than those who are not stressed

d. ​unaffected for males, but lower for females ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. ​When catastrophic events result in a person making very positive changes in his or her life, then we say that person has engaged in ____. a. ​catastrophic positivity b. ​trauma syndrome

c. ​benefit-finding

d. ​the fight-or-flight reaction ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. ​People who experience catastrophes tend to ____. a. ​experience depression or anxiety

b. ​be incapable of remembering their traumatic experiences

c. ​develop psychotic reactions in response to the catastrophe

d. ​adjust better than those who experience less sudden trauma ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. ​For most people, ____ will be their greatest source of stress. a. ​daily hassles b. ​conflicts

c. ​catastrophes

d. ​major life events ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. ​Research on daily hassles indicates that they ____. a. ​do not create a significant amount of stress b. ​can create a significant amount of stress

c. ​create more stress than conflicts but less stress than catastrophes

d. ​create more stress than major life events but less stress than conflicts ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. ​Daily hassles are a specific type of ____. a. ​conflict b. ​catastrophe

c. ​discrimination d. ​stressor

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. ​Women are more likely than men to report stress about ____. a. ​technology b. ​health concerns c. ​noise exposure d. ​traffic

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. ​Hispanics are more likely to report ____ as daily hassles than European or African-Americans. a. ​economic matters b. ​problems with aging parents c. ​feeling lonely

d. ​invasion of personal privacy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. ​The stress of adapting to a new culture is called ____. a. ​a daily hassle b. ​acculturative stress

c. ​post-traumatic stress syndrome

d. ​post-traumatic growth syndrome.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. ​According to research, which group reports the highest stress levels with regard to daily hassles? a. those with high educational levels b. ​African Americans c. ​elderly Americans

d. those with higher income levels ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

18. ​Health psychologists define conflict as ____. a. ​having to choose between two or more options

b. ​the irritations and frustrations that we face every day c. ​emotion laden interactions between two enemies d. ​unexpected traumatic events

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. ​Which conflict is least likely to result in inaction by the person facing the conflict? a. ​approach-avoidance b. ​avoidance-approach c. ​approach-approach

d. ​avoidance-avoidance ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. ​Which type of conflict is the easiest to resolve and perceived as the least stressful? a. ​avoidance-avoidance b. ​avoidance-approach c. ​approach-approach

d. ​approach-avoidance ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. ​Which of the following is most clearly the opposite of an approach-approach conflict? a. ​an approach-avoidance conflict b. ​an avoidance-avoidance conflict c. ​a reproach-approach conflict d. ​a reproach-reproach conflict

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 22. ​In approach-avoidance conflicts, a person ____.

a. ​is faced with a choice that has both positive and negative consequences b. ​must choose between two undesirable events

c. ​first begins to deal with a problem and then begins to ignore it d. ​must choose between two desirable events

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. ​A typical response to an avoidance-avoidance conflict is ____. a. ​quick action b. ​indecision

c. ​perceived exhilaration d. ​anger

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. ​Research indicates that, when faces with uncontrollable stress, some lower socioeconomic status individuals may develop ____ strategies that lessen their susceptibility to disease. a. ​tend and befriend b. ​shift and persist c. ​fight or flight

d. ​fix it or forget it ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. Having a baby, getting a new job, moving, and taking a test are all similar is that they are ____ events. a. ​positive b. ​negative c. ​stressful

d. ​stabililizing ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 26. ​Holmes and Rahe’s Social Readjustment Rating Scale measures the amount of stress associated with a person’s ____. a. ​life events b. ​daily hassles

c. ​catastrophes d. ​conflicts

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 27. Holmes and Rahe’s Social Readjustment Rating Scale is most related to which concept?​ a. ​daily hassles b. ​life change units c. ​catastrophes d. ​conflicts

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 28. ​Post-traumatic stress disorder is most related to ____. a. ​major life events b. ​catastrophes

c. ​daily hassles d. ​conflicts

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 29. ​If getting a new job is perceived as challenging or threatening in some way, then this event would be considered a ____. a. ​hassle b. ​catastrophe c. ​hurdle

d. ​stressor ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 30. ​According to research evaluating Holmes’ and Rahe’s Social Readjustment Scale, which individual would be more prone to illness? a. Moises, who was suddenly laid off from his job​ b. ​Lenny, who quit his job c. ​Blain, who has decided to retire from his job

d. ​Felix, who has just accepted a new job position ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 31. ​Which event would most likely be considered a catastrophe? a. ​tornado b. ​the expected death of a family member c. ​retirement

d. ​birth of a child ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 32. ​Jeremiah survived the tornado that recently hit Joplin, Missouri. He has experienced a ____. a. ​daily hassle b. ​major life event c. ​catastrophe d. ​conflict

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 33. ​The varied responsibilities of being a mother, many of which are stressful, are a good example of what psychologists call ____. a. ​daily hassles b. ​conflagrations c. ​conflicts

d. ​catastrophes ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 34. ​Research using the Holmes and Rahe scale indicates that ____ of people whose life events put them in the “major life crisis” category experienced deteriorated health. a. ​69% b. ​79% c. ​89% d. ​99%

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 35. ​Which of the following would be an example of what psychologists call a daily hassle? a. ​losing a loved one b. ​getting fired from a job c. ​giving birth to a child

d. ​dealing with a traffic jam ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 36. ​Which of the following would be least likely to be considered a daily hassle? a. ​too many things to do b. ​serious issues with another person

c. ​enduring a stressful, but routine event d. ​misplacing or losing things

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 37. ​Rueben is sitting in traffic on a busy freeway. Reuben is experiencing a(n) ____. a. ​daily hassle b. ​catastrophe c. ​life change

d. ​major life event ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 38. ​Your friends who have more education and money are less likely than your friends who have less education and money to experience daily hassles concerning ____. a. ​aging parents b. ​illness of a family member c. ​world politics d. ​technology ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 39. ​Wendy goes shopping and finds two outfits that she really likes, but she can only afford to purchase one. What type of conflict is Wendy experiencing? a. ​avoidance-avoidance b. ​approach-approach c. ​approach-avoidance

d. ​multiple approach-avoidance ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 40. ​For most people having to choose between taking a two-hour final exam and giving a 30-minute oral presentation would be an example of an ____ conflict. a. ​approach-avoidance b. ​avoidance-avoidance c. ​avoidance-approach d. ​approach-approach

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 41. ​Daniel hates vegetables. His mother gives him the option of either having green beans or squash with dinner. What type of conflict is Daniel experiencing? a. ​approach-approach b. ​approach-avoidance c. ​avoidance-avoidance

d. ​multiple approach-avoidance ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 42. ​If your primary appraisal of a situation is that it simply does not matter to your happiness or safety, you appraise it as ____. a. ​incomplete b. ​irrelevant c. ​positive

d. ​stressful

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 43. ​The first step in experiencing stress is ____. a. ​resistance b. ​reaction

c. ​appraisal d. ​denial

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. ​Primary appraisal refers to ____. a. ​one’s biological predisposition toward stress reactions b. ​one’s most significant reaction to an event

c. ​a reaction to a stressful event that is typical of a younger person d. ​a person’s initial interpretation of an event ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. ​A threat that is appraised as ____ is one that we believe will do us some damage or injury. a. ​conflicting b. ​obstructive

c. ​challenging d. ​harmful

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. ​When a person evaluates what must be done to cope with or manage the stressor, they are engaged in ____. a. ​primary appraisal b. ​secondary appraisal

c. ​problem-focused coping d. ​emotion-focused coping

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

47. ​Hans Selye’s general adaptation syndrome describes the ____. a. ​mental illnesses associated with prolonged stress b. ​cognitive appraisal steps involved in perceiving events c. ​body’s reaction to stress

d. ​therapeutic model used to help those overwhelmed by stress ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. ​Immediately after you appraise a situation or event as stressful, ____. a. ​you use coping skills to deal with it b. ​your body changes to deal with the stressor c. ​your body begins to experience breakdown d. ​you determine what kind of conflict it is ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. ​Which is the correct sequence of stages in Selye’s general adaptation syndrome? a. ​resistance, alarm, exhaustion b. ​exhaustion, alarm, resistance c. ​alarm, exhaustion, resistance d. ​alarm, resistance, exhaustion

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. ​Which of the following is most likely to occur in the alarm stage of the general adaptation syndrome? a. ​the body’s resources begin to dwindle b. ​headaches, backaches, and insomnia

c. ​heart rate and blood pressure begin to increase d. ​immune function decreases dangerously ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. The specific biological system that is activated in the alarm reaction phase of the general adaptation syndrome is the ____.

a. ​melatonergic system

b. ​sympathetic nervous system

c. ​parasympathetic nervous system d. ​limbic system

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. ​When a person perceives a threat in the environment, the ____ is activated. a. ​somatic nervous system b. ​sympathetic nervous system c. ​limbic system

d. ​parasympathetic nervous system ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. ​Which of the following is a typical reaction of the body in response to a perceived stressor? a. ​The pituitary gland stores endorphins. b. ​The adrenal gland releases corticosteroids. c. ​Heart rate and blood pressure decrease. d. ​The liver stores sugars.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 54. ​Which of the following is most likely to be involved in the alarm stage of the body’s reaction to stress? a. ​hippocampus b. ​thyroid

c. ​adrenal glands d. ​temporal lobe

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. ​If you have been subjected to a high degree of stress and your body’s reactions are beginning to become less intense, you are in the ____ stage of the general adaptation syndrome. a. ​alarm reaction b. ​exhaustion

c. ​resistance

d. ​stress reaction ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. ​When a stressor ends while your body is in the alarm stage, the ____. a. ​parasympathetic nervous system will then become active b. ​sympathetic nervous system will then become active c. ​adrenal glands will then release corticosteroids

d. ​the pituitary gland will then release endorphins ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. ​High levels of adrenaline and corticosteroids in the body for prolonged periods of time ____. a. ​lead to increased ability to pay attention and react to stimuli b. ​promote relaxation and sleep

c. ​increase the effectiveness of the immune system

d. ​damage the heart and lessen the effectiveness of the immune system ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. ​During the exhaustion stage of the body’s reaction to stress, the body ____. a. ​continues to cope with the stressor, but its resources are dwindling b. ​is actively and successfully fighting the stressor

c. ​begins to show the negative effects of the stressor d. ​is resistant to sensations of pain

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. ​The female response to stress has been called ____. a. ​hope and despair b. ​open and shut c. ​flight or fight

d. ​tend and befriend

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. ​Immunosuppression refers to ____. a. ​amplification of the immune system during stressful times

b. ​dampening of the immune system function in response to stress c. ​experiencing the appraisal stage of stress reactions d. ​the effects of vaccination

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. ​Immunosuppression is most closely associated with which stage of the general adaptation syndrome? a. ​alarm b. ​relaxation

c. ​exhaustion d. ​resistance

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. ​Immunosuppression may occur when ____. a. ​serotonin and dopamine are released into synapses

b. ​corticosteroids and endorphins are released into the bloodstream c. ​glutamate and GABA are released into synapses

d. ​oxytocin and other peptides are released into the bloodstream ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. ​The relationship between cancer and stress is based on ____. a. ​the release of dopamine during times of stress which accelerates cell growth

b. ​altered immunity during times of stress which means less activity toward fighting cancer cells c. ​poisons released in the body in response to stress which causes abnormal cell division d. ​the toxicity of medications often used to self-treat stress and anxiety

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

64. ​Students who find that they are more susceptible to catching a cold or the flu around the time of final exams are experiencing the effects of the ____ stage. a. ​resistance b. ​sickness c. ​alarm reaction d. ​exhaustion

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 65. ​Being insulted by another person but not being upset by it would be an example of a(n) ____ primary appraisal. a. ​positive b. ​avoidance c. ​irrelevant d. ​negative

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 66. ​The female response to stress may be related to the hormone ____. a. ​somatostatin b. ​adrenocorticotropic hormone c. ​testosterone d. ​oxytocin

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 67. ​In comparison to adult females, adult males ____. a. ​are more sensitive to oxytocin when stressed

b. ​produce higher corticosteroid levels when stressed c. ​are less motivated to confront stressors d. ​are rarely negatively affected by stress

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

68. ​Which appraisal is likely to lead to the least amount of perceived stress? a. ​threat b. ​challenge c. ​harm

d. ​irrelevant ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 69. ​Binh appraises a roller coaster ride as a harmful event. If she has to ride one, it is most likely that Binh will experience ____. a. ​happiness b. ​anxiety c. ​excitement

d. ​exhilaration ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 70. ​Which appraisal is most associated with a feeling of “opportunity”? a. ​hassle b. ​threat

c. ​challenge d. ​harmful

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 71. ​The purpose of the alarm reaction phase of the general adaptation syndrome appears to be ____. a. ​biological preparation b. ​long-term coping

c. ​cognitive appraisal

d. ​memory consolidation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 72. ​Which phrase best describes the exhaustion stage of the general adaptation syndrome? a. ​wear and tear

b. ​sleep and relaxation c. ​fight or flight d. ​sink or swim

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 73. ​Which personality characteristic appears to be associated with cancer incidence? a. ​a tendency to be depressed b. ​being introspective

c. ​being results-oriented

d. ​suppressing or denying anger ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 74. ​Your psychology instructor has just announced a pop quiz. According to Selye’s general adaptation syndrome, which event will occur first? a. ​Your immune system will shut down. b. ​Your parasympathetic nervous system will be activated. c. ​Your sympathetic nervous system will be activated.

d. ​You will appraise the event as positive, negative, or neutral.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 75. By the time a person has reached the exhaustion stage in the body’s reaction to stress, the ____.​ a. ​effects of the stressor are no longer apparent b. ​body has successfully adapted to the stressor

c. ​flight or fight response has begun to exert its effects d. ​stressor has overwhelmed the body

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 76. ​If you are excited about hosting a party but your friend is extremely anxious about it, this difference is most likely due to ____. a. ​hassles b. ​conflicts

c. ​appraisals

d. ​antagonism ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 77. ​If your sister becomes upset when her best friend does not come to her birthday party, it would be safe to assume that her primary appraisal of this event was ____. a. ​irrelevant b. ​stressful c. ​positive

d. ​counterfactual ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 78. ​Antonio, who has recently been widowed, is experiencing a greater number of sicknesses in association with the stress of losing his spouse. This is most likely due to ____. a. ​a secondary reaction b. ​neurological rebound c. ​immunosuppression d. ​flight or fight

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 79. ​Walter interprets an event as stressful. Walter has engaged in ____. a. ​resistance b. ​exhaustion

c. ​the primacy process d. ​primary appraisal

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 80. ​For some students, taking a test is perceived as ____, because it represents an opportunity to show mastery of the material and perhaps learn a few more things from the test itself. a. ​irrelevant b. ​challenging

c. ​harmful

d. ​threatening ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 81. ​Dory is an avid hiker and is looking forward to her vacation in the mountains. It is most likely that Dory’s vacation will be appraised as ____. a. ​threatening b. ​irrelevant c. ​challenging d. ​harmful

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 82. ​Miguel is a cowboy who loves to tame horses. When a wild horse is delivered to Miguel’s ranch one day, it is likely that Miguel’s appraisal of this event will lead to feelings of ____. a. ​excitement b. ​anxiety c. ​fear

d. ​anger ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 83. ​When you hear your teacher talk about the body’s “flight or fight” response, you should know that she is referring to the ____. a. ​release of testosterone b. ​cognitive strategy of dissociation c. ​effect of long-term exposure to stress d. ​sympathetic nervous system activity ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 84. ​Rohini was scared by a big dog as she was walking home from the bus stop. Now, Rohini has calmed down.

According to Selye’s general adaptation syndrome which event promotes her calming down? a. ​Rohini’s body entering the resistance stage

b. ​Rohini’s body releasing corticosteroids

c. ​Rohini’s parasympathetic nervous system being activated d. ​Rohini’s sympathetic nervous system being activated ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 85. ​Rick’s mother died eight months ago. For the past two weeks, Rick has been sick with the flu and does not seem to be improving. According to Selye, Rick is most likely in the ____. a. ​primary appraisal phase b. ​resistance phase c. ​alarm phase

d. ​exhaustion phase ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 86. ​While driving in heavy traffic, Nathan narrowly misses hitting another car. After the event, his heart rate and blood pressure increase. According to Selye, Nathan is MOST likely in which phase of the general adaptation syndrome? a. ​resistance b. ​exhaustion c. ​alarm reaction

d. ​primary appraisal ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 87. ​Whatever you do to manage a situation that you perceive as threatening is called ____. a. ​appraisal b. ​coping

c. ​focusing

d. ​stressing ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 88. ​Effective time management requires that we make a serious commitment to ____. a. ​alternating studying and working b. ​working as many hours as possible

c. ​playing and relaxing

d. ​studying, working, and playing ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. ​When you feel that you can actually do something about a situation, you will be most likely to use what type of coping strategy? a. ​defense mechanisms b. ​emotion-focused coping c. ​primary appraisal

d. ​problem-focused coping ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 90. ​Altering the way you think or feel in order to reduce stress is most likely to occur in ____. a. ​stress-focused coping b. ​problem-focused coping c. ​target-focused coping

d. ​emotion-focused coping ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 91. ​In cognitive reappraisal, coping involves ____. a. ​altering the interpretation of a stressful event

b. ​changing the environment that is causing the stress c. ​using defense mechanisms

d. ​gathering information in order to take action ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 92. ​Refusing to deal with, or even be aware of, the stress associated with something traumatic would be an example of ____. a. ​projection b. ​reaction formation c. ​repression

d. ​sublimation ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 93. ​Physical exercise has been shown to ____. a. ​reduce both the physical and emotional effects of stress b. ​not have any significant effects on stress reactions

c. ​reduce the physical effects of stress, but not the emotional effects of stress d. ​reduce the emotional effects of stress, but not the physical effects of stress ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 94. ​As an adult, dealing with stress by throwing a child-like temper tantrum would be an example of ____. a. ​sublimation b. ​displacement c. ​projection

d. ​regression ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 95. ​Which of the following is a recommended method of stress management? a. ​drinking alcohol b. ​casual sex

c. ​progressive relaxation d. ​self-harm​

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. ​Progressive relaxation training involves ____. a. ​the use of medications

b. ​alternately tensing and relaxing the muscle groups

c. ​using free weights in various amounts to exhaust one’s muscles d. ​time management skills ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 97. ​Which mechanism relies least on changing one’s thought processes in order to manage stress? a. ​guided imagery b. ​progressive relaxation c. ​meditation

d. ​optimistic attitude ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 98. ​Daily use of relaxation procedures has been shown to ____. a. ​have no effect on the physical symptoms of stress

b. ​decrease the symptoms of asthma, but not insomnia or headaches

c. ​decrease physical symptoms of stress regardless of the form of the relaxation

d. ​decrease physical symptoms of stress only if the procedures involve some form of deep breathing exercise ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 99. ​Religiousness, prayer, and spirituality have been shown to ____. a. ​cause better health when practiced regularly b. ​cause worse health when practiced regularly c. ​be associated with better health

d. ​be associated with worse health ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 100. ​According to the information presented in the textbook about optimists and pessimists, ____. a. ​optimists are generally healthier than pessimists b. ​pessimists are actually healthier than optimists

c. ​being an optimist or a pessimist has no effect on health d. ​thinking optimistically is a direct cause of good health ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

101. ​“Focusing on the half of the glass that is full is better for your health than focusing on the half that is empty.” This statement reflects an adaptive coping strategy called ____. a. ​guided imagery b. ​optimistic attitude c. ​progressive relaxation d. ​time management

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 102. ​Laughter has been shown to ____. a. ​be associated with lower perceived stress levels b. ​be a cure for cancer

c. ​have no effect on the physical effects of stress

d. ​make younger people feel better, but not older people ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 103. ​Research shows that meditating ____. a. ​decreases heart rate b. ​increases oxygen consumption c. ​increases blood pressure

d. ​decreases immune function ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 104. ​Problem-focused coping is designed to ____. a. ​control your reaction to a stressor

b. ​find the underlying reasons for the stressor’s negative effects c. ​discover the symptoms of stress

d. ​alter the environment that is causing the stress ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 105. ​Annette often accuses other college students of being immature when, in fact, Annette acts quite childish herself.

Annette is most likely engaging in the defense mechanism of ____.

a. ​reaction formation b. ​denial

c. ​projection

d. ​sublimation ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 106. ​Research shows that laughter ____. a. ​decreases deep breathing b. leads to fatigue c. ​increases blood pressure d. ​boosts immune function

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 107. ​Higher levels of loneliness, smaller social networks, or experiencing social rejection have been found to be associated with ____. a. ​enhanced immune functioning b. ​higher levels of cortisol c. ​excessive antibody response

d. ​decreased vulnerability to infection ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 108. ​Problem-focused coping is more likely to be used when the problem is perceived to be ____, whereas emotionfocused coping is more likely to be used when the problem is perceived to be ____. a. ​controllable; uncontrollable b. ​stressful; non-stressful c. ​complicated; uncomplicated d. ​tangible; intangible

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 109. ​A benefit of problem-focused coping is ____, while a cost of problem-focused coping may be ____. a. ​increased corticosteroids; immunosuppression

b. ​increased control; misdiagnosis of the problem c. ​increased efficiency; greater time

d. ​immediate benefits; long-term problems ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 110. ​The use of psychological defense mechanisms is most closely associated with ____. a. ​problem-focused coping b. ​emotion-focused coping c. ​PTSD

d. ​the fundamental attribution error ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 111. ​Physical exercise has been found to increase the body’s production of ____. a. ​MAO b. ​estrogen

c. ​oxytocin

d. ​serotonin ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 112. ​Two emotion-focused coping methods are ____. a. ​planning and reacting b. ​strategizing and attribution

c. ​cognitive reappraisal and defense mechanisms d. ​time management and reassignment strategies ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 113. ​The use of defense mechanisms is a way to ____. a. ​approach stress directly b. ​remain aware of our feelings

c. ​reinterpret the way that we perceive a stressor

d. ​keep our emotions unconscious ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 114. ​Which of the following is a disadvantage of the use of defense mechanisms? a. ​We may misdiagnose the problem. b. ​Our self-image may suffer.

c. ​We may be overwhelmed with a sense of anxiety.

d. ​We may remain unaware of the true source of our stress.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 115. ​Problem-focused coping is to ____ as emotion-focused coping is to ____. a. ​successful; unsuccessful b. ​females; males

c. ​external; internal

d. ​non-stressful; stressful ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 116. ​Nanci’s son has just been hospitalized and will be undergoing an emergency appendectomy. She begins to take deep breaths in an effort to reduce the anxiety she feels about her son’s surgery. Nanci is engaging in ____. a. ​emotion-focused coping b. ​problem-focused coping c. ​primary appraisal

d. ​secondary appraisal ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 117. ​Vincent is expecting to hear from his girlfriend when her plane arrives in Chicago. When he does not hear from her he gets angry and feels stressed. He decides to think of other reasons why she may not have called such as her plane being late. Vincent has engaged in what type of coping strategy? a. ​defense mechanisms b. ​primary appraisal c. ​cognitive reappraisal

d. ​problem-focused coping ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 118. ​Taking your anger out on something or someone other than the person that caused your anger would be an example of ____. a. ​cognitive reappraisal b. ​a defense mechanism c. ​primary appraisal

d. ​problem-focused coping ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 119. ​What do meditation and progressive muscle relaxation techniques have in common? a. ​They are both behavioral methods of stress management. b. ​They are both examples of problem-focused coping.

c. ​They both appear to reduce heart rate, respiration, and oxygen consumption. d. ​They both make use of extreme exercise prior to guided imagery.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 120. ​Encarna frequently lashes out at her younger brother when she gets yelled at by her parents. Encarna is engaging in the defense mechanism of ____. a. ​repression b. ​displacement c. ​regression

d. ​sublimation ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 121. ​After Linus was rejected from attending his first college choice, he told his friends that he would rather attend a smaller school anyway. Linus is engaging in the defense mechanism of ____. a. ​sublimation b. ​reaction formation c. ​projection

d. ​rationalization ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 122. ​Martha often cooks when she is angry at her husband. Martha is most likely engaging in the defense mechanism of ____. a. ​sublimation b. ​displacement c. ​reaction formation d. ​denial

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 123. ​Franklin is extremely homophobic. He often bashes gays as an attempt to conceal his own sexual interest in men.

Franklin is most likely engaging in the defense mechanism of ____. a. ​projection b. ​reaction formation c. ​denial

d. ​regression ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 124. ​Calisto cannot remember the specific events of several of his battles during the Iraqi war. Calisto is engaging in which defense mechanism? a. ​rationalization b. ​regression c. ​reaction formation d. ​repression

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 125. ​Paige is a young woman who wants her parents to treat her like an adult. But as soon as a problem arises in Paige’s life, she runs home and asks her parents to solve her problems. Paige is engaging in which defense mechanism? a. ​sublimation b. ​rationalization

c. ​regression d. ​projection

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 126. ​Which student is most likely to catch a virus during the final examination period? a. ​Ren, who has a low level of stress, but who is socially isolated b. ​Tammy, who has a high level of stress, but who has social support c. ​Chris, who has a high level of stress and who is socially isolated d. ​Erik, who has a low level of stress and who has social support ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 127. ​Rene practices a stress management technique in which she sits in a comfortable position with her eyes closed and her lips making a resonant sound. Rene is engaging in ____. a. ​meditation b. ​primary appraisal c. ​progressive relaxation d. ​guided imagery

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 128. ​Guided imagery ____. a. ​involves the focus on a safe, calming image

b. ​involves biofeedback to reduce body tension

c. ​refers to the use of art as a relaxation technique

d. ​is a controversial method of stress management.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 129. ​Lakshimi is meditating. Which bodily reaction would you expect not to find while Lakshimi is meditating? a. ​increased oxygen use b. ​decreased heart rate

c. ​decreased respiration d. ​decreased anxiety

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 130. ​Which type of neurotransmitter acts as a natural mood elevator? a. ​endorphins b. ​cortisol c. ​leptin

d. ​adrenaline ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 131. ​Your friend thinks that laughter is associated with better health. Based on the information in the textbook, you can tell him that ____. a. ​there has been no scientific research on the subject b. ​the scientific research has shown that not laughing is a cause of disease c. ​the scientific research has shown that there is no association d. ​the scientific research has shown that there is an association ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 132. ​Reinterpreting a perceived insult from a friend as the product of your friend’s “bad day” would be an example of ____. a. ​problem-focused coping b. ​cognitive reappraisal c. ​a defense mechanism

d. ​the fundamental attribution error ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 133. ​Cognitive reappraisal is to ____ as defense mechanisms are to ____. a. ​problem-focused coping; emotion-focused coping b. ​proactive; reactive

c. ​conscious; unconscious

d. ​displacement; sublimation

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 134. ​Which attitude is most likely to lead to the perception of less stress? a. ​I cannot succeed at anything. b. ​The glass is half empty. c. ​The glass is half full.

d. ​People do not understand me.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 135. ​Jillian is a single mother of two who constantly feels stress because she feels that she cannot accomplish all the tasks, errands, and work that she has to do. Which stress management technique might be most helpful to Jillian? a. ​time management b. ​guided imagery c. ​an optimistic attitude

d. ​watching more television ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 136. ​A person who is described as patient, relaxed, and good-natured would be considered a ____. a. ​Type A personality b. ​Type B personality c. ​hardy personality

d. ​strong personality ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 137. ​Recent research suggests there may be a weak association between personality characteristics and ____ cancer. a. ​breast b. ​colon

c. ​prostate d. ​lung

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

138. ​Dr. Raneri is studying which personality traits are not good for our health. Dr. Raneri is most likely to find that ____, ____, and ____ are most related to poor health. a. ​hardiness, competitiveness, lack of control b. ​hostility, lack of control, learned helplessness c. ​competitiveness, time urgency, learned helplessness d. ​commitment, anger, time urgency

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 139. ​A person who is competitive, impatient, and easily angered fits the description of a(n) ____. a. ​obsessive-compulsive personality b. ​Type B personality

c. ​Type A personality d. ​Type C personality

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 140. ​An individual who is verbally aggressive is most likely to be classified as ____. a. ​Type A b. ​Type B c. ​Type C d. ​hardy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. ​Of the following, which personality characteristic is most associated with the risk of a heart attack? a. ​a sense of time urgency b. ​hostility

c. ​workaholic

d. ​competitive ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

142. ​Which of the following is a characteristic of a Type A personality? a. ​competitive b. ​mellow

c. ​friendly

d. ​good-natured ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 143. ​Evidence of the relationship between personality and cancer is best summarized as ____. a. ​nonexistent b. ​limited to breast cancer and suppression of negative emotions

c. ​fairly broad in that personality is related to a number of different cancers, especially in children

d. ​fairly broad in that death from cancer is clearly associated with a number of personality characteristics ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 144. ​Some people fit the overall profile of a Type A personality, except that they are not hostile or angry. The research studies suggest that these people have ____. a. ​a lower risk of heart attack than others who fit the Type A profile more fully b. ​the same risk of heart attack as others who fit the Type A profile more fully c. ​a lower risk of heart attack than those who fit the Type B profile d. ​no higher risk of heart attack whatsoever ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 145. ​Martin Seligman’s initial research on learned helplessness was done with ____. a. ​dogs b. ​infants c. ​adults

d. ​monkeys ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 146. ​In Martin Seligman’s studies, dogs that were exposed to inescapable shocks eventually ____. a. ​displayed psychotic symptoms

b. ​figured out a way to deal with the shocks successfully c. ​gave up trying to escape

d. ​became mentally stronger as a result of the experience ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 147. ​When experiments similar to Martin Seligman’s studies on dogs were conducted with humans (without shocks), it was found that ____. a. ​humans’ capacity to think makes them more resilient than dogs b. ​the results were similar c. ​humans are usually capable of figuring a way out of apparently inescapable situations d. ​humans are psychologically affected, but not physically ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 148. ​Those with a hardy personality ____. a. ​tend to view stressors as challenges rather than threats b. ​are more often male than female

c. ​are more often Type B personalities than Type A or Type C d. ​are prone to learned helplessness

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 149. ​The concept of hardy personality was originally studied in association with ____. a. ​executives and attorneys b. ​dogs and cats

c. ​men and women in poverty d. ​athletes and performers

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 150. ​Your friend believes that Type A personalities are more likely to suffer heart attacks. You can tell him that ____. a. ​what you learned in your psychology class supports that belief b. ​more recent research shows that it is actually Type B personalities who are more likely to suffer heart attacks c. ​having a hostile or angry attitude seems to be more associated with heart attacks than being competitive and

aggressive

d. ​more recent research shows that being easygoing is the most important contributor to heart attacks because this characteristic leaves the body unprepared for physical stress ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 151. ​Which of the following is one of the three Cs associated with the hardy personality? a. ​commitment b. ​callousness

c. ​compulsiveness

d. ​conscientiousness ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 152. ​The three C’s of the hardy personality are ____. a. ​congeniality, consistency, and control b. ​color, conscientiousness, and cooperation c. ​challenge, commitment, and control

d. ​consistent, complete, and collaborate ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. ​Javier is one of those people who seems to be able to withstand anything. Over the last year, he has lost his job and a hurricane destroyed his house. Yet, Javier still seems to be cheerful and views his misfortunes as challenges. Javier would be considered ____. a. ​to have a hardy personality b. ​to have learned to be helpless c. ​a Type A personality d. ​a Type B personality

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 154. ​Type A personality is to ____ as Type B personality is to ____. a. ​easygoing; aggressive b. ​competitive; flexible

c. ​patient; driven to achieve d. ​relaxed; angry

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 155. ​According to Margin Seligman, a sense of helplessness is usually ____. a. ​a product of genes b. ​learned

c. ​developed through a spiritual void d. ​in response to controllable events

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 156. ​Which of the following is a characteristic of those with a hardy personality? a. ​a willingness to rely upon the help of others when needed b. ​the use of emotion-focused coping

c. ​lower levels of personal satisfaction with their work d. ​an increased tendency to become ill

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 157. ​Martin Seligman created learned helplessness in dogs by ____. a. ​raising them in isolated environments b. ​not feeding them when they were hungry

c. ​providing immediate satisfaction of all their needs d. ​exposing them to unavoidable electric shocks ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 158. ​If you feel that you have no control over the things that happen to you, you may be described as having ____. a. ​a Type A personality b. ​learned helplessness c. ​false uniqueness

d. ​catatonic psychosis

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 159. ​The opposite of a hardy personality would be ____. a. ​learned helplessness b. ​a Type A personality c. ​a Type B personality d. ​a Type C personality ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 160. ​Soledad is extremely careful at all times. She is sensitive to criticism, emotionally detached, and very serious.

Soledad would be considered a ____. a. ​hardy personality b. ​Type C personality c. ​Type A personality d. ​Type B personality

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 161. ​Marion is an easy-going, laid back person. She does not rush to meet deadlines and does not put pressure on herself.

Marion would be considered to have a ____. a. ​hardy personality b. ​sense of learned helplessness c. ​Type A personality d. ​Type B personality

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 162. ​Huang is very high in competitiveness, Brad is very high in hostility, and Sven is high in time urgency. All other things being equal, which, if any, of the three is most at risk for heart disease? a. ​Huang b. ​Brad c. ​Sven and Brad equally, but not Huang d. ​Sven and Huang equally, but not Brad

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 163. ​Individuals with Type C personality were originally thought to be more prone to ____. a. ​cardiovascular disease b. ​mental illness c. ​cancer

d. ​learned helplessness ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 164. ​Ray believes that he has no control over his grades and that even his best efforts will still result in failure. Ray would be most likely to score high in ____. a. ​Type C personality b. ​Type A personality c. ​Type B personality

d. ​learned helplessness ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 165. ​Sanjay handles conflict well, is willing to rely on others when weathering stress, and reports a high level of satisfaction with his work. It is most likely that Sanjay is high in ____. a. ​hardiness b. ​learned helplessness c. ​hostility

d. ​time urgency ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 166. ​Which of the following is considered to be a health-defeating behavior? a. ​carrying a weapon b. ​getting exercise

c. ​eating a healthy diet d. ​using a seatbelt

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 167. ​Compared to high school seniors, college men and women report a rate of being drunk during the last month which is ____. a. ​higher b. ​lower c. ​higher for women, lower for men d. ​roughly the same

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 168. ​The majority of manslaughter convictions, assaults, and spousal abuse incidents involve ____. a. ​illegal drugs b. ​smoking c. ​food

d. ​alcohol ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 169. ​The leading preventable cause of intellectual disability in the U.S. is ____. a. ​maternal smoking during pregnancy b. ​maternal alcohol intake during pregnancy c. ​genetic defects inherited from the father

d. ​genetic defects inherited from the mother ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 170. ​In the U.S., approximately ____ of those over 18 smoke. a. ​5% b. ​10% c. ​20% d. ​30% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

171. ​The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates that nearly ____ people in the United States become infected with an STI each year. a. ​5 million b. ​10 million c. ​20 million d. ​30 million ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 172. ​Natuna was studying sexually transmitted infections (STIs) in her biology class. She and her lab partner went over the different causes of STIs and discovered that ____ is a viral infection. a. ​genital herpes b. ​gonorrhea c. ​chlamydia d. ​syphilis

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 173. ​The human immunodeficiency virus can be spread by coming in contact with infected ____. a. ​blood only b. ​semen and vaginal fluids only

c. ​blood, semen, and vaginal fluids only

d. ​blood, semen, vaginal fluids, and breast milk ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 174. ​In the United States, a person who has recently become infected with HIV is most likely ____. a. ​educated b. ​upper income c. ​bisexual d. ​male

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

175. Flu-like symptoms are most consistent with which type of sexually transmitted infection?​ a. ​bacterial b. ​viral

c. ​parasitic d. ​chancre

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 176. ​Text-messaging takes a driver’s eyes off the road an average of every ____ seconds. a. ​2.6 b. ​4.6 c. ​6.6

d. 8.6​ ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 177. ​Text-messaging while driving is the equivalent of driving ____. a. ​45 mph with one’s eyes shut half the length of a football field b. ​55 mph with one’s eyes shut half the length of a football field

c. ​45 mph with one’s eyes shut the entire length of a football field d. ​55 mph with one’s eyes shut the entire length of a football field ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 178. ​Health-defeating behaviors are most likely to ____. a. ​be engaged in over a short period of time b. ​lightly put one’s health at risk c. ​be controllable

d. ​be beyond our control ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 179. ​Young people in the U.S. often begin smoking because ____.

a. ​they are not aware of the health hazards associated with smoking

b. ​they see that most people in the U.S. smoke and they want to be in the majority c. ​of peer pressure

d. ​they want to control their weight ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 180. ​The most effective tool to reduce the number of smokers appears to be ____. a. ​prevention b. ​nicotine patches c. ​hypnotherapy

d. ​support groups ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 181. ​In the U.S., which age group has the highest risk of being diagnosed with a sexually transmitted infection? a. ​15 to 24 year-olds b. ​25 to 34 year-olds c. ​35 to 44 year-olds d. ​45 to 54 year-olds ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 182. ​Health-defeating and health-promoting behaviors share what in common? a. ​They are behaviors that compromise our immune systems. b. ​They are behaviors that are under our control.

c. ​They are behaviors that are not under our control.

d. ​They are behaviors that increase our resistance to stress.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 183. ​Which of the following would be the best advice for someone desiring a healthy life? a. engaging in at least 90 minutes of heavy physical activity each day b. ​skipping breakfast if you want to lose weight

c. ​getting at least 8 hours of sleep each night

d. ​accepting that it is okay to be overweight, just not obese ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 184. ​In the United States, which individual is most likely to smoke cigarettes? a. ​Kyra, a high socioeconomic status African American b. ​Gavin, a middle socioeconomic status African American c. ​Frank, a low socioeconomic status Native American

d. ​Jill, a low socioeconomic status European American ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 185. ​Who is likely at the highest risk for sexually transmitted infections? a. ​Russell, a 22 year-old European American heterosexual male who uses condoms

b. Amiee, a 19 year-old African American heterosexual who has multiple sexual partners but takes oral contraceptives for protection c. ​Rodrick, a 27 year-old gay African American man who is in a mutually-exclusive relationship and uses condoms d. ​Evia, a 28 year-old European American lesbian who uses a dental dam when having oral sex

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 186. ​Fredrico has contracted gonorrhea. It is most likely that Fredrico’s treatment will include ____. a. ​cryotherapy b. ​antibiotics

c. ​antiviral drugs

d. ​prescription shampoos ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 187. ​Jolene is experiencing intense itching in her pubic area. If Jolene has contracted a sexually transmitted infection, it is most likely to be ____. a. ​gonorrhea b. ​genital warts

c. ​genital herpes d. ​pubic lice

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 188. ​Christopher experiences a burning sensation every time he urinates. Other than that, Christopher feels fine. If Christopher has contracted a sexually transmitted infection, it is most likely ____. a. ​chlamydia b. ​scabies c. ​genital warts d. ​herpes

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 189. ​Maureen has painful reddish blisters around her genitals and thighs. If Maureen has contracted a sexually transmitted infection it is most likely to be ____. a. ​gonorrhea b. ​scabies c. ​genital herpes d. ​chlamydia

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 190. ​Which individual is engaging in a health-promoting behavior? a. ​Genna, who engages in unprotected sex b. ​Sharman, who smokes a pack of cigarettes a day c. ​Hayden, who regularly exercises

d. ​Malcolm, who drinks alcohol regularly ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 191. ​The top three leading causes of death in the U.S. are ____. a. ​drowning, suicide, and choking b. ​diabetes, lung disease, and car accidents c. ​heart disease, cancer, and stroke

d. ​AIDS, autoimmune disorders, and brain injury ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 192. ​Nicotine acts on our brain as a(n) ____. a. ​depressant b. ​opiate

c. ​stimulant

d. ​hallucinogen ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 193. ​Which disease is considered a sexually transmitted infection? a. ​measles b. ​chlamydia c. ​mumps

d. ​pink eye ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 194. ​Which individual is most at risk for illness or disease? a. ​Benjamin, who manages his time well b. ​Yun, who has a lot of friends

c. ​Wilbur, who uses alcohol in moderation d. ​Luther, who has a high fat diet

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 195. ​The most common sexually transmitted infection in the United States is ____. a. ​HIV/AIDS b. ​genital herpes c. ​syphilis d. ​HPV ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 196. ​According to research, which of the following would result in the greatest impairment of reaction time while driving? a. ​texting b. ​singing with the radio c. ​being drunk

d. ​conversation with passengers ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 197. ​Which of the following would be good advice for someone desiring a healthy life? a. ​Expect failure in life. b. ​Use defense mechanisms. c. ​Engage in sex sparingly.

d. ​Develop a social support network.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 198. ​Maria has contracted syphilis, which is a(n) ____ infection. a. ​parasitic b. ​viral

c. ​bacterial d. ​fungal

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 199. ​Describe Holmes and Rahe’s Social Readjustment Rating Scale, and what it has shown regarding stress.

ANSWER: Pioneering research by Thomas Holmes and Richard Rahe in 1967 set out to measure the impact of particular stressors on people’s health. They asked a large sample group to rate life events, or changes in one’s living, both good and bad, that require us to adjust to them. In other words, which life events did the respondents perceive as more or less stressful? From these ratings, Holmes and Rahe developed the Social Readjustment Rating Scale (SRRS). ​ Holmes and Rahe assigned each major life event a numerical value, referred to as a life change unit. The higher the number, the more stressful this life event was rated by Holmes and Rahe’s sample. Notice that the life events on the scale include positive as well as negative changes—for example, marriage, a new family member, and outstanding personal achievement. However, it is not just experiencing one of these events that is at issue. Rather, it is reacting to several of these events within a year that Holmes and Rahe

found may influence one’s health.

REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 200. ​How can catastrophic events produce positive consequences even as the catastrophe itself is quite stressful?

ANSWER: Do catastrophes or traumatic events always affect health negatively? Not necessarily. Some people exposed to disaster may show chronic dysfunction, yet many others show remarkable resilience (discussed shortly), experiencing only temporary distress (Bonanno et al., 2010). Moreover, research has documented a potential positive effect of stressful life experiences for some people, referred to as posttraumatic growth or benefit-finding. People report that these events have changed their lives in positive ways, such as building stronger relationships with others, emphasizing enjoyment in life, and initiating positive changes in health behaviors (Bower, Moskowitz, & Epel, 2009; Updegraff, Silver, & Holman, 2008). It seems that for some people, a severe life-threatening event provides an opportunity to reevaluate their lives and prompts them to initiate positive changes.​ REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 201. ​Describe the various types of conflict described in the textbook using specific examples for each one.

ANSWER: Approach–approach conflicts. The easiest conflict to resolve, and therefore the conflict that is accompanied by the least amount of perceived stress, is the approach–approach conflict, in which a person must choose between two likable, or positive, events. Choosing between seeing an old friend who is passing through town or going out with someone you’ve been hoping would ask you out is an example of an approach–approach conflict. ​ Avoidance–avoidance conflicts. The opposite of the approach–approach conflict is the avoidance–avoidance conflict, in which a person has to choose between two undesirable, or negative, events. You can think of this type of conflict as a Catch-22 situation. For example, do you spend the morning in line to register your car, or do you get your car towed because the registration has expired?

Because both options in an avoidance–avoidance conflict are unappealing, many people remain undecided and inactive, or “frozen.” ​ Approach–avoidance conflicts. Another stressful conflict to resolve is the approach–avoidance conflict, in which a person is faced with a desire or need that has both positive and negative qualities. He or she is drawn to the situation because of its positive features (approach), but is also repelled by and would rather not experience the negative aspects of the situation (avoidance). ​ Multiple conflicts.

In real life, many conflicts involve several alternatives, each with both positive and negative features.

These multiple approach–avoidance conflicts can contribute to the amount of stress we feel. In deciding which college to attend, you may have been faced with several choices. Each school may have had its good points and bad points (distance from home, tuition cost, program of studies, social life). Deciding on a major or a career, choosing between two job offers, and deciding which house or car to buy are other examples of multiple conflicts.

REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 202. ​Identify three stressors commonly found among college undergraduates and the possible impact of such events.

ANSWER: ​College students may experience life events such as academic pressure, loss of a close relationship, or even just the experience of college itself. To the extent that these life events are perceived as stressful, students may report physical symptoms, less of a positive mood, and lowered grade point averages.

REFERENCES: 12.1 What Is Stress? Stress and Stressors

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

203. ​Describe the stages of Selye’s General Adaptation Syndrome using a specific stressor as an example.

ANSWER: Alarm reaction: The first phase of the general adaptation syndrome, characterized by immediate activation of the nervous and endocrine systems. ​ Resistance stage: The second phase of the general adaptation syndrome, in which the nervous and endocrine systems continue to be activated. ​ Exhaustion stage: The third and final phase of the general adaptation syndrome, in which bodily resources are drained and wear and tear on the body begins. ​ Examples will vary.

REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 204. ​Driving through heavy traffic, Jacque arrives at his office feeling worn out. In terms of Selye’s general adaptation syndrome, what might Jacque be experiencing?

ANSWER: Selye’s general adaptation syndrome consists of three stages: alarm reaction, resistance, and exhaustion.

For Jacque, traffic may be perceived as threatening, which activates the fight or flight response during the alarm stage. In the stage of resistance, the body continues to try and cope with the ongoing stress flowing from traffic encounters. If heavy traffic continues long enough, the body finally enters into a stage of exhaustion. It is this last stage which most likely reflects Jacque’s weariness when he at last arrives at his office.​ REFERENCES: 12.2 The Stress Response KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 205. ​Aleksander has an 11:00 a.m. doctor’s appointment, for which the doctor is already 45 minutes late. Aleksander has an exam this afternoon, but very much wants to know the results of some lab work his doctor recently ordered. How can Aleksander handle the situation with emotion-focused coping?

ANSWER: Emotion-focused coping involves decreasing the effects of negative affective states through either cognitive reappraisal or defense mechanisms. Aleksander might reexamine the situation by understanding the doctor is running late because he is dealing with an emergency; or he needs to take more time with someone, just as he would with Aleksander if the situations were reversed. A useful defense mechanism to reduce negative emotions might be sublimating his conflicts into reviewing for the upcoming exam so he makes use of the extra time while waiting for the doctor.​ REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 206. ​Identify three specific defense mechanisms and provide an example for each one.

ANSWER: 1. ​Denial: Refusing to accept or acknowledge the reality of a situation or idea 2. Rationalization: Devising a plausible reason or motive to explain one’s behavior 3. Reaction formation: Engaging in a behavior or attitude that is at the opposite extreme of one’s true motive or impulse 4. Regression: Returning to an earlier stage of development in one’s behavior, thinking, or attitudes 5. Sublimation: Directing emotions into an activity that is more constructive and socially acceptable 6. Repression: Excluding wishes, impulses, ideas, or memories from consciousness 7. Projection: Attributing one’s own ideas, feelings, or attitudes to other people

8. Displacement: Directing emotions toward a less threatening source​ REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. ​Describe five adaptive stress management techniques.

ANSWER: 1. ​Exercise 2. Relax 3. Develop social support 4. Be spiritual 5. Imagine a calm environment 6. Meditate 7. Be optimistic 8. Laugh 9. Manage your time wisely​ REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 208. ​Compare and contrast problem-focused coping and emotion-focused coping.

ANSWER: Problem-focused coping: Behaviors that aim to control or alter the environment that is causing stress Emotion-focused coping: Behaviors aimed at controlling the internal emotional reactions to a stressor REFERENCES: 12.3 Coping with Stress KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 209. ​Explain the relationship between Type C personality and cancer.

ANSWER: At one time, having a Type C personality was suggested as a major factor in the development of cancer, specifically breast cancer in women (see Scheier & Bridges, 1995, for review). However, subsequent research suggests that it is the suppression or denial of anger, one specific aspect of the Type C personality, which may put a woman more at risk for breast cancer. There is little evidence for a socalled cancer-prone personality, yet a modest to weak relation- ship has been found between not expressing one’s negative emotions and the risk of breast cancer (Bleiker et al., 2008; Butow et al., 2000; McKenna et al., 1999).​ REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 210. ​Sanuye is majoring in biology with the goal of going to medical school. He is struggling with his courses, but does not want to give up like his roommate who left at mid-term. From studying hardy individuals, how can Sanuye lessen his stress?

ANSWER: Sanuye could view his struggles with his studies as just another set of challenges to be overcome on his way to becoming a physician. He can also reaffirm the wisdom of his decision, that the road he chose is a long and hard journey. He can also determine better ways to understand his coursework, e.g. talking with the professor or teaching assistant, engaging in a study group, or working with a tutor. By modeling the three C’s of the hardy personality - control, commitment, and challenge - Sanuye can reduce the distress he is experiencing.​ REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 211. ​Compare the responses to stressors of learned helplessness to those of the hardy personality.

ANSWER:

Learned helplessness: A passive response to stressors based on exposure to previously uncontrolled, negative events ​ Hardy personality: A personality, high in the traits of commitment, control, and challenge, that appears to be associated with strong stress resistance REFERENCES: 12.4 Personality and Health KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 212. ​Describe three health-promoting behaviors specifically discussed in your textbook.

ANSWER: 1. Physical activity 2. Eating right 3. Get enough sleep REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 213. ​What factors contribute to happiness?

ANSWER: The textbook mentions five factors that are associated with happiness. First, having strong, positive social relationships tends to be associated with happiness and well-being. Second, a cognitive pattern characterized by optimism tends to promote happiness, as well. Third, temperament is predictive of one’s happiness. Individuals with more adaptable temperaments and who respond with positive emotion to challenging situations tend to be happier. Fourth, having sufficient financial resources to be above poverty level is associated with happiness; great wealth is not, however. The final factor associated with happiness is culture. If one’s culture values happiness, then often the individuals in it will report higher happiness levels.​ REFERENCES: 12.5 Lifestyle, Health, and Well-Being KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

1. A person who has anorexia nervosa and does not eat to the extent that most people do specifically fits the ____ criteria for distinguishing normal from abnormal behavior.​ a. ​“personal distress” b. ​“statistical infrequency”

c. ​“danger to self or others” d. ​“level of impairment”

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 2. ​Mental health disorders are the leading cause of disability in the U.S. for people between ____ years of age. a. ​birth and 14 b. ​15 and 44 c. ​45 and 64 d. ​65 and 84 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. ​According to the idea that behavior is disordered if it is not typical or culturally accepted, a person who does something that other people very rarely do would be considered ____. a. ​compulsive b. ​normal c. ​abnormal

d. ​obsessive ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. ​The concept of “not typical or culturally expected” in relation to distinguishing normal from abnormal behavior includes ____. a. ​both the instance of someone doing something that most others do not do and not doing something that most people do b. ​the instance of someone doing something that most others do not c. ​the instance of someone not doing something that most others do

d. ​the instance of someone doing something that involves personal distress ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

5. Which criteria is most problematic for psychologists when distinguishing normal from abnormal behavior?​ a. ​inability to function b. ​level of impairment

c. ​violation of social norms d. ​personal distress

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 6. ​Simone has been diagnosed with elective mutism – she chooses not to speak at all. Simone’s behavior may be considered abnormal according to which criteria? a. ​personal distress b. ​not typical or culturally expected c. ​unconscious thought d. ​distorted perception

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 7. ​Stephanie’s daughter has dyed her hair purple and pierced her nose three times. Stephanie believes that her daughter is abnormal probably based on which criteria? a. ​personal distress b. ​disordered perception c. ​inability to function

d. ​violation of social norms ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 8. The fact that homosexuality was once on the American Psychiatric Association list of psychological disorders and now is not on the list specifically illustrates the variability of the ____ criterion for distinguishing between normal and abnormal behavior.​ a. ​“personal distress” b. ​“not typical”

c. ​“violation of social norms” d. ​“level of impairment”

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

9. Most people who know John would say that his degree of introversion is somewhat extreme, but it does not appear to cause him any distress or interfere with his ability to function. Based on this information, John probably would ____.​ a. ​not be classified as abnormal b. ​be classified as abnormal

c. ​benefit from medication, but not therapy d. ​benefit from therapy, but not medication

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 10. ​Lorenzo drinks excessive amounts of alcohol each evening. His behavior is negatively affecting his relationships and his job performance. Lorenzo may be considered abnormal based on which criteria? a. ​not typical b. ​level of impairment c. ​distorted perception

d. ​motor malfunctioning ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 11. Many students will define abnormal behavior as some behavior which is different than the way somebody is supposed to act. What criterion is being used by the students to establish abnormality?​ a. ​violation of social norms b. ​personal distress c. ​not typical

d. ​level of impairment ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 12. ​Based on the statistical frequency of mental illness, it is likely that ____ of all adults in the U.S. will suffer from a diagnosable mental disorder sometime in their life. a. ​nearly a quarter b. ​more than half c. ​more than three-quarters d. ​nearly 100%

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

13. Based on the statistical frequency of mental illness, it is likely that ____ of female adults in the U.S. will suffer from a diagnosable mental disorder in a given year.​ a. ​about a one-fourth b. ​nearly half

c. ​more than three-quarters d. ​nearly 100%

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. ​Suicide is the ____ leading cause of death for 15 to 24 year-olds in the U.S. a. ​first b. ​second c. ​third

d. ​fourth ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. ​The concept of mental illness being a disease of the body or brain is consistent with which view of abnormal behavior? a. ​biological b. ​cultural c. ​social

d. ​psychological ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 16. The medical model originated with the ____ perspective of abnormal behavior.​ a. ​psychological b. ​cultural c. ​social

d. ​biological ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. ​In the U.S., the lifetime prevalence of major depression is ____ for women and ____ for men.

a. ​genetics

b. ​20%; 13%

c. ​medications

d. ​electroconvulsive therapy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 18. A medical doctor who believes that the best treatment for depression is medication is following the ____ perspective of abnormality.​ a. ​cultural b. ​psychological c. ​biological d. ​social

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 19. Dr. Frank is a therapist who believes that psychological disorders can be caused by neurotransmitter imbalances in the brain. Dr. Frank takes which perspective on human behavior?​ a. ​behavioral b. ​biological

c. ​psychoanalytic d. ​eclectic

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 20. The perspective of abnormal behavior that emphasizes the effect of thinking, expectations, and mental assumptions is the ____ perspective.​ a. ​The perspective of abnormal behavior that emphasizes the effect of thinking, expectations, and mental assumptions is the ____ perspective. b. ​psychoanalytic c. ​humanistic d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

21. Psychological theories primarily attribute abnormal behavior to ____.​ a. ​physical causes b. ​demonic possession c. ​cultural factors

d. ​internal or external stressors ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 22. The psychoanalytic perspective is part of the ____ approach to abnormal behavior. a. ​biological b. ​psychological c. ​social learning d. ​sociocultural

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 23. Gary believes that abnormal behavior results from the conflict between unconscious forces and the demands of society. His thinking is most consistent with the ____ theory of abnormal behavior.​ a. ​cognitive b. ​biological

c. ​humanistic

d. ​psychoanalytic ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 24. Emma is constantly putting herself down and believes that she is stupid. Her negative thinking often depresses her mood. Which perspective might be most helpful in understanding the cause of Emma’s depression?​ a. ​sociocultural b. ​psychoanalytic c. ​biological d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 25. Learning theorists believe that abnormal behavior results from ____.​

a. ​innate biological predispositions b. ​cultural norms and traditions

c. ​the same learning processes that explain normal behavior d. ​unconscious conflicts surrounding parental relationships ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. What do the social learning perspective and the cognitive perspective have in common? a. ​They both are part of the sociocultural approach to explaining abnormal behavior. b. ​They both are no longer considered useful in explaining abnormal behavior. c. ​They both are part of the psychological approach to explaining abnormal behavior. d. ​They both are part of the biological approach to explaining abnormal behavior.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 27. A psychologist who views depression as due to unconscious sexual conflicts is viewing abnormal behavior from the ____ perspective. a. ​humanistic b. ​behavioral c. ​psychoanalytic d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 28. The cognitive perspective of abnormal behavior is to ____, as the humanistic perspective of abnormal behavior is to ____. a. ​distorted thinking; distorted sense of self b. ​Carl Rogers; B.F. Skinner c. ​psychological approach; sociocultural approach d. ​conscious conflicts; unconscious conflicts

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 29. Stephanie believes that abnormal behavior results from a distorted perception of the self and reality. Stephanie’s thinking is most consistent with the ____ perspective of abnormal behavior. a. ​cognitive

b. ​humanistic

c. ​psychoanalytic d. ​social learning

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 30. Both the humanistic and the cognitive perspectives of abnormal behavior emphasize distorted perceptions, but the humanistic perspective is unique in its emphasis on the ____. a. ​unconscious b. ​self c. ​past

d. ​body ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 31. The fact that the incidence of eating disorders varies widely across the world is best explained by ____ theory of abnormal behavior. a. ​psychological b. ​sociocultural c. ​psychoanalytic d. ​biological

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 32. Dr. Lubold views abnormal behavior as stemming from people’s inability to accept themselves. Dr. Lubold endorses the ____ perspective.​ a. ​psychoanalytic b. ​humanistic c. ​behavioral d. ​biological

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 33. Which topic would be of most interest to a sociocultural theorist?​ a. ​the greater incidence of depression in the U.S. compared to other countries

b. ​the relationship between age and certain types of mental illness c. ​the biochemical causes of schizophrenia

d. ​the negative self-talk characteristic of those with low self-esteem ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 34. Most psychological disorders result from ____.​ a. ​biological factors b. ​sociocultural factors

c. ​psychological factors

d. ​a combination of biological, sociocultural, and psychological factors ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. Dr. Skinner is a behavioral psychologist. How would she view an anxiety disorder?​ a. ​as stemming from the unconscious b. ​as stemming from some biological malfunction c. ​as a result of learning

d. ​as a result of discomfort with the self ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 36. Dr. Wangari believes that discrimination and poverty account for the higher rate of alcoholism among Native Americans. Dr. Wangari endorses the ____ perspective.​ a. ​sociocultural b. ​supernatural c. ​medical

d. ​psychological ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 37. Which perspective provides the most integrative explanation of psychological disorders?​ a. ​sociocultural b. ​biopsychosocial c. ​medical

d. ​psychoanalytic ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 38. DSM is the name of the guide that psychologists use to diagnose mental illness and it stands for the​ a. ​Directed and Specialized Monitoring of Mental Illness. b. ​Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.

c. ​Disorders and their Symptoms for Mental Health Professionals. d. ​De-Stigmatizing Mental Illness Guide.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. A clinical psychologist who is attempting to make a mental illness diagnosis is likely to consult the ____.​ a. ​TAT b. ​AMA c. ​ISDN d. ​DSM

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 40. If you examined the DSM-5, you should expect to find a description of the​ a. ​causes of mental health disorders b. ​treatments of mental health disorders c. ​symptoms of mental health disorders d. ​social norms for assessment

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. The DSM-5 contains information about nearly ____ disorders.​ a. ​100 b. ​200 c. ​300 d. ​400 ANSWER:

c

REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. An individual who meets the criteria for more than one diagnosis is said to have ____ conditions.​ a. ​co-occurring b. ​complex

c. ​collusive

d. ​comorbid ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 43. The DSM criteria require that symptoms ____.​ a. ​interfere with an individual’s functioning b. ​be socially inappropriate

c. ​reflect a permanent change in functioning d. ​Be invariant from culture to culture

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. Critics of the DSM approach point out that a diagnosis ____.​ a. ​is typically inaccurate b. ​may be a self-fulfilling prophecy c. ​serves no purpose

d. ​may result in denial of health insurance ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. The DSM is best described as having a(n) ____ perspective.​ a. ​social b. ​psychoanalytic c. ​behavioral

d. ​atheoretical ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

46. In DSM-5, autism spectrum disorders are classified as ____ disorders. a. ​neurodevelopmental b. ​psychotic c. ​anxiety d. ​mood

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 47. Which disorder is classified by DSM-5 as a psychotic disorder?​ a. ​amnesia b. ​ADHD c. ​PTSD

d. ​schizophrenia ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. In DSM-5, restless leg syndrome is classified as a(n) ____ disorder.​ a. ​paraphilic b. ​somatic

c. ​neurocognitive d. ​sleep-wake

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. Following heart surgery, 74 year-old Roberta, an outgoing, active artist, becomes extremely confused and is grossly disoriented. She is diagnosed with delirium, a ____ disorder.​ a. ​somatic b. ​psychotic

c. ​neurodevelopmental d. ​neurocognitive

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. Research on the reliability and validity of the DSM has shown ____. a. ​improvements in reliability and validity

b. ​overall poor reliability but acceptable validity

c. ​overall poor validity but acceptable reliability d. ​overall poor reliability and validity

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. Based on research, reliability would be lowest for a diagnosis of ____ disorder.​ a. ​somatic symptom b. ​antisocial personality c. ​delusional d. ​bipolar I

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. ​Your friend has recently been diagnosed with a personality disorder. Based on what you know about the reliability of the diagnosis of personality disorders, you would have good reason to believe that ____. a. ​your friend actually has a personality disorder b. ​your friend actually does not have any type of disorder c. ​another therapist might make a different diagnosis d. ​another therapist would confirm the diagnosis

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 53. Which disorder is categorized in Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders?​ a. ​delusional disorder b. ​body dysmorphic disorder c. ​dissociative amnesia d. ​rumination disorder

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 54. Using the DSM model for diagnosing mental disorders ____. a. ​has virtually eliminated inaccurate diagnoses b. ​ensures that those with disorders are not given a negative label c. ​can lead to a self-fulfilling prophecy for those with disorders

d. ​has been shown to remove the biases that psychologists may have ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 55. A DSM diagnosis can ____. a. ​tell us very clearly how a person will behave in the future b. ​provide a detailed description of the person’s unique characteristics c. ​be used as a general label to understand a person’s problem

d. ​tell us the factors that have created a particular problem behavior ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. Anxiety is considered abnormal when it ____.​ a. ​is expressed in unusual circumstances

b. ​is exhibited more than twice within a 30 day period c. ​is observed in social settings

d. ​interferes with one’s ability to function ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. Cognitive components of anxiety include ____.​ a. ​having an intense sense of dread b. ​avoiding anxiety-provoking situations c. ​being extremely wary or watchful d. ​behaving aggressively

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. Lecretia has lately been experiencing distressing symptoms including elevated heart rate, muscle tension, a sense of dread, restlessness, and a desire to flee from certain situations. Her symptoms are most consistent with a(n) ____.​ a. ​depressive disorder b. ​anxiety disorder

c. ​somatic symptom disorder d. ​dissociative disorder

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 59. Which disorder is most likely to be dominated by excessive worry?​ a. ​generalized anxiety disorder b. ​panic disorder

c. ​antisocial personality disorder d. ​schizophrenia

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. Which anxiety disorder has the highest estimated 12-month prevalence?​ a. ​PTSD b. ​specific phobia c. ​panic disorder

d. ​generalized anxiety disorder ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. Cassandra has recently had several short but highly intense experiences in which physical anxiety suddenly overwhelms her, making her feel as if she is having a heart attack. Her symptoms are most consistent with ____.​ a. ​generalized anxiety disorder b. ​bipolar disorder c. ​panic disorder d. ​schizophrenia

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 62. Which of the following is most likely to involve short, but intense periods of anxiety? a. ​obsessive-compulsive disorder b. ​social phobia c. ​posttraumatic stress disorder d. ​panic disorder

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves”

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

63. If you have experienced panic disorder, most likely, you ____.​ a. ​are an African-American male b. ​have endured long periods of sustained depression

c. ​use dissociation as a means of dealing with stressful situations d. ​cannot identify the specific cause of your panic

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 64. Fear of having another panic attack can lead to ____.​ a. ​schizophrenia b. ​agoraphobia c. ​PTSD

d. ​depression ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. In any given year, it is estimated that ____ of Americans experience generalized anxiety disorder.​ a. ​1% b. ​3% c. ​7%

d. ​15% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. Generalized anxiety disorder is characterized by ____.​ a. ​intense panic b. ​extreme mood shifts

c. ​periods of dissociation from consciousness d. ​chronic anxiety

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 67. Samuel has agoraphobia. This means that he has a fear of ____.​

a. ​closed spaces

b. ​being in places where escape would be difficult if panic were to occur c. ​social situations in which negative evaluation could occur d. ​heights

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 68. Phobic disorders are a type of ____.​ a. ​mood disorder b. ​schizophrenic disorder c. ​somatoform disorder d. ​anxiety disorder

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 69. At least ____ of those who are diagnosed with agoraphobia are women.​ a. ​75% b. ​80% c. ​85% d. ​90% ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. Specific phobias typically begin in ____.​ a. ​infancy b. ​childhood

c. ​adolescence d. ​adulthood

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 71. If you have an intensely irrational fear of being negatively evaluated by others in a social situation, you may have ____.​ a. ​panic disorder b. ​acrophobia

c. ​agoraphobia

d. ​social phobia ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 72. About ____ of American adults have a specific phobia.​ a. ​3% b. ​9%

c. ​15% d. ​18% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 73. What do agoraphobia, social phobia, and specific phobia all have in common?​ a. ​They all involve panic attacks. b. ​They all create mood swings.

c. ​They are all more likely to develop in adulthood. d. ​They are all anxiety disorders.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 74. Social anxiety disorder tends to develop in ____.​ a. ​early preschool years b. ​middle childhood c. ​early adulthood d. ​middle-age

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 75. Obsessions are ____, while compulsions are ____.​ a. ​adaptive; maladaptive b. ​maladaptive; adaptive c. ​thoughts; behaviors d. ​behaviors; thoughts

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 76. A recurrent intrusive thought that you forgot to lock your car when you parked it this morning is an example of a(n) ____.​ a. ​posttraumatic stressor b. ​compulsion c. ​obsession d. ​motivator

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 77. Repetitive hand-washing in order to relieve anxiety is an example of a(n) ____.​ a. ​positive reinforcer b. ​compulsion c. ​obsession d. ​phobia

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 78. In obsessive-compulsive disorder, the compulsions are designed to ____.​ a. ​convince others that the person is normal b. ​convince the person that he/she is normal c. ​provide relief from depression

d. ​provide temporary relief from anxieties ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 79. Michelle was involved in a terrible car accident in which her brother was killed. She has experienced recurrent flashbacks and nightmares since the accident. She may have ____.​ a. ​agoraphobia b. ​generalized anxiety disorder

c. ​posttraumatic stress disorder d. ​adjustment disorder

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 80. Panic disorder is a type of ____. a. ​anxiety disorder b. ​dissociative disorder c. ​mood disorder

d. ​somatic disorder ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 81. Miguel believes that everything is covered with deadly germs, so Miguel washes and rewashes his hands 50 to 100 times a day. Miguel would most likely be diagnosed with ____disorder.​ a. ​dissociative identity b. ​obsessive-compulsive c. ​bipolar

d. ​somatization ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 82. Which symptom are most typical of a person with posttraumatic stress disorder? a. ​dissociation from stressful experiences and memory blackouts for random time periods b. ​repeated nightmares and flashbacks, with sleeping and concentration difficulties c. ​disoriented and paranoid thinking exhibiting a decreased grasp on reality d. ​extreme mood changes from depressed to euphoric

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 83. Which of the following is commonly associated with the development of posttraumatic stress disorder? a. ​dealing with the long, slow, and painful death of a loved one from cancer b. ​retirement from a successful and deeply rewarding career c. ​experiencing a natural disaster such as an earthquake d. ​experiencing an “empty nest”

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves”

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

84. Distressing memory flashbacks and nightmares are most closely associated with ____. a. ​agoraphobia b. ​posttraumatic stress disorder c. ​obsessive-compulsive disorder d. ​schizophrenia

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 85. Hurricane Katrina, the 9/11 attacks, and the Iraqi war are all most closely associated with ____.​ a. ​schizophrenia b. ​dissociative disorders c. ​agoraphobia

d. ​posttraumatic stress disorder ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 86. Melissa was mugged seven months ago and appears to have adjusted well. However, recently Melissa has been experiencing extreme fear, nightmares, and flashbacks about the mugging. Melissa would most likely be diagnosed with ____.​ a. ​obsessive-compulsive disorder b. ​posttraumatic stress disorder c. ​a social phobia d. ​a social phobia ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 87. Research on individuals with posttraumatic stress disorder generally suggests dysfunction in the area of the brain called the ____.​ a. ​hippocampus b. ​amygdala

c. ​hypothalamus d. ​thalamus

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves”

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

88. Abnormal activity of ____ has been implicated in generalized anxiety disorder.​ a. ​serotonin b. ​GABA

c. ​norepinephrine d. ​dopamine

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. Abnormal functioning of the ____ has been investigated as a possible factor in obsessive-compulsive disorder.​ a. ​amygdala b. ​hippocampus c. ​striatum

d. ​dopamine-system ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 90. Social learning theorists believe that anxiety disorders result from ____.​ a. ​learned reactions to stimuli b. ​distorted thoughts and beliefs c. ​unconscious mental conflicts d. ​an unrealistic self-image

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 91. Social learning theories believe that anxiety disorders ____.​ a. ​can only be learned through direct experience

b. ​are learned through a process that is different from the way that most other behaviors are learned c. ​are primarily learned through operant conditioning

d. ​can be learned through classical, operant, and observational conditioning ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 92. People with anxiety disorders have cognitive processes that tend to ____.​

a. ​include much false information about the nature and causes of anxiety

b. ​involve misinterpretations and maladaptive assumptions of personal and social events c. ​reflect a lower level of intelligence than the rest of the population d. ​show memory deficits for large periods of childhood

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 93. A sociocultural theorist doing research on the causes of anxiety disorders would be most interested in research showing ____.​ a. ​that rates of anxiety vary substantially from country to country b. ​the influence of neurotransmitters on anxiety c. ​that anxiety disorders tend to run in families

d. ​that anxiety is often learned through specific traumatic experiences ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 94. Daniel is extremely stressed, both at work and at home. One day, he simply does not come home. His wife contacts the authorities, and they find Daniel in a city 1,000 miles from home in a homeless shelter. In that shelter, Daniel is not able to tell the authorities who he is or where he comes from. Daniel most likely has ____.​ a. ​dissociative identity disorder b. ​dissociative amnesia c. ​manic-depression d. ​major depression

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 95. Dissociative identity disorder was formerly called ____.​ a. ​manic-depressive illness b. ​borderline personality disorder c. ​disorganized schizophrenia

d. ​multiple personality disorder ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. Having an alternate personality is most associated with the diagnosis of ____.​

a. ​bipolar disorder

b. ​borderline personality disorder c. ​disorganized schizophrenia

d. ​dissociative identity disorder ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 97. It has been determined that Erin has six distinct personalities, each with their own memories and mannerisms. Erin is most likely to be diagnosed with ____.​ a. ​dissociative identity disorder b. ​schizophrenia

c. ​borderline personality disorder d. ​bipolar mood disorder

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 98. The fact that there has been a great increase in the number of recorded cases of dissociative identity disorder since 1980 suggests to many psychologists that ____.​ a. ​widespread drug abuse can have a profound effect on mental health b. ​ritualistic child abuse is increasing at an alarming rate c. ​the disorder may not be valid

d. ​the American Medical Association was correct to include the disorder in its diagnostic manual ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 99. A primary factor in the development of dissociative identity disorder appears to be ____.​ a. ​drug and alcohol abuse b. ​severe and chronic childhood physical or sexual abuse c. ​inherited brain abnormalities

d. ​social isolation and ostracism ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 100. ​The difference between a somatic symptom disorder and a medical disorder is that ____. a. ​the person with the somatoform disorder is consciously faking it

b. ​symptoms of the somatoform disorder have no underlying medical cause c. ​the medical disorder can be cured

d. ​medication can be used to cure somatoform disorders ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 101. ​Somatic symptom disorders involve ____. a. ​irrational and intense anxiety b. ​a split from reality

c. ​extreme depression to the point of catatonic stupor

d. ​physical complaints without an identifiable physical cause ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 102. Illness anxiety disorder is a type of ____.​ a. ​somatic symptom disorder b. ​anxiety disorder c. ​phobia

d. ​dissociative disorder ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 103. ​Jeanette believes she has leukemia, but her doctors can find no physical evidence to suggest she has this blood disorder. Jeannette is most likely to be diagnosed with ____. a. ​dissociative identity disorder b. ​generalized anxiety disorder c. ​illness anxiety disorder d. ​schizophrenia

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 104. Major depression is to ____ as dysthymic disorder is to ____.​ a. ​less severe symptoms; more severe symptoms

b. ​symptoms lasting at least two weeks; symptoms lasting two years or more c. ​unipolar; bipolar

d. ​bipolar; unipolar ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 105. In any given year, ____ of adult Americans experience a mood disorder.​ a. ​5.5% b. ​7.5% c. ​9.5%

d. ​11.5% ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 106. Which symptom is not characteristic of major depression?​ a. ​dysphoria b. ​change in appetite

c. ​inability to concentrate d. ​mania

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 107. Which symptoms are associated with major depression?​ a. ​exaggerated sense of self-esteem b. ​compulsions

c. ​extreme ability to concentrate or focus d. ​change in sleep and appetite

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 108. Danika has been sad and downcast for the last three years. She feels worthless and has difficulty making decisions, although she is able to manage her responsibilities for the most part. Danika is most likely to be diagnosed with ____.​ a. ​dysthymic disorder b. ​major depressive disorder c. ​bipolar disorder

d. ​cyclothymic disorder

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 109. ​The relationship between major depression and dysthymic disorder is similar to the relationship between ____. a. ​bipolar disorder and cyclothymia b. ​panic disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder

c. ​schizophrenic disorder and dissociative identity disorder d. ​dissociative identity disorder and specific phobia

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 110. Mania ____.​ a. ​is a symptom of major depression

b. ​can include delusional thinking or hallucinations c. ​does not occur in cyclothymia d. ​is a sad mood state

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 111. ​Major depression is more common among ____ and bipolar disorder is ____. a. ​women than men; equally common in men and women b. ​women than men; more common in men than women c. ​men than women; more common in women than men

d. ​men than women; equally common in men and women ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 112. ​A person who commits suicide most likely ____. a. ​was diagnosed with a mental disorder b. ​was Hispanic-American

c. ​did not talk about it with anyone beforehand d. ​was younger than 15

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

113. Suicide completion rates are higher among ____.​ a. ​European Americans and Native Americans than other ethnic groups b. ​women than men

c. ​those whose method is to overdose on drugs than among those who use firearms d. ​the mentally healthy than the mentally ill

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 114. As a suicide prevention counselor, it may be helpful to know that ____.​ a. ​women are more likely than men to actually commit suicide

b. ​men are more likely than women to choose a drug overdose as the means to commit suicide c. ​women are more likely than men to attempt suicide

d. ​women are more likely than men to choose hanging as the means to commit suicide ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 115. Within the United States, which individual is most likely to attempt suicide?​ a. ​a White male b. ​an African American male c. ​a White female

d. ​an African American female ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 116. Based on the suicide information presented in the textbook, if a friend talks about committing suicide, you should ____.​ a. ​try to change the subject and avoid bringing up the topic again b. ​keep track of the friend’s moods, paying particular attention when your friend seems the most depressed c. ​attempt to help your friend yourself without bringing others into the problem d. ​ask direct questions about your friend’s plan for suicide ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 117. John has been extremely depressed to the point that his close friends are concerned that he is suicidal. But after

spring break, John seems to be in a much better mood. He is thinking more clearly and seems more energetic. Based on the information in your text on suicide, John’s risk for suicide ____.​ a. ​may have increased b. ​has decreased

c. ​is probably about the same as before

d. ​was probably over-rated by his friends ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 118. Research on the biological causes of mood disorders suggests that ____.​ a. ​bipolar disorder is more likely than major depression to be genetically transmitted b. ​major depression is more likely than bipolar disorder to be genetically transmitted

c. ​major depression and bipolar disorder are equally likely to be genetically transmitted d. ​neither major depression nor bipolar disorder are likely to be genetically transmitted ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 119. Research on bipolar disorder suggests that one’s likelihood of having the disorder ____.​ a. ​decreases when siblings have the disorder because it is caused by a chance mutation that is unlikely to happen more than once in the same family b. ​increases merely by having relatives with the disorder regardless of any contact with them c. ​increases only when there is an inherited abnormality and there is exposure to others who have the disorder d. ​decreases when there is exposure to others who have the disorder because it can be seen that there is no psychological or social benefit to having the disorder ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 120. Janice’s sister has been diagnosed with bipolar disorder. Janice would ____.​ a. ​only have a higher than normal probability of having the same disorder if she were Janice’s identical twin b. ​not be expected to have an increased probability of having the same disorder

c. ​only have a higher than normal probability of having the same disorder if she shared the same environment with Janice d. ​be expected to have an increased probability of having the same disorder ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

121. Which neurotransmitter appears to be related to symptoms of depression?​ a. ​oxytocin b. ​serotonin

c. ​acetylcholine d. ​GABA

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 122. ​Which neurotransmitter has been implicated in mania? a. ​substance P b. ​serotonin

c. ​endorphins d. ​glutamate

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 123. Whose depression is most likely to result from genetic factors?​ a. ​David, whose depression began early in life b. ​Mark, whose depression began late in life

c. ​Donna, whose depression began late in life

d. ​Mary, whose depression began early in life ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 124. Stress may influence depression by increasing the activity of stress hormones, thereby ____.​ a. ​inhibiting the activity of neurotransmitters like serotonin and norepinephrine b. ​decreasing the levels of important hormones like testosterone c. ​stimulating over activity in the hypothalamus

d. ​increasing wear and tear on the major organs of the body ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 125. Overactivity in the ____ tends to be associated with depression.​ a. ​reticular formation

b. ​ventromedial nucleus c. ​subgenual cingulate

d. ​lateral hypothalamus ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 126. Freud believed that depression resulted from ____.​ a. ​failure of repression to adequately defend the ego b. ​an unresolved Oedipal complex

c. ​anger and hatred directed inward

d. ​the development of anal-retentiveness ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 127. ​Which of the following is most likely to be emphasized by the psychoanalytic perspective as a cause of mood disorders? a. ​lack of positive reinforcement from parents b. ​feelings of abandonment or rejection in childhood c. ​a ruminative coping style that was modeled by parents

d. ​an accumulation of stress from interpersonal and social events ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 128. ​Aaron Beck is associated with a(n) ____ approach to depression. a. ​social learning b. ​psychoanalytic c. ​humanistic d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 129. ​Julia grew up in an environment in which no matter what she did, she could not control the important events in her life. According to social learning theorists, she is likely to develop ____. a. ​conditional positive regard b. ​learned helplessness

c. ​an internal locus of control d. ​an underdeveloped ego

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 130. Fay believes that she cannot control the events of her life – what happens at her job or in her relationship with her boyfriend. Fay is often depressed as a way of dealing with her belief that she cannot control these events. What is the best explanation for Fay’s depression?​ a. ​unresolved issues of abandonment b. ​ruminative coping style

c. ​excessive stress hormones d. ​learned helplessness

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 131. Renatta, who has been diagnosed with depression, has a bleak view of life and believes she will always be inadequate in comparison to others. Renatta’s thoughts most likely represent ____.​ a. ​obsessions b. ​dissociations c. ​ruminations

d. ​cognitive distortions ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 132. Your friend’s therapist believes that your friend has developed a ruminative coping style. This means that your friend ____.​ a. ​relies too much on others b. ​spends a lot of time repetitively analyzing feelings c. ​has learned to repress important feelings

d. ​uses cognitive distortions to make herself feel better ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 133. Serena is depressed at the same time as applying for a job, and is turned down. It is most likely that she will ____.​ a. ​Serena is depressed at the same time as applying for a job, and is turned down. It is most likely that she will ____.

b. ​believe that the same result will occur the next time she applies for a job c. ​forget about the experience immediately

d. ​respond with an unrealistic optimism the next time she applies for a job.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 134. ​A considerable body of research documents a consistent relationship between major stressful life events and the onset of depression, especially among people who ____. a. ​are used to being high achievers b. ​are well-educated c. have not experiences major stress before​

d. are genetically predisposed to depression​ ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 135. ​One theory of depression is that people who are depressed harbor unrealistic beliefs about themselves. For example, they think that they must always behave perfectly and when they fail to meet this standard, they become despondent. This theory of depression views the disorder from the ____. a. ​cross-cultural perspective b. ​behavioral perspective c. ​psychoanalytic perspective d. ​cognitive perspective

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 136. ​Research on depression in women suggests that ____. a. ​the absence of testosterone makes women more vulnerable to depression b. ​women are less likely than men to have genetic causes of depression

c. ​women are more likely than men to use alcohol to control depression d. ​ovarian hormones affect serotonin levels

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 137. Which statement could help explain the higher incidence of depression in women?​ a. ​Women are less likely to use a ruminative coping strategy.

b. ​Women are more likely to have an interpersonal orientation.

c. ​Women are more likely to engage in activities to take their minds off their feelings. d. ​Women are less likely to have experience with stressful life events.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 138. Regarding the social factors involved in the greater incidence of depression in women than men, ____.​ a. ​women tend to have an easier life than men, thereby making them “softer” b. ​women are more likely to be victims of violence and abuse

c. ​men are more likely to report less satisfying work and family lives d. ​men are more vulnerable to neurotransmitter imbalances ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 139. The greater incidence of depression among women compared to men is most likely due ____.​ a. ​primarily to biological factors b. ​primarily to psychological factors c. ​primarily to social factors

d. ​to a combination of biological, psychological, and social factors ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 140. ​Which statement is TRUE regarding the incidence of schizophrenia compared to the incidence of other mental health disorders? a. ​Schizophrenia is less common than anxiety disorders and mood disorders. b. ​Schizophrenia is more common than major depression. c. ​Schizophrenia is more common than phobias.

d. ​Schizophrenia is much more common than bipolar disorder.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 141. ​Schizophrenia ____. a. ​is more common in women than men

b. ​develops earlier in men than in women

c. ​occurs more often in Whites than non-Whites

d. ​is more common in higher socioeconomic groups than in lower socioeconomic groups ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 142. ​A person diagnosed with schizophrenia today will most likely ____. a. ​experience a complete cure with current medications b. ​not experience any stigma associated with the disorder c. ​show increased symptoms with age

d. ​show decreased symptoms with age ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 143. ​A person with schizophrenia ____. a. ​is not likely to be violent toward others b. ​generally prefers being around others

c. ​has likely exhibited symptoms since early in childhood d. ​has multiple personalities

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 144. Delusions and hallucinations are most common in ____.​ a. ​dissociative identity disorder b. ​multiple personality disorder c. ​schizophrenia

d. ​phobic disorder ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 145. Delusions are to disordered ____ as hallucinations are to disordered ____.​ a. ​emotions; beliefs b. ​thoughts; perceptions c. ​thoughts; perceptions d. ​language; gestures ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 146. Speech characterized as a word salad is most associated with ____.​ a. ​bipolar disorder b. ​dissociative identity disorder c. ​schizophrenia

d. ​obsessive-compulsive disorder ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 147. Disorganized speech is best characterized as ____.​ a. ​poor use of grammar b. ​a lack of vocabulary

c. ​expression of inconsistent beliefs

d. ​lack of association between ideas and events ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 148. Katherine, who has been diagnosed with schizophrenia, believes that others are talking about her. This most likely represents ____.​ a. ​grandiose delusions b. ​delusions of persecution

c. ​delusions of thought control d. ​delusions of reference

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 149. ​The most common type of hallucination in schizophrenia is ____. a. ​auditory b. ​tactile

c. ​olfactory d. ​visual

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

150. Peter often exhibits strange behavior. He sometimes seems to be under the impression that he is the mayor of New York City, and often can be seen muttering to himself. Peter is most likely to be diagnosed with what kind of disorder?​ a. ​personality b. ​anxiety

c. ​schizophrenia d. ​dissociative

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 151. Ahmet is a person with schizophrenia. His ideas are loosely associated when he speaks. For example, he may say, “The dog wandered into the storm. I picked up the peas with the fork for seventy-two days.” Which symptom of schizophrenia is most closely associated with Ahmet’s behavior?​ a. ​delusions b. ​thought disorder c. ​hallucinations d. ​catatonia

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 152. ​Which symptom of schizophrenia would be most consistent with “inappropriate affect?” a. ​seeing an imaginary person b. ​laughing when being informed of a cancer diagnosis c. ​believing falsely that others are following you d. ​talking in a word salad

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 153. Seeing imaginary people would be an example of a ____ symptom of schizophrenia.​ a. ​grandiose b. ​false

c. ​negative d. ​positive

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

154. ​Positive symptoms of schizophrenia are to ____, as negative symptoms of schizophrenia are to ____. a. ​manageable; unmanageable b. ​strengths; weaknesses

c. ​functional excesses; functional deficits d. ​true; false

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 155. ​Approximately ____ of people with schizophrenia exhibit negative symptoms. a. ​15% b. ​25% c. ​35% d. ​45% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 156. People with schizophrenia who primarily exhibit positive symptoms are more likely to ____.​ a. ​be diagnosed as catatonic b. ​respond to medication

c. ​have an unfavorable prognosis d. ​exhibit social withdrawal

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 157. People with schizophrenia who exhibit a catatonic stupor ____.​ a. ​remain totally motionless and rigid b. ​are highly agitated and fidgety c. ​talk in a word salad

d. ​behave as if talking to an imaginary person ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 158. Lorena is a person with schizophrenia who remains rigid and motionless for hours on end. Which symptom of schizophrenia is most closely associated with Lorena’s behavior?​

a. ​delusions

b. ​inappropriate affect c. ​hallucinations

d. ​catatonic stupor ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 159. Which symptom is a positive symptom of schizophrenia?​ a. ​disordered behavior b. ​avolition

c. ​blunted affect d. ​alogia

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 160. ​Xena is found wandering the streets of New Orleans and, when asked questions, says nothing. What symptom is Xena manifesting? a. ​alogia b. ​avolition c. ​anhedonia

d. ​neologisms ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 161. Raymond is a person with schizophrenia who spends much of his time just sitting, showing little interest in any activities. What symptom is Raymond manifesting?​ a. ​alogia b. ​avolition

c. ​anhedonia

d. ​neologisms ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 162. ​Schizophrenia appears to be caused by ____. a. ​biological factors only

b. ​biological factors only

c. ​either environment or biology

d. ​an interaction between biological and environmental factors ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 163. In identical twin pairs, if one twin develops schizophrenia, the other twin has about a ____ chance of also developing the disorder.​ a. ​73% b. ​48% c. ​27% d. ​6%

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 164. Genetic studies on schizophrenia have shown that ____.​ a. ​if an identical twin develops schizophrenia, the other twin has a 90% probability of also developing schizophrenia b. ​the more genetically similar you are to a person who has schizophrenia, the more likely you will also develop the disorder c. ​although the disorder is thought to have biological causes, it is not inherited d. ​the disorder is the result of inappropriate cross-over gene material during meiosis, similar to what happens in Down’s syndrome

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 165. ​Amina has been diagnosed with schizophrenia. She is prescribed medication that will most likely influence the action of the neurotransmitter ____ in her brain. a. ​endorphin b. ​acetylcholine c. ​dopamine d. ​GABA

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 166. Which neurotransmitters appear to be involved in symptoms of schizophrenia?​

a. ​dopamine and glutamate b. ​clozapine and clozaril

c. ​serotonin and norepinephrine d. ​GABA and cholecystokinen

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 167. Phenothiazine drugs ____.​ a. ​help to decrease negative symptoms of schizophrenia

b. ​increase levels of glutamate in the brain of people with schizophrenia c. ​are used as a treatment for schizophrenia

d. ​increase dopamine activity in the brain of people with schizophrenia ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 168. Which neurotransmitter would be consistent with a diagnosis of schizophrenia?​ a. ​depleted levels of serotonin b. ​depleted levels of glutamate

c. ​excess levels of norepinephrine d. ​excess levels of endorphins

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 169. According to current knowledge of the biological factors involved in schizophrenia, a person given this diagnosis would likely have ____.​ a. ​large ventricles in the brain b. ​high levels of serotonin in the hypothalamic area of the brain c. ​an extra-large occipital lobe region d. ​reduced parietal lobe activity

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 170. While undergoing a brain scan, it is discovered that Yang Tae has enlarged ventricles. Yang Tae is most at risk for which psychological disorder?​ a. ​major depressive disorder

b. ​schizophrenia

c. ​dissociative identity disorder d. ​panic disorder

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 171. ​Research has shown that ____ associated with the development of schizophrenia. a. ​genetic predispositions are not b. ​the mother’s exposure to prenatal viruses are c. ​birth complications are not

d. ​no environmental circumstances are ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 172. Which factors have been linked to the development of schizophrenia?​ a. ​exposure to viruses during prenatal development b. ​repetitive exposure to high energy electromagnetic fields c. ​young paternal age

d. ​high socioeconomic status ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 173. The quality of family communications and interactions appear to ____.​ a. ​be primary causes of schizophrenia b. ​have no effect at all on schizophrenia

c. ​influence the development of schizophrenia d. ​cause schizophrenia in some people

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 174. ​The DSM-5 lists ____ personality disorders. a. ​7 b. ​10 c. ​13

d. ​16 ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 175. Individuals with personality disorders do not usually seek treatment because ____.​ a. ​their problems are usually not noticeable to others b. ​their poor grasp on reality makes it difficult to reason with them c. ​they do not see anything wrong with their behavior

d. ​they tend to have delusions that therapists are “out to get them” ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 176. People with antisocial personality disorder ____.​ a. ​are very likely to seek treatment b. ​can appear to be charming and sociable c. ​typically have limited social skills d. ​are typically unsociable

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 177. Studies have suggested a genetic link among individuals with antisocial personality disorder based on ____.​ a. ​family members having higher rates of antisocial personality disorder than the general population b. ​having a conflict-filled childhood

c. ​expecting harsh treatment from others and adopting a mistrustful attitude d. ​their parents showing inconsistent discipline and less warmth

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 178. ​Biological research on the antisocial personality disorder reveals ____. a. ​high levels of serotonin b. ​deficits in the brain areas controlling attention c. ​low levels of testosterone

d. ​heightened arousal of the nervous system ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 179. Which of the following is common among those with antisocial personality disorder?​ a. ​a “spoiled” childhood in which no demands or expectations were given b. ​a conflict-filled childhood

c. ​high central nervous system arousal levels

d. ​lack of any biological basis for the disorder ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 180. Those who are diagnosed as “antisocial,” and those who are diagnosed as “borderline” are similar in that they both have a(n) ____ disorder.​ a. ​personality b. ​somatoform c. ​anxiety

d. ​dissociative ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 181. Bouts of anger, depression, and anxiety demonstrate the unstable ____ of borderline personality disorder.​ a. ​cognitions b. ​behaviors c. ​emotions d. ​genetics

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 182. Richelle has always been insecure. She is moody, has a poor self-image, and goes from one relationship to the next with no idea of herself or the type of relationship she would like to have. It is most likely that Richelle would be diagnosed with which personality disorder?​ a. ​antisocial personality disorder b. ​borderline personality disorder

c. ​narcissistic personality disorder d. ​schizoid personality disorder ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 183. An individual with a personality disorder who idolizes someone, and then at the slightest provocation exhibits extreme anger and hatred, might be diagnosed with ____. a. ​antisocial personality disorder b. ​obsessive-compulsive personality disorder c. ​narcissistic personality disorder d. ​borderline personality disorder

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 184. Low levels of ____ has been related to impulsive behaviors among people with borderline personality disorders.​ a. ​endorphins b. ​serotonin

c. ​norepinephrine d. ​GABA

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 185. What is the relationship between individuals diagnosed with borderline personality disorders and other clinical disorders such as depression, anxiety, and substance abuse?​ a. ​Persons with borderline personality disorder are rarely diagnosed with other clinical disorders. b. ​Since borderline personality disorder is an Axis I diagnosis, no other diagnoses are needed.

c. ​More research is needed to answer the question of whether other clinical disorders occur with borderline personality disorder. d. ​It is quite common to diagnose borderline personality disorder with other clinical disorders.

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 186. Which individual is more likely to be diagnosed with borderline personality disorder?​ a. ​Sheila, a 21 year old woman b. ​Donald, a 45 year old man

c. ​Pasha, a 50 year-old woman d. ​Carlos, a 20 year-old man ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 187. Individuals with borderline personality disorder ____.​ a. ​do not have any biological problems that could cause or influence the disorder b. ​often report being abused or neglected as children

c. ​show unusually strong stability in moods and self-image d. ​are usually young men

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 188. Describe the criteria used to determine if a person’s behavior is considered abnormal.​ ANSWER: 1. Not typical or culturally expected. If we judge normal as what most people do, then engaging in a behavior less or more frequently than others would be atypical.

2. Distress. A mental health disorder causes great personal distress to the individual or those around him or her.

3. Dysfunction. In defining abnormality, psychologists consider whether a behavior interferes with a person’s ability to function.

REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 189. Professor Quigley has her introductory psychology courses break into small groups and decide on how they would define abnormal behavior. About 75% of the groups reach a definition based on behavior deviating from how people are supposed to act. Why don’t scientists use such social norms to define abnormality?​ ANSWER: ​Sample Answer - There are two problems with using a deviation from social norms as the criteria for defining abnormal behavior. One is that social norms vary from culture to culture. What is considered normal in one culture, e.g. expressing one’s anger, may be considered abnormal in another. A second reason scientists do not use deviation from social norms as the sole criteria for abnormality is that social norms change over time.

REFERENCES: 13.1 What Is Abnormal Behavior?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 190. How does the DSM relate to the idea of self-fulfilling prophecies?​ ANSWER: ​Critics of the DSM model also point out the possible negative effects of labeling someone with a mental health disorder (Baumann, 2007; Grover, 2005). A diagnostic label may serve as a self-fulfilling prophecy, encouraging a person to behave in a way that is consistent with the disorder. Others in the person’s environment may also treat the person in a way that encourages the symptoms of the disorder.

We as a society tend to treat people with any diagnostic label negatively, perhaps increasing their maladaptive functioning through prejudice and discrimination. Such negative treatment may persist even after the person’s behavior returns to normal (Rosenhan, 1973; Szasz, 1987) REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 191. What is the usefulness of a system like the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) to clinicians and researchers?

Where does the DSM fall short?​

ANSWER:

​ he DSM allows for greater reliability, and hence validity, for the assessment and diagnosis of mental T health disorders. This allows clinicians and researchers to have a common language despite coming from a variety of backgrounds and perspectives. There are some weaknesses to the DSM system, e.g. the reliability of the Axis II personality disorders is low, and the DSM can encourage negative effects from labeling people with disorders.

REFERENCES: 13.2 The DSM Model for Classifying Abnormal Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 192. Describe generalized anxiety disorder.​ ANSWER: ​Some people are anxious all the time in almost all situations. These individuals may be diagnosed with generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). Symptoms of GAD include excessive anxiety, worry, and difficulty in controlling such worries. The person may be easily fatigued, restless, and irritable, and may experience difficulty concentrating or sleeping (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). People with GAD chronically worry not only about major issues, such as which car or house to buy, their children’s health, or their job performance, but also about minor issues such as being late, wearing the right outfit, or what to make for dinner. It is estimated that about 3% of American adults experience GAD in any given year (Kessler, Chiu et al., 2005) with 14% meeting the criteria for the disorder some time in their lives (Moffitt et al., 2010). European Americans are at higher risk of GAD than African Americans and Hispanic Americans (Breslau et al., 2006).

REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 193. How are panic disorder and agoraphobia related? ​ ANSWER: ​Panic disorder is an anxiety disorder characterized by intense fear and anxiety in the absence of danger that is accompanied by strong physical symptoms. Fear of having another panic attack may lead to agoraphobia, or fear of being in places from which escape may be difficult or where help may not be available if one were to experience panic.

REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 194. How are dysthymic disorder and generalized anxiety disorder similar to each other?​ ANSWER: ​Though dysthymic disorder is a mood disorder, and generalized anxiety is an anxiety disorder, they are both chronic disorders. People with generalized anxiety disorder may report having felt worry and anxiety their entire lives. In order to diagnose dysthymic disorder, symptoms must be in evidence for at least two years.

REFERENCES: 13.3 Anxiety, Trauma-, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders: It’s Not Just “Nerves” 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 195. Describe the differences between dissociative amnesia and dissociative identity disorder.​ ANSWER: ​Dissociative identity disorder (DID) is a disorder in which two or more personalities coexist within the same individual; formerly called multiple personality disorder.\ Dissociative amnesia is a memory loss of important personal information, not due to substance use or brain injury that causes significant distress or impairs functioning. It may occur with or without dissociative fugue in which person unexpectedly travels away from home with memory loss of identity or other personal information.

REFERENCES: 13.4 Dissociative and Somatic Symptom Disorders: Other Forms of Anxiety?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

196. Identify the differences between major depression and dysthymia.​ ANSWER: ​A diagnosis of major depressive disorder requires that a person experience either depressed mood or loss of interest or pleasure in one’s usual activities plus at least four other symptoms of depression for a period of at least two weeks. These symptoms must be severe enough that they interfere with the person’s ability to function but not be due to a general medical condition or the effects of a substance (drug abuse or medication). ​ Persistent depressive disorder or dysthymic disorder is a less severe but more chronic form of major depressive disorder. The person seems sad and downcast over a longer time. A diagnosis of persistent depressive disorder requires the symptom of depressed mood plus at least two other symptoms of depression for a period of at least 2 years (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Persistent depressive disorder generally begins in childhood, adolescence, or early adulthood. Typically, the symptoms of persistent depressive disorder are not severe enough to require hospitalization. However, most people with persistent depressive disorder eventually experience a major depressive episode (Klein, Lewinsohn, & Seeley, 2001; Klein, Shankman, & Rose, 2006).

REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. Discuss two common myths about suicide, including the truth regarding each myth.​ ANSWER: ​Misconception #1: People who talk of suicide will not kill themselves. Although most people who talk of suicide do not go on to attempt suicide, people who commit suicide typically have expressed their intentions at some time to family members or friends before their attempt (Ortega & Karch, 2010; Shneidman, 1987). They may have talked about “going away” or be preoccupied in general with the notion of death. Therefore, any talk of suicide should be taken seriously. A person who is suicidal should not be left alone. You may need to contact a mental health professional, call 911, or call a suicide crisis hotline in your area. ​ Misconception #2: If you ask someone who is depressed whether he or she has thoughts of suicide, it will only plant the idea of suicide in his or her head. Asking direct questions about a person’s plan for suicide is the only way to assess the person’s risk for committing suicide. Bringing up the subject can also give the person an opportunity to talk about his or her problem. People who have a concrete plan in mind for when or how they will end their life are more likely to attempt suicide than those whose plans are less specific (Nock et al., 2008; SAMHSA, 2009b). ​ Misconception #3: People who have unsuccessfully attempted suicide will not try again. In the United States from 2003 to 2007, among women aged 15–44 who committed suicide, 37% had a history of suicide attempts (Ortega & Karch, 2010). Similarly, among adolescents, a previous history of suicide attempts is the single best predictor of future suicide attempts and completions (Lewinsohn, Rohde, & Seeley, 1994; Miranda et al., 2014). Therefore, a previous suicide attempt puts adolescents and young adult and middle-aged women in particular at a higher risk for future suicide attempts. ​ Misconception #4: A better mood means the risk of suicide is gone. Suicide does not typically happen when a person is in the depths of a deep depression. Rather, suicide attempts are more likely to occur when people with depression have energy and can think more clearly and make decisions. This energy and clearer thinking make it appear to loved ones that the person is getting better and is therefore at a lower risk of suicide, when sometimes a better mood can indicate an increased risk of suicide. ​ Misconception #5: Only people who are depressed attempt suicide. Although suicidal thoughts are a symptom of depression and depressed people are 30 times more likely to commit suicide than are healthy individuals (Joiner, 2010), people with other serious mental health disorders, including bipolar disorder, substance-related disorders, dissociative disorders, borderline personality disorder, and schizophrenia, are also at risk for suicide (Foote et al., 2008; Nock et al., 2008; Soloff & Chiapetta,

2012). According to findings from the WHO World Mental Health Surveys, the strongest predictors of suicide attempts in developed countries are mood disorders; whereas in developing countries, they are substance use, PTSD, and impulse control disorders (Nock et al., 2009).

REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom's: Understand 198. Explain how the psychoanalytic perspective and the cognitive perspective view the causes of depression.​ ANSWER: ​The psychoanalytic perspective sees depression as linked to unresolved childhood issues of abandonment, rejection, and loss. Psychoanalytically, depression is seen as a symbolic expression of anger. The anger is unconsciously turned inward in the form of self-blame and self-hatred. The cognitive perspective sees depression as the result of cognitive distortions wherein individuals focus on negative aspects and reject positive experiences. These negative views are often not realized by the person who is depressed because the negative views are engaged in, not unconsciously as proposed by psychoanalysis, but automatically.

REFERENCES: 13.5 Mood Disorders: Beyond the Blues KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 199. ​What is the difference between positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia?

ANSWER: ​Positive symptoms of schizophrenia represent an excess or distortion of normal functions and are more obvious signs of a break with reality called psychosis. They include delusions, hallucinations, disorganized speech, and grossly disorganized or catatonic behavior. ​ Negative symptoms of schizophrenia represent a restriction or absence of normal functions. These include blunted affect, alogia, and avolition (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Approximately 25% of persons with schizophrenia display these symptoms (Cohen et al., 2013; Ho et al., 2003).

REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 200. ​Why do you think men might tend to fare worse over the course of schizophrenia than women who experience the same disorder?

ANSWER: ​Schizophrenia is a severe psychological disorder that tends in men to appear in their late teens or early 20s. Women generally show the onset of schizophrenia later than men, usually in their 20s or early 30s.

Since the disorder occurs earlier in men, schizophrenia strikes while men are still in the midst of developing their social skills, interpersonal relationships, academic studying, and vocational training.

Women are more likely to have already established themselves in the personal, social, scholastic and occupational areas before schizophrenia manifests itself. Thus, more mature women who develop schizophrenia may have a considerable greater number of resources available in their lives than younger men who encounter this severe psychological disorder.

REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 201. ​Describe borderline personality disorder.

ANSWER: ​Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is characterized by instability in moods, interpersonal relationships, self-image, and behavior (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). This key feature of instability often disrupts people’s relationships, career, and identity. Their unstable emotions result in intense bouts of anger, depression, or anxiety that may occur for hours or for a day. Their unstable selfconcepts are reflected in extreme insecurity at some times and exaggerated feelings of importance at other times. This instability may prompt frequent changes in goals, jobs, friendships, and values because people with borderline personalities lack a clear definition of themselves. They have little idea of who they are. Their interpersonal relationships are also characterized by instability. They may admire,

idealize, and cling to loved ones at first; but when conflict occurs, feelings of abandonment and rejection surface, and their feelings quickly turn to anger and dislike. They then seek out new friends or loved ones, and the cycle repeats itself. People with this disorder often feel unworthy, bad, or empty inside. At times of extreme insecurity and depression, self-injury and suicide attempts are common (D. W. Black et al., 2004; Soloff & Chiapetta, 2012).

REFERENCES: 13.6 Schizophrenia: Disintegration KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 202. ​Describe antisocial personality disorder.

ANSWER: ​Antisocial personality disorder is a personality disorder marked by a pattern of disregard for and violation of the rights of others with no remorse or guilt for one’s actions. People who have antisocial personalities lack impulse control and often act hastily and recklessly with little concern for the consequences of their behavior. They are irresponsible, blame others for their problems, and frequently have difficulty maintaining social relationships. They repeatedly lie and may manipulate others into doing what they want. Such antisocial or harmful behavior has often been present since childhood or adolescence (Loney et al., 2007). It is one of the more common personality disorders, and men are 5 times more likely than women to be diagnosed with this disorder (Grant et al., 2004; Lenzenweger, 2008).

REFERENCES: 13.7 Personality Disorders: Maladaptive Patterns of Behavior KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

1. ​The two broad forms of therapy are ____. a. ​biomedical therapy and psychiatry

b. ​humanistic therapy and psychoanalysis c. ​biomedical therapy and psychotherapy d. ​insight therapy and behavior therapy

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. ​Which type of treatment is included within the general category of biomedical therapy? a. ​medication b. ​psychoanalysis

c. ​humanistic therapy d. ​family therapy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 3. ​Substantial research has shown that ____. a. ​neither psychological nor biological factors are the root cause of psychological disorders b. ​mental processes are most often the cause of psychological disorders

c. ​biological factors are most often the cause of psychological disorders

d. ​both psychological and biological factors are at the root of psychological disorders ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. ​Dr. King is a psychiatrist who uses medications to treat the symptoms of psychological disorders. Dr. King is using what type of therapy? a. ​comprehensive b. ​biomedical c. ​psychotherapy d. ​behavior

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 5. ​Attitudes towards psychotherapy and psychiatric medications are ____. a. ​becoming more positive for older generations, but less positive for younger generations

b. ​becoming less positive for older generations, but more positive for younger generations c. ​generally becoming less positive in all generations

d. ​generally becoming more positive in all generations ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. ​A person who has been diagnosed with a psychological disorder in need of therapy will generally seek out ____. a. ​only a psychiatrist b. ​only a psychotherapist c. ​only a psychoanalyst

d. ​a psychiatrist or a psychotherapist--or both ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. ​Whereas psychotherapists generally ____, psychiatrists ____. a. ​do not practice insight therapy; do practice insight therapy b. ​cannot prescribe medications; can prescribe medications c. ​have a medical degree; do not have a medical degree

d. ​use Freudian methods of therapy; do not use Freudian methods of therapy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. ​A psychoanalyst ____. a. ​is trained in Freud’s methods of treatment b. ​only needs to have a bachelor’s degree

c. ​is the general title for anyone who gives psychological therapy d. ​usually does biomedical therapy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. ​Psychiatrists ____. a. ​are always psychoanalysts b. ​have a Ph.D. in medicine

c. ​can prescribe medications

d. ​do not need a license to practice therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. ​Psychotherapists ____. a. ​can include social workers and family therapists​

b. ​can prescribe medications in most states in the U.S. c. ​need to have either a bachelor’s or master’s degree

d. ​usually do not need to obtain a license to practice psychology ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. ​Clinical psychologists in the states of Illinois, New Mexico, and Louisiana who have received specific training ____. a. ​do not need a license to practice b. ​are allowed to perform prefrontal lobotomies c. ​can prescribe medications d. ​are called psychoanalysts

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. ​Arturo wants to be a licensed counselor. What is the minimum educational training that Arturo will need to practice in this profession? a. ​a master’s degree b. ​a bachelor’s degree c. ​a doctoral degree d. ​a medical degree

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 13. ​Before Alena puts a client into an experiment in which she is using a new treatment technique, she tells the client about the treatment and what participation in the experiment would involve. Alena is following which ethical guideline? a. ​informed consent b. ​appropriate and adequate treatment c. ​confidentiality

d. ​appropriate interactions

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 14. ​Which of the following is among the American Psychological Association ethical standards for psychotherapists? a. ​respecting the confidentiality of client information b. ​providing treatment for a set price

c. ​not spending time with clients outside of therapy sessions

d. ​only using methods developed within the field of psychology ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. ​Which of the following is considered to be ethical behavior by a psychotherapist? a. ​having sex with clients b. ​divulging information about the client to the client’s family members

c. ​using experimental treatment techniques without the client’s approval

d. ​divulging information about a client when the client’s behavior becomes life-threatening ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 16. ​When is it appropriate for a therapist to break the confidentiality of communications with a client? a. ​It is never appropriate. b. ​when the client is suspected of child abuse c. ​when the client expresses excessive anger d. ​when the client is depressed

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. ​John and his therapist entered into a business relationship during the time that John was receiving therapy. Such a situation ____. a. ​is against the law in most states b. ​is restricted by the ethical standards of the APA c. ​was formerly against the law, but no longer is

d. ​was formerly restricted by the APA, but no longer is ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 18. ​Which reasoning is appropriate when considering whether to see a psychotherapist? a. ​You are trying to adjust to retirement. b. ​You are having severe headaches.

c. ​You want to learn more about your genetic heritage.

d. ​You seem to catch every cold and other infection going around.​ ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 19. ​Psychotherapy is for ____. a. ​individuals who have a psychological disorder only b. ​people with very good medical insurance only c. ​young people more than old people

d. ​a variety of people with a variety of types of problems ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 20. ​In order to be appropriate and adequate, psychotherapy must be ____. a. ​behavioral b. ​culturally sensitive

c. ​cognitively-oriented d. ​affordable

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. ​The requirement of informed consent for therapy is especially important when ____. a. ​any experimental treatment is being used b. ​the individual being treated is not especially motivated to change

c. ​the insurance company will only cover a limited number of sessions d. ​the client has never been in therapy before

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

22. ​Under what circumstances is a therapist required to report suspected elder abuse? a. ​only if there is evidence b. ​only if the therapist witnesses it c. ​if it is suspected

d. ​reporting of elder abuse is not required ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. ​In the U.S., about ____ of those with mental health problems have received treatment in the past year. a. ​20% b. ​40% c. ​60% d. ​80% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. ​Which age-group is most likely to have received mental health treatment in the past year? a. ​18 to 25 year-olds b. ​26 to 49 year-olds c. ​those 50 or older

d. ​All age groups are equally likely to receive treatment.

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. ​Which racial group is most likely to receive mental health services? a. ​Native Americans b. ​Whites c. ​Blacks

d. ​Asians ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. ​Psychoanalysts believe that the goal of therapy is to ____. a. ​gain insight into the real source of problems

b. ​enhance one’s sense of self-worth c. ​achieve self-actualization

d. ​eliminate distorted beliefs and perceptions ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 27. ​According to Freud’s theory, which component of one’s personality is most likely to be overwhelmed by unresolved unconscious conflicts? a. ​ego b. ​id c. ​superego

d. ​all of these are equally likely to be overwhelmed ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 28. ​Which view of therapy is most likely to emphasize insight as the goal of therapy? a. ​biomedical therapy b. ​cognitive therapy

c. ​behavioral therapy d. ​psychoanalysis

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 29. ​A psychoanalyst is a type of ____. a. ​behavioral psychologist b. ​biological psychologist c. ​psychotherapist

d. ​client-centered therapist ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. ​Which type of therapist is most likely to seek out signs of resistance? a. ​a cognitive therapist b. ​a client-centered therapist c. ​a psychoanalyst

d. ​a behavioral therapist ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. ​In psychoanalysis, the purpose of free association is to ____. a. ​strengthen the memory for important events b. ​increase the patient’s grasp on reality c. ​reveal unconscious conflicts

d. ​increase the use of defense mechanisms ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. ​Free association, dream analysis, and transference are therapeutic techniques most likely to be used by a ____. a. ​client-centered therapist b. ​cognitive therapist

c. ​humanistic therapist d. ​psychoanalyst

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. ​A psychoanalyst would probably interpret a client’s attempt to change the subject of a therapy session as ____. a. ​free association b. ​conditional acceptance c. ​sublimation d. ​resistance

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 34. ​In traditional psychoanalysis, which tool is most likely to be the early focus of therapy as a way of bringing important issues to light? a. ​resistance b. ​transference c. ​systematic desensitization d. ​free association

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. ​Dr. Covington uses free association and dream analysis in his practice to uncover unconscious conflicts so that his clients can gain insight into the real source of their problems. It is most likely that Dr. Covington uses what type of therapy in his practice? a. ​behavior therapy b. ​client-centered therapy c. ​cognitive therapy d. ​psychoanalysis

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 36. ​Dr. Vili is a psychoanalyst. She often gives her views on clients’ dreams to help them gain insight into their problems.

Dr. Vili is engaging in the psychoanalytic process of ____. a. ​interpretation b. ​resistance c. ​free association d. ​transference

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 37. ​The underlying meaning of a dream is called its ____. a. ​latent content b. ​manifest content c. ​resistance

d. ​transference ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. ​Which of the following is a technique typically used by psychoanalysts? a. ​dream analysis b. ​use of antipsychotic medication c. ​electroconvulsive therapy d. ​behavior modification

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. ​The process of transference ____. a. ​allows a psychoanalyst to gain insight into the client’s relationships with significant others b. ​is a hindrance to effective therapy that all successful therapists seek to avoid

c. ​is a technique used by people with psychological problems to repress their anxiety or depression d. ​is a step in the process of conditioning a person to overcome phobias and anxieties ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 40. ​Maria has recently begun unconsciously acting toward her therapist as if he was her father. This is known as ____. a. ​sublimation b. ​transference c. ​sublimation

d. ​reaction formation ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 41. ​Carlos is undergoing psychoanalysis with Dr. Lupe. After four months of therapy he finds himself fantasizing about Dr. Lupe and perceives her as loving, kind, and warm. Carlos is most likely experiencing ____. a. ​a delusion b. ​countertransference c. ​transference d. ​resistance

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 42. ​A therapist who spends long periods of time listening to her clients freely associate, and who generally takes years to work with her clients, is ____. a. ​less common today than in the 1950s b. ​more than likely a humanistic therapist c. ​unlikely to look for transference and resistance in her clients d. ​likely to have a larger than average number of clients ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 43. ​Which type of Freudian therapy is least likely to consist of long periods of free association by the client accompanied by a relative lack of direction from the therapist? a. ​traditional psychoanalysis b. ​humanistic psychoanalysis c. ​short-term dynamic therapy d. ​behavioral therapy

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. ​Short-term dynamic therapy is a modern version of ____. a. ​humanistic therapy b. rational-emotive therapy c. ​cognitive therapy d. ​psychoanalysis

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 45. ​Traditional psychoanalysis is ____ as modern psychoanalysis is to ____. a. ​focus on the present; focus on the past b. ​more directive role; less directive role c. ​long-term; short-term

d. ​more successful; less successful ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 46. ​As a therapist, June follows basic Freudian principles, but is more likely to focus on the present rather than the past, and takes a more directive role in getting to the heart of the client’s problem. She would be known as a ____. a. ​Jungian psychoanalyst b. ​transference oriented therapist c. ​psychodynamic therapist

d. ​behavioral psychoanalyst ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Apply

47. ​Psychodynamic therapists ____. a. ​are psychoanalysts b. ​are humanistic therapists

c. ​focus more on the past than the present

d. ​require the therapist to take a less active role in directing therapy sessions ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. ​Sienna’s psychotherapist rapidly interviews and questions her to uncover unconscious issues and themes. The therapist focuses less on Sienna’s past and more on her current problems and interpersonal relationships. Sienna is most likely undergoing what type of therapy? a. ​traditional psychoanalysis b. ​modern psychoanalysis c. ​humanistic therapy d. ​behavior therapy

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 49. ​Modern psychodynamic treatment tends to last no more than ____. a. ​a few weeks b. ​a few months c. ​one year

d. ​two years ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. ​Both psychodynamic therapy and humanistic therapy ____. a. ​focus more on unconscious forces controlling behavior

b. ​assume that people will naturally strive toward personal growth c. ​use transference as a therapeutic technique

d. ​emphasize current behavior rather than past behavior ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

51. ​Contrary to psychoanalysis, humanistic therapy ____. a. ​focuses more on unconscious forces controlling behavior

b. ​assumes that people will naturally strive toward personal growth c. ​uses transference as a therapeutic technique

d. ​emphasizes past behavior rather than current behavior ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 52. ​Client-centered therapy is a type of ____ therapy. a. ​humanistic b. ​cognitive

c. ​rational-emotive d. ​psychodynamic

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. ​Which type of therapy is most likely to emphasize a safe environment for self-exploration? a. ​cognitive therapy b. ​biomedical therapy c. ​humanistic therapy

d. ​rational-emotive therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 54. ​Dr. Rivera focuses less on unconscious forces that influence behavior and instead, likes to emphasize how people’s conscious interpretations of the world and their degree of self-awareness influence behavior. It is most likely that Dr. Rivera uses what type of therapy? a. ​psychoanalysis b. ​aversion therapy c. ​humanistic therapy

d. ​biomedical therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

55. ​Carl Rogers developed ____. a. ​psychodynamic therapy b. ​client-centered therapy c. ​behavioral therapy

d. ​rational-emotive therapy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. ​In developing his client-centered therapy, Carl Rogers was disillusioned with the methods of ____. a. ​behavioral therapy b. ​cognitive therapy c. ​psychoanalysis

d. ​humanistic therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. ​In contrast to Freud, Carl Rogers attempted to ____. a. ​reduce interpretation from the therapist b. ​eliminate self-awareness in the client

c. ​create a more psychologically distant relationship between therapist and client d. ​place greater emphasis on the expertise and clinical judgment of the therapist ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. ​In humanistic therapy, the therapist’s role is to ____. a. ​create a safe environment for self-exploration

b. ​interpret the client’s resistance and transference behaviors c. ​challenge and dispute faulty thinking processes

d. ​change contingencies of reinforcement to produce adaptive behavior ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. ​Which type of therapy is most likely to view the therapist as a facilitator? a. ​psychoanalysis

b. ​cognitive therapy

c. ​humanistic therapy d. ​behavioral therapy

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. ​A client-centered therapist is most likely to ____. a. ​serve more as a facilitator than an interpreter b. ​use transference to illuminate issues

c. ​believe that the client must be directed to change d. ​use a variety of medications

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. ​In client-centered therapy, empathy is communicated to the client by ____. a. ​accurately interpreting the client’s non-verbal signals of anxiety and tension b. ​active listening and reflecting the feelings expressed by the client

c. ​the therapist transferring her feelings for a loved one onto the client

d. ​giving sound and logical advice that can be understood and followed by the client ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. ​What three key characteristics of the therapist are crucial in client-centered therapy? a. ​patience, interpretive ability, and boldness b. ​empathy, genuineness, and unconditional positive regard c. ​ego-strength, active listening, and security

d. ​cognitive insight, authoritarian perspective, and autonomy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 63. ​Patrick’s therapist tries to reflect Patrick’s thoughts and feelings back to him to communicate the active attention that she is giving and to show that she understands him. Through these efforts she is demonstrating ____. a. ​authenticity b. ​unconditional positive regard c. ​empathy

d. ​genuineness ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 64. ​In which of the following therapies would the client assume the most responsibility for the course and direction of the treatment? a. ​client-centered therapy b. ​behavior therapy c. ​psychoanalysis

d. ​rational-emotive therapy ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 65. ​Sharnice’s therapist appears to be understanding of Sharnice’s feelings. Sharnice’s therapist is conveying ____. a. ​empathy b. ​unconditional positive regard c. ​conditional positive regard d. ​genuineness

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 66. ​The great importance in a humanistic therapist being genuine appears to be in ____. a. ​forcing the client to see the contrast between the client’s unhealthy behaviors and the therapist’s healthy ones b. ​the transference of the client’s feelings toward loved ones onto the therapist c. ​the sense of unconditional positive regard that the client will feel d. ​providing a healthy model for healthy relationships with others

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 67. ​The benefit of a humanistic therapist providing unconditional positive regard to the client appears to be greatest in ____. a. ​demonstrating to the client the genuine empathy felt by the therapist b. ​the transference of the client’s feelings toward loved ones onto the therapist c. ​creating a safe environment in which the client feels free to self-explore and make choices d. ​providing a healthy model for healthy relationships with others

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 68. ​Gerald’s therapist tries to be open and honest with her feelings in order to set an example and to show that relationships can be built on trust and honesty. Through these efforts, Gerald’s therapist is demonstrating ____. a. ​empathy b. ​integrity c. ​unconditional positive regard d. ​genuineness

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 69. ​The humanistic therapist is most likely to use techniques that ____ the client. a. ​support b. ​challenge c. ​interpret d. ​direct

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 70. ​Research on the three components of client-centered therapy suggest that providing ____ is/are enough to help clients make healthy changes. a. ​empathy alone b. ​unconditional positive regard alone c. ​both empathy and unconditional positive regard

d. ​empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 71. ​Research on the effectiveness of client-centered therapy suggests that it ____. a. ​is at least as effective as other types of therapy b. ​makes clients feel better but does not really provide effective therapy c. ​is more effective than any other type of therapy d. ​is the least effective type of therapy available

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 72. ​Compared to more structured therapy approaches, client-centered therapy ____. a. ​is less effective than more structured therapies b. ​makes clients feel better but does not really provide effective therapy c. ​is more effective than any other type of therapy d. ​is as effective as structured therapies

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 73. ​Moses is seeing a therapist for his fear of public speaking. His therapist offers him genuineness, empathy, and unconditional positive regard. What type of therapy is Moses most likely receiving? a. ​psychoanalysis b. ​rational-emotive therapy c. ​client-centered therapy d. ​Beck’s therapy

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 74. ​The ability to openly share one’s thoughts and feelings with others is called ____. a. ​empathy b. ​unconditional positive regard c. ​genuineness d. ​insight

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 75. ​Behavior therapy differs from psychoanalysis in that it ____. a. ​attempts to remove defense mechanisms from the client b. ​uses the term “client,” rather than “patient”

c. ​focuses upon the present rather than the past d. ​seeks to develop insight in the client

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Thinking Critically

76. ​Which technique is most closely associated with behavior therapy? a. ​reflective listening b. ​classical conditioning c. ​transference d. ​resistance

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 77. ​The assumption of behavior therapy is that ____. a. ​all behavior is the product of thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions

b. ​abnormal behavior comes from our thought processes, but normal behavior is learned from the environment c. ​normal behavior is learned from the environment, but abnormal behavior comes from our thought processes d. ​both normal and abnormal behaviors are learned from the environment

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 78. ​In order for change to occur in clients, the behavior therapist attempts to ____. a. ​uncover the internal conflicts within the client b. ​show clients the effects of their own thinking

c. ​change the environment to produce different behaviors

d. ​present an environment in which the client feels safe to explore and make choices ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 79. ​Dr. Grogan is a therapist who uses learning principles to change maladaptive behavior. What type of therapy does Dr. Grogan most likely use? a. ​humanistic therapy b. ​psychoanalysis c. ​behavior therapy

d. ​cognitive therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

80. ​Which technique is not associated with behavior therapy? a. ​interpretation of resistance b. ​progressive muscle relaxation c. ​systematic desensitization d. ​anxiety hierarchy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 81. ​The aim of systematic desensitization is to have a client become relaxed and then ____. a. ​expose the client to positive statements designed to increase self-esteem b. ​suddenly subject the client to the thing most feared by the client c. ​have the client and therapist develop an anxiety hierarchy

d. ​vigorously challenge the self-defeating thinking of the client ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 82. ​Systematic desensitization is a technique used in ____. a. ​humanistic therapy b. ​psychoanalysis

c. ​behavior therapy

d. ​cognitive therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 83. ​Systematic desensitization relies upon the principle of ____. a. ​instrumental conditioning b. ​observational conditioning c. ​operant conditioning

d. ​classical conditioning ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 84. ​Systematic desensitization is based on the idea that ____. a. ​perceptions determine behaviors, rather than the other way around

b. ​one cannot be anxious and relaxed at the same time

c. ​controlling one’s emotions is the key to healthy behavior d. ​the past is the best predictor of the future

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 85. ​If you have a fear of riding in elevators, your therapist may teach you how to relax and then gradually expose you to the elements of riding in elevators that you fear. This technique is called ____. a. ​flooding b. ​aversion therapy c. ​systematic desensitization

d. ​covert sensitization therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 86. ​Which technique is based on classical conditioning principles? a. ​token economy b. ​cognitive therapy c. ​aversion therapy

d. ​rational emotive therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 87. ​What are the three steps involved in systematic desensitization? a. ​identifying the problem, changing the contingencies, and debriefing for long term change

b. ​muscle relaxation, creating an anxiety hierarchy, and pairing relaxation with each item on the hierarchy

c. ​making free associations, interpreting resistance and transference, and restructuring defense mechanisms d. ​actively listening, demonstrating genuineness and empathy, and showing unconditional acceptance ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 88. ​Using in vivo exposure, a behavior therapist ____. a. ​uses electric shock to create a negative association with a maladaptive behavior

b. ​uses imaginary painful stimuli to create a negative association with a maladaptive behavior c. ​gradually introduces a fearful person to an imaginary feared stimulus

d. ​gradually introduces a fearful person to the actual feared stimulus ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 89. ​Systematic desensitization that does not involve in vivo exposure ____. a. ​presents the feared situations more suddenly than gradually b. ​can only be conducted in a laboratory context

c. ​consists only of imagined exposure to feared situations d. ​does not make use of the anxiety hierarchy

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 90. ​Virtual reality technology is most likely to be used with which technique of therapy? a. ​token economy b. ​free association c. ​transference

d. ​systematic desensitization ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 91. ​Virtual reality technology has been used as a tool in treating ____. a. ​schizophrenia b. ​bipolar disorder

c. ​post-traumatic stress disorder d. ​major depression

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 92. ​After which of the following techniques is spontaneous recovery of fear most likely? a. ​virtual reality therapy b. ​flooding

c. ​systematic desensitization d. ​token economy ANSWER:

b

REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 93. ​Markus is terrified of dogs. His therapist confines him in a room with a bunch of friendly puppies. Markus is frightened at first, but after an hour, the fear begins to subside. Markus’s therapist is using ____. a. ​virtual reality therapy b. ​flooding c. ​systematic desensitization d. ​token economy

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 94. ​Learning that smoking is associated with an unpleasant experience by snapping a rubber band on your wrist every time you get the urge to smoke would be an example of ____. a. ​aversion therapy b. ​systematic desensitization c. ​displacement d. ​resistance

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 95. ​Aversion therapy is a technique used in ____. a. ​humanistic therapy b. psychoanalysis​

c. ​behavior therapy

d. ​cognitive therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 96. ​Aversion therapy involves ____. a. ​using operant conditioning to deliver punishment for inappropriate behavior b. ​pairing an unpleasant stimulus with the behavior that you want to change

c. ​imagining being dead and then comparing that to the freedoms associated with being alive d. ​vigorously challenging self-defeating thinking patterns

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

97. ​Antabuse is used in ____. a. ​aversion therapy for people with alcoholism

b. ​biomedical therapy for individuals with schizophrenia c. ​psychoanalysis for mind expansion

d. ​systematic desensitization for relaxation ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 98. ​A natural form of aversive conditioning is ____. a. ​winning the lottery b. ​food poisoning c. ​taking a test

d. ​falling in love ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 99. ​Enrique wants to quit smoking. His therapist has him imagine scarred and diseased lungs every time he lights up a cigarette. Enrique is undergoing ____. a. ​aversion therapy b. ​client-centered therapy c. ​rational-emotive therapy

d. ​systematic desensitization ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 100. ​Imagining the embarrassment of being caught by your colleagues in the midst of a sexually deviant behavior is an example of the technique of ____. a. ​systematic desensitization b. ​token economy c. ​covert sensitization therapy d. ​rational-emotive therapy

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

101. ​Aversion therapy has been used as a therapy for ____. a. ​schizophrenia b. ​gambling

c. ​depression

d. ​bipolar disorder ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 102. ​Many would regard covert sensitization therapy as a more humane form of treatment that can be used as an alternative for ____. a. ​aversion therapy b. ​cognitive restructuring c. ​token economy

d. ​systematic desensitization ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 103. ​A behavior therapist using operant conditioning techniques attempts to change undesirable behavior by ____. a. ​creating specific associations with behavior b. ​examining the underlying feelings related to behavior

c. ​exploring the past and its relationship to current behavior d. ​changing the consequences of behavior

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 104. ​Every time Kian correctly uses his fork, his mother praises him. Kian’s mother is most likely using which operant conditioning strategy to influence Kian’s behavior? a. ​punishment b. ​extinction c. ​positive reinforcement d. ​covert sensitization

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

105. ​Reinforcing a shy child with verbal praise every time he speaks out in class is an example of ____. a. ​classical conditioning b. ​negative reinforcement

c. ​observational conditioning d. ​operant conditioning

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 106. ​Behavior therapy techniques that rely on operant conditioning principles include ____. a. ​flooding b. ​systematic desensitization c. ​reflection d. ​shaping

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 107. ​Of the following therapeutic techniques, which is most similar to the behavioral principle of punishment? a. ​token economy b. ​cognitive restructuring c. ​transference

d. ​aversive conditioning ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 108. ​Shaping can be used in behavior therapy and is based on ____ principles. a. ​operant conditioning b. ​latent learning

c. ​classical conditioning

d. ​nonassociative learning ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 109. ​A token economy involves ____. a. ​rewarding appropriate behavior with points or chips that can be exchanged for desired items such as food

b. ​teaching social skills, communication strategies and other adaptive behaviors through therapy c. ​using the stock market as a tool to give people practical experience in real world activities

d. ​group therapy in which everyone is required to participate in building various tokens, thereby promoting connectedness within the group ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 110. ​If you have participated in an environment in which something like gold stars were given for appropriate behavior, and a certain number of gold stars earned something like an ice cream treat, you have been involved in a ____. a. ​covert sensitization study b. ​nonreinforcement procedure c. ​token economy

d. ​cooperative self-help group ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 111. ​Dr. Robinson works with people who are intellectually disabled. In order to help them master self-help skills, he positively reinforces each successive attempt toward a skill. What behavioral strategy is Dr. Robinson using? a. ​extinction b. ​sensitization c. ​aversion therapy d. ​shaping

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 112. ​Because behavior therapies do not address important thoughts and perceptions, they are often used in conjunction with ____. a. ​psychoanalysis b. ​humanistic therapy c. ​cognitive therapy

d. ​covert sensitization therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 113. ​Kitchell’s son is throwing an absolute fit at the pool. He screams and stamps his feet. Kitchell ignores him, all the other parents ignore him, and so do his friends. Eventually his tantrum stops. Kitchell has used which operant

conditioning strategy? a. ​positive reinforcement b. ​negative reinforcement c. ​nonreinforcement d. ​shaping

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 114. ​Which strategy is least likely to be used by a behavioral therapist? a. ​flooding b. ​nonreinforcement c. ​punishment

d. ​positive reinforcement ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 115. ​In order to address the concerns raised by thoughts and perceptions, behavioral strategies have become increasingly combined with ____. a. ​psychoanalytic therapy b. ​humanistic therapy c. ​biomedical therapy d. ​cognitive therapy

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 116. ​Kristen, who is afraid of leaving her house, is asked to write out a list of situations that trigger her fear, from least fear-provoking to most fear-provoking. Kristen is creating a(n) ____. a. ​forgetting curve b. ​token economy c. ​anxiety hierarchy

d. ​stimulus-response pairing ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 117. ​What behavioral technique are companies that use “point-rewards” (giving customers points that can eventually be

redeemed for an item or service)? a. ​spontaneous recovery b. ​token economy c. ​classical conditioning d. ​nonreinforcement

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 118. ​Because behavioral strategies do not address the thoughts and perceptions associated with behavior, ____ is increasingly used in conjunction with behavioral methods. a. ​aversion therapy b. ​cognitive therapy c. ​medications

d. ​psychodynamic therapy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 119. ​The therapy developed by Albert Ellis is called ____. a. ​person-centered therapy b. ​rational-emotive therapy

c. ​covert sensitization therapy

d. ​cognitive distortion therapy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 120. ​The goal of rational-emotive therapy is to ____. a. ​identify and change irrational beliefs

b. ​provide insight into underlying emotions and feelings

c. ​learn adaptive behavior and unlearn maladaptive behavior d. ​feel a renewed sense of self-worth and determination

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 121. ​Rational-emotive therapy is a form of ____. a. ​psychodynamic therapy

b. ​behavioral therapy c. ​cognitive therapy

d. ​humanistic therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 122. ​Lori’s therapist often points out her irrational beliefs by logically and forcefully confronting her with them. Her therapist is most likely a ____. a. ​behavioral therapist b. ​psychoanalyst c. ​client-centered therapist

d. ​rational-emotive therapist ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 123. ​Aaron Beck’s focus on automatic and negative thought patterns and Albert Ellis’s focus on rational-emotive therapy reflect the common view that ____. a. ​unconscious conflicts are the primary cause of anxiety and depression b. ​anxiety and depression stem from faulty cognitive processes c. ​if a person can stop engaging in self-defeating behaviors, depression and anxiety will be reduced

d. ​a low sense of self-worth and being conditionally accepted by others is the primary cause of depression and anxiety ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 124. ​Janine is in therapy for depression. The therapist confronts Janine’s incorrect beliefs, and indicates how her negative thoughts are contributing to her feelings of depression. Janine is most likely undergoing ____. a. ​client-centered therapy b. ​psychoanalysis c. ​behavior therapy

d. ​rational-emotive therapy ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 125. ​Josh is a person with an anxiety disorder. His therapist confronts Josh’s unhealthy ways of thinking and tries to get him to change his interpretation of events. Josh is most likely undergoing ____.

a. ​behavior modification

b. ​rational-emotive therapy c. ​client-centered therapy d. ​psychoanalysis

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 126. ​Aaron Beck developed his view of cognitive therapy after noticing ____. a. ​that people with schizophrenia tend to exhibit paranoia more than any other symptom b. ​his own self-defeating ways of thinking

c. ​a common tendency among his clients who are depressed to have a negative view of themselves and the world d. ​that children who have a more pessimistic attitude about their abilities usually grow to be more successful in life than those children who are overly optimistic ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 127. ​Which type of therapy is most similar to rational-emotive therapy? a. ​Aaron Beck’s cognitive therapy b. ​Sigmund Freud’s psychoanalytic therapy c. ​Carl Roger’s client-centered therapy d. ​John Watson’s behavior therapy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 128. ​Aaron Beck’s cognitive therapy is not as ____ Albert Ellis’ rational-emotive therapy. a. ​successful b. ​widely used

c. ​comprehensive

d. ​confrontational ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 129. ​Makena is in therapy for depression. Makena and her therapist work together in therapy to identify her negative automatic thoughts. They then test the accuracy of these thoughts. Makena is most likely undergoing ____. a. ​behavior modification

b. ​psychoanalysis

c. ​cognitive therapy

d. ​client-centered therapy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 130. ​Cognitive therapy has been found to ____. a. ​be the most successful treatment for depression and anxiety disorders

b. ​be helpful in treating anxiety disorders, but not especially helpful in treating depression c. ​be just as effective as medications in treating anxiety disorders and depression

d. ​not be effective in treating disorders which are thought to have behavioral causes ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 131. ​CBT stands for ____. a. ​Covert Balance Therapy

b. ​Calibrated Blocking Therapy c. ​Cognitive-Behavior Therapy d. ​Client-Based Therapy

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 132. ​How did Beck view the relationship between client and therapist? a. ​therapist as teacher and client as student b. ​fraught with transference and countertransference c. ​a way to understand relationships with family d. ​a collaborative team

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 133. ​The first step is Beck’s therapeutic approach is ____. a. ​confrontation of the client b. ​creation of an anxiety hierarchy

c. ​learning to identify negative automatic thoughts

d. ​development of a token economy ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 134. ​Recently, ____ has been used to target the positive symptoms of schizophrenia. a. ​psychodynamic therapy b. ​rational-emotive therapy c. ​aversive conditioning

d. ​cognitive-behavior therapy ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 135. ​Cognitive-behavior therapy is considered as ____ psychological treatment for people with obsessive-compulsive and related disorders and chronic pain. a. ​somewhat effective b. ​inappropriate c. ​inadequate d. ​the best

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 136. ​Which type of therapy would provide the greatest opportunity to learn from others who share similar problems? a. ​rational-emotive therapy b. ​token economy therapy c. ​group therapy

d. ​psychoanalysis ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 137. ​Studies of group therapy have found that it is ____. a. ​not as effective as most other forms of therapy b. ​effective for some disorders

c. ​more effective than psychodynamic therapy, but not as effective as cognitive therapy d. ​more effective than most other forms of therapy

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 138. ​In family therapy, ____. a. ​others in the family are taught how to deal with the family member who is the identified patient

b. ​the family member who is identified as the patient is taught how to conform with the rest of the family c. ​family members are given the opportunity to act as therapists for each other

d. ​the identified patient is merely viewed as the scapegoat for the larger problems in the family ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 139. ​In family therapy, the focus is on the ____. a. ​identified patient b. parents c. ​family as a whole

d. ​sibling relationships ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 140. ​A couple therapist assumes that problems in a relationship stem from ____. a. ​psychological disorders in one or both of the partners b. ​poor communication

c. ​stress brought on by forces outside of the relationship d. ​a lack of commitment

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 141. ​Couple therapy focuses on ____. a. ​improving communication and intimacy between two people in a committed relationship b. ​helping each individual in a couple get what they want out of the relationship

c. ​teaching partners in a committed relationship how to maintain their own individuality in order to better their relationship d. ​teaching partners in a committed relationship how to deny their own individuality and selfhood in order to better the relationship ANSWER:

a

REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 142. ​If you desire therapy to improve the communication you have with your partner, it would be most beneficial to receive ____. a. ​family therapy b. ​rational-emotive therapy c. ​humanistic therapy d. ​couple therapy

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 143. ​Jorge and Liza have been married for eight years. During the early years of their marriage, they rarely fought and had little difficulty settling their minor disputes. Lately, however, they cannot agree and constantly bicker and insult one another. Often, they go days without speaking to each other to avoid another confrontation. Jorge and Liza might best be helped with ____. a. ​individual psychotherapy b. ​couple therapy c. ​a self-help group d. ​psychoanalysis

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 144. ​Suppose you want to obtain social support from a group of others who share the same problems, and without the intervention of a mental health professional. You will likely find what you are looking for in a type of group therapy called ____. a. ​people helping people b. ​community therapy c. ​rational process therapy d. ​self-help groups

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 145. ​Each week Carmela sits down and talks with other people who have also been diagnosed with and are undergoing treatment for cancer. Carmela is most likely participating in ____. a. ​family therapy b. ​a self-help group c. ​couple therapy

d. ​client-centered therapy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 146. ​Some research on the effectiveness of self-help groups has shown that they ____. a. ​can be just as effective as therapy with a mental health professional b. ​are not as effective as therapy with a psychiatrist

c. ​are beneficial only for those with schizophrenia or bipolar disorders d. ​are most beneficial for younger females

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 147. ​Family therapists tend to focus on the ____. a. ​needs of the identified patient b. ​complaints of the other family members c. ​functioning of the identified patient d. ​functioning of the family as a unit

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 148. ​Which approach, developed by Sue Johnson and Les Greenberg, helps couples identify, manage, and ultimately transform negative, reactive emotions? a. ​EFT b. ​REBT c. ​ECT

d. ​MAO ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 149. ​Research on the effectiveness of therapy has shown that those receiving therapy ____. a. ​usually end up no better off than those who did not receive therapy

b. ​generally end up better off than those who do not receive any form of therapy, but not better off than those taking a placebo c. ​generally end up better off than those taking a placebo, but not better off than those who do not receive any form of therapy

d. ​generally end up better off than both those who do not receive therapy and those who take placebos ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 150. ​If your friend seems to be a good candidate for psychological therapy, but is wondering if it would really be beneficial, you could tell your friend that ____. a. ​there has been no scientific research on this topic b. ​most people receiving therapy gain nothing from it c. ​most people receiving therapy benefit from it

d. ​about half of those receiving therapy benefit, and the other half do not benefit ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 151. ​Phobias appear to respond best to ____ therapy. a. ​behavior b. ​humanistic

c. ​psychodynamic d. ​cognitive

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 152. ​As a therapist, Monique uses many different techniques representing a variety of theoretical approaches. She would best be described as following a(n) ____ approach. a. ​client-centered b. ​rational-emotive c. ​eclectic

d. ​extraneous ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 153. ​Which question is most likely to be asked by an eclectic therapist? a. ​“Which treatment is most effective for this person, with this problem, under these circumstances?” b. ​“Which treatment is most effective for this person?”

c. ​“Which treatment is most effective for this problem?”

d. ​“Which treatment is most effective under these circumstances?”

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 154. ​An eclectic approach to therapy reflects a ____ approach. a. ​structured b. ​personalized c. ​consistent d. ​passive

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 155. ​Ervin has been diagnosed with panic disorder. Which type of therapy is likely to be the most effective for Ervin? a. ​psychoanalysis b. ​humanistic therapy c. ​cognitive therapy d. ​group therapy

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 156. ​Dr. Martin is a psychiatrist who uses drugs in combination with psychoanalysis, cognitive therapy, and behavior therapy in her practice. Dr. Martin would be classified as what kind of therapist? a. ​pharmocoanalytic b. ​eclectic c. ​generalist

d. ​humanistic ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 157. ​Your friend Armando wants to know if psychotherapy works. Which statement is the best answer you can give your friend? a. ​Yes, psychotherapy works, but only for people with depression. b. ​Yes, psychotherapy works, but only if it is behavior treatments. c. ​Yes, psychotherapy is better than no treatment at all.

d. ​No, psychotherapy is no better than a placebo treatment.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 158. ​Which therapy is recommended for treatment of trauma? a. ​eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy b. ​cognitive therapy

c. ​rational-emotive therapy d. ​token economy

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 159. ​Successful therapy is often characterized by a strong therapeutic alliance, meaning that ____. a. ​the therapist takes responsibility for improvement and makes it happen

b. ​the client gets involved in group therapy with several others who can provide support and encouragement c. ​the therapist and client work together in a collaborative effort to promote improvement d. ​several therapists are used to treat the many parts of the client’s problems

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 160. ​Which characteristic of a therapist is mentioned in the textbook as contributing to the success of psychotherapy? a. ​having a doctorate degree b. ​being empathetic and warm

c. ​having a family history of psychological disorders d. ​being trained at a major research university

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 161. ​Which of the following appears to be the most important contributor to therapeutic success? a. ​the type of therapy practiced by the therapist b. ​the therapeutic alliance between the client and the therapist c. ​the amount and type of education attained by the therapist d. ​the gender match between the therapist and the client

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

162. ​Claire and her therapist have a collaborative relationship that is built on mutual respect and trust. Claire and her therapist have established a positive ____. a. ​therapy outcome b. ​genuineness c. ​eclectic approach

d. ​therapeutic alliance ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 163. ​If Dr. Harvey wants to create a successful therapeutic alliance with his clients, which of the following should he avoid? a. ​protecting clients from painful emotions b. ​establishing trust c. ​evidencing a caring attitude

d. ​being sensitive to cultural differences ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 164. ​Which client characteristic contributes to the success of psychotherapy? a. ​a previous history of psychological disorders b. ​having supportive loved ones

c. ​not expressing feelings and thoughts

d. ​not being actively involved in therapy ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 165. Technology-assisted programs have been used to successfully treat ____. a. ​anxiety b. ​schizophrenia c. ​antisocial personality disorder d. ​bipolar disorder

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

166. ​Online psychological services have been ____. a. ​rejected as fundamentally unethical

b. ​shown to be less effective than face-to-face psychological services c. ​shown to exert negative effects on clients

d. ​shown to result in improved functioning for some disorders ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 167. ​The most common form of biomedical therapy today is ____. a. ​psychosurgery b. ​ECT

c. ​medication

d. ​chiropractic ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 168. ​Chandra is a person with an anxiety disorder who is receiving medical treatment. Chandra is most likely receiving ____. a. ​electroconvulsive therapy b. ​psychosurgery c. ​psychoanalysis d. ​drug therapy

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 169. ​Which statement is most appropriate regarding the use of medication to treat a mental disorder? a. ​Medications can be effective cures for many different types of psychological disorders. b. ​Medications should be avoided in any treatment of psychological disorders.

c. ​Medications help to stabilize clients so that psychological issues can be addressed.

d. ​Medications are of limited value and should be avoided in treating psychological disorders.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 170. ​Biomedical therapy such as a nicotine patch tends to ____. a. ​be able to help people quit smoking without any other intervention

b. ​fail to help people quit smoking

c. ​be helpful in quitting smoking when combined with other therapeutic approaches d. ​make people even more dependent than before they tried using it ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 171. ​Benzodiazepine medications such as Xanax and Valium ____. a. ​reduce tension and relax the muscles b. ​speed up parts of the brain needed for self-control c. ​suppress hallucinations and delusions

d. ​improve mood and stabilize emotions ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 172. ​Marco goes to see a psychiatrist to alleviate his extreme anxiety. Which drug is the psychiatrist most likely to prescribe for Marco’s anxiety? a. ​barbiturates b. ​lithium c. ​benzodiazepines

d. ​atypical antipsychotics ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 173. ​Antianxiety medications most influence the activity of ____. a. ​GABA b. ​endorphins c. ​glutamate

d. ​dopamine ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 174. ​Which of the following is an antianxiety medication? a. ​Haldol b. ​Depakote c. ​Valium

d. ​Prozac ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 175. ​The medication Xanax would be most likely prescribed for which of the following? a. ​schizophrenia b. ​generalized anxiety disorder

c. ​dissociative identity disorder d. ​bipolar disorder

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 176. ​What is one disadvantage of using antianxiety medications? a. ​the development of tardive dyskinesia b. ​the possibility of addiction

c. ​the acceleration of sympathetic nervous system activity causing hyperactivity

d. ​the development of depression if the client is genetically predisposed to mood disorders ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 177. ​What is a possible negative effect of taking Valium? a. ​insomnia b. ​reduction in coordination c. ​hyperalertness

d. ​increased heart rate ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 178. ​A nonbenzodiazepine antianxiety medication that reduces many of the disadvantages of benzodiazepine medications is called ____. a. ​Xanax b. ​Valium c. ​Clozaril d. ​BuSpar

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 179. ​If you were prescribed BuSpar, you should expect that it ____. a. ​may be highly addictive

b. ​may take several days or weeks before positive results are experienced c. ​would be an effective method of bringing you out of depression d. ​would be effective in treating your ADHD

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 180. ​In contrast to Xanax, as a treatment for anxiety, BuSpar ____. a. ​takes longer to have an effect b. ​carries a greater risk of dependence c. ​is a benzodiazepine drug d. ​reduces anxiety faster

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 181. ​Antipsychotic drugs are primarily used to treat ____. a. ​somatoform disorders b. ​dissociative identity disorders c. ​anxiety disorders d. ​schizophrenia

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 182. ​Conventional antipsychotic medications reduce the action of ____ in the brain. a. ​dopamine b. ​serotonin

c. ​norepinephrine d. ​GABA

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

183. ​Conventional antipsychotic medications like Haldol and Mellaril ____. a. ​are more effective in treating the negative symptoms than the positive symptoms of schizophrenia b. ​are more effective in treating the positive symptoms than the negative symptoms of schizophrenia c. ​only work for about 20% of the people who take them d. ​do not lead to tardive dyskinesia with long-term use

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 184. ​Bryan is a person with paranoid schizophrenia who suffers from auditory hallucinations and delusions. Which medication is most likely to be effective for Bryan’s disorder? a. ​Valium b. ​clozapine c. ​Prozac

d. ​lithium ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 185. ​Tardive dyskinesia is most closely associated with the use of ____. a. ​antidepressants b. ​conventional antipsychotic medications c. ​antianxiety medications d. ​lithium

ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 186. ​If you meet a long-term user of conventional antipsychotic medications, you may notice involuntary movements of the mouth, tongue, and face. This would be the manifestation of ____. a. ​agranulocytosis b. ​atypical psychosis c. ​tardive dyskinesia

d. ​Korsakoff’s syndrome ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply

187. Atypical antipsychotic medications like clozapine ____. a. ​cause far more serious side effects than conventional antipsychotics b. ​should be avoided in individuals who also have bipolar disorder

c. ​may be effective in reducing both the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia d. ​have higher rates of tardive dyskinesia

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 188. ​Which of the following would be characterized as an atypical antipsychotic medication? a. ​Haldol b. ​Thorazine c. ​clozapine d. ​Mellaril

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 189. ​Certain atypical antipsychotic medications also have been found to be useful in the treatment of ____. a. ​depression b. ​anxiety

c. ​obsessive-compulsive disorder d. ​bipolar disorder

ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 190. ​A person who is prescribed a tricyclic drug has most likely been diagnosed with ____. a. ​depression b. ​schizophrenia

c. ​antisocial personality disorder d. ​generalized anxiety disorder

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Thinking Critically 191. ​The most frequently prescribed antidepressants are ____. a. ​selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors b. ​anticonvulsants

c. ​MAO inhibitors d. ​tricyclics

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 192. ​MAO inhibitors are less frequently prescribed for depression than tricyclics and SSRIs because they ____. a. ​are less effective b. ​have more serious potential side effects c. ​are less often advertised to the public

d. ​take longer to achieve a therapeutic effect ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 193. ​Eraj has been extremely depressed and was prescribed a drug to alleviate his depression. Eraj was most likely given a prescription for ____. a. ​barbiturates b. ​benzodiazepines c. ​atypical antipsychotics

d. ​selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 194. ​Connor is diagnosed with bipolar disorder. His psychiatrist is most likely to prescribe what type of medication to treat his disorder? a. ​Librium b. ​lithium c. ​Prozac

d. ​Valium ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 195. ​Lithium is most effective in treating ____. a. ​depressive states b. ​thought disorders c. ​anxiety

d. ​manic states ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 196. ​Anticonvulsant medications may be prescribed for those diagnosed with ____. a. ​obsessive-compulsive disorder b. ​dissociative identity disorder c. ​bipolar disorder d. ​depression

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 197. ​Which of the following is a challenge in using a biomedical treatment for bipolar disorder? a. ​patient compliance b. ​managing the manic aspect of the disorder

c. ​managing the depressed aspect of the disorder d. ​getting the patient to exercise and eat right

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Apply 198. ​Research has shown that ECT ____. a. ​produces long-lasting improvements

b. ​is ineffective for psychotic depression

c. ​relieves depression faster than medication d. ​is the treatment of choice for depression

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 199. ​Today, psychosurgeries are most likely to be used to control the symptoms of ____. a. ​phobia b. ​schizophrenia c. ​anxiety

d. ​obsessive-compulsive disorder ANSWER:

d

REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 200. ​A good example of a psychosurgery performed today that has an acceptable success rate is the ____. a. ​implantation of deep brain stimulators in patients with Parkinson’s disease b. ​severing of nerves that connect the frontal lobe to the rest of the brain

c. ​removal of the amygdala in patients with severe fears and emotional responses d. ​rerouting of dopamine pathways in the brain to decrease addictive tendencies ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 201. ​Your friends may believe that psychosurgeries are no longer performed today. You can tell them that ____. a. ​a majority of neurosurgeons perform psychosurgeries regularly b. ​psychosurgery is the most effective treatment available for severe cases of schizophrenia c. ​they are correct; these surgeries are a thing of the past

d. ​some psychosurgeries are still done, but much more precisely than in the past ANSWER: d REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 202. ​The antidepressant ____ is also used for tobacco cessation treatment. a. ​Zyban b. ​Elavil c. ​Paxil

d. ​Zoloft ANSWER: a REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 203. ​Research on the effectiveness of lithium treatment is challenging because ____. a. ​therapeutic levels are established very quickly b. ​it is no longer viewed as an appropriate treatment

c. ​there is extreme variability in people’s absorption of lithium d. ​it is so quickly and profoundly addictive

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

204. ​In one large study of patients with bipolar disorder receiving treatment in VA settings, almost ____ did not take their medications as prescribed a. ​40% b. ​50% c. ​60% d. ​70% ANSWER: b REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 205. ​In 2008, the FDA approved transcranial magnetic stimulation as a treatment for ____ for people who have not responded to at least one medication. a. ​schizophrenia b. ​borderline personality disorder c. ​major depressive disorder

d. ​obsessive-compulsive disorder ANSWER: c REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 206. ​Describe some of the career paths a person could take to fulfill a goal of becoming a psychotherapist.

ANSWER: There are a variety of ways one could pursue a desire to help people through becoming a psychotherapist, as the term is a broad one. Psychotherapists include psychologists, counselors, psychiatrists, social workers, and marital and family therapists. Generally, at least a master’s degree is needed to become a professional therapist, with some psychotherapists requiring a doctorate-level degree or medical degree. Most states require some form of licensing or certification of professionals.​ REFERENCES: 14.1 Providing Psychological Assistance KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 207. ​Describe three methods that are employed in traditional psychoanalysis.

ANSWER: Free association involves talking freely about a subject without censoring any thoughts. The client is fully awake and is asked to talk about a specific topic. The client says whatever comes to mind. The psychoanalyst makes very few comments during free association, instead focusing on important themes or issues that may be revealed. ​ Dream analysis is a tool that some psychoanalysts use to reveal unconscious conflicts (Pesant & Zadra, 2004). Dreams do not directly represent unconscious conflicts but rather are comprised of symbols that reflect these underlying unconscious impulses. It is the psychoanalyst’s job to decipher the true meaning, or latent content, of these dreams and thereby reveal important unconscious issues. ​ Free association and dream analysis provide the psychoanalyst with information on the unconscious workings of the client’s mind. The psychoanalyst can then make interpretations to the client.

Interpretations are the psychoanalyst’s views on the themes and issues that may be influencing the client’s behavior. These interpretations may help the client gain insight into his or her problems. ​

Resistance occurs when a client behaves in such a way as to deny or avoid certain topics or issues. A client may resist a psychoanalyst’s interpretation because it is too close to the truth and therefore creates anxiety. Clients may miss appointments or arrive late as a way of resisting the revealing nature of the therapy session. Clients may laugh or joke about topics that are actually quite painful for them. These resistant behaviors provide the psychoanalyst an additional clue to the unconscious conflicts affecting the client. ​ The process of transference also provides a clue to a client’s unconscious conflicts. Freud (1949) believed that at some point during therapy, clients would un- consciously react to the therapist as if the therapist were his or her parent, friend, sibling, or romantic partner. Freud termed this unconscious reaction transference because the client was unknowingly transferring feelings and emotions toward a loved one onto the therapist.

REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 208. ​Describe the basic differences between traditional psychoanalysis and modern psychodynamic therapy.

ANSWER: ​Modern psychoanalysis, often referred to as psychodynamic therapy, or short- term dynamic therapy, is evident in many different forms. Such therapies are consistent with the views of Freud and the psychoanalytic approach. They continue to rely on the therapist’s interpretations of the client’s feelings and behavior, and on identifying instances of transference and resistance. However, modern psychoanalysis tends to focus less on the client’s past. Current problems and the nature of interpersonal relationships are seen as more important in improving the client’s behavior. The therapist also plays a more direct role, rapidly interviewing and questioning the client to uncover unconscious issues and themes in a shorter time. Then the therapist and client agree to focus on a limited set of problems that are seen as causing the client the most trouble. For example, in interpersonal therapy, extensive attention is given to the client’s relationships and interpersonal behaviors that seem to be the most important in the onset and/or maintenance of depression. Modern psychoanalysis tends to be more short term, lasting no more than a few months, and appears to be effective in improving clients’ symptoms (Abbass, Town, & Driessen, 2011; Cortina, 2010; Jakobsen et al., 2012; Schottenbauer et al., 2008; Shedler, 2010; SlavinMulford et al., 2011).

REFERENCES: 14.2 Psychoanalytic Therapies: Uncovering Unconscious Conflicts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 209. ​What are the critical elements of client-centered therapy?

ANSWER: According to Rogers, empathy is the ability to understand a client’s feelings and thoughts without being judgmental. The therapist does not express disapproval toward the client but rather indicates understanding of the client’s feelings. Conveying empathy involves actively listening to the client— making eye contact, nodding as the client speaks, and assuming an interested and attentive pose.

Empathy also involves reflection. The therapist restates, repeats, or summarizes the thoughts and feelings that he or she hears the client express. Reflected statements communicate to the client the active attention of the therapist and mirror the client’s perceptions and views of reality. ​ A second key therapist quality in client-centered therapy is genuineness. Genuineness is the ability to openly share one’s thoughts and feelings with others. The therapist expresses his or her true feelings and thoughts to the client and does not hide behind the mask of being the “professional,” “doctor,” or authority figure. The therapist self-discloses a fair amount to the client, which allows the client to see the therapist as a real, living person. Such disclosure also creates an open environment that promotes trust and an honest expression of thoughts and feelings. ​ The third key quality in client-centered therapy, unconditional positive regard, was introduced in the chapter on personality. Recall that Rogers defined unconditional positive regard as the ability to accept and value a person for who he or she is, regardless of his or her faults or problems. Rogers believed that receiving unconditional positive regard in one’s childhood is a key factor in healthy personality

adjustment. A therapist who offers unconditional positive regard to a client does not indicate shock, dismay, or disapproval to any client statements. Instead, the therapist communicates caring and respect toward the client regard- less of what the client says.

REFERENCES: 14.3 Humanistic Therapy: Facilitating Self-Actualization KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 210. ​Explain how systematic desensitization might be used to treat a person with a phobia of heights.

ANSWER: Systematic desensitization involves replacing a fear or anxiety response with an incompatible response of relaxation and positive emotion. Anxiety and relaxation are competing responses. You cannot feel both at the same time; you can only feel one or the other. So the aim of systematic desensitization is to have a client learn how to relax and then slowly and systematically introduce the feared object, situation, or thought while the client maintains a positive state of pleasure or relaxation. ​ Systematic desensitization is accomplished in three basic steps. First, the client is trained in progressive muscle relaxation. Once the client has learned progressive relaxation, the client and therapist develop an anxiety hierarchy. An anxiety hierarchy is a list of situations or items that trigger a client’s anxiety or fear. In the third step, progressive relaxation and the anxiety hierarchy are combined. Relaxation is paired with each item in the hierarchy. As the client becomes able to imagine a feared situation and remain relaxed, the next item in the hierarchy is addressed. Over several therapy sessions, this systematic process continues until the client has become desensitized to all items in the hierarchy.

REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 211. Describe two behavior therapy techniques that are based on operant conditioning principles.

ANSWER: Positive reinforcement is used to encourage or maintain a behavior. For example, every time a child complies with a parental request, verbal praise follows. After the child’s compliance increases, verbal praise need not occur every single time. ​ To discourage unwanted behavior, any reinforcers of the behavior are removed. For instance, to discourage a child from throwing tantrums at home, the child’s parent ignores the behavior so that no attention (even negative attention, such as a reprimand) reinforces the behavior. If a reinforcer does not follow a behavior, the behavior will occur less frequently. Eventually the behavior will be eliminated or extinguished. However, keep in mind that often the unwanted behavior will increase before it goes away because a person is expecting the reinforcer. ​ Sometimes punishment is used to decrease undesirable behaviors. Recall that punishment occurs when an undesired behavior is immediately followed by a negative or unpleasant consequence such as loss of a privilege. But also remember the side effects of punishment. It can produce negative emotions such as anger or fear, or negative behaviors, such as avoidance. ​ Shaping involves positively reinforcing each successive attempt at a behavior. It is used to teach a person new, desired behaviors. For example, shaping may be used to teach children with autism how to speak. If the child makes a “t” sound to say toy, this attempt is rewarded. Shaping has also been successfully used to teach people with intellectual disabilities self-help skills, such as washing their face or brushing their teeth. ​ A token economy involves rewarding people with tokens, or symbolic rewards, for desired behavior.

Because not everyone is influenced by the same reward, tokens—such as chips, points, or stars—are given each time a person engages in a desired behavior. These tokens can then be exchanged for a variety of reinforcers such as food, privileges, goods, phone time, and so on.

REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

212. ​Rendor decided to talk to a psychologist about his fear of rabbits. For years, Rendor has successfully avoided rabbits as a means of handling his phobia, but now he really wants to work at a pet store where they have rabbits. Using systematic desensitization, describe how the psychologist could help Rendor overcome his fear.

ANSWER: ​First, the psychologist would teach Rendor to learn to relax via progressive muscle relaxation. After learning how to relax, Rendor and his psychologist would develop an anxiety hierarchy - a series of stimuli concerning rabbits, arranged from the least fearful to the most fearful. Then, Rendor would begin to progress up the anxiety hierarchy until he was able to reach the most fearful image while employing his newly learned relaxation techniques.

REFERENCES: 14.4 Behavior Therapies: Learning Healthier Behaviors KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 213. ​Describe and provide examples of three of the cognitive distortions that Aaron Beck suggests are central to feelings of depression or anxiety.​ ANSWER: ​All-or-nothing thinking: Seeing each event as completely good or bad, right or wrong, a success or a failure ​ Arbitrary inference: Concluding that something negative will happen or is happening even though there is no evidence to support it ​ Disqualifying the positive: Rejecting positive experiences ​ Emotional reasoning: Assuming that negative emotions are accurate without questioning them ​ Labeling: Placing a negative, global label on a person or situation ​ Magnification and minimization: Overestimating the importance of negative events and underestimating the impact of positive events ​ Overgeneralization: Applying a negative conclusion of one event to other unrelated events and areas of one’s life ​ Personalization: Attributing negative events to oneself without reason ​ Selective abstraction: Focusing on a single, irrelevant, negative aspect of a situation while ignoring more relevant and important aspects of the situation REFERENCES: 14.5 Cognitive Therapies: Changing Thoughts KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 214. ​Alsoomse, who is a very shy person from an Indian reservation out West, wants to learn to feel more comfortable with people. Why did the counseling center at his college suggest group therapy for Alsoome?

ANSWER: ​Group therapy gives Alsoome a chance to address his difficulties in a safe environment where he can see he is not the only one who struggles with problems. Group therapy also gives Alsoome the chance to learn and practice new social behaviors, while the therapist can observe Alsoome’s interactions within a social setting.

REFERENCES: 14.6 Group Therapy Approaches: Strength in Numbers KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

215. ​Describe what is known about the effectiveness of psychotherapy in general.

ANSWER: ​To answer the question “Does psychotherapy work?” research typically compares clients who are receiving therapy with clients who are receiving a placebo treatment or no treatment at all. Such studies have generally shown that psychotherapy has positive effects and is better than a placebo treatment or no treatment at all. They also suggest that the different approaches—psychodynamic, humanistic, behavioral, and cognitive—produce relatively equivalent results in terms of client improvement (Baker et al., 2008; Chambless & Ollendick, 2001; Nathan, Stuart, & Dolan, 2000; Westen & Bradley, 2005).

REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 216. ​Describe how computer technology has influenced psychotherapy.

ANSWER: ​The rapid development of computer technology, smartphones, and the Internet has started to influence psychotherapy in the form of behavioral intervention technologies (BITs) (Kazdin & Blase, 2011; Schueller, Munoz, & Mohr, 2013; C. B. Taylor & Luce, 2003). Computer-based programs can now be used to administer personality assessments such as the MMPI-2. Smartphones can be used to collect data from clients on their thoughts, behaviors, and mood, allowing clinicians and people in general to become more aware of their behavior across many situations. Videoconferencing and Skype can provide a link to therapists for clients who live too far away for face-to-face meetings.

REFERENCES: 14.7 Effective Psychotherapy: Do Treatments Work?

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 217. ​Identify the major medications, including their effectiveness and disadvantages, used to treat depression.

ANSWER: Tricyclic antidepressants, such as Tofranil and Elavil, elevate mood and reduce the symptoms of depression by influencing the action of norepinephrine and serotonin in the brain (Stahl, 1998).

However, it takes from 4 to 8 weeks on such medication before noticeable relief from depression occurs.

Tricyclics are effective in relieving depressive symptoms in 60–85% of people who are depressed (Arroll et al., 2005; Fawcett, 1994; Guze & Gitlin, 1994). As with any drug, tricyclics have a number of side effects, including dry mouth, weight gain, dizziness, blurred vision, constipation, and sexual dysfunction. The tricyclics can also be fatal in overdose amounts, which is why they are seldom prescribed to patients who are suicidal. ​ The monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors are a class of antidepressants that elevate mood by increasing the monoamine neurotransmitters in the brain (Stahl, 1998). They are just as effective as the tricyclic antidepressants but are less frequently prescribed because of their more serious side effects (M. Fava & Rosenbaum, 1995). These include lowered blood pressure, liver damage, and weight gain. These drugs also interact with substances high in an amino acid called tyramine. Tyramine is present in common foods such as cheese, smoked meats, and chocolate, liquids such as beer and wine, and even over-thecounter medications. This interaction can produce a sudden rise in blood pressure that is potentially fatal.

You may have noticed the caution statements on the back of any over-the-counter cold medication stating that it is not to be used by a person who is taking an MAO inhibitor. Yet MAO inhibitors may be more effective in the treatment of severe depression than the newer antidepressants (Parker et al., 2001). ​ Currently, the most frequently prescribed antidepressant medications are the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as Prozac, Lexapro and Zoloft. SSRIs elevate mood by leaving the neurotransmitter serotonin in the synapse longer. They have several advantages over the other two categories of antidepressants. The side effects of SSRIs are less severe and are not fatal in overdose.

These include increased nervousness, headaches, insomnia, nausea, stomach cramps, decreased sexual drive, and sexual dysfunction (Fisher, Kent, & Bryant, 1995; Michelson et al., 2000). Some of these side effects may diminish after a few weeks of treatment. Other antidepressants, such as Zyban and Wellbutrin, are similar to SSRIs but influence the norepinephrine and dopamine systems. These antidepressants do not decrease one’s sexual drive and are therefore sometimes used in combination with SSRI drugs to elevate mood while lessening the sexual side effects (Leuchter et al., 2008; Zisook et al., 2006).

​ However, there is considerable debate over the SSRIs effectiveness in treating mild to moderate depression. Some research suggests that they are just as effective as the other classes of antidepressants (Arroll et al., 2005; Garnock-Jones & McCormack, 2010; Gartlehner et al., 2005; Stewart et al., 2012).

Other research suggests that they have modest to insignificant effects and are most beneficial in the treatment of severe depression (Fournier et al., 2010; Kirsch et al., 2008). ​ Antidepressant medication has been associated with an increased risk of suicidal thoughts and behaviors in children and adolescents, especially in the first few months of treatment (FDA Public Health Advisory, 2004). In 2004, the Food and Drug Administration directed that manufacturers of antidepressants include a “black box” warning—the FDA’s strongest—on all antidepressant medication for children and adolescents.

REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 218. ​Describe the procedures involved in ECT and its effects.

ANSWER: ​Although still highly controversial, ECT today consists of a series of treatments, usually performed in a hospital, in which electrical current is passed through the brain, causing a seizure. After administration of anesthesia and a muscle relaxant, metal electrodes are placed on the head of the now unconscious patient. A current of 70–130 volts is passed through one side of the brain for roughly one-half second. A seizure occurs, causing the patient to have muscle tremors for about 1 minute. Violent convulsions do not occur because of the ad- ministration of the muscle relaxant prior to the procedure. The patient undergoes this procedure about every other day for 6–12 sessions. It is a quick and painless medical procedure. ​ ECT is not the first treatment for depression, but rather a last resort. It is administered to patients who are depressed and are not responding to psychotherapy or drug therapy and remain in a severely depressed state. These patients may be suicidal or even psychotic. For these patients, ECT may be the only form of treatment that is effective (Nemeroff, 2007). ​ ECT is effective for people who are severely depressed, and it is very effective in treating psychotic depression (Damm et al., 2010; Gaynes et al., 2011; Kellner et al., 2010; Merkl, Heuser, & Bajbouj, 2009; Ren et al., 2014). It also relieves depression faster than drug therapy. Most patients improve within a few days. It is not currently understood how ECT lifts depression. It is speculated that the seizure may alter the functioning of specific brain structures, of neurotransmitters in the brain, or both (Abbott et al., 2014; S. M. Taylor, 2008; Yatham et al., 2010). Identifying the precise effect of shock on all brain functions is rather like finding a needle in a haystack, but research continues to investigate the effect of ECT on depression. ​ ECT does have its drawbacks. It can lead to cognitive impairments, such as memory loss, learning difficulties, or disturbances in verbal abilities. A second concern in using ECT is the high relapse rate.

Many ECT patients relapse into depression. Such relapses may occur as soon as 4 months after treatment. Thus, the effects of ECT seem to be short-lived (Swartz, 1995). Despite ECT’s short-term effectiveness, these concerns—as well as people’s fears about administering electrical shock to the brain—continue to make ECT a very controversial treatment approach.

REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 219. ​Nat has been plagued with bouts of anxiety for quite some time. He met with Dr. Ustaff who suggested either referral to a psychiatrist for medications or a psychologist for psychotherapy. Nat asks your opinion on drug therapy versus psychotherapy. What advice could you give him?

ANSWER: Antianxiety medications certainly calm feelings of anxiety and tension, relax muscles and promote sleep.

However, there are several problems with antianxiety medications such as Valium, Ativan, or Xanax.

They can be addictive if taken for a long period of time. Secondly, these medications can affect thinking and motor functioning; which can impact work, school, or driving a car. Lastly, there is a significant relapse rate after stopping the medication. Another antianxiety medication, Buspar, takes longer to take effect, and is more modest in its success, but has a much lower risk of dependence. On the other hand, psychotherapy, such as cognitive-behavioral techniques, has been very effective in treating anxiety. Nat could also discuss with his doctor the possibility of using an antianxiety medication in the short-term while engaging in psychotherapy for a longer-term solution.​ REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 220. ​Compare, in terms of effectiveness, the side effects and risks of the three classes of antidepressants: tricyclics, monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs).

ANSWER: Tricyclics are effective in 60-85% of people with depression. Tricyclics have side effects such as dry mouth, weight gain, constipation, and sexual dysfunction. There is also the risk of fatality if taken in an overdose, posing problems for patients who may be suicidal. MAO inhibitors are as effective as tricyclics, and may be as effective in treating severe depression as newer antidepressants. Side effects with MAO inhibitors include low blood pressure, liver damage, and weight gain. A major risk factor with MAO inhibitors is interactions with some foods and over-the-counter medications to produce a sudden rise in blood pressure which can prove fatal. SSRIs are as effective as the other antidepressants.

The side effects of SSRIs include insomnia, nausea, sexual dysfunction, and nervousness. The major adverse effect with SSRIs has been an association with increased risk of suicidal thoughts and behaviors in children and adolescents.​ REFERENCES: 14.8 Biomedical Therapies: Applying Neuroscience KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand